40+ Easy Chicken Recipes To Make For Dinner - Foolproof Living https://foolproofliving.com/category/dinner/chicken-recipes/ Tried & True Recipes ยท No Refined Sugars Fri, 30 Jan 2026 19:23:37 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.8.3 https://foolproofliving.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cropped-cropped-Foolproof-Living-Favicon-image-resized-32x32.png 40+ Easy Chicken Recipes To Make For Dinner - Foolproof Living https://foolproofliving.com/category/dinner/chicken-recipes/ 32 32 Grilled Caprese Chicken https://foolproofliving.com/grilled-caprese-chicken/ https://foolproofliving.com/grilled-caprese-chicken/#comments Sun, 07 Sep 2025 18:07:14 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=83230 I’m a big fan of taking a proven flavor combination, like the classic Caprese (originally from Capri, Italy), which features…]]>

I’m a big fan of taking a proven flavor combination, like the classic Caprese (originally from Capri, Italy), which features tomatoes, basil, fresh mozzarella cheese, and balsamic, and finding new ways to bring it to the table. 

I first started making it a few years back during peak tomato season when my basil plant was overflowing and I had more cherry tomatoes than I knew what to do with. And of course, with a chicken-loving husband, I’m always looking for ways to make grilled chicken exciting. 

After testing a few marinades and toppings, I found that using my balsamic chicken marinade was the perfect base for this recipe. It adds just the right amount of tang to balance the creamy mozzarella and sweet summer tomatoes, while the grill brings out a smoky depth in every bite.

It’s the kind of easy, beautiful dinner you’ll want to make on repeat all summer long. Some people call it grilled Caprese chicken, others call it Caprese grilled chicken, but no matter the name, it’s always a hit.

Ingredients for the Perfect Grilled Caprese Chicken

While the ingredient list might look a bit long, chances are you already have most ingredients at home. This recipe is built around three main components: grilled chicken, a tangy balsamic marinade, and a fresh tomato salad.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.

You’ll find the exact measurements in the recipe card below, but here are a few helpful notes to guide you as you cook:

For the Chicken:

Chicken Breasts: For this recipe, boneless, skinless chicken breasts are ideal. For even cooking, pound them to about ¾-inch thick so the thinner ends don’t dry out before the center is cooked through. 

Mozzarella Cheese: Go for thinner pieces (about ⅓ inch) and use two per chicken breast. I used fresh mozzarella here, but shredded mozzarella works just as well. Use about ¼ cup per breast, keeping in mind that shredded cheese will melt nicely but won’t provide the same creamy effect as fresh mozzarella.

Seasoning: I only used salt and pepper because the seasoning of this recipe relies heavily on the balsamic marinade. However, adding a pinch of dried oregano, Mediterranean seasoning, or Italian seasoning is perfectly fine if you’d like.

For the Marinade:

Olive Oil: Choose a high-quality extra virgin olive oil. Lately, I have been using Garcia de la Cruz for its smooth, well-rounded flavor. You will also need a little extra to brush on the grill grates so the chicken releases easily.

Balsamic Vinegar: For the best flavor, choose a balsamic vinegar labeled “aged,” ideally from Modena. It has a thicker texture and is a bit sweeter. That being said, any balsamic vinegar would work to make the marinade.

Honey: Adds a touch of natural sweetness. You can swap in brown sugar or white sugar if that’s what you have.

Dijon Mustard: Dijon has a stronger, tangier bite, which is what I am going for in this recipe. If you prefer a milder flavor, yellow mustard will work as well.

Garlic: I like to use freshly minced garlic in marinades for its stronger flavor, but if you prefer something milder, garlic powder works as well.

For the Caprese Topping:

Tomatoes: I prefer cherry or grape tomatoes in this recipe, as they are sweeter. However, larger heirloom or beefsteak tomatoes can also be used; just chop them into bite-sized pieces.

Basil: Fresh basil leaves add that classic Caprese finish. Tear them gently so they release their aroma without bruising too much. Alternatively, you could use store-bought pesto or make a batch of my Basil Pesto Vinaigrette for easy drizzling.

How to Make Juicy Grilled Chicken Caprese

The beauty of this recipe is that it works whether you’re making it the day of or marinating the chicken a day ahead. Either way, it comes together easily: grill the marinated chicken, melt some fresh cheese on top, and finish with a quick tomato topping. 

Here’s how I make it, step by step:

A collage of images showing chicken before and after it is pounded.

Step 1 – Pound the Chicken: Place the chicken breasts on a cutting board and pat them dry with paper towels to help prevent the mallet from slipping (just a safety tip). Cover with plastic wrap and gently pound each piece to about ¾-inch thickness so they cook evenly from edge to center.

A collage of images showing chicken marinade.

Step 2 – Marinade: In a large bowl, whisk together the balsamic vinegar, olive oil, honey, Dijon mustard, garlic, salt, and pepper until the mixture looks smooth. This is the same base as my Balsamic Chicken Marinade, which you can also use on its own for a quick and flavorful grilled chicken dinner.

If you want to get a head start, you can prepare the marinade the day before and store it in the fridge. Then, let it come to room temperature before using. 

Let the chicken marinate at room temperature for 30 minutes or an hour while you prepare the garnish, or refrigerate for up to overnight or no longer than 24 hours.

Tomato topping for grilled Caprese chicken.

Step 3 – Make the Caprese Garnish: In a medium bowl, combine the cherry tomatoes, garlic, olive oil, balsamic vinegar, salt, and pepper. Toss gently so the tomatoes keep their shape; overmixing can cause them to become mushy. 

Add the torn basil right before serving as well, to keep it fresh. If you prepare the garnish too far in advance, the basil may wilt, and the tomatoes will release more liquid.

A collage of images showing the chicken grilled and with mozzarella on top.

Step 4 – Grill the Chicken: Preheat your grill to medium-high heat, about 450°F (232°C). This higher heat helps sear the outside quickly, locking in the juices and creating those beautiful grill marks. 

Once the grill is ready, clean the grates thoroughly to remove any leftover bits, then brush them with oil to prevent sticking. Remove the chicken from the marinade and let the excess drip off to avoid flare-ups. 

Place the chicken on the grates and cook for 4 to 5 minutes on the first side without moving it, which helps the sear marks form and keeps the meat from tearing when flipped. Cook for another 3 to 4 minutes on the second side, or until the thickest part of the chicken reaches 160-165°F (71-74°C) on a meat thermometer. 

If you do not have a thermometer, look for clear juices running from the thickest part and a firm, springy texture when pressed.

Step 5 – Melt the Mozzarella and Rest: Top each chicken breast with two thin slices of mozzarella. Reduce the heat to medium-low, cover the grill, and cook until the cheese melts, about 3-4 minutes. During my testing, I found that two thinner slices melt more evenly than one thick slice, which can leave the center unmelted and cause the chicken to dry out.

If your grill has a warming rack, move the chicken there to hold the heat without overcooking. Otherwise, simply turn the grill off, close the lid, and let the chicken sit for 3-4 minutes. 

Transfer the chicken to a platter, cover loosely with foil, and rest for 5-10 minutes so the juices redistribute and every bite stays juicy.

Caprese chicken on a plate garnished with tomatoes and basil.

Step 6 – Garnish and Serve: Top each chicken breast with the tomato-basil garnish, and feel free to drizzle some of the tomato juices on top; they’ll make the chicken even juicier. Serve right away while the chicken is still warm and the cheese is still melty.

Make-Ahead, Storage, and Freezing Tips

Make Ahead: You can marinate the chicken and keep it in the refrigerator for up to 24 hours before cooking. I do not recommend making the tomato basil topping in advance, as it will become soggy as it sits. It is best to make it right before serving.

Storage and reheating: Store leftover mozzarella grilled chicken in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Keep the tomato-basil garnish separate to keep the chicken from getting soggy. 

When reheating, warm the chicken gently in a covered skillet over low heat (with a splash of water) or in a 300°F (150°C) oven until heated through. Try to skip the microwave if possible, as it can make the chicken rubbery and overcook the cheese.

Freezing: I don’t recommend freezing the recipe fully assembled, since fresh mozzarella and tomatoes don’t thaw well. 

For the best results, freeze the cooked chicken separately once it has cooled completely. Wrap each piece tightly in plastic wrap, place it in a freezer-safe bag, and freeze it for up to 2 months. When ready to serve, thaw overnight in the refrigerator. Reheat gently, then add fresh mozzarella slices during the last couple of minutes of warming. Finish with the tomato-basil topping.

Expert Tips for the Best Caprese Grilled Chicken

While this Caprese grilled chicken recipe is simple to put together, I wanted to include a few extra tips that I learned during my recipe testing to help you achieve juicy chicken with perfectly melted cheese every time.

  • Slice mozzarella while it’s cold, serve it at room temp: Fresh mozzarella is easiest to slice when it’s cold from the fridge. However, it melts more evenly if you let it warm up slightly before grilling. I recommend slicing it right after you prep the marinade, then letting it sit at room temperature while the chicken marinates.
  • Don’t grill straight from the fridge: If you marinated your chicken overnight, let it rest on the counter for 20-30 minutes before grilling. Cold chicken takes longer to cook through and can dry out before the center is done.
  • Rest the chicken after grilling: Let the chicken rest for 5-10 minutes after it comes off the grill. This allows the juices to redistribute throughout the meat, keeping it moist and tender when it comes time to slice.
  • Check doneness with a digital thermometer: The most reliable way to know your chicken is cooked through is to check that the thickest part reaches 165°F (74°C).
  • Prevent flare-ups: Let any excess marinade drip off before placing the chicken on the grill. Too much oil or sugar on the grates can cause flare-ups and burnt spots.
  • Basil: For the freshest taste and presentation, I recommend tearing fresh basil leaves instead of slicing them. The tearing method helps prevent bruising and keeps the basil’s color and aroma intact.

What to Serve With Caprese Grilled Chicken?

This grilled mozzarella chicken is one of those mains that goes with just about everything. It’s light but still filling, and that fresh tomato-basil topping makes it easy to pair with all kinds of sides. Here are a few of my favorite pairings:

Grilled chicken Caprese style on a plate.

FAQs

How do I keep cheese from sliding off?

Slice the mozzarella while it’s still cold (it cuts much more cleanly), then use two thin slices instead of one thick one. Thinner slices melt more evenly and adhere better to the surface of the chicken, which helps prevent them from sliding off as they soften.

What kind of mozzarella cheese is best?

I recommend using fresh mozzarella cheese as it holds its shape better. However, in a pinch, shredded mozzarella would also be a suitable substitute. I recommend using no more than ¼ cup and keeping a close eye on it while it is on the grill, as shredded mozzarella tends to melt faster.

Can I use chicken thighs?

Yes, you can. Chicken thighs are flavorful and juicy, but their uneven surface can make it trickier to keep the cheese in place. Chicken breasts provide a flatter surface, which makes melting and serving easier, but thighs are still a good substitute if that’s what you have on hand.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

More Caprese Recipes You Might Like

Caprese flavors are just too good to stop at one recipe, so if you’re craving more of that tomato, mozzarella, and basil magic, here are a few of my favorites.

  • My Eggplant Caprese layers grilled eggplant with juicy tomatoes, creamy mozzarella, and fresh basil for a simple vegetarian option.
  • For an easy lunch, try my Chicken Caprese Sandwich, which brings together the same fresh tomato, mozzarella, and basil combination on a soft bun.
  • When you’re craving something light and refreshing, my Caprese Pasta Salad is a fresh twist on pasta night.
  • If pizza is on the menu, my Caprese Pizza tops a crisp crust with fresh mozzarella, tomatoes, and basil for a simple yet comforting dinner.

This post may contain affiliate links. If you purchase through these links, I may earn a small commission, at no additional cost to you.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim.

Grilled Caprese chicken garnished with tomato salad and basil.
Print

Grilled Caprese Chicken Recipe

This Grilled Caprese Chicken is one of my favorite ways to turn the classic Caprese salad into a full dinner. Juicy balsamic-marinated chicken, melty mozzarella, and a fresh tomato-basil topping come together in a dish that's simple enough for weeknights but special enough to share.
Course Chicken Recipes, Dinner
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 35 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 466kcal

Ingredients

For the chicken:

  • 4 boneless skinless chicken breasts 6-8 ounces each
  • ½ cup balsamic vinegar
  • ¼ cup olive oil plus more for cooking and for grill grates
  • 1 tablespoon honey
  • 1 teaspoon Dijon mustard
  • 2 cloves minced garlic
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 6 ounces fresh mozzarella sliced ¼ -inch thick (about 6 slices)

Tomato Garnish

  • 1 cup cherry tomatoes cut in half or quartered if too big
  • 1 clove garlic minced
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 tablespoon balsamic vinegar
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • ¼ cup fresh basil leaves torn, plus more as garnish
  • 4 tablespoons of balsamic glaze optional

Instructions

  • Place the chicken breasts on a cutting board and pat them dry with paper towels. Place a sheet of stretch film over the chicken and pound it to ¾-inch thickness. Repeat the same process for the rest of the chicken breasts and set them aside.
    Chicken breasts pounded with stretch film on top.
  • To make the marinade, in a large bowl, whisk together ½ cup of balsamic vinegar, ¼ cup of olive oil, 1 tablespoon of honey, 1 teaspoon of Dijon mustard, 2 cloves of minced garlic, 1 teaspoon of kosher salt, and ½ teaspoon of black pepper.
    Side by side images showing how to make balsamic chicken marinade.
  • Add the chicken breast to the bowl, ensuring it is fully submerged in the liquid. Cover with plastic wrap and let them sit on the counter while you work on the garnish and preheat the grill.*
  • To make the caprese garnish, place 1 cup of halved cherry tomatoes, 1 clove of minced garlic, 1 tablespoon of olive oil, 1 tablespoon of balsamic vinegar, ½ teaspoon of kosher salt, and ¼ teaspoon of black pepper in a bowl. Toss to combine. Add the torn basil leaves and set them aside.
    Images showing how to make tomato topping.
  • When ready to cook, preheat the grill over medium-high heat, about 450°F (232°C). Once hot, scrape the grates to remove any food residue and oil the grates.
  • Remove the chicken breasts from the marinade, letting the excess drip off, and place them on the hot grill. Grill for about 4-5 minutes, flip, and then cook for another 3-4 minutes. Check with a meat thermometer to ensure that the internal temperature registers somewhere between 160-165°F (71-74°C).
    Images showing the grilling of the chicken breasts with mozzarella slices on top.
  • Place the mozzarella slices (2 slices on each chicken) over the chicken breasts, turn the heat to medium-low, cover the grill, and continue to cook until the cheese is slightly melted for about 3-4 minutes.
  • If your grill has a wire shelf on top (inside the lid), place the chicken on it to prevent further cooking (and potentially drying).
  • Transfer the chicken breasts to a large platter and cover loosely with foil. Let them rest for 5-10 minutes.
  • Right before serving, garnish the chicken with the tomato salad we made earlier.
    Grilled Caprese chicken garnished with tomatoes on a plate.
  • If using, drizzle it with balsamic glaze and serve while still warm.

Notes

  • Yield: This recipe makes 4 caprese chicken, which is ideal for serving 4 people. The nutritional values below are per serving and do not include the calories coming from the optional balsamic glaze.
  • Marinating time: If you have more time, you can marinate the chicken in the fridge for up to 2 hours or overnight. Be sure to take it out of the fridge 30 hours before grilling so that the chicken is not super cold when it hits the hot grill.
  • Grill pan: If grilling outside is not an option, you can also cook the chicken in a grill pan. 
  • Baked Version: No grill (or grill pan)? No problem! While I love the smoky flavor of grilled Caprese chicken, the baked version is just as easy to prepare. Start by marinating the chicken as written. Then place it on a parchment-lined baking sheet and bake in a preheated 400°F (204°C) oven for 18-22 minutes, or until the thickest part reaches 165°F (74°C) on a meat thermometer. During the last 3-4 minutes, add the mozzarella slices on top so they melt evenly. Once done, spoon the fresh tomato-basil mixture over the chicken and serve while it’s still warm and juicy.
  • Storing leftovers: Place leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Keep the tomato-basil garnish separate to keep the chicken from getting soggy. 

Nutrition

Calories: 466kcal | Carbohydrates: 14g | Protein: 34g | Fat: 30g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 16g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 106mg | Sodium: 1297mg | Potassium: 595mg | Fiber: 0.5g | Sugar: 11g | Vitamin A: 586IU | Vitamin C: 11mg | Calcium: 244mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/grilled-caprese-chicken/feed/ 2
Chicken Kofta https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-kofta/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-kofta/#comments Tue, 02 Sep 2025 13:35:35 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=83148 I kept her tricks in my own version so you can enjoy juicy, reliable patties year-round. You can grill them…]]>

I kept her tricks in my own version so you can enjoy juicy, reliable patties year-round. You can grill them outside in summer, roast them on a sheet pan with veggies, or cook them quickly on the stovetop or even in your air fryer.

Grilled chicken kofta served with hummus, sliced onions and tomatoes.

Ingredients for the Juiciest Chicken Kofta

Having grown up eating this dish and after making it countless times, I’ve learned a few helpful things about the key ingredients. You’ll find the complete list in the recipe card below, but here are some highlights, including substitutions:

Ingredients for the recipe from  the top view with the name of the ingredients.

Onion: Both white and yellow onions work. My mom always grated the onion so it blended evenly into the mixture. Be sure to drain the liquid, as grated onions release a significant amount of juice. Red onion would also work, but it would have a slightly sweeter flavor.

Ground chicken: I prefer to use organic chicken when available. Ground chicken made with dark meat adds more richness, but lean ground chicken breast also works if you prefer a lighter option.

Panko breadcrumbs: I usually reach for panko, but regular or seasoned breadcrumbs will also work. For a gluten-free option, use gluten-free breadcrumbs. Half a cup is the sweet spot. Any less and the mixture feels loose, any more and it turns too dense.

Fresh Garlic Cloves: Mince them as finely as you can. Garlic powder works in a pinch, but fresh garlic makes a big difference here.

Baking soda: This is our secret ingredient and one of my mom’s little tricks. A small amount of baking soda alters the pH of the meat, allowing the proteins to bind less tightly, which helps koftas remain tender while retaining their shape. And in case you are wondering, you won’t taste the baking soda in your cooked chicken koftas.

Egg: The egg works as a binder, which is especially helpful with lean ground chicken. Some recipes skip it, but I’ve tested it both ways and find that adding one keeps the patties from falling apart. If you prefer not to use it, the kofta will still work, though they may be a little more delicate when cooking.

Spices & Seasonings: I opted for ground cumin, sweet paprika, kosher salt, and black pepper, but adding ground coriander would also be a great option. If you want some heat, Aleppo pepper or red pepper flakes are great options. Start with a small amount and adjust to taste.

Herbs: I opted for fresh Italian parsley, but any fresh herbs, such as mint or dill, work beautifully.

Optional Add-Ins:

Tomato paste: You can add up to 1 tablespoon to the mixture to add moisture and a pop of color. Red pepper paste also works, but it will slightly change the flavor.

Cheese: Both grated Parmesan cheese and low-moisture mozzarella work well here, about ¼ cup. Parmesan adds a savory umami boost, but it is salty, so be mindful of the salt in the rest of the recipe.

How to Make Chicken Kofta: Step-by-Step Instructions

Person showing how to grate an onion using a box grater.

Step 1 – Prep the onion: Set a fine mesh strainer over a bowl and grab your box grater. Using the large holes, grate the onion and place it right into the strainer. Then, using the back of a spoon, press it down to squeeze out as much juice as you can. 

It may feel like extra work, but draining the onion is key for kofta that hold their shape. If you prefer, you can chop the onion instead, but it won’t blend as seamlessly into the mixture.

Ground chicken kofta mixture in a bowl before and after it is mixed.

Step 2 – Mix everything together: Transfer the grated onion to a large mixing bowl, then add the ground chicken, panko breadcrumbs, garlic, baking soda, cumin, paprika, egg, salt, black pepper, red pepper flakes, and parsley. 

I like to mix it with my hands, gently working it until just combined. This helps you feel when everything is evenly distributed and prevents overmixing, which can make the patties too dense.

A collage of images showing the shaping of the meatballs and grilling them.

Step 3 – Shape the kofta: Pour a little olive oil (or water) into a small bowl to keep nearby. Scoop about two tablespoons of the mixture, or use a cookie scoop so you’ll get even chicken kofta meatballs. 

Lightly oil your hands, and roll and press them into oval-shaped patties. Dip your hands in olive oil as needed to prevent the mixture from sticking to your hands and to help you form smooth, even patties.

Pro Tip: Traditionally, ground chicken koftas are shaped into oval patties, which is how my mom used to make them. You can also roll them into meatballs, flatten them slightly, or even press them onto skewers to make chicken kofta kebabs. Just remember that different shapes may cook a little faster or slower.

Step 4 – Let them rest: Place the shaped kofta on a platter, cover with plastic wrap, and let them sit at room temperature for 10-15 minutes while you heat up your grill, skillet, or oven. This quick rest helps them hold their shape when you cook them. If you are prepping ahead, you can refrigerate them instead.

How To Cook Chicken Kofta

My favorite way to cook chicken kofta is on the grill for those beautiful char marks, but I know that is not always possible. The good news is that they also turn out delicious when cooked in the oven or on the stovetop. Below are the steps for each method:

On The Grill

Step 1 – Preheat and prep the grill: Heat to medium-high and clean the grates thoroughly. A hot, oiled surface keeps the patties from sticking and gives them good grill marks.

Step 2 – Grill the Kofta: Place the patties on the grill and cook for 2 to 3 minutes per side, turning them over to ensure even cooking.

Step 3 – Check for doneness: Use an instant-read thermometer and remove the kofta as soon as the center reaches 165°F (74°C). Pulling them off at exactly the right temperature keeps them juicy and tender.

In The Oven

Step 1 – Preheat the oven: Set your oven to 375°F and line a baking sheet with parchment paper. The parchment not only makes cleanup easier, but it also helps prevent the bottoms of the kofta from sticking or over-browning.

Step 2 – Arrange and Bake: Place the patties in a single layer, leaving some space between each one to allow hot air to circulate. Bake for about 15 minutes, flipping halfway through for even cooking.

Step 3 – Avoid overbaking: Start checking the temperature at the 14-minute mark. Chicken cooks quickly in the oven, and once it reaches an internal temperature of 165°F (74°C), it can dry out rapidly.

On The Stove Top

Step 1 – Heat the skillet: A cast-iron pan works best because it retains heat evenly and provides a good sear for the kofta. Add a tablespoon of olive oil and heat until it begins to shimmer. A hot pan sears the outside quickly, helping to lock in the juices.

Step 2 – Cook the kofta: Place the patties in the skillet and cook 2-3 minutes per side, keeping total cook time under 8 minutes. Medium-high heat gives you golden outsides while keeping the inside tender.

Step 3 – Cook in batches if needed: Avoid overcrowding the pan, as this will lower the temperature and cause the kofta to steam instead of sear. Cooking in two batches is worth it for the better browning and flavor. Check for 165°F (74°C) in the center before serving, so you know they are cooked perfectly.

In the Air Fryer

Step 1 – Preheat: Set your air fryer to 375°F (191 °C) and lightly spray or brush the basket with olive oil to prevent sticking.

Step 2 – Arrange: Lay your chicken koftas in a single layer, leaving a small amount of space between each one to ensure even cooking.

Step 3 – Cook: Air fry for about 12 minutes, flipping them halfway through. They’re ready when the centers reach 165°F (74 °C) on a meat thermometer or when they’re nicely golden on the outside.

How To Make Ahead, Store, Freeze, and Reheat

Chicken kofta is a great make-ahead recipe, whether you’re planning for a busy weeknight or stocking the freezer for later. You can prepare the mixture ahead of time, store leftovers after cooking, or freeze them raw or cooked. Here’s how I handle it:

Make Ahead: Shape the koftas, place them on a baking sheet, wrap with stretch film, and store them in the fridge for up to 24 hours. 

Storing Leftovers: You can enjoy them warm or cold. If you’re eating them cold, just let them come to room temperature so they’re not fridge-cold. Store them in an airtight container and they’ll keep in the fridge for 3 to 4 days.

Reheat: My favorite way to reheat is on the stove with just a splash of water in the pan. The steam from the water gently warms the kofta, keeping them from drying out. 

You can also pop them in a 300°F (149°C) oven for 5-10 minutes or until they are heated through. 

Freeze (raw or cooked): You can freeze them raw or cooked. Below is how I do it.

  • Raw: Place the shaped ground chicken kofta on a parchment-lined sheet pan, cover with plastic wrap, and freeze for a couple of hours until firm. Then move them into a freezer bag so they don’t take up much space. They should last up to 3 months this way. When you’re ready to cook, thaw them overnight in the fridge.
  • Cooked: Store in a freezer-safe container, pressing out as much air as you can to prevent freezer burn. They’ll keep for up to 3 months. Thaw them in the fridge overnight.
Grilled chicken koftas on a plate served with lemon wedges.

Expert Tips

Even though making this chicken kofta recipe is simple, a few small details can make all the difference in how tender, juicy, and perfectly cooked they turn out. Below are my notes from years of making this recipe, along with what I learned from testing various methods.

  • Do not overmix the mixture: Overmixing the meat compresses the protein fibers and squeezes out some of the natural moisture. This is what can make the cooked chicken koftas feel dense instead of soft and tender. I like to mix just until all the ingredients are evenly combined. 
  • Wet your hands when shaping:  Be aware that the meat mixture is very sticky. To make shaping easier, I keep a small bowl of olive oil (or water) nearby and dip my hands in it to keep them moist. A small amount of liquid makes the mixture glide smoothly, resulting in even, smooth patties.
  • Avoid cooking straight from the fridge: If you’ve prepped the mixture ahead of time and stored it in the fridge, let it sit at room temperature for 20-30 minutes before cooking. Starting with ice-cold meat can cause the kofta to cook unevenly. Allowing it to come closer to room temperature helps them cook more evenly and stay juicy.

Serving Suggestions for Chicken Kofta

If you’re wondering what to serve with chicken kofta, the good news is that it’s one of the most versatile dishes I make. You can build it into a wrap, pair it with grains, or add it to a mezze platter for entertaining. Here are some of my favorite ways to serve it:

  • Wraps: My favorite way to serve kofta chicken is tucked into Homemade Pita Bread or wrapped in soft Lavash Bread, with fresh veggies, and drizzled generously with one of my creamy yogurt sauces, such as Mint Yogurt Sauce or Yogurt Dill Sauce. It’s quick, satisfying, and makes the perfect grab-and-go meal.
  • Salad: A simple crisp salad balances the warm spices in the kofta beautifully. Try my Mediterranean Pasta Salad for a crowd-pleasing, make-ahead option, or keep it light with a fresh green salad, such as my Spring Mix Salad or Fattoush.
  • Sheet Pan Kofta: For a hands-off option, make a sheet pan chicken kofta dinner by roasting the chicken koftas in the oven with quick-cooking vegetables like onions, bell peppers, and cherry tomatoes. Everything comes out ready at the same time, making it ideal for busy weeknights. 
  • Mezze Platter: Add these Turkish chicken meatballs to a mezze platter alongside Hummus, Tzatziki, and CAVA’s Feta Sauce, then add some warm bread and a few marinated olives. It’s the easiest way to make dinner feel like a little Mediterranean feast. If you prefer ground beef, my Turkish Meatballs are another great option for a mezze spread.
  • Grains: For a more filling plate, serve the kofta over Vermicelli Rice or Seasoned Quinoa. A spoonful of yogurt sauce ties everything together.

FAQs

What is the difference between kebab and kofta?

The biggest difference lies in how the meat is prepared and cooked. In Turkey, we call it chicken kofte. It is made from ground meat mixed with spices and herbs, then shaped into logs, patties, or little meatballs. If you shape it into long cylinders and wrap them around skewers, you get chicken kofta kebab. Kebab, on the other hand, is more about the cooking style and typically refers to chunks of meat, sometimes accompanied by vegetables, grilled on skewers.

Why did my kofta fall apart?

The most common reasons are either too much moisture or not enough binding. Be sure to squeeze out as much juice as possible from the onion before adding it to the mixture. Additionally, letting the shaped kofta rest for 10-15 minutes before cooking also helps them stay together.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Other Mediterranean Chicken Dinners You Might Like

If you enjoyed this chicken kofta recipe, here are a few other Mediterranean chicken dinners to add to your weeknight rotation:

  • For a customizable meal prep-friendly dinner, my Chicken Shawarma Bowl is a great choice. It is a great dinner you can make ahead and enjoy during the week.
  • If you love a mix of savory, spicy, and sweet, my Harissa Honey Chicken is always a hit. All you need is 30 minutes of marinating time.
  • For a hands-on Mediterranean chicken recipe, try cooking Chicken Kabobs in the Oven.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim.

Grilled chicken kofta in a platter from the top view.
Print

Chicken Kofta Recipe

Juicy, tender chicken kofta comes together in less than an hour with simple ingredients. Grill, bake, or pan-sear these seasoned patties and serve with warm bread, crisp salads, or your favorite sides for a delicious Mediterranean dinner.
Course Weeknight Dinner
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Halal
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 6 minutes
Resting time 15 minutes
Total Time 36 minutes
Servings 10 koftas
Calories 103kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 onion medium-size / peeled (about ½ cup)
  • 1 lb ground chicken
  • ½ cup panko breadcrumbs
  • 2 cloves garlic minced
  • ¼ teaspoon baking soda
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 1 teaspoon sweet paprika
  • 1 egg
  • 1 ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • ¼ teaspoon red pepper flakes optional
  • ¼ cup fresh Italian parsley chopped
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil to use when shaping the kofta (or water)

Instructions

  • Place a fine mesh strainer over a bowl and set it aside. Using the large holes of a box grater, grate the onion*. Place the grated onion into the strainer. Using the back of a spoon, strain all of its juices. Transfer the onion to a large mixing bowl. Discard the juices.
    Person grating onion and then straining its juices.
  • Into that same bowl, add 1 lb ground chicken, ½ cup of panko breadcrumbs, 2 cloves of minced garlic, ¼ teaspoon of baking soda, 1 teaspoon of ground cumin, 1 teaspoon of sweet paprika, 1 large egg, 1 ½ teaspoon of kosher salt, ½ teaspoon of black pepper, ¼ teaspoon of red pepper flakes, and ¼ of chopped fresh parsley.
    A collage of images showing the making of the chicken kofta mixture.
  • Mix with clean hands until well combined.
  • Pour the olive oil into a small bowl. To shape the kofta, scoop about 2 tablespoons of the mixture, oil your hands lightly, and form into 10 oval patties (or your preferred shape). A cookie scoop works well for even portions.
    Person shaping chicken koftas and grilling them.
  • Arrange the koftas on a platter, cover with plastic wrap, and let them rest at room temperature for 10-15 minutes before cooking.

Cooking On The Grill

  • Preheat a gas grill to medium-high heat. Clean the grates, then oil them using a paper towel dipped in oil.
  • Grill the kofta for 2-3 minutes for each side, turning often, until lightly golden brown and cooked through. They’re ready when an instant-read thermometer inserted into the center registers 165°F.
  • Transfer to a plate and let rest for 5-10 minutes before serving.

In The Oven

  • Preheat your oven to 375 °F (191°C). Line a baking sheet with parchment paper and set it aside.
  • Arrange the chicken koftas on the baking sheet and bake for 15 minutes, flipping them halfway through the cooking process for even baking.

On The Stove top

  • Heat a tablespoon of olive oil in a cast-iron skillet (or a large non-stick skillet) over medium high heat until shimmering.
  • Place the patties in the skillet, and cook undisturbed, for 2-3 minutes or until lightly golden brown. Continue to cook each side, turning every 2-3 minutes. It should take no more than 8 minutes to cook.*

In The Air Fryer

  • Preheat your air fryer to 375 °F (191°C). Lightly spray (or brush) it with oil.
  • Arrange the koftas in a single layer, leaving enough room between each patty for air to circulate.
  • Air fry for 12-13 minutes, turning them halfway through, until the center of a chicken kofta registers 165°F (74 °C) when inserted with a meat thermometer.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 10 chicken koftas. The nutritional values listed below are per kofta.
  • Grating the onion: I know that grating the onion is the most time-consuming part of this recipe, and I think it is worth the effort, as it allows the onion to blend seamlessly into the meat mixture. However, if you prefer, you can chop your onion finely. Be sure to remove any juices (if present) before use.
  • Baking soda: The small amount of baking soda helps keep the koftas hold their shape. In case you are wondering, no, you won’t taste it in the finished dish.
  • Do not overcrowd the pan*: When cooking on the stove, it is best to cook your koftas in batches to achieve a good crust. If you cook them all at the same time, koftas will steam instead of sear.
  • Storing leftovers: Once your chicken patties come to room temperature, you can place them in an airtight container and store it in the fridge for up to 4 days. You can enjoy them cold or warm. 

Nutrition

Calories: 103kcal | Carbohydrates: 4g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 6g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 0.03g | Cholesterol: 55mg | Sodium: 434mg | Potassium: 286mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 267IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 20mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-kofta/feed/ 2
Balsamic Chicken Marinade https://foolproofliving.com/balsamic-chicken-marinade/ https://foolproofliving.com/balsamic-chicken-marinade/#comments Wed, 04 Jun 2025 21:44:27 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=81713 Whether you’re cooking on the grill, in the oven, or on the stovetop, this versatile marinade transforms everyday chicken breasts…]]>

Whether you’re cooking on the grill, in the oven, or on the stovetop, this versatile marinade transforms everyday chicken breasts (or thighs) into a flavorful, crowd-pleasing meal. Plus, it’s easy to make ahead, perfect for meal prep, and freezer-friendly, making it ideal for busy weeknights or laid-back weekend BBQs.

Key Ingredients for Balsamic Marinade for Chicken

You can find the full list of ingredients for this balsamic vinegar chicken marinade in the recipe card. Below are a few helpful notes to help you make it your own.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.

Balsamic vinegar: When choosing a balsamic vinegar, follow your taste buds and your budget. 

You can use a traditional, aged balsamic from Modena for deeper sweetness and complexity, or a more affordable condiment-grade balsamic vinegar. Both will work beautifully to add that sweet-tangy depth to your chicken.

I would not recommend substituting store-bought balsamic glaze here, as it is already sweet and thickened. As a result, it won’t work the same way in the marinade.

Olive oil: I recommend using a high-quality extra-virgin olive oil here. Its smooth flavor perfectly balances the tangy balsamic vinegar and creamy Dijon mustard, helping the marinade coat the chicken evenly and soak up all those delicious flavors.

Sweetener: While I used honey, other liquid sweeteners such as maple syrup and agave can also be used. If you prefer to use brown sugar instead, be sure to stir it thoroughly so that no grainy sugar particles are left behind.

Garlic: I find that fresh garlic cloves make this recipe shine, but for a milder flavor, you can use ½ teaspoon garlic powder (equivalent to 2 cloves of fresh garlic).

Fresh Herbs: I think chopped fresh thyme pairs beautifully with the tangy-sweet flavors in this balsamic vinaigrette marinade, but if you don’t have fresh thyme, use half the amount of dried thyme instead. 

Alternatively, a robust Italian seasoning blend or other fresh (or dried herbs) like rosemary and oregano would also work well in this recipe.

Chicken: While I used skinless and boneless chicken breasts, you can also use skinless and boneless chicken thighs. 

How To Make Balsamic Chicken Marinade?

Making this balsamic vinegar marinade for chicken is easy and quick (in fact, the base is very similar to my versatile Lemon Balsamic Salad Dressing). Here are the steps:

A collage of images showing how to make balsamic marinade for chicken.

Step 1 – Mix the Ingredients: Use a container large enough to comfortably hold two pounds of chicken, ideally one with a tight-fitting lid. 

Place the balsamic vinegar, olive oil, honey, Dijon mustard, minced garlic, thyme, salt, and pepper in the container and whisk until thoroughly combined.

Alternatively, you can use a heavy-duty resealable bag, such as a Ziplock bag (for easy cleanup), and pour marinade over the meat. This is especially ideal if you are making it in larger quantities.

Step 2 – Add the chicken: Place the chicken in the marinade, making sure each piece is fully coated. Cover tightly with the lid and refrigerate.

Chicken marinating in balsamic marinade from the top view.

Step 3 – Let time do the rest: Marinate the chicken in the fridge for at least 30 minutes or, if you have the time, overnight for maximum flavor.

How To Cook Balsamic Marinated Chicken?

What makes this balsamic vinegar-marinated chicken so versatile is that you can cook it in any way you like. During the summer months, I love to fire up the grill, while in cooler weather, I let the oven do the heavy lifting. And when I’m short on time, cooking them quickly on the stovetop makes for an easy and delicious lunch. Here’s how you can do it:

Balsamic marinated chicken breasts on the grill.

On The Grill:

This is by far my favorite way to cook chicken marinated in balsamic vinegar—the high heat seals in the juices and creates those beautiful charred grill marks. Here’s how I do it:

Step 1 – Prepare the grill: Preheat your grill to medium-high heat (about 425–450°F). Clean the grill grates to ensure there’s no residue from previous grilling sessions. Use a pad of oiled paper towels to thoroughly oil the grates to prevent the chicken from sticking.

Step 2 – Remove the chicken: Take the chicken out of the marinade, letting any excess drip off. This is an important step, as too much marinade can cause flare-ups on the grill.

Step 3 – Grill: Place the chicken breasts on the hot grill and close the lid. Grill for about 6 to 8 minutes per side. A good way to tell when it is time to flip is to gently lift the chicken. If it releases easily from the grill, it is ready to flip. If it is sticking, give it another minute or two. It will release naturally once it is properly seared. 

Please note that the timing may vary depending on the thickness of your chicken. Check for doneness by inserting a digital thermometer in the thickest part of the chicken—it should read 165°F.

Step 4 – Rest & Serve: Loosely tent the grilled balsamic-marinated chicken with foil and let it rest for 5–7 minutes, allowing the juices to redistribute before serving.

Balsamic marinated grilled chicken on a plate from the top view.

In The Oven:

When I’m after a more hands-off approach, I let the oven do most of the work for me. Below are the steps:

Step 1 – Preheat the oven: My go-to oven temperature for baking chicken is 425°F (218 °C). I find that any lower, and it takes longer; plus, caramelization happens better at this hotter temperature.

Grab a baking sheet and line it with parchment paper. This helps with cleanup later, but if you prefer a more caramelized, slightly sticky exterior, you can skip using it.

Step 2 – Arrange: Place the chicken breasts on the sheet pan. Just like with the grilling method, it is important to let any excess marinade drip off first. Otherwise, it will steam instead of roast, and you will miss out on that beautiful caramelized crust.

Step 3 – Roast: Let the oven do its magic for 20 to 22 minutes, keeping in mind that the exact timing will depend on the thickness of your chicken pieces. Rotate the pan halfway through for even roasting.

Again, the best way to check for doneness is by inserting a digital thermometer into the thickest part of the chicken and ensuring that it registers 165°F (74°C).

Step 4 – Rest & Serve: Remove from the oven, cover loosely with foil (or parchment paper) and let it rest 5-10 minutes before serving.

On The Stove Top:

I usually cook it on the stove when I am preparing my balsamic marinated chicken for lunch, to serve with a quick salad or rice on the side. Here’s how:

Step 1 – Heat your skillet: Heat 1 tablespoon of oil in a large (10–12 inch) skillet over medium-high heat. 

Pro Tip: It is essential that the skillet is shimmering hot before adding the chicken. A properly heated skillet ensures the chicken sears immediately, creating a flavorful crust and preventing it from sticking to the pan.

Step 2 – Add the chicken: Place the chicken breasts in the pan, making sure to (1) let the excess marinade drip off first and (2) avoid overcrowding the skillet. Giving the chicken enough space helps it sear and brown properly rather than steaming.

Step 3 – Cook: Let the chicken cook for 5 to 7 minutes on each side. Similar to the grilling method, if the chicken releases easily when you try to flip it, it is ready to be turned. If not, give it a few more minutes to develop a nice sear.

Use a digital thermometer to check doneness.

Step 4 – Rest and serve: Transfer the now-cooked chicken to a plate, cover with foil and let it rest for 5-10 minutes before serving.

How To Store, Freeze, and Thaw?

My favorite thing about this balsamic marinade recipe is that you can make a batch in minutes and have it ready to cook at a moment’s notice. 

It also freezes beautifully, making it perfect for those busy days when you need a quick and flavorful meal.

Storage and reheating: The leftover cooked or grilled balsamic-marinated chicken can be stored in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. You can reheat it in a low-temp oven (300 degrees F) for 10 minutes or until it is heated through, being careful not to overcook and dry it out.

Freezing: If you prefer to freeze, I recommend freezing the raw chicken in the marinade instead of cooking it first. Simply place the chicken and marinade in a freezer-safe bag or container, removing as much air as possible to help prevent any ice crystals from forming. It will keep well in the freezer for up to 3 months.

Thawing: Remove the frozen chicken and marinade from the freezer and let them thaw in the fridge overnight.

Balsamic marinated chicken served with a salad on the side.

Expert Tips:

While marinating chicken in this balsamic vinegar marinade is a straightforward process, there are a few key points to consider for optimal results.

  • Marinating time: I find that the ideal marinating time is between 30 minutes and 12 hours, maximum. Balsamic vinegar, as an acidic ingredient, helps break down the muscle fibers in the chicken, making it more tender and juicy.
    However, any longer than that and the acidity can start to break down the chicken too much, especially with lean cuts like chicken breasts, leading to a mushy texture.
  • Take the chicken out of the fridge 15-30 minutes before cooking: While it may sound like an extra step, letting the chicken come close to room temperature helps it cook evenly. If you put cold chicken directly into a hot pan, grill, or oven, the outside will start cooking quickly while the inside remains cold.
  • Save some of the marinade: Before adding the chicken, save a few tablespoons of the marinade to use for a light brushing at the end. I especially recommend this when you’re grilling. It adds a beautiful finishing touch, keeping the chicken juicy and glossy all at the same time.
  • Safety First: Discard any marinade that came in contact with raw chicken once you’re done with it. This helps prevent any foodborne illnesses or salmonella contamination.
  • Large Chicken Breasts: If you’re using very large chicken breasts, I recommend cutting them in half lengthwise or pounding them with a meat mallet to an even thickness. This not only shortens the cooking time but also helps them cook more evenly.

FAQs

How long can you marinate chicken in balsamic vinegar?

I recommend marinating the chicken for at least 30 minutes or up to 12 hours in the refrigerator.

Why did my balsamic chicken burn on the grill?

Balsamic marinated chicken can potentially burn if the grill is too hot or if you use too much sugar in the marinade.

Do I need to rinse the marinade off the chicken before grilling?

No, you do not. Just let the excess marinade drip off before cooking.

Pairing Suggestions with Balsamic Chicken

Starches: Pair it with my Seasoned Quinoa for a light meal, or turn it into a feast with Yukon Gold Mashed Potatoes.

Salads: During the summer months, when I need something quick and easy to serve with grilled balsamic chicken, I usually go for my 5 Bean Salad or Greek Cucumber Salad.

Vegetables: If you’re after a low-carb dinner, serve your balsamic marinated chicken with a side of my Garlic and Butter Green Beans or Sauteed Asparagus.

Make it a dinner: Try my Grilled Caprese Chicken, where I use this marinade and then grill the chicken with sliced fresh mozzarella for an easy summer dinner.

Other Chicken Marinade Recipes You Might Like:

If you enjoyed this recipe, I think you might also:

  • Enjoy my Yogurt Chicken Marinade. Similar to vinegar-based marinades, the lactic acid in yogurt gently tenderizes the meat, keeping it just as juicy and flavorful.
  • Like my Mediterranean Chicken Marinade recipe, it embodies the characteristics of the Mediterranean diet with fresh lemon juice, olive oil, and fresh herbs. And you only need 15 minutes of marinating time for the most succulent chicken recipe.
Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim.

Balsamic chicken breasts sliced on a plate.
Print

Balsamic Chicken Marinade Recipe

This easy balsamic chicken marinade comes together in minutes using simple pantry staples. It’s perfect for grilling, baking, or pan-searing, and it leaves your chicken tender, juicy, and full of rich, tangy-sweet flavor.
Course Chicken
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Resting time 30 minutes
Total Time 55 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 426kcal

Ingredients

  • ½ cup balsamic vinegar
  • ¼ cup olive oil plus more for cooking and for grill grates
  • 1 tablespoon honey
  • 1 teaspoon Dijon mustard
  • 2 cloves minced garlic
  • 1 teaspoon chopped fresh thyme or ½ teaspoon dried thyme
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 2 lbs boneless skinless chicken breasts 6-8 oz each / or thighs

Instructions

To Make The Marinade:

  • In a large container with a lid, whisk together ½ cup balsamic vinegar, ¼ cup olive oil, 1 tablespoon honey, 1 teaspoon Dijon mustard, 2 cloves of minced garlic, 1 teaspoon chopped thyme, 1 teaspoon Kosher salt, and ½ teaspoon black pepper until combined.
    A collage of images showing how to make balsamic chicken marinade.
  • Place the chicken in the container and ensure it is thoroughly coated with the marinade.
  • Cover it with the lid and refrigerate for 30 minutes or overnight.
    Chicken marinating in balsamic marinade.
  • When ready to cook, remove it from the fridge 10-15 minutes before you are prepared to cook.

To Cook on the Grill:

  • Preheat a gas grill to medium-high heat (450°F/232°C). Clean grill grates and brush them with vegetable oil.
  • Remove the chicken from the marinade, letting excess liquid drip off as much as possible, and place on the grill.
  • Grill for 6-8 minutes per side (the timing would change depending on the thickness of your chicken breasts) or until the thickest part of a chicken breast registers 165°F (74°C) when inserted with a meat thermometer.
    Balsamic grilled chicken on the grill from the top view.
  • Transfer the now cooked chicken onto a plate, cover with aluminum foil and let it rest for 5-7 minutes before serving.

To Cook in the Oven:

  • Preheat the oven to 425°F/218°C. Line a sheet pan with parchment paper and set it aside.
  • Place the chicken breasts on the sheet pan and bake for 20-22 minutes, or until the internal temperature reaches 165°F / 74°C.
  • Remove from the oven and onto a plate. Cover with aluminum foil and let them rest for 5 minutes before slicing and/or serving.

To Cook on the Stove:

  • Heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil in a large skillet (10 or 12-inch cast iron skillet or a skillet grill is ideal) over medium-high heat.
  • When it is simmering hot, place the chicken breasts in the skillet, making sure not to overcrowd the pan.
  • Cook, turning once until they are fully cooked, 12-15 minutes, or until a digital thermometer inserted in the center of a breast registers 165°F /74°C.
  • Remove the chicken breasts from the skillet and onto a plate; cover with aluminum foil and let it rest for 5-10 minutes before serving.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about ¾ cups of balsamic vinegar chicken marinade, enough for marinating 2 pounds of chicken which is good for 4 servings. The nutritional values listed below are per serving.
  • Let the excess marinade drip off: Regardless of the cooking method you are using, take the time to let the excess marinade drip off before cooking. This is an essential step for achieving perfectly cooked and lightly caramelized balsamic chicken, rather than burned or steamed chicken.
  • Storage and Reheating: Leftover cooked or grilled chicken can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days. Reheat in a low-heat oven (300°F / 149°C) for 10 minutes or so until it is warmed to your liking.
  • Freezing & Thawing: You can freeze raw chicken in marinade in a freezer-safe container for up to 3 months. Thaw in the fridge overnight before cooking.

Nutrition

Calories: 426kcal | Carbohydrates: 10g | Protein: 48g | Fat: 19g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 12g | Trans Fat: 0.03g | Cholesterol: 145mg | Sodium: 866mg | Potassium: 889mg | Fiber: 0.2g | Sugar: 9g | Vitamin A: 70IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 25mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/balsamic-chicken-marinade/feed/ 2
Mediterranean Chicken Marinade https://foolproofliving.com/mediterranean-chicken-marinade/ https://foolproofliving.com/mediterranean-chicken-marinade/#comments Wed, 04 Jun 2025 21:37:35 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=81740 Inspired by my Turkish roots and my mom’s love for bold, homemade flavors, this marinade is truly foolproof. No more…]]>

Inspired by my Turkish roots and my mom’s love for bold, homemade flavors, this marinade is truly foolproof. No more bottled dressings or long waits needed. Just real, simple ingredients that deliver mouthwatering results with minimal effort. 

Whether you’re firing up the grill, roasting in the oven, or searing on the stovetop, my marinade for Mediterranean chicken guarantees tender, delicious chicken that’s perfect for meal prep or a fast, flavorful dinner.

Key Ingredients – Building Blocks of Flavor

The beauty of this chicken marinade is that it is made with everyday ingredients you likely already have in your pantry. You can find the complete list of ingredients in the recipe card below. Below are some helpful ingredient notes.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.

Olive Oil: I recommend using extra-virgin olive oil, which is the purest and least processed type of olive oil. Look for a brand that offers fruity flavors with balanced bitterness and a slight peppery finish.

Lemon zest: The zest of a lemon is essential for delivering the distinctive lemony flavors that Mediterranean chicken marinade recipes are known for. Keep in mind that zesting the lemon is much easier before juicing it, so zest first, then juice.

Fresh lemon juice: No bottled supermarket juice here. Take the time to juice fresh lemons as freshness is key to a bright, zesty flavor.

Garlic: For the most potent flavor, I recommend using 3 minced fresh garlic cloves. For a milder garlic flavor, feel free to use garlic powder.

Mustard: I prefer Dijon mustard for its smooth tanginess, which brings the marinade together beautifully. However, grainy mustard can also be a great choice, adding a bit of texture and richness.

Fresh herbs: For the most authentic Mediterranean chicken marinade, I used fresh oregano, chopped just before adding it to the mix. Fresh rosemary, thyme, or even parsley (for a milder flavor) also work well in this recipe. If you’re using dried herbs instead, they’re more concentrated, so use about half the amount of fresh to avoid overpowering the marinade.

Seasoning: While I used basic salt and pepper for seasoning my marinade, you can use your favorite seasoning blends or spices from your cabinet. I particularly like my Mediterranean spice blend, also known as Baharat Spice Mix, for its continuation of Mediterranean flavors.

Chicken: I tested this recipe both with skinless and boneless chicken breasts and thighs, and they both worked beautifully. However, I think this is an all-purpose chicken marinade that would work with any cut of chicken.

How to Make Mediterranean Chicken Marinade?

Making this chicken marinade is quick and easy (in fact, the base is very similar to my versatile Mediterranean Salad Dressing). While the steps are pretty straightforward, there are a few things to keep in mind. Below are the steps to follow:

Steps showing how to make the marinade.

Step 1 – Mix the Ingredients: Grab a large container with a tight-fitting lid (big enough to hold 2 pounds of chicken). 

Combine the olive oil, lemon zest, lemon juice, minced garlic, Dijon mustard, oregano, and a good pinch of salt and pepper. Whisk until everything is combined.

Alternatively, you can use a heavy-duty resealable ziplock bag, which makes cleanup easy and is especially handy if you’re doubling or tripling the marinade.

Step 2 – Add the chicken: Place the chicken breasts in the marinade, making sure each piece is fully coated. Cover tightly with the lid.

Chicken breasts submerged in the marinade.

Step 3 – Let it rest: Let the chicken marinate on the kitchen counter for 15 to 30 minutes.

Pro Tip: Due to the amount of lemon juice we’re using, marinating for longer can cause the chicken to start “cooking” in the acid, which can result in a slightly rubbery texture and an overpowering lemony flavor once cooked.

How to Cook Mediterranean Marinated Chicken?

In addition to being a quick marinade that only needs 15 minutes, you can cook your Mediterranean marinated chicken any way you like. While grilling is my favorite method for this chicken recipe, I also love roasting it in the oven for a hands-off approach. And when I need a quick sear, I turn to the stovetop. 

Below, you’ll find my tips and how I use each cooking method.

Marinated Mediterranean chicken on the grill.

On The Grill:

This is one of my favorite grilled chicken marinade recipes because as soon as the chicken hits the hot grill, the tangy juices lock in the flavors, and you get those beautiful grill marks. Here’s how I do it:

Step 1 – Heat Up the Grill: Start by preheating your grill to a medium-high heat about 425–450°F (218-232 °C). Give the grates a good scrub to remove any lingering bits from past cooks, then lightly oil them with a paper towel pad dipped in oil. This keeps the chicken from sticking and makes for easy flipping.

Step 2 – Prep the Chicken: Take the marinated Mediterranean chicken out of the marinade, letting any extra drip off. Too much marinade can cause flare-ups or uneven cooking, so this step is worth taking the extra time to do it right.

Step 3 – Grill Away: Place the chicken on the hot grill and close the lid. Grill for 6 to 8 minutes per side. You’ll know it’s ready to flip when it naturally releases from the grill. If it sticks, give it another minute. Patience here pays off! 

Use a digital thermometer to check for doneness; you’re aiming for 165°F (74°C) in the thickest part.

Step 4 – Rest and Enjoy: Once the chicken is grilled, transfer it to a platter, cover it loosely with foil, and let it rest for 5–7 minutes. This brief pause allows the juices to settle back into the meat, ensuring every bite is juicy and full of Mediterranean flavor.

In the Oven:

When I’m in the mood for a more hands-off approach, I let the oven do all the work.

Oven-roasting helps lock in moisture and ensures the meat cooks through gently and evenly, which is something you don’t always get with quicker, high-heat methods.

Step 1 – Preheat the Oven: Heat your oven to 425°F (218°C). This temperature is ideal for roasting chicken because it cooks quickly, helping the chicken stay juicy and flavorful. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper for easy cleanup, or skip the parchment if you prefer a slightly crispier exterior.

Step 2 – Arrange the Chicken: Place the chicken breasts on the sheet pan, making sure to let any excess marinade drip off first. This prevents the chicken from steaming and helps it roast to a golden perfection.

Step 3 – Roast: Bake the chicken for 20 to 22 minutes, rotating the pan halfway through for even cooking. Keep in mind that the exact timing will depend on the thickness of your chicken. Check for doneness with a meat thermometer. It should register 165°F (74°C) when inserted in the thickest part of a chicken breast.

Step 4 – Rest and Serve: Remove the chicken from the oven, cover loosely with foil (or parchment paper), and let it rest for 5-10 minutes before slicing and serving.

Grilled chicken from the top view.

On the Stovetop:

I often turn to the stovetop when I want to get a quick sear for lunch or an easy dinner. 

Step 1 – Heat Your Skillet: In a large skillet (10–12 inch), heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil over medium-high heat. You can also use a cast iron skillet if you prefer.
Pro Tip: Wait until the oil is shimmering hot before adding the chicken—this ensures a flavorful sear and prevents the chicken from sticking.

Step 2 – Add the Chicken: Place the marinated chicken breasts into the pan, shaking off any excess marinade first. Avoid overcrowding the pan to give the chicken space to sear properly.

Step 3 – Cook: Let the chicken cook for about 5 to 7 minutes on each side. If the chicken releases easily when you try to flip it, it’s ready; otherwise, let it cook a bit longer to develop that beautiful crust. Use a digital thermometer to check that the thickest part of the chicken reaches 165°F (74°C).

Step 4 – Rest and Serve: Transfer the cooked chicken to a plate, cover it with foil, and let it rest for 5-10 minutes to allow the juices to redistribute.

Expert Tips for the Best Mediterranean Chicken

While this recipe is straightforward and doesn’t involve any fancy steps, there are a few key points to keep in mind for optimal results. Here are some of the helpful insights I picked up while testing this recipe:

  • Reserve Some Marinade: It’s a good idea to set aside a few tablespoons of the marinade before adding the chicken. I love to use this reserved portion to brush over the grilled or cooked chicken at the end for a glossy finish.
  • Toss the Marinade: After marinating the chicken, discard any leftover marinade. This helps prevent the risk of spreading harmful bacteria, such as Salmonella.
  • Don’t Marinate for Too Long: Through testing, I found that the sweet spot for this lemon and olive oil chicken marinade is 15 to 30 minutes. Marinating longer can cause the chicken to become rubbery, so stick to the recommended time.
  • Cooking Times Vary: The cooking times in the recipe card are based on chicken breasts. If you’re using other cuts, such as chicken thighs, keep in mind that they may take a bit longer to cook. The foolproof way to check doneness is with a digital meat thermometer.
  • Pound the Chicken Breasts: I used chicken breasts that were around 6–8 ounces, which is considered a normal size. If yours are larger or thicker, use a meat mallet to pound them to an even thickness, which ensures even cooking and juicy results.
  • Garnish for Presentation: For an extra-special presentation, serve your Mediterranean chicken with slices of fresh lemon and a sprinkle of fresh herbs.

Storage and Freezing Tips

Storage and reheating: You can store leftover cooked chicken in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days. Reheat in a low-heat oven (300°F/149 °C) for 5-10 minutes, or until warmed to your liking.

Freezing: While freezing does slow down the effects of the acidic lemon in the marinade, it doesn’t completely stop it. As a result, when the chicken is thawed and cooked, it can end up rubbery and mushy. For that reason, I don’t recommend freezing the raw chicken in the marinade.

What to Serve with Mediterranean Chicken?

What I love most about this recipe is its versatility, transforming your marinated Mediterranean chicken into an impressive feast with endless pairing options to suit any crowd. Here are a few of my favorite ways to round out the meal:

  • Salads: Keep things fresh and light with salads that highlight Mediterranean flavors. My creamy yogurt cucumber salad or Greek salad are both low-carb, crisp, and refreshing recipes that pair perfectly with this chicken. If you’re after a vibrant splash of color, my Red Cabbage and Carrot Slaw adds a satisfying crunch and a pop of color.
  • Pilafs: For a more substantial meal or to incorporate into your weekly meal prep, pair your chicken with Mediterranean classics like my Bulgur Wheat Pilaf or Mediterranean Rice with Vermicelli. These cozy sides bring a warm, hearty balance to the lemony chicken.
  • Pasta: Looking for a comforting plate? Slice your chicken and serve it over or alongside my Garlic Butter Spaghetti or Lemon Ricotta Spinach Pasta for a delicious, easy-to-make dinner.
  • Sauce: Add an extra layer of Mediterranean flavor with classic sauces like my Tzatziki sauce or yoghurt tahini sauce. They’re creamy, cooling, and the perfect finish for this juicy chicken.

FAQs

Can I use this marinade for other proteins?

Yes! This Mediterranean marinade recipe is a great all-purpose option that works beautifully with seafood (like shrimp or salmon) and lamb.

Do I need to pat the chicken dry before marinating?

Patting the chicken dry does help the marinade stick better and more evenly coat the meat, but it will still work well if you skip this step.

Can I use the leftover marinade as a sauce?

No. Since the marinade has come into contact with raw chicken, it’s not safe to use as a sauce. Instead, if you’d like to brush it on the cooked chicken for extra flavor, set aside some marinade before adding the raw chicken.

How can I prevent my chicken from drying out?

Use a digital meat thermometer to make sure you don’t overcook the chicken. Once it reaches an internal temperature of 165°F (74°C), take it off the heat. Also, don’t skip the resting step because letting the chicken rest before slicing helps the juices settle back in, keeping every bite tender and juicy.

Other Chicken Marinade Recipes You Might Also Like

  • If you prefer a yogurt-based marinade that still captures those Mediterranean flavors, try my Yogurt Chicken Marinade. It’s creamy and packed with herbs.
  • For a more robust, vinegar-forward flavor, my Balsamic Vinegar Chicken Marinade is a fantastic option with its sweet and tangy notes.
Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim

Mediterranean marinated chicken on a plate.
Print

Mediterranean Chicken Marinade Recipe

This Mediterranean Chicken Marinade is a quick 15-minute marinade that infuses chicken with fresh, vibrant flavors. Made with basic ingredients, this foolproof recipe guarantees juicy, flavorful chicken that can be cooked on the grill, in the oven, or on the stovetop.
Course Chicken Recipes
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Marinading Time 15 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 430kcal

Ingredients

  • cup olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon lemon zest
  • cup lemon juice
  • 3 cloves garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon Dijon mustard
  • 1 tablespoon fresh oregano chopped or 2 tsp dried plus more as garnish
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 2 lbs chicken breasts boneless & skinless (6-8 oz each) or chicken thighs

Instructions

To make the marinade:

  • In a large bowl, whisk together ⅓ cup olive oil, 1 teaspoon lemon zest, ⅓ cup lemon juice, 3 cloves of minced garlic, 1 teaspoon Dijon mustard, 1 tablespoon chopped fresh oregano (or 2 teaspoons dried), 1 teaspoon kosher salt, and ½ teaspoon black pepper until fully combined.
    A collage of images showing how to make the marinade.
  • Add the chicken into the bowl, making sure it’s fully coated with the marinade.
    Chicken breasts in the marinade.
  • Cover with the lid and refrigerate for 15 minutes or up to 30 minutes.

To Cook on the Grill:

  • Preheat a gas grill to medium-high heat (about 450°F/232 °C). Clean grill grates and brush lightly with oil.
  • Remove chicken from the marinade, letting excess drip off, and place on the grill.
  • Grill for 6-8 minutes per side, or until a digital thermometer inserted into the thickest part registers 165°F (74°C)
  • Transfer the now-cooked chicken to a plate, cover with aluminum foil, and let rest for 5-7 minutes before serving.
    Grilled Mediterranean chicken from the top view.

To Cook in the Oven:

  • Preheat oven to 425°F/218°C. Line a sheet pan with parchment paper.
  • Place chicken breasts on the prepared sheet pan. Bake for 20-22 minutes, or until a digital thermometer registers 165°F (74°C)
  • Transfer the cooked chicken to a plate, cover it with aluminum foil, and let it rest for 5 minutes before slicing and serving.

To Cook on the Stove:

  • Heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil in a large skillet (10- or 12-inch cast-iron skillet or grill pan) over medium-high heat.
  • Once the oil is hot and shimmering, place chicken breasts in the skillet, making sure not to overcrowd the pan. You may have to cook them in batches.
  • Cook, turning once, for 12-15 minutes, or until a digital thermometer inserted into the thickest part of the breast registers 165°F (74°C)
  • Transfer the cooked chicken to a plate, cover it with aluminum foil, and let it rest for 5-10 minutes before serving.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about ⅔ cup of marinade, enough for 2 pounds of chicken breasts, which is ideal for 4 servings. The nutritional information below is calculated per serving.
  • Drip off the excess marinade: Take a moment to let any extra marinade drip off before cooking. This is especially important if you’re grilling to prevent flare-ups.
  • Storage: Cooked marinated chicken can be stored in the fridge for up to 3 days. You can reheat it in a low-heat oven (300°F/ 149 °C) for 5-10 minutes or until it is warmed through.
  • Freezing: I do not recommend freezing raw chicken in this marinade. The acid in the lemon juice will continue to break down the chicken (similar to ceviche), leading to a rubbery texture when cooked.

Nutrition

Calories: 430kcal | Carbohydrates: 3g | Protein: 49g | Fat: 24g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 15g | Trans Fat: 0.03g | Cholesterol: 145mg | Sodium: 860mg | Potassium: 891mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 93IU | Vitamin C: 12mg | Calcium: 40mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/mediterranean-chicken-marinade/feed/ 2
Chicken Shawarma Bowl https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-shawarma-bowl/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-shawarma-bowl/#comments Tue, 25 Feb 2025 22:15:45 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=80344 During the week, all-in-one dinner bowls like this and my  DIY CAVA bowl are a satisfying, time-saving option. With a…]]>

During the week, all-in-one dinner bowls like this and my  DIY CAVA bowl are a satisfying, time-saving option. With a little bit of advanced preparation, you can turn this popular street food (typically served with pita bread) into a hearty shawarma rice bowl perfect for a quick weeknight dinner. If chicken isn’t your preference, you can also make this shawarma bowl recipe with my classic Beef Shawarma.

Chicken shawarma bowl served with rice and toppings from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need

This is a wonderful recipe to make with leftover chicken shawarma, and it comes together very quickly if you have leftovers. Otherwise, you can make your chicken shawarma meal from scratch. You can find all of the ingredients at your everyday grocery store—no specialty shopping is required.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view with text on the image.
  • For The Marinade
    • Chicken: I used boneless skinless chicken thighs in this deconstructed chicken shawarma, which gives the best flavor and texture. But if you’d prefer to swap in chicken breasts, they will also work well. 
    • Kosher salt
    • Shawarma seasoning: My homemade spice blend, made with flavorful spices like ground cumin, paprika, turmeric, coriander, cardamom, and cinnamon, is easy to make and great to have on hand. But if you’d prefer to buy a ready-made jar, here’s my favorite one (affiliate link). 
    • Lemon juice
    • Extra Virgin Olive oil 
    • Garlic: I prefer fresh garlic cloves for the most impact but garlic powder could be used for a milder garlic flavor.
  • For The Rice
    • Water or Stock: While water is sufficient, using either vegetable stock or chicken broth when cooking your rice will give it more flavor.
    • Unsalted butter: I prefer unsalted butter so that I can adjust the salt but if all you have is salted butter, omit the additional Kosher salt. Alternatively, you can also use olive oil to cook your rice,
    • Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
    • Rice: For my chicken shawarma rice bowl recipe, I used long-grain white rice. While I know it is controversial, I prefer to rinse my rice before cooking it.
  • Toppings For The Bowls
    • Cherry tomatoes: Look for fresh, crisp cherry tomatoes and cut them into quarters. Regular or grape tomatoes will also work if that’s what you have available.
    • English cucumber: Persian cucumbers are also an option. 
    • Curly salad greens: These can be one type of lettuce or a blend of various kinds. The key here is that you want a more delicate, curly leaf to slice thinly for texture in your shawarma chicken bowl.
    • Dill pickles: You can purchase these at the store, or pickle your own in advance. The zesty crunch these pickles provide makes them one of the chicken shawarma toppings you don’t want to skip!
    • Pickled red onions: If you’d like to make your own, here’s my pickled red onions recipe. Storebought is also ok to use. 
    • Tzatziki: While you can find many tzatziki options at the grocery store, making your own tzatziki using plain Greek yogurt, cucumbers, and fresh lemon juice is easy and extra tasty. 
    • Hummus: This is an optional ingredient that adds some creaminess to your chicken shawarma bowls. Again, you can select any version at the store, or you can make my Mediterranean Hummus in advance. 
    • Lemon: A couple of lemon wedges, served on the side, are optional for a touch of brightness as a finisher. 

Ingredient Substitutions

One of the best parts about this chicken shawarma rice bowl recipe is that it is endlessly customizable. There are so many different varieties that you can make, depending on which ingredients you have on hand or simply prefer. Here are some common substitutions you can use:

How to Make Chicken Shawarma Bowls?

Chicken shawarma over rice is a straightforward recipe that anyone can make. With a little advanced prep, you can even throw your shawarma bowls together quickly on a busy weeknight for a quick and easy dinner. 

A collage of image showing how to prepare chicken shawarma with rice.
  1. Prepare your chicken. Pat 1 ½ pounds of chicken thighs dry with paper towels and season them with 1 ½ teaspoon of kosher salt on both sides. Transfer them to a large bowl.
  2. Season your chicken and allow time to marinate. Add 2 tablespoons of shawarma seasoning, ¼ cup of lemon juice, ¼ cup of olive oil, and 2 cloves of fresh minced garlic to the bowl with your chicken in it. Mix it all together using kitchen tongs to coat the chicken with the marinade. Cover the chicken with stretch film and marinate it in the refrigerator for an hour or overnight.
  3. Cook your marinated chicken shawarma. Preheat the oven to 425 degrees F. Arrange the marinated chicken on the sheet pan and place it on the middle rack. Bake for 18-20 minutes or until the internal temperature of a chicken thigh registers 165 degrees F. If you prefer your chicken shawarma to be on the browned side, move the sheet pan to the top rack and broil for 2-3 minutes more, while watching it closely to prevent burning.
  4. Prepare your chicken shawarma for your bowls. Let the chicken rest for 5 minutes, then slice it into ½ inch strips (or you can cut it into cubes as well.)
A collage of photos showing how to make rice and assemble the bowl.
  1. Cook the rice. While the chicken is cooking, cook the rice. In a medium saucepan, add 2 cups of water (or stock), 1 tablespoon of unsalted butter, and 1 teaspoon of kosher salt. Bring to a boil over medium-high heat, then add the rinsed rice, reduce the heat down to low, cover, and cook until rice is tender, about 15-17 minutes. Remove from the heat and let it rest for 10 minutes (do not remove the lid); right before serving, fluff it with a fork.
  2. Assemble your chicken shawarma bowls. To assemble the shawarma chicken and rice, divide the rice among four bowls. Top it off with sliced shawarma chicken, a handful of cherry tomatoes, sliced cucumbers, salad greens, pickled cucumbers, pickled red onions, and a generous dollop of hummus and tzatziki.

How to Meal Prep & Store Leftovers?

My chicken shawarma bowls recipe can be adapted for your weekly meal prep routine. Here are a few simple instructions to ensure the optimal result: 

  • Meal Prep: How you prepare your shawarma meal in advance depends on how you prefer to eat it. Do you plan to enjoy it hot, or do you not mind eating it cold/at room temperature? 
    If you’d like to eat your chicken rice shawarma hot, then I recommend you store your rice and chicken together, keeping the rest of the toppings separate. This way, when you go to reheat your bowls, you can heat only the shawarma chicken and rice, then add the toppings afterward. If you don’t mind eating your chicken shawarma bowls cold or at room temperature, feel free to store everything together when you meal prep your bowls. 
  • Storing Leftovers: The same instructions as above apply here with any leftovers you have. Store the rice and chicken together separately from the toppings if you plan to eat it again hot. As long as they are kept in an airtight container in the fridge, they should be fresh for up to 3 days.
  • Reheating: You can reheat rice and chicken in a low-heat oven (around 300 degrees F) and then add the toppings right before serving.
Chicken Shawarma Rice Bowls with fresh lemon slices on the side.

Expert Tips

When it comes to all of the chicken shawarma bowl recipes you’ll find, this one is achievable and foolproof. Here are a couple extra tips that I have for you to ensure a seamless preparation experience in your own kitchen:

  • Feel free to cook your chicken in the manner you prefer. While the recipe below instructs you to cook your chicken thighs on a sheet pan in the oven, they will also come out just as delicious if you choose to grill them on a barbeque, or if you choose to use a cast iron skillet on the stovetop. You can find the details of each method in our chicken shawarma recipe.
  • Marinating your chicken will result in the best flavor. My mom always marinated our chicken shawarma overnight, allowing the spices to fully infuse the meat. This extra time helps the flavors develop and makes the chicken even more tender. However, if you’re short on time, you can cook it right away—shawarma seasoning is already packed with bold, aromatic flavors that will still shine through.
  • Short on time? Take the Trader Joe’s shortcut. If you live in the US and have access to Trader Joe’s, here’s a hot tip: The packaged chicken shawarma they sell at Trader Joe’s is fantastic and takes about 20 minutes to cook in the oven. It is a fantastic shortcut to make this shawarma chicken bowl in less than 30 minutes for a quick weeknight dinner. 
  • Make it lighter. If you want to cut down on calories, you can skip the rice and assemble your shawarma bowls over a bed of lettuce or cauliflower rice (for a low-carb and keto friendly option) instead. Additionally, you can add other veggies like thinly sliced red bell peppers, cucumbers, and radishes. 
  • Serve it as a part of a larger meal. While this recipe is a complete meal on its own, you can easily turn it into a feast by pairing it with chicken shawarma sides like warm pita bread, baba ganoush, muhammara, or a fresh cucumber and tomato salad.
Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make this Healthy Chicken Shawarma Bowls recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Chicken shawarma bowl garnished with pickled red onions from the top view.
Print

Chicken Shawarma Bowl Recipe

If you’re wondering how to eat chicken shawarma beyond the usual pita, this versatile grain bowl is the answer. Meal prep-friendly and easy to customize, this chicken shawarma and rice recipe transforms a classic shawarma plate into a hearty rice bowl with all the authentic Middle Eastern toppings like tzatziki sauce, hummus, and pickled red onions.
Course Lunch, Dinner
Cuisine Mediterranean, Middle Eastern
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Marinading Time 1 hour
Total Time 1 hour 40 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 747kcal

Ingredients

For The Marinade:

  • 1 ½ lbs. Boneless skinless chicken thighs or chicken breasts
  • 1 ½ teaspoons kosher salt
  • 2 tablespoons shawarma seasoning
  • ¼ cup lemon juice
  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • 2 cloves garlic minced

For The Rice:

  • 2 cups vegetable stock or water or chicken stock
  • 1 tablespoon unsalted butter or olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 cup long-grain white rice rinsed and drained

For The Bowls:

  • 1 ½ cups cherry tomatoes quartered
  • 1 English cucumber cut into small pieces, or 3 Persian cucumbers
  • 1 ½ cup curly salad greens rinsed and sliced thinly (or any other salad greens)
  • ½ cup pickled cucumber sliced (aka dill pickles)
  • ½ cup pickled red onions
  • 1 cup tzatziki sauce or yogurt tahini sauce
  • 1 cup hummus optional
  • 4 wedges of a lemon

Instructions

  • Pat dry 1 ½ pounds of chicken thighs with paper towels and season with 1 ½ teaspoon of kosher salt on both sides. Transfer them to a large bowl.
    Person preparing chicken for the chicken shawarma rice bowl recipe.
  • Add 2 tablespoons of shawarma seasoning, ¼ cup of lemon juice, ¼ cup of olive oil, and 2 cloves of fresh minced garlic. Mix well using kitchen tongs to coat the chicken with the marinade. Cover the chicken with stretch film and marinate it in the refrigerator for an hour or overnight.
  • Preheat the oven to 425 degrees F. (218 degrees F.).
  • Arrange the marinated chicken on the baking sheet on a single layer and place it on the middle rack. Bake for 18-20 minutes or until a meat thermometer inserted into the thickest part of a chicken registers 165 degrees F. If you prefer your chicken shawarma to be on the browned side, move the sheet pan to the top rack and broil for 2-3 minutes (while watching it closely).
    Chicken shawarma before and after it is cooked.
  • Let the chicken rest for 5 minutes, then slice it into ½ inch strips (or you can cut it into cubes as well).
  • While the chicken is cooking, cook the rice. Into a medium saucepan, add 2 cups of water (or stock), 1 tablespoon of unsalted butter, and 1 teaspoon of kosher salt. Bring to a boil over medium-high heat. Add the rinsed rice, reduce the heat down to low, cover, and cook until rice is tender, about 15-17 minutes. Remove from the heat and let it rest for 10 minutes (do not remove the lid); right before serving, fluff it with a fork and season with black pepper.
    A collage of images showing cooking the rice and the assembled chicken shawarma bowl.
  • To assemble the chicken shawarma bowls, divide the rice among four bowls. Top it off with sliced shawarma chicken, a handful of cherry tomatoes, sliced cucumbers, salad greens, pickled cucumbers, pickled red onions, and a generous dollop of hummus and tzatziki.
  • Serve right away.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes four adult servings of chicken shawarma bowls. The nutrition values below include optional toppings like hummus and tzatziki.
  • Meal prep: If preferred, you can assemble it in airtight meal prep containers. If you go in that direction, I recommend storing cooked chicken and rice together and adding the toppings right before serving the most fresh shawarma rice bowls. 
  • Storing: Bring leftovers to room temperature, place in an airtight container and keep in the fridge for upto 3 days.
  • Marinading: The one-hour (or overnight) marinading is optional. If you are short on time, you can cook chicken right away.

Nutrition

Calories: 747kcal | Carbohydrates: 60g | Protein: 44g | Fat: 38g | Saturated Fat: 8g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 5g | Monounsaturated Fat: 16g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 179mg | Sodium: 2615mg | Potassium: 896mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 948IU | Vitamin C: 23mg | Calcium: 159mg | Iron: 4mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-shawarma-bowl/feed/ 2
Chicken Orzo Soup https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-orzo-soup/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-orzo-soup/#respond Mon, 17 Feb 2025 14:54:50 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=80259 Ingredients for Lemony Chicken Orzo Soup This easy soup recipe comes together with a few basic ingredients you probably already…]]>

How This Recipe Fixes the 2 Most Common Orzo Soup Mistakes

Aysegul Sanford from the front view.

Growing up in the Mediterranean, “Chicken Noodle Soup” wasn’t really a dish I knew much about. Instead, my mother made this Chicken Orzo Soup every time I felt under the weather.

The good news? It isn’t much different from a classic American chicken noodle soup in method or taste. However, it features a much brighter, lemony broth, a hallmark of Mediterranean cooking. But because the ingredients are similar, the issues you run into are also the same:

  • The “Mushy Pasta” Issue: If you’ve ever ended up with a pot of bloated pasta (orzo in this case) that “drank” all your broth, you know the frustration.
  • Dry, Rubbery Chicken: This happens when the meat is boiled for far too long.

After years of watching my mom and refining this recipe in my own kitchen, I’ve learned two non-negotiables for success:

  1. The Timing: Add the orzo towards the end of the cooking process. This prevents the pasta from overcooking and becoming giant and mushy. And no, you do not need to cook the orzo separately before adding it to the soup.
  2. A gentle simmer: Maintain a gentle simmer and cook the chicken only until it registers 165°F on a meat thermometer.

One final note: While many consider this a “Greek” soup, do not confuse it with Avgolemono. Traditional Avgolemono soup is thickened with an egg-lemon sauce. My version here is lighter, finished with plenty of fresh lemon juice and a handful of fresh herbs.

Ingredients for Lemony Chicken Orzo Soup

This easy soup recipe comes together with a few basic ingredients you probably already have on hand.

While the complete list of ingredients is in the recipe card below, here are a few notes from making this recipe over the years:

Ingredients for chicken orzo recipe soup, including chicken, orzo, carrots, celery, onion, garlic, lemon, olive oil, chicken broth, and herbs.

Chicken: I used boneless, skinless chicken thighs in this soup because I find dark meat more flavorful than white meat. Plus, I find that it stays moist even after it is poached in hot broth. That said, boneless and skinless chicken breasts are also a great option if you prefer a leaner cut. 

Orzo pasta: Any brand of dried orzo pasta will work for this recipe. There is no need to cook it ahead of time, as the orzo cooks directly in the broth.

If you are not familiar with it, orzo is a small, rice-shaped pasta that looks similar to rice but cooks much more quickly, making it ideal for soups like this one.

Chicken stock: It is no secret that Homemade chicken stock elevates any soup, and using a high-quality bone broth makes the texture slightly creamier thanks to its natural collagen.

With that being said, if you’re short on time, store-bought chicken broth works just as well. I recommend buying a low-sodium one so you can adjust the seasoning yourself.

Mirepoix: Yellow onion, carrots, and celery make the aromatic vegetable base of any great soup, including this chicken orzo lemon soup. 

Fresh garlic: I used 3 cloves in this recipe, but feel free to adjust if you prefer a stronger garlic flavor. While I prefer fresh garlic, in a pinch, you can use garlic powder. It is not traditional, but it would work.

Lemon juice: I used 4 tablespoons in this lemon chicken orzo soup, but I highly recommend keeping some extra on hand, as you may want to add more at the end after tasting.

Fresh herbs: I used fresh parsley at the end, but if you’d like a little extra burst of Mediterranean flavor, a handful of chopped fresh dill or fresh thyme works beautifully as well.

Seasonings: Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper are all you really need, but I like adding a teaspoon of Italian seasoning, although it’s completely optional.

Lemon zest: This is optional, but if you enjoy a brighter lemon flavor, stir in about 1 teaspoon of freshly grated lemon zest right before serving.

How to Make Chicken Orzo Soup? (Step-By-Step)

With one pot and 45 minutes, anyone can make this easy soup recipe. Here is how I make it:

Chopped carrots, celery, and onion cooking in olive oil in a large pot, followed by seasoning added to the softened vegetables.

Step 1 – Cook your veggies: Heat the olive oil in a Dutch oven or a large soup pot (with a lid) over medium-high heat. Next, add your chopped onion, chopped carrots, and chopped celery. Cook, stirring occasionally, until the vegetables are softened but not browned, which takes about 7 to 8 minutes.

Step 2 – Add your seasonings: Toss the minced garlic, Italian seasoning, kosher salt, and ground black pepper with the veggies. Sauté the mixture, stirring constantly, for 30 seconds, just until the garlic is fragrant.

Cooked chicken thighs shredded with forks on a cutting board for lemon chicken orzo soup.

Step 3 – Add in the broth: Pour in the chicken stock and lemon juice, then add the boneless, skinless chicken thighs (or breasts). Bring the soup to a boil, then reduce the heat to medium and let it simmer gently for about 15 minutes, or until the chicken is fully cooked. The chicken should register 165°F (74°C) when checked with a meat thermometer.

Once cooked, remove the chicken from the pot and transfer it to a cutting board to rest for a couple of minutes before shredding. 

Step 4 – Cook your orzo directly in the broth: Add the orzo into the simmering broth and cook for about 10 minutes, stirring occasionally to prevent it from sticking to the bottom of the pot.

Step 5 – Shred the chicken: While the orzo cooks, shred the chicken with two forks, or cut it into small pieces if you prefer. Then, add it back into the pot and stir to combine.

Pro Tip – Shred or cut? My mother would always shred the chicken, which is what I usually do. However, if it is easier to cut it into smaller cubes, that is perfectly fine. Remember, the goal here is to have some chicken with every spoonful, so cut them into bite size pieces.

Two images side by side showing 
shredded chicken added back into simmering lemon chicken orzo soup in a large pot and served in a bowl.

Step 6 – Season and garnish: When the orzo is fully cooked, give the soup a quick taste, and adjust the seasoning with more salt and lemon juice as needed. Add the chopped parsley, ladle into bowls, and serve right away.

Two bowls of lemon chicken orzo soup served with crusty bread, fresh dill, sliced carrots, shredded chicken, and lemon wedges.

Expert Tips for the Best Chicken Orzo Soup

This chicken lemon orzo soup recipe is simple, but a few small tricks can make a big difference in the final dish. 

Here are some tips to help you get the best results on your first try:

Cut your veggies evenly: For the best texture and even cooking, try to chop the onion, carrots, and celery into similar-sized pieces. This way, they’ll soften at the same rate, which will give you the best base without any pieces turning mushy while others stay firm.

Do not overcook the orzo: It cooks quickly because it is a small pasta, so timing is critical. Adding it toward the end of cooking helps keep the texture tender rather than mushy.
However, keep in mind that cooking times may vary slightly depending on the brand you use, so following the packaging instructions is the best way to achieve al dente orzo. 

Adjust your lemon and seasonings to taste: Lemon is a personal preference, as some people (like me!) like this homemade chicken orzo soup even more lemony. Therefore, I highly recommend tasting it before serving and adding a little more lemon juice, salt, or fresh herbs as you see fit.

This soup will thicken as it sits: As the soup rests, the orzo continues to absorb liquid, which naturally thickens the broth. This is especially helpful to keep in mind if you are not serving it right away. When reheating, simply add a splash of water or chicken stock to loosen it back to your desired consistency.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.
Lemon chicken orzo soup in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Chicken Orzo Soup Recipe

This Lemon Chicken Orzo Soup is a cozy, one-pot meal with tender chicken, orzo pasta, and a bright, lemony broth. Easy to make in under 45 minutes, it’s the ultimate Mediterranean chicken soup recipe, perfect for busy weeknights or cold winter days!
Course Soup
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Kosher
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 338kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1 medium onion chopped about 2 cups (265g.)
  • 3 medium carrots peeled and cut into small pieces about 1 cup (135 g.)
  • 2 stalks celery sliced thinly, about 1 cup (125 g.)
  • 3 cloves fresh garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon Italian seasoning
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt more to taste
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 6 cups homemade chicken stock
  • 4 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed plus more to taste
  • 1 lb boneless skinless chicken thighs or breasts*
  • 1 cup uncooked orzo 155 g.
  • ½ cup fresh parsley and or dill, roughly chopped

Instructions

  • Heat olive oil in a Dutch oven or a large pot with a lid over medium-high heat. Add 2 cups of chopped onion, 1 cup of chopped carrots, and 1 cup of chopped celery. Cook, stirring occasionally, until vegetables are softened, 7-8 minutes.
  • Add 3 cloves of minced garlic,1 teaspoon Italian seasoning, 1 teaspoon kosher salt and ½ teaspoon of ground black pepper. Saute, stirring constantly, for 30 seconds.
  • Add 6 cups of chicken stock, 4 tablespoons of lemon juice and 1 pound (about 4) boneless skinless chicken thighs (or 2 medium-sized chicken breasts).
  • Bring it to a boil. Once it comes to a boil, bring the heat down to medium and let it simmer for 15 minutes or until the chicken is fully cooked. Chicken should register 165 degrees F when inserted with a meat thermometer.
  • Remove the chicken and transfer to a cutting board.
  • Stir in the orzo and let it cook for 10 minutes, stirring occasionally.
  • While the orzo is cooking, shred the chicken using two forks (or you can also cut it into small bite-sized pieces.)
  • Add the now-shredded chicken back into the pot and stir to combine.
  • When the orzo is fully cooked, give it a quick taste and add more seasoning and lemon juice as needed.
  • Add ¼ cup chopped parsley, ladle into bowls, and serve.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 7-8 cups of soup ideal for 6 servings. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Cooked chicken: While I used raw chicken, if you have leftover or rotisserie chicken on hand you can make this soup even faster. Simply shred it (or cut it into cubes) and then add it to the soup right before adding the orzo. 
  • Storage: Bring the leftover soup to room temperature, place it in an airtight container, and keep it in the fridge for up to 3-4 days. Reheat in a saucepan with a splash of water or broth.
  • Freezing: While you can technically freeze this soup as it is, I am not a fan of freezing pasta. If you are planning to freeze it, reserve the portion that you are planning to freeze before adding the orzo in the soup.

Nutrition

Calories: 338kcal | Carbohydrates: 34g | Protein: 25g | Fat: 11g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 6g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 79mg | Sodium: 438mg | Potassium: 671mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 5556IU | Vitamin C: 15mg | Calcium: 50mg | Iron: 2mg

How to Store, Freeze, and Reheat Chicken Orzo Soup

Preparing a large pot of soup, especially one as satisfying as this chicken and orzo soup, often means you will have leftovers to enjoy for a second or even third meal. 

Here is how I like to store it to keep it tasting fresh.

Storage: For any leftovers, allow your soup to cool to room temperature first. Then, store it in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days.

Pro tip: If you know you’ll have leftovers, instead of cooking the orzo in the broth, cook it separately. This way, you won’t run into the issue of it “bloating”.

Freezing: I honestly do not recommend freezing this soup once the orzo has been added, as pasta generally does not freeze well and tends to become soft and mushy once thawed. 

However, if you are planning to make a large batch for meal prep, a better option is to prepare the chicken soup without the orzo, freeze the broth and chicken, and then add freshly cooked orzo when reheating.

Reheating: Transfer the soup to a saucepan and warm it over medium heat, stirring occasionally.

As the soup sits, the orzo will continue to absorb liquid, so it is normal for it to thicken. If needed, add a splash of water or chicken stock while reheating to thin the sauce and restore its original texture.

Variations & Substitutions 

There are a few simple swaps and additions you can make to adapt this easy chicken orzo soup based on what you have on hand.

Here are a couple of ideas:

Use leftover or rotisserie chicken: If you already have cooked chicken, such as leftover roasted chicken or rotisserie chicken, you can use it here. Simply skip cooking the raw chicken in the soup and stir the cooked, shredded chicken in toward the end, just long enough to warm it through.

Regional Adaptations: Most people think of this soup as a Greek dish, but many countries across the Mediterranean region serve it with minor variations.

For example, Italians add a Parmesan rind to the broth as it simmers, finish the soup with a sprinkle of grated Parmesan, and swap parsley or dill for fresh basil. 

In Turkiye, we use a generous amount of fresh chopped dill instead of any other herb or spice.

Add extra greens: If you like adding more vegetables to your meals, you can stir in a few handfuls of spinach or kale toward the end of cooking. The greens will wilt quickly in the soup without overpowering it.

What to Serve with Chicken Orzo Soup

While this easy lemon chicken orzo soup is satisfying enough to enjoy on its own, it also pairs well with:

  • A meal-worthy salad: A crisp salad is always a great contrast to a warm bowl of soup. I especially enjoy serving it with my Greek Cucumber Salad for a refreshing Mediterranean touch or my Kale Brussels Sprout Salad when I want something with a bit more substance.
  • Crusty bread: There’s nothing better than soaking up that flavorful broth with a good piece of bread. My go-to options are No Knead Artisan Bread for the classic crusty bread-and-soup pairing, or my Air Fryer Garlic Bread for an extra punch of flavor. 

Other Mediterranean Brothy Soups

A Turkish classic: Turkish Red Lentil Soup is another classic soup recipe from the region. Naturally vegan, this is the kind of soup you’d be served in a local restaurant in Istanbul.

A vegan weeknight dinner: This French Lentil Soup is my go-to when I want something simple and dependable that holds up well for leftovers.

All the Comfort, Less Work: If you love the idea of stuffed cabbage rolls but not the time commitment, this Stuffed Cabbage Soup delivers the same familiar taste in soup form.

Chicken orzo lemon soup in a Dutch oven with a ladle, showing orzo pasta, carrots, shredded chicken, and fresh herbs in the broth.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-orzo-soup/feed/ 0
Chicken Stroganoff https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-stroganoff/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-stroganoff/#comments Wed, 12 Feb 2025 15:29:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=38487 I first dabbled with making my own homemade stroganoff in 2014 after reading about it in America’s Test Kitchen. Naturally,…]]>

I first dabbled with making my own homemade stroganoff in 2014 after reading about it in America’s Test Kitchen. Naturally, I started with their version of easy beef stroganoff — the wildly popular comfort food that originated in Russia and quickly made it onto many American families’ dinner tables. And it was a hit! 

I found that the right cut of beef and a homemade stroganoff sauce was key in making this meal a standout dish. But this got me thinking, why stop at beef? Can you make stroganoff with chicken? The answer is yes, and that is what we are making today;  my foolproof creamy chicken stroganoff with mushrooms recipe. This version of the classic Russian dish is just as delicious and made with pantry staple ingredients.

Chicken stroganoff with mushrooms and egg noodles in a large pan.

Key Ingredients for Chicken Stroganoff

There are two components to this chicken mushroom stroganoff (aka pollo stroganoff recipe) – the meat and noodles and the homemade stroganoff sauce.

Best Cut of Chicken Meat For This Recipe

I found that the best cut of chicken for stroganoff is boneless and skinless chicken thighs. However, you can also use skinless chicken breasts in this recipe. The trick to getting super tender chicken, regardless of the cut you use, is to:

  1. Cut it in even bite size pieces against the grain
  2. Season it well
  3. Give it a quick sear

With that being said, if you are looking for a quicker option, you can use ground chicken (or ground turkey) in this chicken pasta stroganoff recipe.

Ingredients for noodles with chicken and mushrooms

Ingredients for the Stroganoff Sauce / Gravy

  • Fat for Sautéing: You can use any neutral-flavored vegetable oil here. You can also use butter, which of course, yields a rich, delicious stroganoff.
  • Onions: One medium yellow onion is all you need; white onions will work, too.
  • Fresh garlic cloves
  • Baby Bella Mushrooms: I used baby Bella mushrooms (aka cremini mushrooms), but you can also use white button mushrooms. 
  • Fresh Parsley 
  • All-Purpose Flour: For making and thickening the stroganoff sauce
  • White Wine: Pick a dry white wine like Pinot Grigio or Chardonnay. If you want to make this recipe alcohol-free, you can swap out this ½ cup of wine for a ¼ cup of apple cider vinegar.
  • Dijon mustard 
  • Worcestershire Sauce
  • Low-Sodium Chicken Broth: You can make chicken stock at home or buy it from the store. If you do, I recommend getting low-sodium broth. 
  • Wide Egg Noodles: Egg noodles cook quicker than the usual pasta and require less liquid, which works perfectly in this chicken mushroom noodle recipe. Alternatively, if you are following a gluten-free diet, you can use gluten-free pasta/egg noodles. In a pinch, you can also make this chicken stroganoff recipe with pasta. A small cut, like penne or fusille, would be ideal. However, I would recommend cooking it separately and adding it to the sauce.
  • Sour Cream: I recommend using full-fat sour cream, but low-fat version would also work.
  • Lemon Juice: Freshly squeezed lemon juice adds a pop of brightness at the very end.
  • Salt and Pepper: I always use Kosher salt.

How To Make Chicken Stroganoff?

Making this stroganoff chicken and mushroom recipe is relatively easy. The whole thing comes together in one pot and requires no special equipment.

Person seasoning and mixing chicken thighs
  1. Prep & season the meat: Pat dry chicken with paper towels and cut it into small 1-2 inch cubes. Whatever you do, do not skip this step. Drying the meat thoroughly will help achieve perfect browning, which will result in a tender, juicy chicken for your stroganoff. Season with kosher salt, black pepper, garlic powder, and paprika.
Chicken thighs being simmered in a large pan
  1. Sear the meat: Heat a tablespoon of vegetable oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Sear the first half of the chicken for 3-4 minutes on each side, making sure to achieve a golden brown crust. Place cooked chicken in a bowl. Repeat this process with the rest of the oil and chicken. Set it aside. Do not wash the skillet! You should be left with bits of the chicken and some brown spots that are key for creating a super flavorful stroganoff sauce.
Onions and mushrooms are being cooked in a large pan
  1. Cook the aromatics: Melt two tablespoons of butter, add in the onion, and cook for about 5-6 minutes or until softened, stirring frequently and scraping the browned bits and pieces of chicken at the bottom of the pan. Stir in the garlic and cook for 30 seconds. Then, add the mushrooms and thyme, and cook until mushrooms are softened, approximately 4-5 minutes.
  2. Make the stroganoff gravy: Next, add the flour and cook, stirring constantly, for a minute. Pour in the wine, dijon mustard, Worcestershire sauce, chicken stock, salt, and pepper. Give it a stir to combine, scraping up any remaining seasoned chicken and vegetable bits.
  3. Add the reserved chicken back into the pan: Secure the lid, bring the stroganoff sauce to a boil, reduce the heat and let it simmer for about 15 minutes until the chicken is fully cooked.
Egg noodles are added into the dish and sauce is cooking
  1. Stir in the Egg Noodles: Lastly, stir in the egg noodles, cover and let cook 10-12 minutes, stirring occasionally. Remove from heat and stir in the sour cream and lemon juice off the heat. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary. Garnish with fresh thyme and/or parsley, and enjoy.

PRO TIP: Sour cream and lemon juice are acidic, so stir them into the sauce after it has been removed from the heat. If you add these two ingredients over heat, they will cause the sauce to break and curdle. Room-temperature sour cream also creates a better emulsion than cold.

What to Serve with Chicken Stroganoff?

This creamy dish pairs well with a variety of sides to round out your meal:

Chicken Mushroom Stroganoff allrecipes served in a bowl with a spoon on the side

How To Make Ahead, Storage, Freeze, and Reheat?

  • Make Ahead: If you want to make this recipe ahead of time, I recommend adding the egg noodles until just before serving. Otherwise, they may fall apart in the days leading up to your meal while being refrigerated or frozen as they are softer than typical pasta (like spaghetti or fettuccine). So, to turn this into a make-ahead chicken stroganoff recipe, follow steps 1-7, then wait to add the egg noodles when you reheat and prepare to serve. The key is to let your chicken and stroganoff sauce completely cool and come to room temperature before storing it in an airtight container and placing it in the fridge. 
  • Store any leftover chicken and stroganoff sauce in an airtight container in your refrigerator for up to 3 days. Omit the egg noodles, if possible, and instead prepare before serving. If you need to store the noodles with the sauce, refrigerate for up to two days.
  • To freeze, cook the recipe up to step 7 — before you add the noodles — allow it to cool completely and come to room temperature. Place in an airtight container, and freeze for up to a month. 
  • To reheat, allow the frozen chicken stroganoff to thaw in the fridge overnight the day before you are planning to serve. Then, transfer it into a saucepan and heat over medium heat until warmed through and starting to bubble at the edges. Add the egg noodles, and cook until they are softened. You should have enough liquid, but if you feel like it needs more, add in some broth or water. Remove the chicken stroganoff from the heat, and then add the sour cream, lemon juice, and herbs before serving. Enjoy!

FAQs

What is stroganoff sauce made of?

Stroganoff sauce is usually made of vegetable oil (or butter), onion, garlic, mushrooms, all-purpose flour, white wine, dijon mustard, Worcestershire Sauce, and chicken stock.

What is a good substitute for sour cream in this recipe?

While the flavor profiles would slightly change, Greek yogurt and cream cheese (softened with a bit of milk or stock) can be used in place of sour cream. For a dairy-free option, cashew cream can be used.

What is a low-carb option I can use instead of egg noodles or pasta?

For a low-carb option, serve this dish over cauliflower rice or zucchini noodles.

Other Chicken Dinner Recipes To Try

If you enjoyed this recipe for Chicken Stroganoff with mushrooms, I invite you to check out my collection of easy chicken recipes or check out the ones below that I hand-selected for you:

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make this easy chicken stroganoff recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

a bowl of chicken stroganoff in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Chicken Stroganoff Recipe

This Chicken Stroganoff recipe has everything you love about Beef Stroganoff, but made with chicken instead. Tender Chicken thighs simmered in silky stroganoff sauce with egg noodles, this is a great weeknight dish that you can make under an hour.
Course Chicken, Dinner
Cuisine Russian
Diet Halal
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Total Time 55 minutes
Servings 4 people
Calories 727kcal

Ingredients

For the Chicken:

  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon paprika
  • 1 ½ pounds chicken thighs Boneless & skinless (Skinless chicken breast can also be used)
  • 2 tablespoons vegetable oil

For the Stroganoff Sauce/Gravy:

  • 2 tablespoons vegetable oil or butter
  • 1 onion sliced thinly
  • 3 cloves garlic minced
  • 10 oz. mushrooms I used baby bella but button mushrooms would also work
  • 1 teaspoon fresh thyme chopped plus more as garnish
  • 2 tablespoons all purpose flour
  • ½ cup dry white wine Pinot Grigio or Chardonnay would work
  • 1 tablespoon dijon mustard
  • 1 tablespoon worcestershire sauce
  • 2 cups chicken stock preferably homemade or low-sodium
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 3 cups wide egg noodles
  • ½ cup sour cream
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • ¼ cup fresh parsley chopped

Instructions

  • To prepare the chicken: Mix together salt, pepper, garlic powder, and paprika in a small bowl. Dry chicken thighs with a paper towel. Cut them into small pieces (1-2 inch cubes) and season with the salt mixture.
  • To cook the chicken: Heat a tablespoon of vegetable oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Sear the first half of the chicken for 3-4 minutes on each side. Place cooked chicken in a bowl. Repeat the same process with the rest of the oil and chicken. Cover the bowl with aluminum foil and set aside. Do not wash the skillet. You should be left with the remainings of the chicken and some brown spots.
  • To cook the vegetables: Heat vegetable oil (or butter) in the now-empty skillet. Add in onion. Cook, stirring frequently scraping the bits and pieces of chicken at the bottom of the pan, for about 5-6 minutes or until softened. Stir in the garlic and cook for 30 seconds.
  • Add in mushrooms and thyme and cook until mushrooms are softened, 4-5 minutes.
  • To make the sauce: Add flour and cook, stirring constantly, for a minute.
  • Pour in the wine, dijon mustard, and worcestershire sauce, chicken stock, salt and pepper. Give it a stir to combine.
  • Transfer the reserved chicken back into the pan. Stir to combine.
  • Put the lid on, bring it to a boil and let it simmer for about 15 minutes until the chicken is fully cooked.
  • Stir in the egg noodles and cook for 10-12 minutes or until fully cooked, keeping a close eye on it and stirring it a few times as it cooks.
  • Meanwhile, whisk together the sour cream and lemon juice in a small bowl.
  • Off the heat, add the sour cream mixture into the chicken stroganoff and give it a big stir.
  • Garnish with fresh thyme and parsley, ladle into bowls and serve.

Video

Notes

  • If you want to make this recipe alcohol-free, you can swap out this ½ cup of wine for a ¼ cup of apple cider vinegar.
  • To make ahead: Make the stroganoff sauce, bring it to room temperature, and store it in an airtight container in the fridge. When ready to serve, reheat it in a large skillet and add in the egg noodles. Cook until egg noodles are fully cooked.
  • Storage instructions: Place leftovers in an airtight container and store in the fridge for up to 3 days. Omit the egg noodles, if possible, and instead prepare before serving. If you need to store the noodles with the sauce, refrigerate them for up to two days.
  • To freeze, cook the recipe up to step 7 — before you add the noodles — allow it to cool completely and come to room temperature. Place in an airtight container, and freeze for up to a month. 

Nutrition

Calories: 727kcal | Carbohydrates: 38g | Protein: 35g | Fat: 47g | Saturated Fat: 22g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 184mg | Sodium: 1568mg | Potassium: 920mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 701IU | Vitamin C: 16mg | Calcium: 90mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-stroganoff/feed/ 2
Marry Me Chicken Pasta https://foolproofliving.com/marry-me-chicken-pasta/ https://foolproofliving.com/marry-me-chicken-pasta/#respond Tue, 14 Jan 2025 15:17:24 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=79710 Our top chicken pasta recipes include classics such as Chicken Stroganoff and Chicken Bolognese, and this recipe for Marry Me…]]>

Our top chicken pasta recipes include classics such as Chicken Stroganoff and Chicken Bolognese, and this recipe for Marry Me Chicken Pasta is so simple, yet hearty, that it’s sure to become a timeless favorite among their ranks. 

The elevated finished dish, as you’ll see in the photos below, is also a worthy chicken pasta recipe for your next date night. With Valentine’s Day around the corner, be sure to bookmark this for your romantic menu.

One pan marry me chicken recipe with pasta garnished with basil leaves in a pan.

Ingredients and Substitutions

In this Marry Me Chicken Pasta recipe, you’ll be combining the ingredients from the main Marry Me Chicken recipe with your choice of pasta, and a luscious Marry Me pasta sauce. These basic ingredients can be easily sourced ahead of time from any mainstream grocer, allowing you to throw this impressive meal together in around 30 minutes on any busy weeknight. 

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Pasta: We found that the best pasta for Marry Me Chicken is penne pasta, as we feel it holds the sauce well. However, any short pasta, such as Fusilli or Cavatappi, would also work. For those looking for a gluten free version of this recipe, feel free to substitute in the GF pasta of your choice. 
  • Chicken: While boneless skinless chicken breasts are ideal for this Marry Me Chicken with pasta, you can also use boneless skinless chicken thighs if that’s your preference. Whichever one you choose, cut them into bite-sized pieces to make the cooking process faster.
  • All purpose flour: In this recipe, the flour is used as a thickening agent. If you are following a gluten free diet, any 1 to 1 gluten free flour will be an acceptable substitution.
  • Oil: Our Marry Me Chicken recipe with pasta uses olive oil and feels like a pleasantly decadent dish. If you’d like to swap in avocado oil, it will feel a little lighter and change the flavor slightly. And if you’d like to up the creaminess factor, swapping the olive oil out with ghee or unsalted butter will do the trick.
  • Garlic: In our recipe testing, we found that fresh garlic was best for the deep flavor we were seeking, but in a pinch, garlic powder can be used. 
  • Chicken Stock: In general, in our chicken and pasta recipes, we prefer to use homemade chicken stock, as the savory notes can’t be beat. However, you’re also welcome to use storebought chicken broth—just be sure you grab the low-sodium version. 
  • Heavy cream: Heavy cream makes the pasta sauce gorgeously creamy, however, if you’re looking for a lighter version of this dish, you may swap in half and half. Keep in mind, though, that the sauce made with half and half won’t be as thick as the heavy cream version.
  • Sundried tomatoes: This is the essential ingredient to bring out that irresistible umami flavor of this chicken and pasta recipe. You will get the most flavorful punch by using sundried tomatoes in oil (sold in jars)—just be sure to drain the oil before you use them in the recipe. While you can find sundried tomatoes in stores that are not in oil (usually sold in bags), we do not recommend you use them for this dish.
  • Parmesan cheese: I prefer to buy a block of Parmesan cheese and grate it myself to ensure maximum freshness and nutty, buttery flavors. However, you can also purchase pre-grated versions to cut down on prep time.
  • Herbs: We use a combination of both dried and fresh herbs for this recipe. Dried oregano and dried thyme are used in our Marry Me pasta sauce, and fresh basil is used to finish off the end dish at serving time. If you’d prefer to not use the individual dried herbs, you’re welcome to substitute in an Italian seasoning blend. 
  • Lemon juice: You may be tempted to skip the final step of squeezing in a little fresh lemon juice (watch those seeds!), but it’s actually a key ingredient. Fresh lemon juice really brightens up the flavors in our Marry Me pasta—you may even want to add a little more, depending on your taste.
  • Seasonings: Beyond the fresh and dried herbs, this recipe calls for a simple combo of Kosher salt and finely ground black pepper. Don’t mind a little heat? Then sprinkle in some red pepper flakes for an added pop.

How to Make Marry Me Chicken Pasta?

Weeknight dinners don’t have to be boring thanks to this easy pasta recipe. If you’re organized, this meal comes together in 30 minutes, so you can enjoy a plated dish that didn’t come from the freezer! Here are a few simple steps to accomplish this meal:

A collage of images showing how to cook pasta and prepare chicken for this recipe.
  1. Cook your pasta of choice. In a large pot, bring your salted water to a boil, add the pasta of your choosing, and cook it al dente, according to the package directions. Don’t forget to reserve ½ cup of pasta water for the pasta sauce. Then, drain the noodles and set them aside.  
  2. Prepare your chicken breasts. While the pasta is cooking, take out your uncooked chicken breasts and pat them dry. Cut each breast into 1-inch cubes, then place them in a bowl with Kosher salt, black pepper, and all-purpose flour. Toss the chicken cubes thoroughly to ensure they are well-coated in the mixture. 
A group of images showing how to cook chicken and make the sauce for marry me pasta.
  1. Saute the chicken. In a large skillet over medium-high heat, warm up 2 tablespoons of olive oil until it shimmers. Then, shaking off any excess flour, drop your chicken cubes into the skillet, being careful not to crowd them together. Depending on the size of your skillet, you may need to saute your chicken in two separate batches. Cook the chicken until the pieces are all lightly browned—about 2-3 minutes per side. Once they are cooked through, transfer them onto a plate, cover with foil, and set them aside.
  2. Prepare your Marry Me pasta sauce. In the same skillet, turn the heat down to medium-low, allowing it to cool off slightly. Then, add the remaining one tablespoon of olive oil and minced garlic. Saute, stirring constantly, for 30 seconds, or until fragrant. Slowly pour in the chicken stock and heavy cream, mix together evenly, then add in the sundried tomatoes. Allow the liquid to come to a low boil and simmer it for 2-3 minutes.
Person showing how to make the marry me chicken with pasta in a collage of photos.
  1. Add in the chicken. Take the still-warm chicken and add it to the sauce. You will want to simmer it for 3-4 minutes, stirring frequently, or until slightly thickened. At this point, it should still be quite thin, but if yours gets too thick, add in some reserved pasta water, one tablespoon at a time, until it reaches your desired consistency. Next, stir in the Parmesan cheese, oregano, thyme, lemon juice, and red pepper flakes, if using. Take a taste, and adjust the seasoning to your liking.
  2. Add the cooked pasta to the sauce. Once combined, allow the full dish to simmer for 3-4 minutes to ensure it is thoroughly warmed.
  3. Serve: Distribute the pasta evenly into bowls, topping with some additional Parmesan and torn fresh basil leaves.

Leftovers, Storage, and Reheating

While this easy Marry Me Chicken Pasta recipe doesn’t tend to have leftovers (in our experience, it was a second-helping kind of dish!), it’s simple enough to store any leftover pasta to enjoy again later. 

  • Storage: Before storing your Marry Me Chicken and Pasta, allow it to cool down and come to room temperature. You can then store it in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days.
  • Reheating: You can reheat the leftovers on the stovetop in a saucepan. You may need to add in a little water to loosen up the pasta sauce as it heats. 
  • Freezing: Sorry—this isn’t a dish that freezes well. We do not recommend that you freeze it.

Variations

This recipe, due to being composed of simple ingredients and instructions, lends itself easily to some alterations, depending on your dietary needs and/or preferences. Here are the most common ingredient swaps and additions that we came across as we were working on this recipe:

  • A Dairy-Free Marry Me Chicken and Pasta: If you’d like to remove the dairy in this recipe, you can use cashew cream in place of the heavy cream, vegan butter in place of the unsalted butter/ghee, and nutritional yeast in place of the Parmesan cheese. Please just note that in making these changes, while it will be dairy-free, you will ultimately be changing the flavor profile of the finished dish. 
  • Marry Me Chicken with Rotisserie Chicken: If you’re looking to streamline your cooking time, rotisserie chicken pasta definitely saves you some stovetop minutes. While the consistency of the dish will be altered, you can swap in the same quantity of rotisserie chicken in place of the chicken breast cubes. 
  • A High Protein Chicken Pasta: Looking to up the overall protein content of your dinner? You can easily make a high protein pasta sauce by using cottage cheese in a similar fashion to how we did in our Cottage Cheese Mac and Cheese. Note: just be careful not to overcook your pasta sauce if you’re adding cottage cheese. 
  • Add a handful of Spinach: Adding more greens is one way to make a bit healthier. You can do this by tossing a handful of spinach leaves into the finished pasta. The spinach also adds a pleasing pop of color alongside the fresh basil leaves. 
Marry me chicken pasta in a bowl with a spoon on the side.

What to Serve it With?

Beyond a crisp glass of white wine (because that’s our top pairing!), you can also pair this chicken and penne pasta recipe with a couple of side dish options to round out your dinner table. Here are our top suggestions:

  • A green salad: For a salad to complement the big flavors of this pasta dinner, we recommend keeping it simple with either our Spring Mix Salad or our Classic Caesar Salad
  • A vegetable side dish: The veggie we love most to savor alongside this iconic pasta is definitely asparagus. Try either our Sauteed Asparagus and Mushrooms or our Oven Baked Asparagus
  • Garlic bread: What is Marry Me Pasta without garlic bread? Truly, we think they shouldn’t be allowed to exist without one another! Our go-to is our Air Fryer Garlic Bread, which you can make while the pasta is cooking in 15 minutes!

FAQs

What is Marry Me Pasta Chicken?

Marry Me Chicken a viral recipe that gained massive popularity on social media, especially on TikTok. It features tender chicken simmered in a rich and creamy sun-dried tomato sauce. The name comes from the sauce’s indulgent flavor, said to be so irresistible it could inspire a marriage proposal. As Marry Me Chicken became a sensation, creative variations emerged, including this version with pasta. Over time, it has become so popular that many now refer to it as “Engagement Chicken Pasta.”

What type of pasta should I use?

We found that the best pasta for Marry Me Chicken is penne pasta, as we feel it holds the creamy sauce well. However, any short pasta such as Fusilli, rigatoni or Cavatappi would also work. For those looking for a gluten free version of this recipe, feel free to substitute in the GF pasta of your choice.

Other Pasta Recipes You Might Like

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make your own Marry Me Chicken Pasta following our recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Marry me chicken pasta in a bowl garnished with basil leaves.
Print

Marry Me Chicken Pasta Recipe

This Marry Me Chicken Pasta is not only the latest viral sensation on social media but also a modern-day comfort food classic—a 30-minute weeknight chicken and pasta dinner so irresistible it might just get you a proposal.
Course Weeknight Dinner
Cuisine American
Diet Halal
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 581kcal

Ingredients

For The Pasta:

  • 8 ounces pasta a short pasta like penne, fusilli or Cavatappi would all work
  • Water & salt

For The Chicken:

  • 1 ½ lbs chicken breasts boneless and skinless
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 4 tablespoons all-purpose flour
  • 3 tablespoons olive oil divided
  • 3 cloves garlic minced finely or pressed
  • 2 cups chicken stock or storebought low sodium chicken broth
  • 1 cup heavy cream or half and half*
  • ½ cup sun-dried tomatoes packed in oil, drained, and finely chopped
  • cup Parmesan cheese plus more for topping
  • ¼ teaspoon dried oregano
  • ¼ teaspoon dried thyme
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • ½ teaspoon red pepper flakes optional
  • 1 tablespoon fresh basil torn

Instructions

  • Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add 8 ounces of dried pasta, and cook al dente according to the package directions. Reserve ½ cup of pasta water and drain. Set it aside.
  • While the pasta is cooking, pat dry and cut 1 ½ pounds chicken breasts into 1-inch cubes. Place it in a bowl with 1 teaspoon kosher salt, ½ teaspoon of black pepper, and 4 tablespoons of all-purpose flour. Toss to coat thoroughly.
  • Heat 2 tablespoons of olive oil in a large skillet over medium-high heat until it shimmers.
  • Place the prepared chicken, shaking off any excess flour, in the skillet, making sure not to overcrowd. You may need to saute in two batches. Cook until lightly golden browned, for 2-3 minutes per side, adjusting the heat as necessary to ensure they are evenly browned and register 165 degrees F when inserted with a meat thermometer. Transfer them onto a plate, cover with foil, and set aside.
  • Add the remaining one tablespoon of olive oil and 3 cloves of minced garlic in the now-empty skillet over medium heat. Saute, stirring constantly, for 30 seconds until fragrant.
  • Slowly pour 2 cups of chicken stock and 1 cup of heavy cream, then add ½ cup of sun-dried tomatoes. Stir, scraping the brown bits at the bottom of the skillet with a wooden spoon. Bring it to a boil and let it simmer for 2-3 minutes.
  • Add the reserved chicken and simmer for 3-4 minutes, stirring frequently until slightly thickened. At this point, it should still be quite thin, but if yours gets too thick, add a splash of the reserved pasta water (or one tablespoon at a time) until it reaches your desired consistency.
  • Stir in ⅔ cup Parmesan cheese, ¼ teaspoon of oregano, ¼ teaspoon of thyme, 2 tablespoons of lemon juice, and ½ teaspoon of red pepper flakes, if using. Taste and adjust seasoning.
  • Add the cooked pasta to the sauce and toss well to combine. Let it simmer for 3-4 minutes to warm thoroughly.
  • When serving, sprinkle with additional Parmesan and torn basil.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 7 cups of chicken and pasta, ideal for 6 normal servings or 4 generous servings. Below nutritional values are per serving of 6 servings.
  • Do not skip browning the chicken: This step of the recipe is imperative when it comes to depth of flavor. If you don’t brown your chicken as you saute it (which can happen from either crowding the chicken pieces in the skillet or not cooking them long enough), then you will miss out on the rich, caramelized crust that adds both flavor to the chicken and a savory base for the sauce.
  • The chicken must be cooked thoroughly in the sauteeing stage: When it comes time to add the chicken to the sauce, it must be cooked all the way through, as it will only be simmering in the pasta sauce for a short time before serving.
  • Don’t forget to reserve some pasta water before draining your noodles: We use the reserved pasta water to even out the consistency of the sauce as needed. You may not need all of it but it is good to have it as a backup. And I love this tip on an easy way to reserve pasta water.
  • Give the final dish a taste before serving: You may find yourself wanting to add a little bit more lemon juice than this recipe calls for, which adds a zesty brightness most people love.
  • Storing and reheating leftovers: Bring the pasta to room temperature and then store it in an airtight container for up to 3 days. To reheat, place the pasta and chicken in a large skillet and add a splash of chicken stock or water if the sauce is too thick.

Nutrition

Calories: 581kcal | Carbohydrates: 40g | Protein: 37g | Fat: 30g | Saturated Fat: 13g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 12g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 127mg | Sodium: 852mg | Potassium: 804mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 896IU | Vitamin C: 14mg | Calcium: 186mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/marry-me-chicken-pasta/feed/ 0
CAVA Bowl Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/cava-bowl-recipe/ https://foolproofliving.com/cava-bowl-recipe/#comments Fri, 20 Sep 2024 13:04:55 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=78063 I still remember the first time I walked into a CAVA. I felt like someone had stolen my idea. While…]]>

I still remember the first time I walked into a CAVA. I felt like someone had stolen my idea. While I’ve never had dreams of opening a restaurant, if I were to start one, it would look a lot like what the folks at CAVA are doing. Bowls made with real-deal Mediterranean ingredients, full of the things I grew up eating.

So, you can imagine my surprise when I saw their menu filled with all the things I love. It felt familiar in the best way. And since I’m not in the restaurant business, the next best thing was to bring it home and create my own homemade CAVA bowl.

This copycat CAVA bowl is now a regular in our meal prep rotation. I’m showing you exactly how I make it at home and how you can adapt it based on what you have on hand. Whether you make everything from scratch or pick up a few shortcuts from the store, it’s still going to taste fresh, delicious, and satisfying.

And the best part? You’ll have enough for several meals, all for less than the price of dinner for two at CAVA.

Homemade CAVA bowl from the top view.

What is a CAVA bowl?

CAVA is a restaurant chain that features Mediterranean meals mainly served in bowls. Some people call it “the Mediterranean version of Chipotle”. A CAVA bowl is made by assembling various ingredients, starting with a base like grains or greens, adding protein, and finishing with a variety of toppings and dressings. 

As someone who grew up in Turkey and now shares Mediterranean recipes for a living, I instantly recognized the ingredients and format as something I’ve known all my life. This kind of meal, which is built around grains, greens, legumes, vegetables, and sauces, is how we naturally eat back home. It’s balanced, colorful, and meant to be customized.

Customers can mix and match the ingredients to their liking or choose from various premade bowls on the restaurant’s menu.

CAVA Bowl Ingredients

If you’ve ever been to CAVA, you know you can either choose one of the bowls featured on their menu or create your own by selecting ingredients from four categories: the base, protein, toppings, and dressing.

As you can imagine, with so many options, the combinations are endless. I made sure to include a full list of ingredients in the recipe card below.

In this section, I am sharing my ingredient notes from testing the recipe in my kitchen to make my version of the copycat CAVA bowl recipe. This way, you can make it your own and customize it with whatever you have on hand.

The Base:

You can combine rice and salad greens or choose one as the base of your bowl. I prefer to use both because I like the variety.

The base ingredients for the recipe on a white marble backdrop.

Brown Rice: In classic CAVA fashion, I use brown rice for my copycat recipe. I love the nutty flavors of brown Jasmine rice, which you can cook on the stove or in a pressure cooker. However, brown basmati rice would also work.

I know that this is a pretty controversial subject to many, but I prefer rinsing my rice until it runs clear before cooking. Still, feel free to cook in any way you like.

You can cook the rice in water or use chicken stock or vegetable broth to make it even more flavorful.

Salad greens: Use spring mix, chopped romaine lettuce, or baby spinach. Or, if you want to follow in the footsteps of CAVA, mix them all up and make your own “SuperGreens” mix. 

The Protein:

I chose their fan favorite, Honey Harissa Chicken, for the protein in my CAVA copycat bowl recipe. You’ll need:

CAVA Harissa chicken ingredients from the top view.

Chicken thighs or breasts: Using thighs or breasts is a personal choice here. I usually go for skinless, boneless chicken thighs for extra juiciness, but for a leaner option, chicken breasts would also work.

Harissa paste: This bold and spicy North African condiment is the star of this CAVA harissa chicken bowls recipe, providing its signature smoky heat and bold flavors. You can make harissa from scratch, use a shortcut by making it with harissa powder, or simply buy it from the store. Trader Joe’s and Mina (affiliate link) are two nationwide brands that I recommend. 

Fresh Garlic: I prefer fresh garlic for its rich flavors, but you can use garlic powder in a pinch. In my recipe testing, fresh garlic gave the marinade a deeper, more authentic Mediterranean taste that reminded me of meals I grew up with in Turkey.

Lemon juice: A small amount of freshly squeezed lemon juice adds a bright, tangy note to balance the spiciness of the harissa. In a pinch, you can use bottled juice, but the flavors coming from freshly squeezed juice are more vibrant.

Honey: Adding honey does not make the recipe sweeter. Instead, it helps balance the heat coming from harissa and adds a unique layer of flavor. I tested this recipe with and without honey, and even a small amount made the chicken taste more well-rounded.

The Toppings:

You can add as many toppings as you like! These toppings remind me of the way we eat in the Mediterranean, where every meal is built around small bites of vegetables, sauces, and spreads. It’s about variety as much as it is about taste.

Below are the ones I used in my CAVA bowl at home, but feel free to customize with as many or as few as you’d prefer. 

Toppings for the recipe from the top view.

The Dressing Ingredients:

While CAVA offers several different dressing options, I always choose their hot harissa vinaigrette because it is truly delicious. Growing up with Mediterranean food, I learned that a good dressing can tie an entire meal together, and this one is no exception.

You can adjust the spiciness based on your taste buds. You’ll need:

Ingredients for Cava harissa dressing.
  • Extra virgin olive oil: A mild-flavored extra virgin olive oil works best here. I have been loving Garcia Del Cruise (affiliate link) for its smooth finish without any bitterness.
  • Lemon juice: Freshly squeezed juice is the best here, as bottled juice will not deliver the fresh, tart flavors this dressing needs.
  • Harissa powder: You can make your own harissa seasoning or buy it from the store. I recommend Whole Foods’ Harissa seasoning (affiliate link), which is mildly spicy and perfectly balanced.
  • Honey or maple syrup: This helps balance the heat from the harissa. I tested both options, and while honey adds a subtle depth, maple syrup is a great vegan swap.
  • Fresh garlic: I almost always use freshly minced garlic when I make my salad dressing, and this one is no exception. That being said, if you are after a milder garlic taste, feel free use garlic powder instead.
  • Kosher salt and black pepper

How To Make CAVA Bowls At Home?

Making your own CAVA bowl at home is straightforward. I’ve tested this recipe many times, and the key is prepping the components ahead so assembly feels effortless. It usually comes down to four parts: prepping the chicken, cooking the rice, whipping up the dressing, and adding your favorite toppings.

Below is a step-by-step breakdown of how I do it:

To Make the Harissa Honey Chicken:

A collage of images showing how to make CAVA harissa honey chicken.
  1. Prep the chicken: Pat the chicken dry and season with salt and pepper. I like to season it beforehand so the chicken is properly seasoned before it is marinated. While the marinade will also “season” it, I find that salt and pepper first helps the flavor soak in more evenly and ensures the chicken is well seasoned all the way through once it’s cooked.
  2. Make the marinade: Into a large bowl (one that will accommodate all of the chicken) add harissa, minced garlic, lemon juice, and honey. Whisk until thoroughly combined.
  3. Marinate: Add the chicken and give it a big toss to ensure all of the chicken thighs are coated with the marinade. Cover with stretch film (or a lid) and refrigerate for at least 30 minutes to let the flavors soak in. 
    You can also use a sealable plastic bag, which makes cleanup easier. The key is making sure the chicken is fully coated in the harissa mixture. From testing this recipe multiple times, I’ve found that when the chicken is well covered, the marinade seeps into every nook and cranny, giving you the juiciest, most flavorful result.
  4. Bake: Preheat your oven to 400°F and bake the marinated chicken for 13-15 minutes, or until it reaches an internal temperature of 165°F. Let it rest, then cut it into small pieces.
    I always use a digital meat thermometer to check doneness, since oven temperatures can vary and this ensures the chicken is cooked safely without drying out. After baking, let the chicken rest for about 5 minutes so the juices redistribute. This small step makes a noticeable difference in keeping the chicken tender and juicy before cutting it into small pieces.

To Cook the Rice

A collage of images showing how to cook rice for CAVA bowls.
  1. Rinse: This is a personal preference, but I’d like to start with washing my rice.
  2. Boil the liquid: Over medium-high heat, bring water or stock, olive oil, and salt to a boil in a small saucepan.
  3. Simmer the rice: Add the rinsed rice, cover, and reduce the heat to low. Simmer for 30 minutes or until all the water is absorbed. Do your best not to open the lid too often to trap in all the moisture.
  4. Rest and fluff: After the liquid is absorbed, let the rice rest for 10 minutes, then fluff with a fork. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary. Sprinkle with black pepper and garnish with parsley if preferred.

To Make the Dressing

A collage of images showing how to make CAVA harissa dressing.
  1. Prep the ingredients: Add olive oil, lemon juice, harissa sauce, honey, garlic, salt, and black pepper in a mason jar. You can use a small bowl and a whisk as well, but I find that the mason jar is easier when it comes to making salad dressings.
  2. Shake: Put the lid on and shake until emulsified. If you are planning ahead, you can prep the dressing a few days in advance and keep it in the fridge.

To Assemble the Bowls

Photos showing how to assemble CAVA chicken bowls.
  1. Build your base: Place ½ cup brown rice and a handful of salad greens in a bowl. I like using both grains and greens for variety and balance, much like the traditional Mediterranean meals I grew up with, which were always built around multiple components to make them satisfying and well-rounded.
  2. Add the chicken: Pile on the cubed CAVA harissa chicken. I tested both bite-sized cubes and shredded chicken, and the cubes hold the marinade flavor better while keeping the texture juicy.
  3. Add the condiments: Using a spoon or a small cookie scoop – affiliate link (just like they do at CAVA), add a scoop of hummus, tzatziki, and Crazy feta. The scoop ensures a clean presentation and consistent portions, something I picked up after visiting CAVA multiple times and recreating the process at home. Then, continue adding chopped cucumbers, tomatoes, corn, and pickled onions for crunch and brightness.
  4. Drizzle with vinaigrette: Finish with a light drizzle of harissa vinaigrette. I recommend starting with a smaller amount, tasting, and then adding more if needed. The heat can build, and this way, you can adjust to your preference.
  5. Serve: Treat yourself to a delicious Mediterranean-inspired meal. Oh and if you have the time, be sure to make a batch of my copycat recipe for CAVA’s Cucumber Mint Lime drink. I promise you there is no better pairing than these two.

How To Make Ahead and Store Leftovers?

The best way to make a CAVA bowl at home is to prepare some components in advance, saving time and making it an excellent meal-prep option. This way, the bowls can be assembled in minutes once the chicken is cooked. The good news is the leftovers store well, too. Here’s how I do it:

  • To Make ahead:
    • Marinade the chicken and store it in the fridge a day before.
    • Cook the rice ahead of time and refrigerate it for up to 3 days. To keep it from drying out when reheating, I like to sprinkle a little water over it before microwaving or gently reheating on the stovetop.
    • The CAVA harissa vinaigrette can be made up to a week in advance and stored in the fridge. Give it a good shake before using it.
    • Prep all the toppings (cucumbers, tomatoes, salad greens, hummus, tzatziki, etc.) and place them in separate containers to maintain their freshness for up to 2 days in advance.
    • Wash and chop vegetables, and store them in separate containers. I keep delicate greens like spinach or romaine wrapped in a paper towel inside an airtight container to help absorb excess moisture and keep them crisp.
    • On the day you plan to serve, bake the chicken, warm the rice, and assemble the bowl according to the recipe.
  • To store leftovers:
    • Store the cooked components (chicken, rice, and toppings) in separate airtight containers in the refrigerator to keep their texture and flavors fresh.
    • Warm the chicken and rice right before you assemble your CAVA bowls. You can warm them in the microwave or a low-heat (300°F – 149 °C) oven until warmed thoroughly, 4-5 minutes.
    • Assemble the bowls just before serving to avoid soggy greens.
    • Leftover bowls can be stored in the fridge for up to 3 days, but keep the vinaigrette on the side and drizzle just before serving.

Recipe Variations

The good news is that you can take this CAVA copycat recipe as a starting point and turn it into your own masterpiece. Below are a few recipe variations to help you make it your own:

Person drizzling CAVA chicken recipe with harissa vinaigrette.

Expert Tips

While this CAVA recipe is pretty straightforward, there are a few things I’d like to mention to save time and help you get the best results on your first try:

  • Store-bought condiments: If you are short on time, there is nothing wrong with buying some condiments from the grocery store. I’ve tested this with both homemade and store-bought versions, and nowadays many brands carry excellent hummus, tzatziki, and even pickled onions. Trader Joe’s and Whole Foods are two places I often shop for these shortcuts.
  • Prewashed salad greens: Most restaurants use triple-washed (and dried) salad greens. You can, too. It is a big-time saver. I do the same at home when I know I’ll be assembling several bowls during the week. It makes meal prep much easier and keeps the greens crisp.
  • Buffet Style: This is a fantastic recipe for serving a crowd. I like to serve it buffet style by placing all the ingredients in bowls and having my guests assemble their own Cava bowls. It reminds me of the mezze-style meals I grew up with in Turkey, where everyone customizes their plate from a variety of small dishes.
  • Serve warm or cold: While you can warm up the leftovers in the oven (or microwave), I usually eat them cold or at room temperature. Since the chicken is fully cooked, serving it without warming up is perfectly fine.

FAQs

Can you keep CAVA bowl in the fridge?

Yes, you can. For best results, store all the components in separate air-tight containers in the fridge. They should store well for up to 3 days, but it is best to keep any dressings separately and use them right before serving to avoid sogginess. 

What type of rice does CAVA use?

CAVA used to use a brand called Rightrice, but that brand is no longer available. Nowadays, they offer brown rice or saffron Basmati rice. 

What is in Emma Chamberlain’s CAVA bowl?

Emma Chamberlain’s CAVA bowl has a base of super greens and it is topped with falafel, pickled onions, Kalamata olives, cubed avocado, crumbled feta, spicy hummus, and schug (Yemeni green chili and herb sauce).

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.
A bowl of food from the top view pita bread on the side.
Print

Copycat CAVA Bowl Recipe

If you are a fan of Mediterranean flavors, this copycat CAVA bowl recipe is for you. Healthy, filling, and satisfying, these bowls feature rice, salad greens, spicy harissa honey chicken, and toppings like tzatziki, hummus, feta cheese, tomatoes, cucumbers, and more. Drizzled with harissa vinaigrette, they are a restaurant-quality meal you can make in your own kitchen.
Course Dinner
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Halal
Prep Time 40 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Marinating Time 30 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 40 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 786kcal

Ingredients

For the Harissa Honey Chicken:

  • 2 pounds chicken thighs skinless and boneless
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • ½ cup harissa
  • 5 cloves garlic finely minced or grated
  • 1/2 teaspoon lemon zest
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • ¼ cup honey

For The Rice

  • 2 cups water or vegetable or chicken stock
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1 cup brown jasmine rice thoroughly rinsed – or basmati rice
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 1 tablespoon parsley chopped, optional

For The Harissa Vinaigrette:

  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • 3 tablespoons lemon juice or white wine vinegar or red wine vinegar
  • 2 tablespoons harissa or 1 tablespoon harissa powder
  • 1 tablespoon honey or maple syrup for a vegan option
  • 1 clove garlic minced
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

For The Toppings

  • 6 cups salad greens washed and spin dried
  • 1 cup cucumbers diced
  • 1 cup cherry tomatoes halved
  • ½ cup Pickled red onions
  • 1 cup hummus
  • ½ cup Crazy Feta or crumbled feta cheese
  • 1 cup Kalamata olives
  • 1 cup Tzatziki
  • 1 cup corn grilled or canned (and drained)
  • Pita bread chips optional

Instructions

  • To Make The Harissa Honey Chicken: Pat dry chicken thighs with paper towels and season them with salt and pepper on both sides. Set aside.
  • In a large bowl, whisk together the harissa sauce, garlic, lemon zest, lemon juice, and honey until fully combined.
  • Add the chicken thighs and toss to ensure that they are fully coated with the harissa mixture. Cover and refrigerate for at least 30 minutes. If preferred, you can do this a day in advance.
  • Place an oven rack in the center of the oven. Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F/204 degrees Celsius. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
  • Arrange the chicken thighs evenly on top. Brush any leftover sauce over the chicken.
  • Bake for 13- 15 minutes or until the internal temperature of a chicken thigh is 165 degrees F when a meat thermometer is inserted into the thickest part of it.
  • Cover with foil and rest for 10 minutes. Cut the chicken into bite-sized cubes and set aside.
  • To Cook The Rice: Place your cooking liquid, olive oil, and salt in a medium-sized saucepan over high heat. Cover and bring it to a boil.
  • Add the rice and bring it to a boil. As soon as it reaches a boil, put the lid on and turn the heat down to low. Simmer for 30 minutes without peaking.
  • At the end of 30 minutes of simmering, open the lid and check whether the liquid has been fully absorbed. If it hasn’t, continue to simmer at 5-minute increments until no liquid is left.
  • Turn the heat off and let it rest for 10 minutes with the lid on.
  • When ready to serve, gently fluff it with a fork. Season with black pepper and garnish with chopped parsley.
  • For the harissa vinaigrette: In a mason jar, combine the olive oil, lemon juice, harissa, honey, garlic, kosher salt, and pepper.
  • Cover and shake until emulsified, about 30 seconds. Adjust seasoning to your desired taste. Keep it in the refrigerator until ready to use, and shake well before using.
  • To assemble the Cava Bowls: Divide cooked rice among 6 bowls, followed by a handful of spring mix, harissa chicken, and your preferred toppings.
  • Using a cookie scoop or a serving spoon, top each bowl with a dollop of tzatziki, hummus, and Crazy Feta (or crumbled feta). Add tomatoes, cucumbers, pickled red onions, olives, and corn.
  • Drizzle each bowl lightly with harissa vinaigrette and serve with pita bread or pita chips on the side.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 6 servings, but it could be a little more or less based on the toppings you use. The nutritional values below are per serving, but keep in mind that they are estimates and can change based on the toppings you use.
  • Prep and cook time: The abovementioned timing does not include the time needed to prepare the toppings. I would recommend checking the individual recipe and plan accordingly based on the toppings you plan to use in your grain bowl.
  • Save on time: I highly recommend prepping the toppings and marinating the chicken a day in advance to make it a quick and easy meal.
  • Storage: When storing leftovers, it is best to place them in individual containers and store them in the fridge. Most components of this DIY CAVA bowl recipe should store well for up to 3 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 786kcal | Carbohydrates: 65g | Protein: 31g | Fat: 47g | Saturated Fat: 10g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 8g | Monounsaturated Fat: 22g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 133mg | Sodium: 2161mg | Potassium: 807mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 23g | Vitamin A: 1238IU | Vitamin C: 29mg | Calcium: 127mg | Iron: 4mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/cava-bowl-recipe/feed/ 8
Harissa Honey Chicken https://foolproofliving.com/harissa-honey-chicken/ https://foolproofliving.com/harissa-honey-chicken/#comments Fri, 20 Sep 2024 13:02:22 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=78045 If you’ve never tried using harissa to marinate chicken, this is your sign to start! A harissa marinade brings a…]]>

If you’ve never tried using harissa to marinate chicken, this is your sign to start! A harissa marinade brings a perfect balance of spice, heat, smoke, and sweetness, while the oils tenderize the chicken, and the spices infuse it with rich, aromatic flavor. If you are a fan of harissa chicken recipes, be sure to check out our simple grilled harissa chicken as well.

Freshly cooked harissa paste and chicken on a plate from the top view.

What is Harissa Honey Chicken?

Harissa honey chicken is an easy dinner in which chicken is marinated in a mix of harissa, garlic, lemon juice, and honey. The star ingredient of this recipe, harissa, is a North African chili paste made from hot chili peppers, garlic, olive oil, lemon juice and various spices, such as cumin, coriander, and caraway seeds.

A short 30 minutes of marinating turns an otherwise bland chicken into a smoky, spicy, and subtly sweet, truly unique dish. Honey harissa chicken can be baked in the oven or grilled, with each cooking method resulting in deeply caramelized, juicy meat. The dish has been famous recently thanks to the popular restaurant chain CAVA.

Ingredients You’ll Need:

This harissa honey chicken recipe requires a handful of simple ingredients, all of which you can get from your local grocery store:

Ingredients for the recipe with text on the image.
  • Chicken: We love extra rich and juicy boneless, skinless chicken thighs, but skinless and boneless chicken breasts can also be used as a leaner option.
  • Seasonings: A simple seasoning of Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper allows the harissa and honey to shine.
  • Harissa: You have a few options when it comes to Harissa. You can make your own Harissa Sauce at home, which allows you to control the heat level and ingredients. If you are short on time, you can use Harissa Powder and make Harissa Paste from Powder. Or, you can save yourself a few steps in the kitchen and purchase a jar from grocery stores. Different brands have varying spice levels, ranging from moderately spicy to intensely hot, so I always like to taste the harissa before making the marinade. My favorite store-bought brand of harissa is Mina Harissa (affiliate link) (also available at Whole Foods), which is mild. There is also New York Shuk Harissa (affiliate link), which is a little more potent, or Trader Joe’s Tunisian Harissa, which is the least expensive.
  • Fresh garlic cloves: While we think fresh garlic delivers the best flavors, you can use garlic powder (¼ teaspoon of garlic powder per 1 clove of garlic) if you prefer a milder garlic flavor. 
  • Fresh lemon juice & lemon zest: We used freshly squeezed lemon juice in the recipe, but apple cider vinegar can be substituted. 
  • Honey: Honey and harissa are a delicious combination because the sweetness of the honey balances and enriches the spicy chilis in the harissa without making it sweet. We felt that ¼ cup honey was a good amount for two pounds of chicken but feel free to add more or less depending on how spicy you want the chicken.

How to Make Harissa Honey Chicken?

This honey harissa chicken recipe is easy to make with just a few basic steps.
Here are the step-by-step instructions:

A collage of images showing how to prep harissa chicken marinade.
  1. Season chicken: Pat the chicken thighs dry with a paper towel. Season both sides with Kosher salt and black pepper.
  2. Make the harissa chicken marinade: In a large bowl, combine harissa, garlic, lemon juice, and honey.
  3. Marinate the chicken: Add the seasoned chicken thighs to the harissa marinade. Toss to coat them fully. Cover and refrigerate for at least 30 minutes, or a couple of hours.
  4. Preheat the oven: Place an oven rack in the center. Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F/204 degrees Celsius. Line a large sheet pan with parchment paper.
Hot honey harissa chicken on a sheet pan before and after it is cooked.
  1. Arrange chicken thighs: Place the chicken on the baking sheet, spacing them apart evenly. Brush any leftover sauce on top of the chicken thighs.
  2. Bake: Bake for 13-15 minutes, or until the internal temperature of the thickest chicken thigh reaches 165 degrees F when inserted with a meat thermometer.
  3. Rest, then serve: Tent the chicken with aluminum foil and let it rest for 10 minutes. Serve the chicken thighs whole, or transfer them to a cutting board and cut (or shred) as desired. Drizzle the remaining delicious honey harissa sauce left on the sheet tray over the chicken before serving.

How to Store, Freeze, Thaw, and Reheat?

Harissa baked chicken is an easy recipe to make ahead of time and store for later. Here are my storage tips so none of this bold and delicious chicken goes to waste:

  • Make Ahead: You can marinate the chicken a day in advance. Simply make the marinade, add the chicken, cover it tightly, and refrigerate until ready to bake.
  • Storage: Cool the chicken to room temperature. Then, store the leftover chicken in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Freeze: Depending on your preference, you can freeze harissa honey chicken cooked or uncooked.
    • Freezing cooked chicken: Allow the cooked chicken to come to room temperature. Transfer to a freezer-safe container and freeze for up to 3 months.
    • Freezing raw chicken: To get ahead for meal prep, place the raw chicken thighs and harissa marinade in a freezer-safe plastic storage bag, portioning as desired. Push out as much air as possible, seal, label, date, and freeze for up to 3 months.
  • Thaw: Whether cooked or uncooked, thaw the frozen chicken overnight in the refrigerator.
  • Reheat: If reheating cooked chicken, reheat in a low oven (~300 degrees F) until warm, about 10 minutes. If cooking the raw chicken, remove it from the fridge 30 minutes beforehand, then bake as instructed in the recipe below.

What to Serve with Harissa Chicken?

Chicken with harissa and honey is a highly versatile meat that pairs beautifully with various dishes. The good news is that you can prepare a side dish while the chicken cooks and have dinner in no time. Here are a few ideas to help you with your menu:

Aysegul’s Expert Tips

  • Pay attention to spice level: We recommend making your harissa from scratch, as this allows you to control the spice level, especially if you are serving kids or are spice-sensitive. If you use a storebought brand to save time, taste it before making the marinade and adjust the quantity as necessary.
  • Broil for 2 minutes: While we didn’t find it necessary, if preferred, you can broil the chicken on high during the last 1-2 minutes of cooking to intensify those char-grilled flavors. However, keep a close eye on it to prevent it from burning.
  • Don’t forget the juices: After the chicken is done cooking, there will be plenty of juice on the sheet pan. For best results, baste the chicken with these juices as soon as it comes out of the oven and drizzle the remaining juices over the chicken when serving.

FAQs

Is harissa honey chicken spicy?

This depends on the spice of the harissa. If you are using a homemade harissa, then you can adjust the spice level. If you use a store-bought harissa, taste it before making the marinade and adjust the spice level to your liking.

Can I use tomato paste instead of harissa?

We do not recommend it. Tomato paste is not a one-to-one substitution for harissa because one is tomato-based while the other has a base of hot chili peppers. If you do need a substitute for harissa, I’d recommend another chili-based sauce, such as sriracha, sambal oelek, or chipotle in adobo sauce. Keep in mind that this will alter the taste and flavor profile.


If you make your own Harissa Honey Chicken following our recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Honey harissa chicken on a plate served with tzatziki on the side.
Print

Harissa Honey Chicken Recipe

Harissa honey chicken makes a delicious savory, spicy and sweet weeknight meal inspired by CAVA’s harissa chicken. It’s a quick and easy chicken dinner that comes together with only 6 basic ingredients.
Course Dinner
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Marinating Time 30 minutes
Total Time 1 hour
Servings 4 servings
Calories 404kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 pounds boneless skinless chicken thighs or chicken breasts
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon fresh ground black pepper
  • ½ cup harissa homemade or storebought
  • 1 tablespoon extra virgin olive oil *please see note
  • 5 cloves garlic finely minced or grated
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • ¼ cup honey

Instructions

  • Pat the chicken thighs dry with paper towels and season them with salt and pepper on both sides. Set aside.
  • In a large bowl, whisk together the harissa sauce, garlic, lemon juice, and honey until fully combined.
  • Add the chicken thighs and toss to coat them fully with the sauce. Cover and refrigerate for at least 30 minutes.
  • Place an oven rack in the center of the oven. Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F/204 degrees Celsius. Line the sheet pan with parchment paper.
  • Arrange the chicken thighs on the baking sheet. Brush any leftover sauce on top of the chicken thighs.
  • Bake for 13-15 minutes, or until the internal temperature of the chicken thigh, when a probe is inserted into the thickest part, reaches 165 degrees F.
  • Cover with foil and let it rest for 10 minutes. Drizzle the remaining liquid on the baking sheet over the chicken before serving.

Notes

  • Yields: Depending on the size of your chicken, this recipe makes 5-6 harissa chicken thighs ideal for serving 4-6 people. I listed the serving as 4, but the portions would be large. The nutritional values below are per serving (of 4 servings)
  • Olive oil: If you are making your own harissa you will not need this, but if you are buying it from the store, I recommend adding 1 tablespoon of extra virgin olive oil into the harissa chicken marinade. The storebought harissa tends to be thicker (with a paste-like texture) and could benefit from a small amount oil.
  • Marinading time: While we thought that a 30-minute marinating time was necessary, you can marinade your chicken for upto 8 hours if you prefer to make it ahead of time.
  • Tzatziki sauce: The sauce on the side of my harissa honey chicken in pictures is a bowl of tzatziki.
  • Alternative cooking methods: While we love the hands-off cooking method of roasting the chicken in the oven, you can cook it on the stovetop or a grill. 
    • If cooking on the stovetop, preheat a cast iron skillet or large skillet over medium-high heat until it is very hot. Lightly grease with oil and cook the chicken in a single layer for 4-5 minutes per side. 
    • If you want to cook the chicken on an outdoor grill, preheat the grill to 400 degrees F. Grease the grates and cook for 5-6 minutes per side. The spicy honey harissa chicken is done when the internal temperature reaches 165 degrees F with a meat thermometer inserted into the thickest part of the chicken.

Nutrition

Calories: 404kcal | Carbohydrates: 26g | Protein: 45g | Fat: 13g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 6g | Trans Fat: 0.04g | Cholesterol: 215mg | Sodium: 1242mg | Potassium: 716mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 22g | Vitamin A: 287IU | Vitamin C: 10mg | Calcium: 36mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/harissa-honey-chicken/feed/ 6
Grilled Harissa Chicken https://foolproofliving.com/grilled-harissa-chicken/ https://foolproofliving.com/grilled-harissa-chicken/#comments Tue, 23 Jul 2024 16:02:14 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=77199 What is Harissa Chicken? Harissa chicken is a hot, smoky dish that gets its primary flavors from harissa, a hot…]]>

What is Harissa Chicken?

Harissa chicken is a hot, smoky dish that gets its primary flavors from harissa, a hot chili pepper paste native to Tunisia. Harissa—used as a marinade or sauce in this recipe—comes from a blend of chili peppers, roasted red peppers, garlic, olive oil, and warm spices like caraway seeds, cumin, and coriander.

After infusing the meat with harissa’s spicy, aromatic flavors, you can then grill, bake, or pan-fry the chicken and (most often) serve it with a side of grains or veggies. You can also make it a dinner by making our Copycat CAVA bowl.

Harissa grilled chicken on a bed of vermicelli rice from the top view.

Ingredients for Harissa Grilled Chicken

You only need a handful of ingredients to make this grilled chicken harissa recipe. Hot, smoky, and oh-so-juicy, these simple ingredients will ensure your dish comes out delicious every time.

Chicken and harissa paste ingredients from the top view.
  • Chicken thighs: I used two pounds of boneless, skinless chicken thighs to make this dish, as dark meat tends to be juicier and more flavorful when grilled. If preferred, you can also make a harissa chicken breast recipe using boneless skinless chicken breasts. However, keep in mind that the grilling times might be longer depending on the thickness of your breasts.
  • Onion: Thinly sliced yellow onion (or red onion) is a great option to give your chicken a sweet yet robust finish. 
  • Garlic: Press or grate your fresh garlic cloves before adding them to your marinade to achieve the most potent, even infusion of flavors.
  • Seasoning: Kosher salt, ground black pepper, and paprika are perfect for lending harissa chicken thighs savory, warm notes. Though I used Spanish paprika, smoked paprika would also work.
  • Lemon juice: Vibrant and bright, fresh lemon juice is my go-to when making this harissa marinade. If you don’t have lemon juice, use red wine vinegar or balsamic vinegar instead.
  • Harissa: Because it’s one of the main ingredients in this recipe, I recommend making your harissa sauce from scratch. If you need a shortcut, you can also make Harissa Paste from Powder. Though the homemade version offers greater customization and a deeper flavor, you can also use store-bought harissa to reduce kitchen time. (My favorite brands are NY Shuk and Mina. Trader Joe’s also has one if you want a cheaper harissa.)
  • Olive oil
  • Garnish: To add a touch of color to your final plate, try serving your harissa chicken with quartered lemon wedges and a sprinkle of fresh parsley (or other fresh herbs like chopped cilantro or oregano.)
  • Greek yogurt: Though optional, ¼ cup of Greek yogurt can add a delicious tang and creaminess to your harissa marinade for chicken.

How to Make Harissa Chicken?

With an irresistible marinade and super-easy grilling technique, this harissa chicken thighs recipe is a cinch to make. Plus, it only takes ten to twenty minutes of hands-on prep!

A collage of images showing how to marinade chicken in harissa.
  1. Dry the chicken: Use a paper towel to pat dry the chicken on both sides. Then, season both sides with salt and pepper and set the thighs aside.
  2. Make the marinade: Add the garlic, onion, paprika, lemon juice, and harissa to a large mixing bowl and stir until combined.
  3. Marinate the chicken: Add the chicken thighs to the harissa mixture and toss them until thoroughly covered. Then, cover the bowl with plastic wrap and refrigerate it for an hour (or up to overnight). Remove the chicken from the fridge 30 minutes before grilling.
  4. Prepare the grill:
    1. Gas grill: Preheat the outdoor grill to 400 degrees F. When hot, scrape the grates to remove unwanted debris and coat them generously with olive oil. 
    2. Charcoal grill: Light the charcoal and let it burn until white ash covers it (20-30 minutes). When ready, spread the coals in an even layer across the bottom.
A collage of images showing how to grill harissa chicken.
  1. Grill the chicken: Place the harissa-marinated chicken in a single layer on the grate and top it with some onions. Then, cover the grill and cook the chicken for six minutes on each side or until the thickest part of the meat reaches an internal temperature of 165 degrees F.
  2. Let the chicken rest: Transfer the grilled chicken to a serving plate, loosely cover it with aluminum foil, and let it rest for ten minutes.
  3. Serve: Garnish your grilled harissa chicken with fresh parsley and a side of lemon wedges if preferred.

How to Store, Freeze, Thaw, and Reheat?

Here, you’ll learn how to maximize the freshness of your harissa sauce chicken, whether you want to enjoy it the next day or the next month.

  • Store: Let your harissa chicken thighs come to room temperature before storing them. Then, transfer them to an airtight container and place them in the refrigerator for up to 4-5 days.
  • Freeze: There are two ways to freeze harissa chicken for long-term storage: cooked and uncooked.
    • Freezing cooked meat: If you’ve already cooked the meat, let it reach room temperature, transfer it to an airtight container, and freeze for up to three months.
    • Freezing raw meat: For advance meal prep, place the raw chicken and harissa paste marinade into a freezer-safe Ziploc bag with as much air removed as possible. You can then store the raw meat in the freezer for three months.
  • Thaw: To thaw your frozen harissa chicken, transfer it to the fridge and let it defrost overnight.
  • Reheat: You can reheat your chicken thighs with harissa in a low-heat oven (~300 degrees F.) until warmed thoroughly, about 10 minutes.

What to Serve with Harissa Chicken?

It goes without saying that this recipe for chicken harissa is delicious on its own. However, it also makes an incomparable pair with dozens of other tasty dishes—just a few of which I’ve listed below.

  • Grains: Looking for an easy dinner that’s as delicious as it is filling? Add this spicy chicken recipe to your favorite rice bowls (such as our CAVA Copycat Recipe), and you have an easily customizable option that will tantalize your taste buds any day of the week. I recommend whipping up a serving of Rice with Vermicelli or Turkish Bulgur Pilaf for a rich, savory base. Or, for a lighter, zestier option, you can try serving your chicken with dishes like couscous and Lemon Quinoa.
  • Salads: Chicken thighs and harissa make a fantastic, protein-packed addition to salads. I love adding this recipe to fresh classics, like my Greek Cucumber Tomato Salad, tender Eggplant Caprese, Caprese Pasta Salad, and tangy Spring Mix Salad—especially with a crumble of fresh feta cheese on top!
  • Grilled veggies: Smoky, fresh, and nutritious, grilled vegetables are a no-brainer for harissa chicken. Serve this Middle Eastern dish with Grilled Corn on the Cob or Grilled Eggplant, and you can cut your cooking time in half.
  • Sauces: Serving this spicy chicken recipe with your favorite sauces is an easy way to add layers of flavor. For a creamy, cool accompaniment, I recommend adding a side of plain Greek yogurt, Tahini and Yogurt Sauce, or a refreshing Mint Yogurt Sauce. Or, if you want a spicier accompaniment, you can whip up a delicious Harissa Aioli in a matter of minutes!

Expert Tips

With these chef-approved tips, tender chicken, bold flavor, and authentic North African flavors are at your fingertips. Below are a few helpful tips to help you make the best-grilled harissa chicken on your first try:

  • Spice levels: Want to adjust the heat level of this harissa recipe for chicken? I highly recommend making your harissa from scratch so you can control your seasoning levels and pick what kinds of hot chiles you use (some are spicier than others). If you opt for a store-bought brand, remember that some are spicier than others, and you can always make a hotter marinade by adding cayenne pepper or red pepper flakes to the mix.
  • Overnight marinade: Marinating your chicken for one hour perfectly suits achieving a total infusion of flavors. During our recipe testing (and research), we found some recipes warning against marinating overnight. We tested it and found nothing wrong with letting your chicken marinate overnight. It is an excellent option for advanced meal prep!—if you want a deeper, richer taste.
  • Grilling with onions: When grilling with onions, remember that some of the onions will likely fall through the grates and cause a minor flare-up. Though this effect is nothing to worry about, it’s a good idea to shift the chicken away from the flames when this happens to avoid unwanted scorching.
  • Adjust the grill’s temperature: When cooking with a grill, keep in mind that closing the lid will increase the cooking temperature. Therefore, it’s important to open and close the lid to maintain an appropriate temperature.
  • Avoid overcooking: The best way to avoid overcooking harissa spiced chicken is to use an instant-read thermometer. When you think your chicken is ready, insert the meat thermometer into the thickest part of the meat. Once it reaches 165 degrees F., remove the chicken from the grill.
  • Thread it in skewers: Another way to make this recipe is to transform it into harissa chicken skewers. Simply cut the meat into small cubes, marinate them, and thread them onto skewers. Then, grill them as-is or add other tasty veggies—like bell peppers, onions, and cherry tomatoes—for a lighter, more colorful dish. Remember that the cooking time might be slightly shorter as the chicken is cut into smaller pieces.
  • Bring the meat to room temperature before grilling: If you can plan ahead, it is a good practice to remove the chicken from the refrigerator 30 minutes before grilling. Doing so will ensure the meat cooks evenly and doesn’t become tough.

Other Chicken Dinners You Might Like

If you make your own Grilled Harissa Chicken following our recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Grilled harissa spiced chicken on a bed of rice from the top view.
Print

Grilled Harissa Chicken Recipe

Grilled harissa chicken is a spicy, easy-to-make dish that requires just a few minutes of prep time to get the juiciest, most flavorful results. Serve it with grilled vegetables, rice or a green salad for a filling chicken dinner.
Course Chicken Recipes, Dinner
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 12 minutes
Marinading Time 1 hour
Total Time 1 hour 32 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 590kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 pounds chicken thighs boneless and skinless*
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 5 garlic cloves pressed or grated
  • 1 small yellow onion thinly sliced
  • 1 teaspoon paprika we used Spanish paprika but smoked paprika would also work
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice plus 1 lemon quartered for serving
  • ½ cup harissa
  • ¼ cup olive oil more or less for greasing the grill grates
  • 3 tablespoons fresh parsley as garnish (optional)

Instructions

  • Pat dry the chicken on both sides. Season with salt and pepper on both sides. Set aside.
  • In a large bowl, combine the garlic, onion, paprika, lemon juice, and harissa. Add the chicken and toss to combine.
  • Cover the bowl with stretch film and refrigerate for an hour or overnight if you have the time.
  • Remove from the refrigerator 30 minutes before you are ready to grill.
  • If cooking on a gas grill: Preheat the grill to 400 degrees F. Once hot, scrape the grates and generously coat them with olive oil.
  • If cooking on a charcoal grill: Light the charcoal and let it burn until the coals are covered with white ash for about 20-30 minutes. Spread the coals evenly at the bottom. Right before grilling, grease the grill grates with olive oil.
  • Place the chicken thighs, topped with some onions, on the grate without overlapping.
  • Cover and grill for 6 minutes on each side (for a total of 12 minutes) or until the internal temperature in the thickest part of the chicken thigh reaches 165 degrees F.
  • Remove and place on a clean plate or platter, loosely tenting with foil. Let rest for 10 minutes.
  • If preferred, garnish with fresh parsley and lemon wedges on the side.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes eight harissa chicken thighs ideal for four servings. However, the number of chicken thighs may change depending on the weight of your thighs. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Chicken Breasts*: You can use chicken breasts if preferred. However, the grilling time might be longer depending on the thickness of your chicken. We recommend using a meat thermometer to check doneness.
  • Harissa: We used homemade harissa, but this recipe would also work with any store-bought harissa. If you have harissa powder, follow our harissa from powder recipe for a quick homemade harissa.
  • Grill pan: If you don’t have a grill, you can also use a grill pan to cook (over medium-high heat) this chicken and harissa paste recipe on the stove. 
  • Store: Let the chicken come to room temperature and then, transfer them to an airtight container and place them in the refrigerator for up to 4-5 days.
  • Freeze: You can freeze this harissa chicken in two ways: cooked and uncooked. 
    • Freezing cooked meat: If you’ve already cooked it, let it come to room temperature, transfer it to an airtight container, and freeze for up to three months.
    • Freezing raw meat: Place the raw chicken and harissa marinade into a freezer-safe plastic bag with as much air removed as possible. You can then store the raw meat in the freezer for three months. Thaw overnight in the fridge.
  • Oven baking instructions:
    • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
    • Place the marinated chicken thighs (with some onions) on the prepared pan without overlapping.
    • Roast for 25 minutes or until the internal temperature in the thickest part of the chicken thigh reaches 165 degrees F. Cover with foil and let chicken rest for 10 minutes before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 590kcal | Carbohydrates: 11g | Protein: 33g | Fat: 46g | Saturated Fat: 11g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 8g | Monounsaturated Fat: 23g | Trans Fat: 0.2g | Cholesterol: 189mg | Sodium: 1191mg | Potassium: 601mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 884IU | Vitamin C: 15mg | Calcium: 40mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/grilled-harissa-chicken/feed/ 5
Easy Chicken Shawarma Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-shawarma-recipe/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-shawarma-recipe/#comments Fri, 10 May 2024 16:36:37 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=75223 Middle Eastern chicken recipes are essential for anyone who loves savory, aromatic, and juicy flavors. After you try out this…]]>

Middle Eastern chicken recipes are essential for anyone who loves savory, aromatic, and juicy flavors. After you try out this homemade chicken shawarma, you can take your cooking to the next level by making other iconic Middle Eastern recipes, like my tender Shish Tawook and tangy Greek Yogurt Marinade.

Can’t get enough of the shawarma goodness? Also, try our Beef Shawarma recipe.

Mediterranean chicken shawarma served with pickles, lettuce, onion and tomatoes on a plate.

What is Chicken Shawarma?

Chicken shawarma is a quintessential Middle Eastern dish and popular street food made by slow-cooking a large cut of meat on a vertical spit. Chefs then shave off thin slices of meat from the outer edge and add it to the final recipe, whether a chicken shawarma wrap, pita pocket, or bowl.

Technically, shawarma is an Arabic food native to countries like Syria and Lebanon. However, this slow-cooked vertical rotisserie technique has many other versions based on the country of origin. 

For example, I grew up in Turkey eating doner kebabs, which are similar to shawarma except with less seasoning, emphasizing the meat’s natural flavors. Another popular variation is the Greek gyro, which uses a more herbaceous seasoning mix and often includes other meats like pork, lamb, and chicken.

Chicken Shawarma Ingredients

You don’t need to be an expert in Arabic cuisine to make shawarma worthy of a restaurant. Below, I’ve outlined all the ingredients you’ll need to make this simple dish, whether you want to make a marinade for chicken shawarma or are looking for expert topping ideas.

  • Seasoning: When it comes to shawarma chicken seasoning, you have two options: If you’re in a time crunch, you can buy it at the store for an easy, premade mix (my favorite store-bought brand is New York Shuk (affiliate link). Or, you can follow in my footsteps and make your own by following my Shawarma Spice Mix Recipe. If you choose the latter, you’ll need the following ingredients:
    • Ground cumin
    • Ground coriander
    • Paprika
    • Garlic powder
    • Black pepper
    • Ground turmeric
    • Ground cloves
    • Ground cinnamon
    • Ground nutmeg
    • Ground cardamom
Shawarma chicken spices and marinade ingredients from the top view with text on the image.
  • Chicken: I prefer boneless, skinless chicken thighs for this recipe, as they tend to be more flavorful than other cuts. However, depending on your preference, you could also use skinless chicken breasts or a combination of breasts and thighs.
  • Marinade: To make a chicken shawarma marinade, you’ll need a simple mixture of:
    • Kosher salt
    • Fresh lemon juice
    • Olive oil
    • Fresh cloves of garlic: Though it’s optional (the seasoning already has garlic powder), I’d like to add a few cloves of garlic to the marinade.
  • Toppings: One of the best things about this recipe is its easy customization with your favorite chicken shawarma toppings. Of course, you can choose whatever toppings you prefer. Still, if you want to serve your shawarma like I do, I recommend beginning with a sauce (like my favorite Yogurt Garlic Sauce or a classic Tzatziki), then adding tomato, lettuce, and turnip pickles. Furthermore, I also recommend using Middle Eastern bread—such as lavash, pita, or naan—as the dish’s base.

How to Make Shawarma Chicken?

True, a traditional chicken shawarma recipe usually involves slow-roasting the meat on a vertical spit. However, if you don’t have a rotisserie skewer on hand, don’t worry!

Below, you’ll find out how to make a homemade version of traditional shawarma in three easy ways (baked, grilled, and pan-seared)—all without sacrificing an ounce of delicious flavor.

A collage of images showing how to make chicken shawarma marinade.
  1. Make the chicken shawarma seasoning: Place the ground cumin, ground coriander, paprika, garlic powder, black pepper, ground turmeric, ground cloves, ground cinnamon, ground nutmeg, and ground cardamom in a large bowl. Mix the spices until thoroughly combined, then set them aside. 
  2. Dry the chicken: Use paper towels to pat dry the chicken thighs, then sprinkle both sides with salt.
  3. Marinate: Place the chicken in a large bowl. Then, add the shawarma seasoning, lemon juice, olive oil, and garlic (if used) and combine. Cover the bowl with stretch film and let the meat marinate for three hours or overnight.
A collage of images showing how to cook shawarma chicken in the oven, on the stove and on the grill.
  1. Cook the meat: You have three choices when it’s time to cook your chicken:
    • To make an oven-roasted chicken shawarma, preheat your oven to 425 degrees F. (218 degrees F.), and arrange the marinated chicken on a baking sheet. Place the pan in the middle rack and bake the chicken for 18-20 minutes or until the thickest part of the meat registers 165 degrees F. with a digital thermometer. If you want more thoroughly browned chicken, move the pan to the top rack and broil it for 2-3 minutes, ensuring you keep a close eye on the meat.
    • To make chicken shawarma on the stovetop, heat a large skillet over medium-high heat until hot (cast-iron, stainless steel, or non-stick pans would all work in this variation). Place the marinated thighs on the hot skillet and cook the first side for 4-5 minutes or until lightly charred. Then, turn the chicken to their other side and cook for another three minutes or until the meat reaches 165 degrees F. Depending on the size of your skillet, it may be best to cook your chicken in two batches to avoid overcrowding.
    • To make grilled shawarma chicken, begin by preheating your grill to 450 degrees F. Then, scrape the grill grates to remove any food residue and brush them generously with vegetable oil. Once the grill is heated, place the chicken on the grates, close the cover, and cook the thighs for five minutes on one side. Finish the cooking process by turning the chicken pieces to the other side and continue grilling for 3-4 minutes or until your chicken is cooked.
Freshly cooked chicken shawarma recipe on a plate.
  1. Rest and serve: Transfer the cooked chicken shawarma onto a plate, cover it with aluminum foil, and let it rest for five minutes. Once rested, serve the meat with your favorite toppings and enjoy.

How to Serve Chicken Shawarma?

Want to make the most of this Lebanese chicken shawarma recipe? Not only can you customize your shawarma toppings, but you can also choose how you want to eat it—in a wrap, pocket, bowl, or beyond!

Chicken Shawarma wrap made two ways, one with flatbread and one in a pita pocket.
  • Make it a wrap: One of the most iconic ways to enjoy this chicken dish is to turn it into a Middle Eastern wrap. Simply place the chicken slices on a flatbread, like lavash or naan bread, or sliced pita bread to make a shawarma pocket. To lend it creamy, nutty notes, you can also spread your bread with tahini sauce, like my tangy Yogurt Tahini Sauce. For a zesty and herby twist, try my Schug Sauce or Lemon Tahini Sauce. Finally, top the wrap with fresh ingredients, such as tomatoes, lettuce, pink turnip pickles, and pickled red onion, and enjoy.
  • Chicken Shawarma Bowl: If you’re not looking to make a handheld meal, this chicken shawarma couldn’t be easier to transform into a fork-ready meal. Serve your chicken pieces atop a base of savory Bulgur Pilaf or tender vermicelli rice, then top it with sliced tomatoes, cucumbers, and a dollop of Hummus. Voila! A complete, hassle-free meal.

What to Serve with Chicken Shawarma?

There are countless ways to enjoy this quick chicken shawarma recipe. Whether you’re in the mood for a chicken shawarma pita wrap or a hearty bowl of greens, these ideas will take your basic recipe to the next level.

  • Tzatziki Sauce: Want a classic chicken shawarma sauce to serve with your succulent main? I’ve got you covered. Tzatziki strikes a delectable balance between light and tangy flavors, perfectly balancing the chicken’s savory, well-spiced flavors.
  • Tabbouleh: Flavorful yet filling, tabbouleh is a delicious grain that transforms your protein into a complete meal. Try your chicken shawarma alongside my Turkish Tabbouleh Recipe or Quinoa Tabbouleh for an irresistibly bright, Mediterranean taste. 
  • Salad: You don’t need a grain to turn this Greek shawarma into a tasty meal. Try using your chicken to top a crispy-fresh Greek salad or a juicy tomato salad, like my ten-minute Piyaz, and you’ll never be at a loss for quick lunch ideas again.
  • Drink: If you want to do it as they do it in the Middle East, skip the soda and serve it with the popular salted yogurt drink (aka ayran). This refreshing drink cools it down and helps balance the flavors of the spicy chicken.

How to Store and Freeze?

After trying this home shawarma, you won’t want to let a single bite go to waste. These foolproof storage tips will keep your chicken as fresh and flavorful as possible—just what you need for easy meal prep!

  • Storage: Planning to store this dish from the get-go? I highly encourage storing each shawarma ingredient—such as the meat, toppings, and bread—in separate containers to ensure the utmost freshness. Then, you can store your cooked shawarma chicken in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3-4 days. When ready to eat, reheat the slices and assemble your final dish just before serving.
  • Freezing: The best way to freeze this dish is to place your raw chicken and its marinade in an airtight container in the freezer. That way, you have a ready-made meal whenever the craving strikes. However, if you want to freeze leftovers, bring your chicken to room temperature and place it in an airtight container or freezer-safe bag with as much air removed as possible. Then, store it in the freezer until ready to thaw. 
  • Thawing & reheating: To thaw your frozen shawarma, begin by placing it in the fridge overnight. Then, reheat it in a preheated 350-degree F. oven for at least five minutes or until warmed to your liking. Once heated through, your chicken is ready to eat!

FAQs

Want to know more about this Arabic chicken shawarma recipe? Below, you’ll find answers to any remaining questions, from taste profiles to regional variations.

What does chicken shawarma taste like?

Rich, complex, and savory, chicken shawarma gets its big flavors from a warm and mildly spicy mix of traditional Middle Eastern ingredients, such as cumin, cloves, and cardamom. Furthermore, it’s traditionally cooked using a vertical spit, giving each slice a tender yet crisp finish that tastes amazing when added to dishes like Mediterranean wraps, bowls, and pita pockets.

What is the difference between shawarma and gyros?

In essence, the cooking process for shawarma and gyros is the same, as both use a vertical spit to slowly cook a large cut of meat in a rotisserie-like fashion. However, these two street foods call for slightly different seasoning mixes. For instance, Middle Eastern shawarma usually has a chicken base and a bolder mix of warm, fragrant spices. By contrast, gyros have a Grecian background and, as a result, have a lighter, more herby seasoning mix.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make your own Easy Chicken Shawarma following our recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Chicken shawarma served with lettuce, tomatoes, pickles and garlic yogurt sauce on a plate.
Print

Easy Chicken Shawarma Recipe

Bring the Middle East home with this Easy Chicken Shawarma recipe. Boneless chicken thighs marinated with shawarma seasoning cooked to perfection and then served in warm pita pockets (or flatbread.) This is a feast anyone can make with this foolproof recipe.
Course Chicken, Dinner
Cuisine Middle Eastern
Diet Gluten Free, Halal
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Marinading Time 8 hours
Total Time 8 hours 35 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 492kcal

Ingredients

For The Shawarma Seasoning

  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 1 teaspoon ground coriander
  • 1 teaspoon paprika
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 teaspoon ground turmeric
  • ½ teaspoon ground cloves
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ½ teaspoon ground nutmeg
  • ½ teaspoon ground cardamom

For The Marinade:

  • 2 lbs. Boneless skinless chicken thighs about 8 chicken thighs or chicken breasts
  • 1 ½ teaspoons kosher salt
  • ¼ cup lemon juice
  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • 2 cloves garlic minced (optional)

To Serve (optional):

Instructions

  • Add ground cumin, coriander, paprika, garlic powder, black pepper, turmeric, cloves, cinnamon, nutmeg, and cardamom in a large bowl. Mix until thoroughly combined. Set it aside.
  • Pat dry chicken thighs with paper towels and sprinkle them with salt on both sides.
  • Transfer them into the bowl with the spices.
  • Add lemon juice, olive oil, and garlic if using. Stir to combine.
  • Cover it with stretch film and marinate it for 1 hour or overnight.

To bake in the oven:

  • Preheat your oven to 425 degrees F. (218 degrees F.). Arrange the marinated chicken on the sheet pan and place it in the middle rack. Bake for 18-20 minutes or until a meat thermometer inserted into the thickest part of a chicken registers 165 degrees F. If you prefer your chicken shawarma to be on the browned side, move the sheet pan to the top rack and broil for 2-3 minutes (while watching it closely).

To cook on the stovetop:

  • Heat a large skillet (cast iron, stainless steel, or non-stick would all work) over medium-high heat until hot. Place chicken thighs on the skillet. Cook the first side for 4-5 minutes or until lightly charred. Turn and cook the other side for another 3 minutes or until the chicken is fully cooked (until it reaches 165 degrees F.) Depending on the size of your skillet, it is best to do this in two batches instead of overcrowding the pan.

To grill:

  • Preheat your grill to 450 degrees Fahrenheit. Clean grill grates and brush them generously with vegetable oil. Place the chicken on the grill, close it with the cover, and cook for 5 minutes on the first side. Turn the chicken and cook for another 3-4 minutes or until the internal temperature reaches 165 degrees F. when an instant-read thermometer is inserted in the thickest part of the meat.

Cooking it on a vertical skewer pan (or the make shift version*)

  • Assemble a vertical skewer pan according to the packaging instructions. Prepare the chicken as directed in the recipe.
  • Preheat oven to 375 degrees F. Thread the marinated chicken onto the skewer, stacking the pieces tightly, and rotating each one as you go. This helps the stack hold together and ensures even cooking. If there’s any marinade left in the bowl, spoon it over the stack.
  • Transfer it onto a baking sheet and pop it in the oven. Bake for 1 ¼ to 1 ½ hours or until the thickest part of the stack registers 165 degrees F, basting it with a spoon halfway through the baking process.
  • Remove from the oven, let it rest, and slice before serving.

To serve:

  • Transfer the cooked chicken shawarma onto a plate. Cover with foil and let it rest for 5 minutes.
  • Meanwhile, prepare your garnishes. Make a batch of our yogurt tahini sauce (or tzatziki), slice a few tomatoes, and chop some lettuce.
  • Slice chicken into ½-inch strips, reserving the juices.
  • To make a shawarma wrap, spread your bread with a generous amount of tahini sauce and top it off with shawarma chicken, tomatoes, and lettuce. Alternatively, use pita bread: slice it in half to use the pocket, filling it with the sauce, meat, and vegetables. Drizzle the wrap with the leftover juices and more tahini sauce over the top, and serve.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe serves 6 people generously with about 1 ¼ chicken thighs per person. The nutritional values below include the toppings and they are per serving.
  • Shawarma Seasoning: If you prefer not to make your own shawarma seasoning, you can buy it from the store. Our favorite brand is NYShuk (affiliate link) and we recommend using 2 tablespoons of shawarma spice per pound of meat.
  • Marinating time: While it requires some advance prep, I highly recommend marinating your meat in shawarma chicken spices before cooking. This is the secret to making the best chicken shawarma recipe. The marination process allows the seasoning to fully infuse the meat with smoky, savory flavors, ensuring each bite has the same depth and complexity. For best results, marinate your chicken for at least one hour or overnight before cooking.
  • High-heat cooking: High heat is a must in this recipe, whether baking, grilling, or cooking your chicken on the stovetop. Properly heating your cooking vessel helps sear the outside of the meat, create a crispy edge, and lock in the juices—a similar taste to what a traditional roasting spit would make. 
  • Let the meat rest: Another great way to get the most flavorful chicken shawarma is to rest 10-15 minutes after cooking. Doing so allows the meat reabsorb and evenly distribute its juices, giving each slice a succulent, bold flavor.
  • Storage: You can store your cooked shawarma chicken in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3-4 days. 
  • Make-shift vertical spit: Alternatively, you can make your own “make-shift” vertical skewer pan. To do so, take a large onion, cut it in half, and run a skewer through the flat side, creating a sturdy base. Transfer it onto the baking sheet, and then thread the marinated chicken onto the skewer, just like you would with the vertical skewer pan. Please watch the how-to video for a visual.

Nutrition

Calories: 492kcal | Carbohydrates: 38g | Protein: 36g | Fat: 22g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 9g | Trans Fat: 0.03g | Cholesterol: 150mg | Sodium: 1316mg | Potassium: 579mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 1420IU | Vitamin C: 9mg | Calcium: 142mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-shawarma-recipe/feed/ 3
Chicken Chickpea Curry https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-curry-with-gentle-spices/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-curry-with-gentle-spices/#comments Thu, 15 Feb 2024 18:04:08 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=2726 I have been making this chicken chickpea curry for the last couple of years and I like to think of…]]>

I have been making this chicken chickpea curry for the last couple of years and I like to think of it as comfort food at its finest. Thanks to warming spices, plenty of protein, and filling fiber, it’s a complete weeknight meal that is not only delicious but packed with great nutrition too.

If you are a fan of similar chicken stews and soups, be sure to also check out my Crock Pot Chicken Stew and Chicken and Vegetable Soup.

Chicken and chickpea curry in a bowl served with rice and lime wedges on the side.

Ingredients

This spicy chicken and chickpea curry includes budget-friendly ingredients thanks to its use of canned goods. Those, plus a few delicious fresh veggies, and you have yourself an exceptional homemade curry. We will need:

  • Chicken: You can use boneless, skinless chicken breasts for lighter calories or chicken thighs for a richer flavor. The key is to cut the meat into chicken pieces for fast cooking and caramelized edges.
  • Oil: I used olive oil but avocado oil would also work.
  • Onion: Yellow onion or white onion both work.
  • Bell peppers: Use any color bell pepper that you like. If you are short on time, you can also use canned green chilies instead.
  • Fresh garlic: A few fresh garlic cloves give it a punchy, aromatic flavor.
  • Fresh ginger: Peel and grate the ginger fresh at home for a warm, spicy kick.
  • Spices and seasonings: Use your favorite store-bought curry powder, along with a simple mix of Kosher salt and black pepper. Hot curry powder usually includes the addition of cayenne pepper but if yours doesn’t have it, you can add a pinch of cayenne pepper, if preferred.
  • Tomatoes: We used a can of fire-roasted diced tomatoes for more depth of flavor, but regular canned diced tomatoes would also work.
  • Coconut milk: Full-fat creamy coconut milk provides the creamiest, richest texture. I would avoid light coconut milk for this recipe.
  • Chickpeas: Use one can of chickpeas (aka garbanzo beans), just make sure to rinse and drain beforehand. You can use dried chickpeas and cook them yourself if you have the extra time.
  • Baby spinach: A few handfuls of fresh spinach give it color and nutrition. Fresh kale is a great leafy green substitute.
  • Lime and lime juice: Fresh lime juice gives it a nice, zippy pop. Reserve a few fresh lime wedges for squeezing at the end. In a pinch, lemon juice would also work.
  • Fresh herbs: Finely chopped fresh cilantro leaves are divine in many curry recipes. Fresh mint leaves or fresh parsley would be a nice addition, too.
Ingredients for the recipe from the top view with text on each ingredient.

Optional Add Ins & Substitutions

  • Vegetables: Toss in some cubed sweet potatoes or bite-sized cauliflower for extra color, fiber, taste, and nutritional value. However, please keep in mind that, depending on the vegetable you are adding, the cooking time might be longer. 
  • Chicken broth: The consistency of this curried chicken and chickpeas is more like a stew than a soup. If you prefer a thinner consistency, add some Homemade Chicken Stock or your favorite low-sodium store-bought chicken broth.
  • Turmeric paste: If you have Homemade Golden Paste hanging about in your freezer, you can also use a tablespoon or two in addition to the curry powder, or replace it with the curry powder altogether.
  • Tomato paste: Consider adding 1 tablespoon of tomato paste when you saute the ginger and garlic for extra depth and richness.
  • Garam Masala: Alternatively, you can substitute curry powder with garam masala for more of an Indian curry flavor.

How to Make Chicken Chickpea Curry?

Chicken curry and chickpeas is a complete one-pot meal (no extra dishes required) ready from start to finish in no time. In other words, a superhero weeknight dinner. Here’s how I like to do it:

  1. Prep chicken: Pat dry chicken with paper towels and cut it into 1-inch small cubes.
  2. Season chicken: Place the cubed chicken in a large bowl and season all over with Kosher salt and black pepper.
A collage of images showing how to make chicken curry with chickpeas and coconut milk.
  1. Saute chicken: Heat 1 teaspoon of olive oil in a Dutch oven or large pot over medium-high heat. Sear half of the chicken cubes until lightly golden brown and almost cooked through, turning once with tongs. Transfer the now-semi-cooked chicken onto a plate. Repeat the same process starting with oil and the remaining chicken.
  2. Saute vegetables: Reduce to medium heat and in the now empty pot, add the olive oil, chopped onion, and red bell pepper. Saute until softened, stirring occasionally, about 4-5 minutes.
  3. Add spices and aromatics: Add garlic, curry powder, and fresh ginger and saute, stirring constantly, until the garlic is soft and the spices are fragrant, about 2-3 minutes.
  4. Stir in liquids: Return the chicken (and its juices) to the Dutch oven, along with the diced tomatoes (with juices), coconut milk, and chickpeas. Stir, making sure to scrape the bottom of the pan with a wooden spoon. Season with 1 teaspoon kosher salt and ½ teaspoon black pepper.
A group of images showing how to make chickpea chicken curry in a pot.
  1. Boil, then simmer: Bring the chicken garbanzo curry to a boil, then cover, and reduce to low heat. Simmer for 10 minutes, stirring occasionally.
  2. Add the greens: Remove the lid and add the spinach and lime juice. Stir and simmer until the spinach is wilted, about 2 minutes. Taste for seasoning and add more as desired.
  3. Garnish and serve: Finish with cilantro. Serve with wedges of lime on the side.

How to Store, Freeze, Thaw, and Reheat?

This chickpea chicken curry can be stored in the refrigerator and freezer and makes an exceptional meal for meal prep. Here is how I like to store this chickpea curry with chicken:

  • Storage: Cool to room temperature, then transfer to a large airtight container. Store in the fridge for up to 3 days.
  • Freeze: Cool completely, then transfer to a freezer-safe airtight container. Label, date, and freeze for up to 2-3 months.
  • Thaw: Thaw the chicken curry with chickpeas overnight in the fridge.
  • Reheat: Reheat in a large pot over medium heat until simmering. The chickpea and chicken curry will naturally thicken over time. Add a splash of water or chicken stock to bring it back to the right consistency.

What to Serve with Chicken Garbanzo Curry?

Here are some of my favorite ways to serve this chicken chickpea recipe, all of which complement the culture, flavor, and textures.

Expert Tips

The process of making this chicken garbanzo bean recipe is quite straightforward. However, during our recipe tests we learned a few tips to help you to make the best chicken chickpea curry right at home. 

  • Saute chicken in two batches: Searing the chicken in two batches gives more space for the chicken to create caramelized, crispy edges. Plus, all those caramelized bits sitting at the bottom of the pot create so much flavor.
  • Toast the spices: In traditional Caribbean and Indian curries, the spices (i.e. curry powder) and flavorings (i.e. fresh ginger) are toasted for an extended period to really bring out the natural oils and flavors. To replicate this technique, toast the spices for at least 2-3 minutes, until abundantly fragrant, making sure to keep stirring so the spices do not burn.
  • Keep it over a gentle simmer: Cook the chicken with garbanzo beans over a gentle simmer to allow the flavors to meld together. This keeps the chicken juicy while creating an intense and richer taste.
  • Let it rest: Just like so many chicken and chickpea recipes, the flavors intensify the longer they marry together. In other words, chicken chickpea curry is a fantastic make-ahead recipe for the next day and many days after.

FAQs

How many calories are in vegetable and chickpea curry?

One serving of this curry chicken with chickpeas is 556 calories, not including any additional bread or sides.

What is chickpea curry made of?

Chickpea curry with chicken is made with chicken breasts (or thighs), onions, bell peppers, ginger, garlic, curry powder, diced tomatoes, coconut milk, chickpeas, and baby spinach. It makes great use of fresh and pantry ingredients.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Other One Pot Chicken Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Chicken Chickpea Curry recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Chicken chickpea curry served with a bowl with naan bread and rice on the side.
Print

Chicken Chickpea Curry Recipe

This One-Pot Chicken Chickpea Curry is a weeknight stew recipe that is perfect for when you need an easy yet super flavorful meal. Serve it with a bowl of rice, naan bread, and/or roasted veggies for a gluten-free and dairy-free meal that is guaranteed to please.
Course Chicken Recipes
Cuisine Indian
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 556kcal

Ingredients

For The Chicken:

  • 1 ¼ pounds boneless skinless chicken breasts or chicken thighs
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt plus more for seasoning
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper plus more for seasoning
  • 2 teaspoons olive oil divided

For The Curry:

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 cup onion chopped
  • 1 red bell pepper (medium size) chopped (about 1 cup)
  • 3 cloves garlic minced or pressed
  • 2 tablespoons curry powder
  • 1 tablespoon fresh ginger peeled and grated (1 inch)
  • 1 can fire-roasted diced tomatoes 15-ounce can
  • 1 can full fat coconut milk 14-ounce can
  • 1 can chickpeas 15-ounce can – drained and rinsed
  • 2 cups fresh baby spinach 3 ounces – (loosely packed)
  • 2 tablespoons lime juice fresh squeezed
  • ½ cup fresh cilantro chopped
  • 1 lime cut into wedges

Instructions

  • Pat dry chicken with paper towels and cut it into 1-inch small cubes.
  • Place the cubed chicken in a large bowl. Sprinkle 1 teaspoon of the kosher salt and ½ teaspoon ground black pepper onto the chicken and mix to incorporate.
  • Heat 1 teaspoon of the olive oil in the Dutch oven over medium-high heat.
  • Sear half of the chicken cubes turning once until they are lightly golden brown and almost cooked through. Transfer the now-semi-cooked chicken onto a plate. Repeat the same process starting with oil and chicken for the rest of the cubed chicken.
  • To make the curry, add 1 tablespoon of olive oil to the pan. Add the chopped onion and red bell pepper and saute for 4-5 minutes, stirring frequently until softened.
  • Add the garlic, curry powder, and fresh ginger and saute for 2-3 minutes, stirring constantly, until the garlic is soft and fragrant.
  • Return the chicken (with its juices) to the Dutch oven and add the diced tomatoes (with juices), coconut milk, and chickpeas. Stir, scraping the bottom of the pan with a wooden spoon.
  • Season with 1 teaspoon kosher salt and ½ teaspoon black pepper.
  • Bring to a boil, then cover and reduce the heat. Simmer for 10 minutes, stirring occasionally.
  • Uncover and add the spinach and lime juice. Stir and simmer until the spinach is wilted, approximately 2 minutes. Taste for seasoning and season with salt and pepper as needed.
  • Garnish with cilantro if desired. Serve with wedges of lime on the side.

Notes

  • Yields: This chicken curry recipe yields around 6-7 cups of curry that is ideal for 4 servings. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Toast the spices: In traditional Caribbean and Indian curries, the spices (i.e. curry powder) and flavorings (i.e. fresh ginger) are toasted for an extended period to bring out the natural oils and flavors. To replicate this technique, we recommend sauteeing the spices and veggies for at least 2-3 minutes, until abundantly fragrant, making sure to keep stirring so the spices do not burn.
  • Storage: Cool to room temperature, then transfer to a large airtight container. Store in the fridge for up to 3 days.
  • Freeze: Cool completely, then transfer to a freezer-safe airtight container. Label, date, and freeze for up to 2-3 months.
  • Thaw: Thaw the chicken curry with chickpeas overnight in the fridge.
  • Reheat: Reheat in a large pot over medium heat until simmering. It will naturally thicken over time. Add a splash of water or chicken stock to bring it back to the right consistency.
  • To Serve With: As you can see in the pictures I served my curry with brown rice and naan bread, but this stew can also be served by itself.

Nutrition

Calories: 556kcal | Carbohydrates: 19g | Protein: 32g | Fat: 41g | Saturated Fat: 25g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Cholesterol: 84mg | Sodium: 863mg | Potassium: 1024mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 2928IU | Vitamin C: 57mg | Calcium: 114mg | Iron: 9mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-curry-with-gentle-spices/feed/ 16
Slow Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-sticky-chicken-wings/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-sticky-chicken-wings/#comments Wed, 07 Feb 2024 21:13:42 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=5651 Whenever my husband asks for chicken wings, I usually make my Oven Baked Chicken Wings recipe. However, last night I…]]>

Whenever my husband asks for chicken wings, I usually make my Oven Baked Chicken Wings recipe. However, last night I decided to give these crockpot chicken wings a try, and let me tell you, they are seriously addicting. Crispy, crunchy, juicy, sweet, savory, spicy, you see what I mean. Finger lickin good.

But what I love most about these chicken wings in the slow cooker is that they are a healthy chicken wing recipe (no deep frying in sight), sweetened with natural sugars (no refined sugar or oil), and virtually hands-off (thank you, Crock Pot).

Slow Cooker Asian Chicken Wings on a plate from the top view.

Ingredients

Slow cooker chicken wings are made with basic pantry staples, which you probably already have in your pantry and fridge. We will need the following ingredients:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Fresh chicken wings: When buying chicken wings at the grocery store, look for a party mix pack with both chicken drumsticks and flats. If the store only has whole chicken wings available, you’ll want to halve them at the joint and remove the wingtip when you get home. Frozen wings can also be used, but you will have to thaw them overnight in the fridge.
  • Ginger: Don’t be shy with the ginger. The recipe card states 3 tablespoons of fresh ginger (2-inch piece), and that is intentional. Fresh ginger gives these sticky chicken wings a welcome spicy kick.  Also, for best results, make sure your ground ginger for the glaze is fresh and fragrant.
  • Garlic: A few fresh garlic cloves in the dry rub give it a nice punchy flavor. Feel free to add a pinch of garlic powder or onion powder to the glaze for extra savory flavor.
  • Coconut sugar: Most recipes call for light or dark brown sugar, but I love coconut sugar here for its natural sweetness. That sweet and savory flavor just can’t be beat.
  • Soy sauce: I used regular soy sauce, but if you prefer a low-sodium soy sauce, feel free to go for it. If you prefer no soy, swap it out for coconut aminos.
  • Cayenne pepper: A nice kick of cayenne pepper gives it the spice we need. A few grinds of fresh black pepper would also be a nice addition.
  • Water: Water thins out the glaze to a brushable consistency.
  • Tomato paste: Tomato paste adds a special tang, depth, and color. I like to buy tomato paste in a squeeze tube or glass jar so that it lasts longer.
  • Sesame seeds: Sesame seeds really ride home that Asian sticky chicken wings appeal and complement the flavors of soy, coconut, and ginger.
  • Garnish: Garnish the wings with thinly sliced scallions for a punchy finish. Optional garnishes include fresh cilantro or a drizzle of hot sauce, like Sriracha sauce.

How to Make This Recipe?

The best part about this slow cooker chicken wings recipe is that it is a set-it-and-forget-it meal, which means you can go about your day while the sweet, tangy scent of sticky chicken wings wafts around your home. After that, a quick glaze and broil, and you are good to go. Here are the step-by-step instructions:

Person showing the steps to making the recipe.
  1. Prep chicken wings: If you’ve purchased whole chicken wings, cut them in half at the joint and remove the wingtip (If this is your first time working with whole wings, check out my post on How To Cut Turkey Wings, which is very similar to chicken wings). Pat dry all sides of the chicken wings with paper towels.
  2. Make the rub: In the insert of your slow cooker, stir the fresh ginger, garlic, coconut sugar, soy sauce, and cayenne pepper together until incorporated.
  3. Toss with rub: Place the dried chicken wings into the insert of the slow cooker and toss with the rub until evenly coated.
  4. Slow cook: Cover with the lid and cook on low until all the fat from the chicken wings renders and the chicken is tender, about 3-4 hours. Stir once or twice during the cooking process for even cooking.
A collage of images showing how to prepare and glaze the slow cooker chicken wings.
  1. Remove cooked chicken wings: Remove the cooked wings from the slow cooker with a slotted spoon. At this point, the chicken should be cooked all the way through, but you can double-check by inserting a meat thermometer into the thickest part of a wing without touching the bone (the internal temperature should reach 165 degrees F or above). Discard the liquid in the slow cooker.
  2. Prep equipment: Adjust the oven rack to the middle position. Place a sheet of parchment paper on a large baking sheet. Generously spray a wire rack with cooking spray and place on the prepared baking pan. Preheat the broiler to HIGH.
  3. Make the glaze: In a small bowl, whisk together the water, tomato paste, coconut sugar, soy sauce, cayenne pepper, and ground ginger until combined.
  4. Sauce the wings: Place the chicken wings in a single layer on the prepared wire cooling rack. Generously brush half of the sauce on top of the wings. Place the baking tray on the middle rack of the oven.
Glazed and garnished chicken wings in a side by side collage.
  1. Broil: Broil until the wings are crisp with a light char, about 8 minutes. Watch carefully to avoid burning. Flip each wing with a pair of tongs and brush with the remaining sauce. Continue to boil for 3 minutes more or until caramelized.
  2. Garnish: Sprinkle with toasted sesame seeds and green onions, if desired. Serve and enjoy!

How to Store and Reheat Leftovers?

These Slow cooker sticky chicken wings are best served the day they are made; however, if you are making a big batch for a crowd or just want to enjoy leftovers as a weeknight meal, here are my best storage tips:

  • Storage: Leftover wings will keep in an airtight container lined with parchment paper for up to 4 days in the fridge.
  • Reheat: Reheat the crockpot Asian chicken wings in a low oven, about 250 – 300 degrees F, for 10-15 minutes, or until warm. Setting the oven temperature lower than usual prevents the meat from overcooking.

What to Serve with Slow Cooker Chicken Wings?

The slow cooker method allows me to cook a big batch of sticky wings, which means this is my go-to appetizer for parties, potlucks, and the unofficial holiday here in the U.S. – the Super Bowl. Since I think these Asian-style chicken wings deliver enough flavor on their own, I do not serve them with a dipping sauce like blue cheese dressing or ranch dressing.

With that being said, I love to serve these alongside a plethora of finger foods, snacks, and appetizers, including:

Sticky chicken wings garnished with sesame and green onions on a plate.

Expert Tips

  • Dry the wings thoroughly: Do not skip drying the chicken wings first. Dry chicken wings ensure the rub sticks to the meat.
  • Rub may not look like enough: When initially mixing the rub ingredients, it may not look like enough, but trust me on this one. The chicken cooks in the rub as well as its own juices, creating luscious, flavorful meat every time.
  • Pay attention to oven rack position: An oven rack in the center of an oven is approximately 12 – 15 inches away from the broiler. We don’t want the chicken wings too close to the heat source because that will burn the skin and dry out the meat.
  • Use a wire rack: A wire rack set inside a baking sheet is crucial because it allows the high-temperature heat (500 degrees F) of the broiler to circulate around the meat, creating crispy skin without overcooking the meat. Parchment paper also makes cleanup a breeze.
  • Broiler cooking time may vary: My chicken wings were crisp and caramelized after 10-12 minutes total broiling time, but when my neighbor tested this recipe, it took a full 15 minutes in the oven. Start checking at the 8-minute mark until you see pockets of char, then flip and finish. As with all broiling recipes, watch closely.

FAQs

What makes sauce stick to chicken wings?

The key to getting the sauce to stick to the chicken wings is super dry chicken wings. Thoroughly pat dry with paper towels before mixing with the rub.

How long can chicken stay in CrockPot on low?

Chicken wings will reach their internal temperature (165 degrees F) after 3-4 hours on low in the slow cooker, but they can go as long as 4-5 hours.

How do you make chicken wings not soggy?

Finish them under the broiler on a wire rack set inside a baking sheet. This elevated surface allows heat to circulate around the entire surface area of the chicken, creating beautifully crispy skin.

If you try this Slow Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

This recipe is adapted from CooksCountry.com

Slow Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings on a plate from the top view.
Print

Slow Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings Recipe

Slow Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings are marinated in a blend of fresh ginger, garlic, coconut sugar, soy sauce, and cayenne pepper, then cooked in a crock pot until tender. A quick broil caramelizes the skin for a crispy finish. This easy, hands-off recipe is perfect for Game Day, parties, and beyond.
Course Slow Cooker Recipe
Cuisine Asian Cuisine
Diet Halal
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 4 hours 30 minutes
Total Time 4 hours 50 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 344kcal

Ingredients

For The Chicken:

  • 3 pounds chicken wings halved at joint and wingtip removed

For The Rub:

  • 3 tablespoons 2 inch piece of fresh ginger peeled and finely chopped
  • 2 cloves garlic peeled and roughly chopped
  • cup coconut sugar
  • 1 tablespoon soy sauce
  • Pinch cayenne pepper optional

For The Glaze:

  • 2 tablespoons water
  • 2 tablespoons tomato paste
  • cup coconut sugar
  • 1 tablespoon soy sauce
  • Pinch cayenne pepper
  • ½ teaspoon ground ginger

As Garnish:

  • 2 teaspoons sesame seeds toasted – optional
  • 1 tablespoon scallions chopped, optional

Instructions

  • Pat dry all sides of the chicken wings*. Set aside.
  • To make the rub: Place the fresh ginger, garlic, coconut sugar, soy sauce, and cayenne pepper into the insert of a slow cooker. Stir to incorporate all the ingredients.
  • Place the dried chicken wings into the insert of the slow cooker and toss to distribute the rub. At first, you might think that there is not enough rub, but as long as you make sure that all of the wings are coated thoroughly with the rub, you should be fine.
  • Cover and cook on low until all the fat from the chicken wings renders and the chicken is tender about 3-4 hours. If you can, stir once or twice during the cooking process.
  • Using a slotted spoon, remove the wings from the slow cooker onto a plate. Set it aside. Discard the liquid in the slow cooker.
  • Adjust the oven rack to the middle position. Place a sheet of parchment paper on the baking tray. Spray the wire rack with cooking spray and place on the prepared pan. Set it aside.
  • Preheat the broiler to high.
  • To make the glaze: Whisk together the water, tomato paste, coconut sugar, soy sauce, cayenne pepper, and ground ginger in a bowl.
  • Place the chicken wings, skin side up, in a single layer on the prepared wire rack.
  • Generously brush half of the sauce on top of the wings. Place the baking tray on the middle rack of the oven.
  • Broil until the wings are crisp with a light char, approximately 8 minutes. Watch carefully to avoid burning.
  • Using tongs, flip each wing and coat it with the remaining sauce. Continue to broil for 3-4 minutes until caramelized.
  • Top with toasted sesame seeds and green onions, if desired. Serve and enjoy!

Notes

  • Yields: Depending on the size of your chicken wings, this recipe yields 22-30 chicken wings that are ideal for 6 servings. The calorie information below is per serving. 
  • Dry the wings thoroughly: Do not skip drying the chicken wings first. Dry chicken wings ensure the rub sticks to the meat.
  • Pay attention to oven rack position: An oven rack in the center of an oven is approximately 12 – 15 inches away from the broiler. We don’t want the chicken wings too close to the heat source because that will burn the skin and dry out the meat.
  • Use a wire rack: A wire rack set inside a baking sheet is crucial because it allows the high-temperature heat (500 degrees F) of the broiler to circulate around the meat, creating crispy skin without overcooking the meat. Parchment paper also makes cleanup a breeze.
  • Broiler cooking time may vary: Keep a close eye on your wings while they are under the broiler. My wings were done after 10-12 minutes but depending on your oven, yours might be slightly longer or shorter.
  • Storage: Leftover sticky wings can be kept in an airtight container for up to 4 days in the fridge.
  • Reheat: Reheat your wings in a low oven, about 250 – 300 degrees F, for 10-15 minutes, or until warm. Setting the oven temperature lower than usual prevents the meat from overcooking.

Nutrition

Calories: 344kcal | Carbohydrates: 17g | Protein: 24g | Fat: 20g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 8g | Trans Fat: 0.2g | Cholesterol: 94mg | Sodium: 502mg | Potassium: 270mg | Fiber: 0.4g | Sugar: 12g | Vitamin A: 272IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 27mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-sticky-chicken-wings/feed/ 6
Shredded Chicken Nachos https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-nachos/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-nachos/#comments Tue, 06 Feb 2024 16:36:33 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=16128 No party menu is complete without this chicken nachos recipe. However, suppose you want to take this dish to the…]]>

No party menu is complete without this chicken nachos recipe. However, suppose you want to take this dish to the next level. In that case, you can pair it with dozens of other delectable Mexican recipes, such as my creamy Basic Guacamole Recipe or my sweet-and-spicy Easy Street Corn.

Or, if you’re in the mood for another savory and succulent meat dish, my Slow Roasted Chicken Wings strike the perfect balance between crispy, flavorful skin and tender meat. No matter what you choose, you can easily spice up the day with a pitcher of my Easy Pineapple Margarita Recipe.

Pulled chicken nachos garnished with corn, avocados, and tomatoes on a sheet pan.

Chicken Nachos Ingredients

There’s no need to empty out your wallet to make this easy shredded chicken nachos recipe. You only need a handful of pantry-ready ingredients to make this authentically delectable, restaurant-quality dish.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Chicken: Nearly any shredded chicken would work when making pulled chicken for nachos, whether you want to use boneless chicken thighs or boneless chicken breasts. In terms of preparation, I roasted my chicken in the oven with a coating of spices, then shredded them while warm to achieve the most attuned seasoning profile. However, if you prefer a more hands-free method, you can also make nachos with rotisserie chicken or cook your chicken in a crock pot.
    You can even use leftover chicken if you have some on hand or make a grilled chicken nachos recipe for a smokier, summer-fresh flavor. Regardless of your cooking process, just be sure you have 4-5 cups of shredded chicken before assembling your nachos. That being said, however, you can also substitute this recipe’s chicken for sauteed ground beef if you’d prefer a savorier, more pronounced meat flavor.
  • Oil: Though I use olive oil to cook chicken for nachos, any other flavorless vegetable oil, such as avocado oil, would work.
  • Seasoning: I’ve found that the best seasoning for chicken nachos is a basic, smoky, and piquant mix of chili powder, ground cumin, salt, and pepper. Alternatively, you can use your favorite pre-made taco seasoning if you’re in the mood for a quicker seasoning solution.
  • Enchilada sauce: Though an optional addition, I love adding enchilada sauce to my shredded chicken nachos, as it adds a savory, light richness to the mixture. You can use any store-bought brand you prefer (my favorite is Siete Red Enchilada Sauce -affiliate link) or make your enchilada sauce from scratch.
  • Tortilla chips: When selecting a chip for this chicken nacho bake, I highly recommend picking thick, sturdy, restaurant-style tortilla chips. This chip style better withstands baking and won’t get as soggy as other varieties. Furthermore, if you have the time, you can also make homemade tortilla chips for a fresher, more customizable taste. However, I don’t recommend making chicken nachos with Doritos and any other commercially seasoned chips, as they are relatively flimsy and won’t withstand the moisture of the wetter ingredients.
  • Cheese: To ensure an even distribution of cheese throughout your nachos, you must use shredded cheese. I use Monterey Jack cheese due to its buttery flavor and highly meltable composition. However, you can use Pepper Jack cheese, mozzarella, or Colby Jack, as well, to achieve a spicier, creamier, or tangier flavor profile. Or, you can even use a blend of cheeses for a more full-bodied taste, with some of my favorites being a Mexican blend cheese and Cheddar Jack (a mix of cheddar cheese and Monterey Jack).
  • Black beans: Black beans are a great way to add a tender, mildly sweetheartiness to chicken and cheese nachos. Don’t have any black beans in the pantry? You can use pinto beans instead, giving your nachos a creamier, earthier taste.

What to Put on Chicken Nachos?

The sky’s the limit when it comes to toppings and customizing this loaded chicken nachos recipe. However, these classic toppings—zesty, creamy, and bright—are my favorite ingredients to give this dish an authentic Mexican taste.

Topping ideas for homemade nachos with chicken from the top view.
  • Salsa with Cherry Tomatoes: This easy salsa recipe is my go-to when making easy chicken nachos. Not only does this sauce boast robustly bright flavors, but it also comes together in just ten minutes! No time to make salsa? Sliced or diced tomatoes would also work.
  • Guacamole: Creamy, garlicky, and tangy, guacamole is a no-brainer when it comes to nachos. One taste of this simple side and the entire bowl will disappear in seconds.
  • Jalapenos: If you’re a fan of heat, jalapenos are just what you need to lend a kick of spice to your chicken cheese nachos. If you prefer a crisper, fresher, and more colorful topping, I recommend using fresh jalapeños. However, if you’re in the mood for a softer texture and a more tart flavor, pickled jalapenos are the way to go.
  • Sour cream: Sour cream—smooth, light, and tangy—makes an excellent addition to the savory, meatier base of this Mexican chicken nachos recipe. Serve this ingredient as a dippable side or a dollop on top, and your guests will be licking their fingers clean.
  • Corn: This mildly sweet and tender addition adds a beautiful pop of color to these sheet pan nachos.
  • Olives: If you’ve ever found yourself reaching for the table salt to add extra flavor to your meal, this ingredient is for you. Black olives are briny, salty, and brilliant at giving these chicken nachos a savory depth. 
  • Squeeze of lime juice: My favorite way to balance the hearty composition of pulled chicken nachos is to add a little bit of lime juice to the mixture. This addition adds a bright, acidic element to the recipe, ensuring every ingredient comes to life.
  • Mexican Pickled Red Onions: Tangy, citrusy, and oh-so-flavorful, pickled onions are a great way to enliven your nachos with equal tenderness and crunch.

How to Make Chicken Nachos with Shredded Chicken?

There’s a reason why this easy nachos recipe is such a classic. My step-by-step instructions take the stress out of menu planning, requiring minimal effort and zero hassle. If you are using leftover or rotisserie chicken, you can skip the first six steps and start assembling your nachos.

  1. Prep the oven: Preheat your oven to 400 degrees F.
A collage of images showing how to prepare and cook chicken to make nachos.
  1. Dry the chicken: Use paper towels to pat dry the chicken, then transfer them onto a baking sheet. I use a 13 x 18-inch baking sheet (also known as a half-sheet pan) to fit all my poultry comfortably.
  2. Season the chicken: Drizzle the chicken with olive oil and sprinkle both sides with chili powder, ground cumin, salt, and pepper.
  3. Bake: Add the seasoned chicken to the oven and let it roast for 15-20 minutes or until its internal temperature reaches 165 degrees F.
  4. Shred: Remove the cooked chicken from the oven, then shred it using two forks.
Images showing how to assemble shredded chicken, tortilla chips and cheese to make nachos.
  1. Add enchilada sauce (optional step): Drizzle the shredded chicken with the enchilada sauce, and broil the mixture for two minutes. When done, remove the chicken from the oven and set it aside.
  2. Prepare the baking sheet: Turn down the oven’s temperature to 350 degrees F., and line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
  3. Assemble the first layer: Spread your first layer of tortilla chips on the lined pan. Top them off with half of the shredded cheese, black beans, and shredded chicken.
  4. Build the second layer: Place a second layer of chips on top of the first, followed by the remaining black beans and shredded chicken.
  5. Bake: Put the chicken nachos in the oven and bake them for 15-18 minutes or until the cheese melts thoroughly.
Chicken cheese nachos topped of with nacho toppings from the top view.
  1. Add the toppings: Top off your baked nachos with your preferred toppings and serve while still hot.

How to Make Ahead, Store, and Reheat? 

It’s no secret that homemade chicken nachos—crunchy, flavorful, and melty—taste best on the day you make them. Therefore, I recommend assembling the dish right before serving to achieve maximum crispiness.

Need more time for day-of preparation? Not to worry: These expert make-ahead and storage tips will ensure you can cut your prep time in half and don’t have to forfeit a single bite of this chicken nacho recipe.

  • Make ahead: The best way to kickstart your meal prep is by making the shredded chicken for nachos ahead of time and cooking and shredding it in advance. That way, you only need to assemble and bake the nachos just before you want to serve it. Also, you can plan out and prepare your toppings ahead of time to simplify serving the day of.
  • Storage: To store your pulled chicken nachos, first let them come to room temperature. Then, either transfer them to an airtight container or tightly cover them with stretch film. You can then put them in the fridge until ready to reheat.
  • Reheat: I recommend reheating these chicken nachos in the oven under low heat—about 300 degrees F.—or until the cheese melts and the remaining ingredients heat through. I also suggest removing any fresh toppings from the dish before heating, as they won’t withstand the higher temperatures of the oven, thereby losing their freshness. Then, you can re-add them to the nachos when ready to serve.

What Tastes Good with Chicken Nachos? 

Versatile, snackable, and utterly irresistible, chicken black bean nachos are one of the best dishes to make if you love putting your unique spin on new recipes. Below, I’ve assembled essential recipes to serve with your savory bake, transforming this simple dish into a five-star menu.

  • Dips and salsas: One of the most iconic pairings, salsa exquisitely balances the heartier base of roast chicken nachos with light, bright, and tomatoey flavors. Pico de gallo is an effortless go-to for this dish, though you can also add notes of tropical, juicy flavors by making my Pineapple Mango Salsa or Peach Salsa. Or, you can whip up an easy Hummus Dip for an even creamier, umami-rich condiment.
  • Tacos: When you think of Mexican cuisine, chances are you immediately think of tacos—a savory, fresh, and flavor-filled dish anyone can customize to their liking. With my recipe for Brisket Tacos, you can fill your plate with smoky, melt-in-your-mouth flavors. Or, try pairing your nachos with Quinoa Black Bean Tacos for a vegan-friendly dish that has all the zesty, creamy taste you could want from your favorite Mexican food.
  • Salads: Want to add a lighter, more nutritious edge to your nachos? Serve them alongside a bowl of Black Bean and Corn Salad for a zesty, veggie-packed side, or spoon out a serving of Mexican Street Corn Salad (AKA “esquites”) for a dish that’s equal parts spicy, tangy, and creamy.
  • Margaritas: What party menu is complete without a sweet, boozy treat? My Easy Pineapple Margarita and Blueberry Margaritas are just what you need to give this classic drink a sweet, fruity spin. You can even blend up a Strawberry Basil Margarita to balance your juicier notes with a gourmet, herby finish.
Person with a chunk of pioneer woman nachos in her hand.

Expert Tips

Authentic Mexican chicken nachos are at your fingertips when learning from these pro-level tips. Below, you’ll find everything you need to make crisp, gooey, and savory nachos, from proper layering to serving suggestions.

  • Layer evenly: When making sheet pan chicken nachos, it’s vital that you evenly distribute the cheese across the chips to prevent uneven and/or soggy nachos. If you plan on making more than two layers, I recommend keeping the middle layer to a minimum (except for the cheese, of course!). I also suggest draining your black beans and chicken before adding them to your nachos to keep them from becoming soggy.
  • Don’t skimp on shredded cheese: The secret to making restaurant-style nachos is to be generous when it comes to the cheese. Though four cups of cheese may sound like a lot, it’s the key to giving each chip a balance of crisp, gooey, and rich flavors so you don’t end up with bland or topping-less bites in your final dish.
  • Make it your own: The beauty of making homemade nachos with chicken is that you can customize it any way you like. Use this easy recipe as a starting place, and then feel free to mix and match the dish with what you have on hand. Remember, too, that this recipe is pretty forgiving, so it’s up to you what you want to add to your mixture.
  • Drain properly: I think it’s safe to say that no one enjoys soggy nachos. Therefore, the best way to prevent sogginess is to thoroughly drain each of your ingredients (besides the cheese and chips) before layering them into your recipe. In particular, I recommend draining the shredded chicken, beans, and wet toppings before making this simple chicken nachos recipe.
  • Add the toppings right before serving: For best results, I recommend adding your fresher toppings to your dish right before serving. Otherwise, these additions (like guacamole or pico de gallo) may lose their texture and flavor, resulting in a wet, flavorless layer.
  • Serve right away: Gooey, succulent, and flavorful, baked chicken nachos taste stellar when they’re warm. That’s why I always suggest serving this dish immediately when the cheese is still melty, and the ingredients are hot.

FAQs

You don’t have to be a professional Mexican chef to make chicken nachos in the oven. I answer all your remaining questions in this easy guide, ensuring your dish comes out exquisitely layered and delightfully crisp.

How do you layer nachos so they don’t get soggy?

The best chicken nachos recipe is one that doesn’t turn soggy after adding your favorite toppings. To ensure your nachos remain as dry and crisp as possible, fully drain all the ingredients—besides the cheese and the chips—before adding them to your recipe. You may also consider keeping any wet ingredients to a minimum to reduce their chances of releasing excess liquid. Finally, using a sturdy chip—such as a restaurant-style tortilla chip—is the key to reducing sogginess, as they tend to be thicker and less absorbent than other varieties.

What order do you layer nachos in?

In general, I recommend beginning each layer of your nachos with chips, topped with cheese, and other heat-friendly toppings (such as black beans). Then, each layer should have the same combination of chips, cheese, and beans. After removing your nachos from the oven, you may then add your fresh toppings—such as guacamole and tomatoes—to ensure they maintain their flavor and texture. Despite these instructions, however, remember that this dish is highly forgiving, so don’t worry if you miss an ingredient in a layer or want to play around with your ingredients.

Other Game Day Recipes You Might Also Like

Once you learn how to make shredded chicken nachos, you’ll be itching for more tasty dishes to serve at your next game-day party. These lip-smacking recipes will ensure everyone gets their fill with a perfectly savory, seasoned, and snackable taste.

If you try this Shredded Chicken Nachos recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Sheet-Pan Chicken Nachos Recipe Photographed from the top view from a closer view.
Print

Healthy Game Day Recipe Idea – Shredded Chicken Nachos

Here is a reader-favorite football food recipe idea: Tortilla chips layered with cheese, black beans, tomatoes, avocado, and other veggies for a drool worthy Shredded Chicken Nachos perfect for any party. Take it out of the oven, serve warm, and accept the compliments.
Course Appetizer
Cuisine Mexican
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 45 minutes
Total Time 1 hour
Servings 8 servings
Calories 998kcal

Ingredients

For The Chicken

  • 1 ½ lb boneless skinless chicken thighs or breasts
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1 tablespoon chili powder
  • 1/2 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • ½ cup enchilada sauce

For The Nachos

  • 8 cups tortilla chips
  • 4 cups shredded Monterey Jack cheese or mozzarella
  • 1 14 oz can black beans, drained and rinsed

As Toppings (optional)

  • 1 cup guacamole
  • 1 cup tomatoes diced or sliced
  • 1 cup fresh or canned corn drained if using canned
  • 1/4 cup jalapenos fresh/sliced or pickled

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 400 degrees.
  • Pat dry chicken with paper towels. Transfer them onto a baking sheet (I used a half-sheet—AKA a 13 x 18-inch baking sheet.).
  • Drizzle with olive oil and sprinkle with chili powder, ground cumin, salt, and pepper on both sides.
  • Roast in the oven for 15-20 minutes or until the internal temperature reaches 165 degrees Fahrenheit.
  • Remove from the oven. Shred the now-cooked chicken using two forks.
  • Drizzle them with the enchilada sauce and broil for 2 minutes. Remove from the oven and set it aside.*
  • Turn the oven temperature down to 350 degrees F. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
  • Spread tortilla chips on a sheet pan in a single layer. Top them off with half of the cheese, black beans, and shredded chicken ensuring that they are distributed evenly.
  • Continue with a second layer of chips, cheese, beans, and shredded chicken.
  • Bake for 15-18 minutes or until the cheese is fully melted.
  • Right before serving, top it off with your favorite nacho toppings and serve while still hot.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields nachos that is ideal for 8 servings when served as an appetizer. The below calorie information is per serving and does not include any of the optional toppings.
  • Chicken: While we roasted the chicken to make nachos, this recipe would also work with any cooked leftover chicken or store-bought rotisserie chicken. All you have to do is to shred it before assembling. You’ll need about 4-5 cups of shredded chicken to make this easy chicken nachos recipe. Additionally, if you are cooking your own chicken, you can use skinless chicken breasts instead of chicken thighs as well.
  • Enchilada Sauce: Broiling chicken with enchilada sauce is an optional step and can be skipped if you want to make it faster or you do not have enchilada sauce on hand. 
  • Drain: To prevent your nachos from becoming soggy, be sure to drain black beans very well before layering with chips and cheese.
  • Make Ahead: This recipe tastes best on the day that it is made. However, you can make the chicken ahead of time and have it ready for assembly. Once you have the chicken cooked, all you need to do is to layer it as written in the recipe.
  • Storage: Before refrigerating your nachos, be sure to bring them to room temperature. Then, either transfer them to an airtight container or tightly cover them with stretch film or aluminum foil and store them in the fridge for up to 2 days.
  • Reheat: We recommend reheating these chicken nachos in the oven under low heat—about 300 degrees F.—or until the cheese melts and the remaining ingredients heat through. Be sure to remove any fresh toppings from the dish before heating, as they won’t withstand the higher temperatures of the oven, thereby losing their freshness.

Nutrition

Calories: 998kcal | Carbohydrates: 84g | Protein: 35g | Fat: 60g | Saturated Fat: 18g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 16g | Monounsaturated Fat: 22g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 121mg | Sodium: 1213mg | Potassium: 608mg | Fiber: 9g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 1128IU | Vitamin C: 16mg | Calcium: 560mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-nachos/feed/ 15
Marry Me Chicken https://foolproofliving.com/marry-me-chicken/ https://foolproofliving.com/marry-me-chicken/#comments Mon, 15 Jan 2024 23:19:44 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=73196 Savory, rich, and tangy, this Marry Me chicken recipe is a no-brainer when you’re in the mood for a creamy…]]>

Savory, rich, and tangy, this Marry Me chicken recipe is a no-brainer when you’re in the mood for a creamy chicken dinner. However, if you’re on the hunt for other tasty dinners to make with chicken, our archives have countless other five-star dishes to try! My Chicken Fricassee Recipe is a French classic that gets its gourmet flavor from a mixture of earthy mushrooms and luscious wine sauce. Or, you can try my Chicken and Mushroom Stroganoff for a hearty, noodle-packed dish that brims with a sumptuous, velvety taste. 

A piece of Marry Me Chicken garnished with basil from close up view.

What is Marry Me Chicken?

Marry Me chicken is a viral chicken recipe composed of seared chicken in sun-dried tomato cream sauce. Its name comes from the sauce’s creamy decadence, so delicious that it would make anyone want to propose to the chef.

As its description suggests, this sun-dried tomato chicken comes together with juicy chicken breasts covered in a sun-dried tomato cream sauce. The sauce gets its flavor from a luxuriously rich mixture of heavy cream, Parmesan cheese, and Italian spices. However, the addition of sundried tomatoes balances this indulgent cream with a savory-sweet tang, bringing out its herby lightness.

This iconic recipe most frequently goes by the name “Marry Me Chicken.” Still, its popularity on social media has led to a host of alternate names, including “wedding chicken,” “husband chicken,” and even “I love you chicken.” Since its first appearance on social media, it has gotten so popular that the NY Times Marry Me chicken recipe made it to their top 10 recipes of 2023.

Ingredients

There are two major groups of ingredients for Marry Me chicken: the chicken and the sauce. The good news is that all of the ingredients you need are readily available at U.S. grocery stores, making this dish a must-have for busy weeknights.

Person showing how to make chicken cutlets from a chicken breast.
  • Chicken cutlets: A vital element of the Tik Tok Marry Me Chicken is the poultry’s thin, delicate texture. Though you can buy pre-made chicken cutlets at your local grocery store, you can prepare them yourself by halving whole skinless chicken breasts lengthwise. However, as you cut your halves, make sure that your halves are of equal size and thickness to promote even cooking. If you find that any portion of your meat is thicker than desired, use a meat mallet to tap these sections until they achieve a uniform size.
  • Seasonings: Because this recipe’s sauce is full of savory, tangy, and creamy flavors, all you need to season it is kosher salt and pepper.
  • All-purpose flour: Flour is the core thickening agent in this recipe, ensuring it doesn’t come out too liquidy.
  • Olive oil: I use olive oil to give my chicken cutlets a perfectly seared exterior and infuse their sauce with deep, fragrant flavors. However, any vegetable oil—such as avocado oil, canola oil, etc.—would also work. You can also use a combination of olive oil and unsalted butter if you want to give your recipe a more decadent finish.
Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Fresh garlic cloves
  • Chicken stock: For this recipe, I recommend using either homemade chicken stock or store-bought low-sodium chicken stock if you don’t want to make your own. If you’re in a pinch, you can also use vegetable stock, though it may not have as savory, umami-rich flavors as meat-based alternatives.
  • Heavy cream: You must use whole-fat heavy cream when making this married chicken recipe, as low-fat or no-fat versions will not thicken, resulting in a watery, less flavorful sauce.
  • Sun-dried tomatoes: One of the most essential ingredients in this recipe, sun-dried tomatoes, give this tasty recipe a hint of tart, tangy, and mildly sweet flavors. I suggest using a 4-ounce jar of sun-dried tomatoes, resulting in one cup of tomatoes to use. However, be sure that the brand you buy has no added sugar, as the additional sweetness will make your chicken’s sauce too sweet, knocking its savory profile off-balance.
  • Parmesan cheese: I prefer to buy a block of parmesan cheese and grate it myself to ensure maximum freshness and nutty, buttery flavors. However, you can also purchase pre-grated versions to cut down on prep time.
  • Spices: The best way to animate this recipe with light, herbaceous flavors is to season it with a mixture of dried oregano and dried thyme (plus a dash of red pepper flakes if you’re a fan of spice). Alternatively, you may use pre-made Italian seasoning for a simpler solution.
  • Lemon juice: Though this ingredient doesn’t appear in the original recipe, we found during testing that lemon juice provides a much-needed kick of acid to the mix, brightening the heavier flavors with a tantalizingly zesty edge.
  • Fresh basil: Herby, light, and colorful, fresh basil makes an ideal garnish for this creamy chicken dinner.

Substitutions & Optional Add-Ins

  • Chicken: Prefer not to use chicken breasts? No problem! You can quickly transform this dish into Marry Me chicken thighs, though the searing time might take a few minutes longer to cook due to their added thickness. Additionally, if you decide to go in that direction, I recommend using skinless, boneless chicken thighs, as they will cook faster.
  • Milk: You can substitute heavy cream with whole milk. Remember, however, that you may have to use more flour to thicken your sauce, as milk has less fat than heavy cream, resulting in a thinner composition. Alternatively, you can make marry me chicken with half and half, though you may have to cook your sauce longer or add more flour to achieve your desired consistency.
  • Without sun-dried tomatoes: Sun-dried tomatoes are crucial to give this recipe the best authentic flavor. However, if you prefer to make it without sun-dried tomatoes, you can use a 14-oz. can of drained diced tomatoes instead.
  • Onion: Savory-sweet with a mild garlicky finish, a small chopped onion or shallot perfectly balances the rich, creamy taste of this iconic chicken dish.
  • Mushrooms: Want to infuse this dish with irresistible umami flavor? To make Marry Me chicken with mushrooms, wait until you remove your chicken from the skillet. Then, use a tablespoon of butter to sauté your sliced mushrooms and continue the recipe as directed. You can find even more tips on how to make this meaty, tender add-in in my recipe for Sautéed Shiitake Mushrooms.
  • Bacon: Making Marry Me chicken with bacon is a great way to give your recipe an extra layer of salty, savory taste. You can infuse your recipe with crispy sauteed bacon crumbs or even top it with leftover baked turkey bacon for an easy weeknight solution.
  • Arrowroot: If you want to make a low-carb or keto marry me chicken recipe, you have two easy options. First, you can omit the flour and cook the sauce longer, naturally reducing it to a thicker texture. Otherwise, you can substitute the flour with two tablespoons of arrowroot, being sure to mix it with some of the chicken stock liquid before adding it to the saucepan.
  • Spinach: An easy way to add color and nutrition to this creamy dinner recipe is by making it with spinach. Add two cups of baby spinach leaves to your recipe at the last minute, then mix until the greens wilt and become tender.
  • Acid: Though the original Marry Me Chicken sauce doesn’t include any acid, adding an acidic element is the key to brightening its heavier base and enlivening its more nuanced flavors. I chose to add a bit of lemon juice to my recipe, but you could also add a tablespoon of vodka or dry white wine to achieve a similar flavor profile—just like we do in the fan-favorite Gigi Hadid Pasta. Similarly, apple cider vinegar is a cheaper option that would also give your creamy sauce a touch of light, tangy undertones.

How Do You Make Marry Me Chicken?

There’s a reason why this viral dish caught on so quickly: it’s a cinch to make but tasty enough to make you want to lick your plate clean. With these step-by-step instructions, you can enjoy an easy chicken recipe any day of the week.

Person showing how to prepare the chicken for making this Sunday dinner.
  1. Dry the chicken: Use a few sheets of paper towels to pat dry all sides of the chicken cutlets, then sprinkle them with salt and pepper.
  2. Dredge: Place the all-purpose flour on a shallow dish. Then, dredge both sides of the chicken breasts through the flour and shake off any excess.
  3. Heat the oil: Heat two tablespoons of olive oil in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Wait until the olive oil turns shimmering hot.
A collage of images showing how to make the recipe.
  1. Cook the chicken: Gently add the chicken cutlets to the skillet, ensuring you don’t overcrowd the pan (you may cook the meat in two batches if necessary). Cook the chicken on each side for 3-4 minutes (or until fully cooked through), then transfer them to a plate and set them aside.
  2. Sauté the garlic: Reduce the burner’s heat to medium-low. Then, add the remaining tablespoon of olive oil and the garlic. Saute the mixture for 30 seconds until the garlic turns soft and translucent, stirring constantly to avoid burning.
  3. Begin the sauce: Slowly add the chicken broth and heavy cream to the pan, then add the sun-dried tomatoes. Bring the mixture to a boil before reducing the heat, simmering it for another 2-3 minutes. Whisk frequently until the liquid thickens slightly.
Person adding seasoning to the sauce.
  1. Add the seasonings: Whisk the Parmigiano Reggiano cheese into the sauce, followed by the oregano, thyme, red pepper flakes (if using), and lemon juice. Taste for seasoning and add more as necessary.
  2. Add the chicken: Transfer the cooked chicken to the sauce and let the mixture simmer for 2-3 minutes or until the meat warms through.
  3. Serve: Serve the sun-dried tomato chicken over a bed of pasta and top it with chopped basil.

How to Store and Reheat Leftovers?

The best part of this easy chicken recipe is how easy it is to store! With these simple storage tips, you can treat yourself to sun-dried tomato chicken whenever the craving strikes.

  • Make ahead: Because this recipe comes together so quickly, the best way to simplify your meal prep is to prepare your ingredients ahead of time. In particular, I recommend making your chicken cutlets in advance, as this step takes the most time during the cooking process.
  • Storage: To store this creamy chicken dish, bring it to room temperature. Then, transfer it to an airtight container and place it in the refrigerator for up to three days.
  • Reheat: To ensure even heating, I like to warm this recipe in a low-heat oven (300 degrees F.) for 5-10 minutes. However, you can also reheat it in the microwave in 30-second increments. No matter which method you use, remember that you can always add a splash of water to keep your chicken moist.

What to Serve With Marry Me Chicken?

When serving this romantic chicken dinner, it’s undeniable that one of the best accompaniments is a glass of white wine. However, so many other side dishes can transform this 30-minute meal into a restaurant-quality menu. Below are my favorite Marry Me chicken sides:

  • Pasta: In my opinion, the “best” pasta for Marry Me chicken is a short pasta such as penne and fusilli, which is what I used in my version of the Marry Me Chicken and Pasta recipe. With that being said, this dish is so versatile that it works with nearly any type of pasta—including my 30-minute Garlic Butter Spaghetti! Also, if you don’t want to whip up a stand-alone side dish, you can even serve marry me chicken over pasta for a filling one-plate meal. Or, if you follow a gluten-free diet, you can easily prepare your side using gluten-free pasta and omit the flour from your chicken recipe.
  • Rice: An effortless yet satisfying option, preparing it with rice ensures that your grain beautifully complements your main dish’s decadent cream sauce. Serve your chicken along with a bowl of fluffy white rice or aromatic brown jasmine rice, and your whole table will be satisfied.
  • Potatoes: Soft, filling, and oh-so-versatile, potatoes make one of the best sides for this recipe. For a creamy, sophisticated meal, try serving it with mashed potatoes (such as our reader’s favorite Garlic Mashed Potatoes with Rosemary) to add a luscious layer to this five-star meal. Or, for a quicker, more rustic side, my Red Potatoes in the Air Fryer is an easily customizable dish that comes together in just twenty minutes.
  • Salad: For a more health-conscious pairing, try serving your chicken with a garden-fresh salad. My Spring Mix Salad packs a host of colorful veggies that burst with natural flavors, while Caesar Salad is a creamy favorite that pairs well with any authentic Italian menu. Or, if you want another celebrity-viral hit, La Scala Salad strikes a perfect balance between savory salami, creamy mozzarella, and tangy mustard dressing.
  • Vegetables: One of my favorite side dishes for this creamy chicken dish is also the easiest—a nutritious veggie! Any of my tasty vegetable sides would work excellently alongside your meaty main. However, I especially love serving this dish alongside a plate of tender Air Fryer Green Beans or garlicky Air Fryer Asparagus.

Expert Tips

Savory, tangy, and exquisitely smooth, this recipe tastes straight out of a gourmet restaurant. With these pro tips, however, even beginners can make their dinner guests fall in love with this creamy chicken dish.

  • Time-saving: The most time-consuming part of this recipe comes from preparing the chicken cutlets. Therefore, if you’re looking to cut down on prep time, the easiest shortcut is to buy pre-made cutlets, which have the bonus of being evenly sized from the get-go.
  • Cook chicken thoroughly: Unlike most other chicken dishes, this easy chicken dinner recipe requires that you fully cook the chicken cutlets before adding them to the sauce. A good rule of thumb is to sear the chicken for 3-4 minutes on each side, ensuring not to overcrowd the pan until the skin develops a nice golden brown color. Though the chicken’s color certainly helps determine doneness, using a meat thermometer is the most foolproof way to check whether your chicken is ready. When done, your thermometer should register at least 160 degrees F. when inserted into the center of your cutlets.
  • Prep everything before you start: This creamy chicken recipe comes together in a snap, with the entire recipe basically ready once you add the cream. Therefore, preparing the ingredients before you begin cooking will help eliminate kitchen stress and streamline the cooking process. 
  • Taste for seasoning: Before adding the chicken back into the pan, I highly suggest tasting your sauce for seasoning and adding more if necessary. This step is crucial because Parmesan cheese tends to have a salty profile, so it’s best to wait until you incorporate all the sauce’s primary ingredients before adding extra seasoning.
  • Serve right away: Because of this recipe’s thick Parmesan sauce and succulent pan-seared chicken, it tastes best when still warm. Therefore, I don’t recommend letting the dish rest or cool before serving.
Proposal chicken in a skillet from the top view.

Other Cooking Methods / Variations of this TikTok Viral Recipe

Like any viral recipe, as this new chicken recipe gained popularity, countless other versions surfaced on social media, from quicker variations to other cooking methods. Below, I’ve listed a few fan favorites to help make your cooking easier.

  • Oven-Baked Marry Me Chicken: For this oven-baked variation, cook your chicken cutlets separately in a preheated oven and, when ready, cut them into small chunks. Then, make the sauce on the stovetop and add the cooked chicken to the sauce at the last minute. You can also use leftover chicken if you don’t want to bake chicken from scratch.
  • Lazy Marry Me Chicken: Though I don’t prefer using this method, it offers a great way to simplify this recipe, coming together with almost zero prep time. To make lazy marry me chicken, heat store-bought alfredo sauce, tomato pesto, and heavy cream on the stovetop. Then, cook frozen breaded chicken strips in the air fryer and, when ready, add the chicken to the mixed sauce.
  • Instant Pot Marry Me Chicken: If you prefer to make this recipe in a pressure cooker, use the “saute” setting to sear the seasoned chicken on each side until browned. Then, remove the chicken and add the chicken stock, Italian herbs, and sun-dried tomatoes to the pot. Once mixed, re-add the seared chicken and cook the mixture on high pressure for ten minutes. After that, use the Instant Pot’s quick release, remove the chicken again, and return the cooker to its saute function. Add the Parmesan cheese and mix the sauce until it becomes smooth. When ready, add the chicken to the sauce once more and serve while warm.
  • Marry Me Chicken Pasta: This is my favorite 30 minute chicken and pasta recipe made by using a similar formula. Though this version uses bite-sized chicken both for shorter cooking time and ease of serving.

FAQs

What is another name for Marry Me Chicken?

Because it’s such a huge social media sensation, this romantic chicken dinner has received many names—most of which riff on its “love-inducing” decadence. For example, this dish has been called a honeymoon chicken, proposal chicken, Valentine chicken, wedding chicken, and even love chicken recipe.

How to thicken Marry Me chicken sauce?

If you find that the sauce in your marry me chicken recipe is too thin, you can fix it in two easy ways. Firstly, you can cook your sauce longer, allowing its excess liquid to evaporate from the pan. Otherwise, you can add more flour to the mixture, whisking constantly until it reaches your desired consistency.

What does Marry Me chicken taste like?

Rich, creamy, and finished with a tomatoey tang, this is one of the most indulgent of easy chicken recipes. The golden-seared chicken provides a savory, tender element, while the smooth tomato cream sauce layers it with a rich, herbaceous zing.

What is the difference between Marry Me Chicken and Tuscan Chicken?

While both draw inspiration from classic Italian cuisine, Marry Me Chicken and Tuscan Chicken are not the same thing. Marry Me chicken tends to have a more indulgent, tangier flavor profile due to its emphasis on heavy cream, Parmesan, and sun-dried tomatoes. Meanwhile, Tuscan chicken—though it also includes heavy cream and sun-dried tomatoes—balances this richness with lighter additions, such as spinach, garlic, Italian seasoning, and sometimes artichokes.

Other Easy Chicken Dinners for the Family

You only need one bite of this popular chicken dish to start a full-fledged chicken obsession. Quick, succulent, and savory, these other tasty chicken dinner ideas will satisfy all your cravings.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you try this chicken supper recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Marry Me chicken in a skillet from the top view.
Print

Marry Me Chicken Recipe

This Marry Me chicken recipe is social media’s solution to get its chef a marriage proposal. Made by first searing chicken breasts in a skillet and then simmering them in a creamy sun-dried tomato sauce, it is a 30-minute easy chicken recipe that is perfect for any date night or family meal.
Course Chicken Recipes, Weeknight Dinner
Cuisine American
Diet Kosher
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 415kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ lbs chicken cutlets about 6 pieces (or 3 skinless chicken breasts* halved lengthwise)
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 4 tablespoons all purpose flour
  • 3 tablespoons olive oil divided
  • 3 cloves garlic minced or pressed
  • 1 cup chicken stock
  • 1 cup heavy cream or half and half
  • ½ cup sun-dried tomatoes packed in oil drained and finely chopped
  • ½ cup Parmesan cheese grated
  • ¼ teaspoon oregano
  • ¼ teaspoon thyme
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • ½ teaspoon red pepper flakes – optional
  • 1 tablespoon fresh basil torn

Instructions

  • Pat dry all sides of the chicken cutlets with a sheet of paper towel. Sprinkle them with salt and pepper.
  • Place the all-purpose flour on a plate and dredge the chicken breasts on both sides, shaking off any excess flour.
  • Heat 2 tablespoons of olive oil in a large skillet (or a Cast iron skillet) over medium-high heat until shimmering hot.
  • Gently place the chicken cutlets in the skillet, making sure not to overcrowd. You may need to saute the chicken in 2 batches. Cook for 3-4 minutes per side. Transfer them onto a plate and set aside.
  • Turn the heat down to medium-low, add the remaining one tablespoon of oil, and add the garlic. Saute for 30 seconds until soft and translucent, making sure to stir constantly to avoid burning the garlic.
  • Slowly pour in the chicken broth and heavy cream, and add the sun-dried tomatoes. Scrape the bottom of the pan with a wooden spoon while stirring. Bring it to a boil, reduce the heat, and simmer for 2-3 minutes, whisking frequently until slightly thickened.
  • Whisk in the Parmesan cheese, oregano, thyme, red pepper flakes, if using and the lemon juice. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary.
  • Place the chicken back into the sauce and let it simmer for 2-3 minutes or until they are warmed thoroughly.
  • Serve over pasta and top with fresh basil.

Video

Notes

  • Yield: This recipe makes 6 chicken cutlets serving 6 people. The nutritional information below is per serving.
  • Chicken Breast: You can buy chicken cutlets from the store, but if you can’t get your hands on them, you can cut them by halving them lengthwise. Make sure that they are equal in size to ensure even cooking.
  • Prep everything before you start: This recipe comes together so quickly, so I recommend getting everything ready before you start cooking.
  • Storage: To store first bring it to room temperature. Then, transfer it to an airtight container and place it in the fridge for up to three days.
  • Reheat: To ensure even heating, I like to warm it in a low-heat oven (300 degrees F.) for 5-10 minutes. However, you can also reheat it in the microwave in 30-second increments. Feel free to add a splash of water (or chicken stock) to keep your chicken moist.

Nutrition

Calories: 415kcal | Carbohydrates: 10g | Protein: 30g | Fat: 28g | Saturated Fat: 12g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 124mg | Sodium: 746mg | Potassium: 672mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 826IU | Vitamin C: 14mg | Calcium: 143mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/marry-me-chicken/feed/ 2
Chicken Noodle Soup with Potatoes https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-potato-noodle-soup/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-potato-noodle-soup/#comments Thu, 11 Jan 2024 00:31:07 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=12430 If you never thought to put potatoes in chicken noodle soup, think again. The potatoes add that much more comfort,…]]>

If you never thought to put potatoes in chicken noodle soup, think again. The potatoes add that much more comfort, fiber, and creamy consistency, much like my Chicken Vegetable Soup and Lemon Chicken Orzo Soup.

If you love soup season and are a fan of chicken soups in general, be sure to also try my Tomatillo Chicken Soup, Butternut Squash and Chicken Soup, and Hearty Chicken and Wild Rice Soup.

Hearty chicken soup with noodles and potatoes in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients

This chicken and potato noodle soup is full of pantry staples and ingredients easy to find at the grocery store. You will need:

  • Olive oil: I used olive oil, but you can use any vegetable oil. An equal amount of unsalted butter can also be used for a richer flavor.
  • Vegetables: A classic base of carrots, celery, and onions (known as mirepoix) provides maximum flavor. Cut the vegetables all roughly the same size for even cooking.
  • Garlic: Garlic cloves give it that extra punch of savory flavor.
  • Chicken Stock: Homemade Chicken Stock or store-bought broth will both work. If store-bought, go for low-sodium chicken broth.
  • Chicken: I love using pre-cooked chicken, and it’s a sure time saver. Pick up a rotisserie chicken at the supermarket. Or, you can use any leftover chicken you have in your fridge. I usually make a batch of my Baked Bone-In Chicken Breasts over the weekend and keep it in the fridge to use in recipes like this. If you prefer dark meat, feel free to shred some cooked skinless chicken thighs instead. 
  • Potatoes: I used russet potatoes, but Yukon gold potatoes or red potatoes would also be delicious. The key is to have about 3 cups of cubed potatoes.
  • Seasonings: A simple mix of Kosher salt, fresh black pepper, and fresh thyme gives it all the flavor we need. For a low-sodium version, reduce the salt to 1 teaspoon
  • Egg noodles: Go for wide egg noodles or medium, whichever you can find. Another short-cut pasta shape, like orzo or ditalini, would also work.
  • Lemon juice: Freshly squeezed lemon juice added at the very end adds a nice pop. If you do not have lemon juice, you can substitute it with apple cider vinegar (or any other vinegar you have on hand.)
  • Fresh herbs: I love a final garnish of fresh parsley, but you could also try fresh dill or fresh chives.
Chicken noodle potato soup ingredients from the top view.

Substitutions and Optional Add Ins

  • Herbs: A pinch of oregano will add a special woodsy flavor. Bay leaves would add even more depth of flavor.
  • Extra Veggies: Toss in a handful of baby spinach at the end of cooking, or stir in ½ cup frozen green peas or frozen corn during the last 5 minutes of simmering.
  • Rice: Omit the egg noodles and stir in ½ cup white rice. Simmer for 15 minutes or until the rice is tender.
  • Heavy Cream or Greek Yogurt: A few swirls of heavy cream or Greek yogurt at the end would make for an extra special richness.
  • Gluten-Free: You can substitute egg noodles with any of your favorite gluten-free pasta. Alternatively, you can spiralize potatoes using a spiralizer and use it in place of pasta and omit using it altogether.

How to Make Chicken Noodle Soup with Potatoes?

This chicken noodle soup recipe with potatoes is ready in under one hour, thanks to leftover chicken and minimal prep time and cooking time. Here’s how to make it:

A collage of photos showing how to make the recipe.
  1. Saute vegetables: In a Dutch oven or large pot, heat the olive oil over medium heat. Add the carrot, celery, and onion and saute for 8-10 minutes, until softened. Then, stir in the garlic and saute for an additional 30 seconds.
  2. Add chicken and potatoes: Pour in the chicken stock, then add the shredded chicken, potatoes, Kosher salt, black pepper, and thyme. Cover and bring it to a boil, stirring occasionally. Once it comes to a boil, turn the heat down to medium-low and let it simmer for 10-12 minutes or until the potatoes are fully cooked.
  3. Add egg noodles: Stir in the egg noodles and simmer for 10-12 minutes or until the noodles are cooked to your liking. Stir in the lemon juice. 
  4. Serve: Cool for a few minutes, then ladle into bowls and garnish with parsley. Serve with additional lemon wedges on the side.

How to Meal Prep, Store, & Reheat?

Soup recipes are one of the greatest meal prep masterpieces because the flavors get better the next day, and this chicken noodle potato soup is no different. Simply:

  • Meal Prep: Portion into individual meal prep containers and keep in the refrigerator. Enjoy it as a light lunch or cozy dinner.
  • Storage: Cool completely, then store leftover chicken noodle and potato soup in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days. I do not recommend storing the soup in the freezer as the potatoes and pasta will become mushy when it’s time to thaw.
  • Reheat: Reheat the entire batch of soup in a large soup pot over medium heat until bubbly and warm. Or, reheat bowls in the microwave in 30-second increments until warmed through.

Serving Suggestions

Warm up with a bowl of chicken noodle soup with potatoes alongside some crusty bread, fresh salad, or even a sandwich. Some of my favorite ways to serve include:

Chicken noodle soup with potatoes in a big pot with a wooden spoon on the side.

Expert Tips

  • Shred chicken:  If trying to shred a large volume of chicken, cut from the bone and remove the skin. Place the chicken in a deep bowl if using a handheld mixer or stand mixer with a paddle attachment. Shred on low speed until your desired size is reached.
  • Store cooked noodles separately (for meal prep): If you know you will be enjoying the soup for lunches and dinners during the week, cook and store the egg noodles separately so that they don’t become mushy over time and soak up too much broth from the soup.

FAQs:

Can you put potatoes in chicken noodle soup?

You certainly can. As a matter of fact, potatoes not only make it more filling but also turn it into a hearty and comforting dish. Their starchy goodness thickens the broth slightly, adding a delightful texture and depth of flavor.

What kind of noodles for chicken noodle soup?

Egg noodles are classic, but any short-cut noodle of your choice will do, like orzo, ditalini, or mini rigatoni.

What to add to chicken noodle soup?

Chicken noodle soup is deliciously creamy and hearty with carrots, celery, onions, garlic, fresh thyme, and plenty of potatoes and egg noodles for an extra comforting bite.

What seasoning for chicken noodle soup?

Keep the seasoning for chicken potato noodle soup simple and clean so that the flavors of the chicken and vegetables will shine. I like a simple mix of Kosher salt, black pepper, and fresh thyme.

How to thicken chicken and noodles?

To thicken chicken potato and noodle soup, start with a roux by mixing 2 tablespoons flour with the olive oil, add a slurry of 1 tablespoon cornstarch mixed with cold water at the end of cooking, or remove some of the vegetables and puree them.

When to add potatoes to chicken soup?

Potatoes should be added at the beginning of cooking, right after sauteeing the mirepoix and aromatics. This ensures enough time for tender potatoes.

Other Comforting Chicken Recipes You Might Also Like:

Got some chicken you don’t know what to do with? I’ve got you! If you enjoyed this homemade chicken noodle soup recipe, you might also like the recipes below:

If you try this easy Chicken Noodle Soup with Potatoes recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.
Chicken noodle soup with a spoon in the pot.
Print

Chicken Noodle Soup with Potatoes Recipe

Classic Chicken noodle soup but made more filling and satisfying with the addition of potatoes. This Chicken Noodle Soup with Potatoes is the perfect meal on a cold winter day.
Course Soup
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 309kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 3 medium sized carrots peeled and diced into ½-inch cubes
  • 3 stalks of celery diced into ½-inch cubes – (~ 1 ½ cups)
  • 1 medium sized onion diced into ½-inch pieces
  • 3 cloves garlic minced
  • 8 cups chicken stock
  • 2 cups shredded cooked chicken
  • 1 large russet potato diced into ½ inch cubes (yield = 3 cups)
  • 1 ½ teaspoons Kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 4 sprigs fresh thyme chopped
  • 3 ounces dried wide egg noodles * medium size – ~ 2 cups
  • 4 tablespoons fresh lemon juice plus lemon wedges to serve
  • ¼ cup fresh chopped parsley optional garnish

Instructions

  • Heat the olive oil in the stock pot over medium heat. Add the carrot, celery, and onion and saute for 8-10 minutes until softened.
  • Add the garlic and saute for an additional 30 seconds.
  • Pour in the chicken stock, chicken, potato, kosher salt, pepper, and thyme. Cover and bring it to a boil, stirring occasionally. Once it comes to a boil, turn the heat down to medium-low and let it simmer for 10-12 minutes or until the potatoes are fully cooked.
  • Add the egg noodles, turn the heat down to medium-low, and let it simmer for 11-12 minutes or until the noodles are cooked to your liking, stirring occasionally.
  • Stir in the lemon juice. Taste for seasoning and add more seasoning if necessary.
  • Ladle into bowls and garnish with parsley. Serve with additional lemon wedges.

Notes

  • Yield: This recipe makes a bit pot of soup that is about 8-9 cups, ideal for serving 6 people. The calorie information below is per serving.
  • Noodles: If you can’t find wide egg noodles, you can use other pasta like orzo or ditalini. Alternatively, if you have one, you can use a spiralizer and spiralize a potato and use it in place of noodles. 
  • Meal Prep: Portion into individual meal prep containers and keep in the refrigerator. Enjoy it as a light lunch or cozy dinner.
  • Storage: Cool completely, then store it in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days. I do not recommend storing the soup in the freezer as the potatoes and pasta will become mushy when it’s time to thaw.
  • Reheat: Reheat the entire batch of soup in a large soup pot over medium heat until bubbly and warm. Or, reheat bowls in the microwave in 30-second increments until warmed through.

Nutrition

Calories: 309kcal | Carbohydrates: 28g | Protein: 22g | Fat: 12g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 7g | Trans Fat: 0.003g | Cholesterol: 49mg | Sodium: 1102mg | Potassium: 762mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 5381IU | Vitamin C: 15mg | Calcium: 47mg | Iron: 2mg

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-potato-noodle-soup/feed/ 26
Chicken Butternut Squash Soup https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-butternut-squash-soup/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-butternut-squash-soup/#comments Tue, 10 Oct 2023 20:34:19 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=71101 Zoup! Good, Really Good® provided me with the product for the purpose of this post, as well as compensation for my…]]>

Zoup! Good, Really Good® provided me with the product for the purpose of this post, as well as compensation for my time. As always, all opinions expressed in this post are my own.

On a cold day, nothing satisfies me more than a yummy soup full of great flavors. While I adore the more standard Vegan Butternut Squash Soup or globally inspired Butternut Squash Thai Soup (Zoup! also makes a creamy, heat-and-eat butternut squash soup), there is something so special about a healthy chicken soup with butternut squash.

Butternut Squash Chicken Soup in a bowl garnished with parsley and pumpkin seeds.

Creamy or chunky, made entirely from scratch using the most delicious Zoup! Good, Really Good® Chicken Bone Broth, I have got you covered with plenty of ways to make this creamy chicken and butternut squash soup your own. 

Ingredients

Butternut squash soup with chicken requires nothing more than a few simple ingredients. We will need:

Ingredients for the recipe in small portions from the top view.
  • Olive oil: You can also use avocado oil or clarified butter (aka ghee) in this recipe.
  • Vegetables: Go for an aromatic background of yellow onions, red bell pepper, and garlic cloves. 
  • Spices + seasonings: Ground cumin adds depth and complexity to this butternut chicken soup. You could also try ground coriander or turmeric to celebrate that orange color and make it even more nutritious.
  • Chicken: Go for boneless, skinless chicken thighs for a richer flavor, but leaner chicken breasts can also be used.
  • Butternut squash: Pick up a butternut squash that is heavy for its size and prep when you get home. If working with butternut squash is new to you, check out my post on the Best Way to Cut Butternut Squash before you get started.
  • Chicken broth: While you can make your own Homemade Chicken Stock when I am short on time, I reach for Zoup! Good, Really Good® Chicken Bone Broth. I love purchasing Zoup! as it has the same complex, homemade taste with a balanced flavor. While it is widely available in retailers across the country, you can also purchase it online at ZoupBroth.com, Amazon, and Walmart.com. Plus, Zoup! has a number of different broths to choose from, but in this instance, I would stick to the Chicken Bone Broth, Original Chicken Broth, or Low Sodium Chicken Broth.
  • Lemon juice: A squeeze of freshly squeezed lemon juice is a last-minute addition to brighten up the flavors.
  • Fresh herbs: Fresh parsley gives the slowly simmered soup a nice pop at the end. Reserve some on the side for garnish, too. For even more depth of flavor, consider adding fresh thyme or sage while the soup simmers on the stove.
  • Optional toppings: Pumpkin seeds add a wonderful crunch, but they are optional.

Variations and Substitutions

If you find yourself short on time or are looking to make this squash soup recipe on a busy weeknight, here are some short-cut suggestions to save you some time in the kitchen:

  • Rotisserie chicken: It is no secret that rotisserie chicken or cooked leftover chicken is a great shortcut when you are short on time, and this chicken soup with squash is no different. If you use either one of these options, simply shred them and add them to the soup at the same time as you are adding the butternut squash. You will need about 4-5 cups of shredded or cubed chicken.
  • Roasted butternut squash: Use leftover Roasted Butternut Squash to add extra depth and caramelized flavor, thanks to all those natural sugars.
  • Winter squash: Can’t find butternut squash? Use any winter squash that is available, like roasted acorn squash, roasted delicata squash, or pumpkin. Alternatively, you can swap out half the squash for some diced carrots and sweet potatoes for a slightly different flavor texture or flavor that is just as delicious.
  • Lime juice and cilantro: Give it a unique twist by swapping out the lemon juice and parsley for lime juice and fresh cilantro.
  • Add grains: Make it a complete meal with the addition of leftover cooked quinoa, brown rice, or pasta. Toss it right into the soup near the end of cooking.
  • Coconut milk: If you want an even more luxurious creamy texture, consider finishing it with a touch of coconut milk or heavy whipping cream.
  • Extra toppings: Add even more contrast to flavor and texture by topping it off with croutons, a swirl of yogurt or sour cream, fresh herbs like chives, basil or tarragon, or a sprinkle of red pepper flakes.

How to Make Butternut Squash Chicken Soup?

I like to think of this as a high-protein butternut squash soup, thanks to the addition of chicken. It is also a great soup to make on a cold night in chilly weather. Not to mention, it is easy to make. Here’s how I like to make it in a few easy steps on the stovetop:

A collage of images showing how to make chicken and squash soup.
  1. Saute aromatics: Heat olive oil in a large Dutch oven or large soup pot over medium to medium-high heat. Add onion, bell pepper, and cumin. Cook, stirring occasionally, until vegetables are softened, 5-6 minutes. Add the garlic and cook, stirring constantly, for 1 minute.
  2. Simmer soup: Add the chicken, butternut squash, chicken stock, salt and pepper. Give it a good stir. Cover and bring to a boil. Then, reduce to low heat, put the lid back on, and let it simmer for 15-20 minutes or until the chicken is fully cooked. Feel free to stir it once or twice during the cooking process.
  3. Shred chicken: With a large slotted spoon or tongs, remove the chicken and allow to cool slightly. Shred it with two forks or cut it into cubes.
  4. Blend half of the soup: Ladle 4-5 cups of the soup into a large heatproof bowl. Blend until smooth with an immersion blender.
A collage of images showing how to make chicken and butternut squash soup.
  1. Finish: Carefully transfer the pureed soup back into the pot (be careful, it will still be hot!) along with the shredded chicken. Bring the soup to one last boil. Finish with lemon juice and parsley.
  2. Garnish and serve: Ladle into bowls, top with pumpkin seeds and more parsley. Serve with lemon wedges on the side.

How to Store, Freeze, and Reheat Leftovers?

This Chicken squash soup stores beautifully in both the fridge and freezer. Just like so many soup recipes, the flavors get better the longer they have time to marry together. To store and reheat, simply:

  • Store: Cool completely and transfer to a large airtight container. Store in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Freeze: Cool completely and ladle soup into freezer-safe airtight containers, leaving some room at the top to allow for expansion. Freeze for up to 3 months.
  • Reheat: If frozen, thaw the soup overnight in the refrigerator. When ready to reheat, place a pot over medium heat, add the soup, and bring to a gentle simmer. Or, reheat individual servings in a microwave-safe bowl, covered, in 30-second intervals in the microwave. Stir each time in between and continue until warmed through.

What to Serve with this Butternut Squash Soup?

Butternut squash and chicken soup is a meal all its own, but I love to serve it with crusty bread or winter greens on the side to round it out as a complete meal. You could try:

Expert Tips

  • Save on time: The majority of the prep work comes from peeling and cubing the butternut squash, so if you are short on time, you can prep the vegetables the day before or buy pre-cut vegetables from the grocery store.
  • Blending is personal: I really want you to make this soup your own, so you can blend half the soup as I do in the recipe card, skip the blending altogether, or blend the entire soup for a creamy, thick consistency. Just make sure to remove the chicken prior to blending.
  • If you do not own an immersion blender, blend until smooth in a high-powered blender or food processor, or use a potato masher to puree it. However, keep in mind that when blending hot liquids, always make sure to fill no more than halfway, remove the measuring cap, and partially cover with a kitchen towel so the steam will be able to escape.

More about Zoup!

Zoup! was created by the founders of Zoup! Eatery, which served soup face-to-face to consumers for over two decades. In other words, they really know their soup! In addition to their expertise and knowledge, I always pick up a jar of Zoup! Broth (packaged in recyclable glass jars, by the way) whenever I get a chance because:

  • The Zoup! Good, Really Good® Broth lineup includes original and low-sodium chicken broths, veggie broth, seafood broth, and chicken and beef bone broths.
  • The broth is kettle-cooked in small batches using the freshest and finest ingredients.
  • It is low in calories, paleo-friendly, and completely free of artificial ingredients, preservatives, gluten, GMO’s, fat, trans fat, and saturated fat. 
  • Zoup! has also introduced Culinary Concentrates™, gourmet broth bases available in Chicken Bone Broth and Beef Bone Broth, plus Savory No Chicken Vegan Broth, offering a space-saving solution for home cooks.
  • And for when you crave soup but want something you can just heat and eat, Zoup! makes shelf-stable soups in nine flavor-forward recipes, including Chicken Potpie, Garden Vegetable, and Butternut Squash with Brown Butter and Sage.

If you are interested in learning more, visit ZoupBroth.com and follow @ZoupGoodReallyGood on Facebook, Instagram, and TikTok and @ZoupGoodReallyGoodBroth on Pinterest.

As a reader of Foolproof Living, Zoup! is offering 20% off your first order of Zoup! Products on Amazon. Use the code, 20FOOLPROOF at checkout (under the payment section.) The code is valid until November 6, 2023.

A collage of photos showing the squash chicken soup in a bowl and while it is being poured.

FAQs

What herbs go with butternut squash soup?

Hearty herbs such as rosemary, thyme, sage, and bay leaf add depth and herbal complexity, while fresh herbs like parsley, cilantro, basil, tarragon, and chives give it the finish of fresh flavor.

Can you use chicken broth in butternut squash soup?

Yes, both chicken broth and chicken stock can be used to make butternut squash soup. The delicate meaty flavor is a nice addition to an otherwise vegetarian soup.

Is butternut squash soup good when sick?

According to Healthline, butternut squash has many health benefits. It contains high amounts of powerful vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants, most notably vitamin A and vitamin C, making it an ideal choice to keep a sore throat at bay. So, yes, butternut squash soup is a good way to soothe yourself when you are feeling under the weather.

Do you need to peel butternut squash for soup?

We do recommend peeling butternut squash when making soup, as doing so will result in a creamy and smooth texture.

What protein goes with butternut squash soup?

Butternut squash pairs well with a variety of animal and plant-based protein resources. Chicken, beef, quinoa, and tofu are just a few to name.

Other Comforting Soup Recipes for Fall and Winter:

If you try this Chicken Butternut Squash Soup, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Butternut squash chicken soup in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Chicken Butternut Squash Soup Recipe

Butternut Squash chicken soup combines the heartiness of chicken thighs with the warmth of homemade soup. Great for a chilly evening, this one-pot meal is both nourishing and flavorful.
Course Soup
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 284kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 medium onion chopped (~2 cups)
  • 1 medium red bell pepper chopped (~1 cup)
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 4 cloves garlic minced or pressed
  • 1 pound boneless skinless chicken thighs or chicken breasts
  • 6 cups butternut squash* peeled and cut into cubes (2 pounds)
  • 5 cups Zoup! Good Really Good® Chicken Bone Broth
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt more to taste
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 4 tablespoons lemon juice
  • 2 tablespoons fresh parsley chopped, plus more for garnish
  • 2 tablespoons pumpkin seeds optional, for garnish

Instructions

  • Heat olive oil in a large, heavy bottom pot over medium-high heat. Add in onion, pepper, and cumin. Cook, stirring occasionally, until vegetables are softened, 5-6 minutes.
  • Stir in the garlic and cook, stirring constantly, for 1 more minute.
  • Add in the chicken, cubed butternut squash, chicken stock, salt and pepper. Give it a stir.
  • Put the lid on and bring it to a boil. As soon as it comes to a boil, turn down the heat to low, put the lid back on, and let it simmer for 20-25 minutes or until the chicken is fully cooked. Feel free to stir it once or twice during the cooking process.
  • Using a slotted spoon, remove the chicken from the soup and shred it (or cut it into cubes). Set the now-shredded chicken aside.
  • Ladle 4-5 cups of the soup mixture into a large heatproof bowl. Using an immersion blender, blend until smooth.
  • Transfer the pureed soup back into the pot along with the shredded chicken. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary.
  • Bring the soup to one last boil.
  • Stir in the lemon juice and parsley. Ladle into bowls, garnish with the additional parsley and pumpkin seeds (if desired), and serve with lemon wedges on the side.

Notes

  • Yields: This soup makes 6-7 cups of soup, which is ideal for 6 servings. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Storage: To store leftovers, cool completely and transfer to a large airtight container. Store in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Squash: While we used butternut squash in this recipe, you can pretty much use any squash you have on hand, including pumpkin, acorn squash, kabocha squash, and even delicata squash.

Nutrition

Calories: 284kcal | Carbohydrates: 28g | Protein: 23g | Fat: 10g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 78mg | Sodium: 750mg | Potassium: 1018mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 15646IU | Vitamin C: 63mg | Calcium: 97mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-butternut-squash-soup/feed/ 8
Grilled Cornish Hens https://foolproofliving.com/grilled-cornish-hens/ https://foolproofliving.com/grilled-cornish-hens/#comments Thu, 10 Aug 2023 16:35:27 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=69588 It’s no secret that barbecue cornish hens contain irresistibly tender, juicy flavor—a fan favorite for summer parties and easy backyard…]]>

It’s no secret that barbecue cornish hens contain irresistibly tender, juicy flavor—a fan favorite for summer parties and easy backyard cooking. If you want to fill your table with the same luscious chicken flavor all year round, you can also whip up effortless Air-Fried Cornish Hens in just eight simple steps. No matter how you cook them, these easy cornish hen recipes will satisfy all your chicken cravings.

Grilled Cornish hens garnished with lemon and fresh herbs on a serving platter.

Ingredients You’ll Need for BBQ Cornish Hen Recipe?

This grilled cornish game hen recipe only needs a handful of simple ingredients:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Cornish hens: Most grocery stores usually store their cornish game hens in the freezer section, so be sure to let them thaw in the fridge for 24 to 48 hours before grilling. It is imperative that the hens are fully thawed before marinating and grilling.
  • Olive oil
  • Lemon: You’ll need fresh lemon to ensure your marinade is as bright and zesty as possible. You may also garnish your grilled hens with a side of sliced lemon for added presentation (as we did in the photos) if desired.
  • Fresh thyme leaves
  • Spices: To give your cornish hen marinade for grilling its signature bold, well-seasoned flavors, we’ll add paprika, Kosher salt, and black pepper into the seasoning.

Substitutions

  • Fresh herbs: If you don’t have any thyme leaves on hand, you can use other fresh herbs to give your grilled cornish game hens deliciously bright overtones. Instead, you can prepare lemon rosemary cornish hens for a delectable balance of woody and citrusy flavors. Or, you can substitute your thyme for oregano or parsley, as they both have a similarly earthy, garden-fresh taste.
  • Marinade: I love the bright, garden-fresh taste of my grilled cornish hen marinade. However, you can switch up your flavor profile by using my Cuban-style Cornish Hen Marinade (made with lime juice, ground cumin, garlic, and oregano) to give your game hens more robust, piquant overtones. For a tangier, more luscious option, you can also mix up my Yogurt Chicken Marinade in just 10 minutes.

How to Spatchcock a Cornish Hen?

Spatchcocking—also known as butterflying or splitting—refers to the process of removing a chicken’s backbone and flattening the bird’s body. Taking the time to split a cornish hen for grilling helps quicken the roasting process and ensures even cooking across your meat.

  1. Dry the hens: Pat hens dry on all sides with paper towels. When as dry as possible, your birds will be easier to grip while spatchcocking.
A collage of images showing how to spatchcock a Cornish hen before grilling.
  1. Spatchcock the cornish game hens: Place one hen on a cutting board, breast-side down. Locate the backbone, which runs down the center of the bird. Then, use kitchen scissors (affiliate link) to remove the backbone, beginning at the tail and cutting along one side of the backbone. Cut along the other side of the spine and remove the bone, discarding it or saving it to make chicken stock.
Person showing how to spatchcock a cornish game hen.
  1. Flatten the hen: Flip the bird so its breast side faces up. Find the breastbone running down the middle of the hen, then firmly press down on it with the heel of your hand until the bird lies flat. Set the flattened hen aside and repeat the same spatchcocking process with the second game bird.

How to Grill Cornish Hens?

You don’t have to be a master at the grill to make tasty grilled hens. These step-by-step instructions will teach even beginners how to make mouthwatering chicken in no time.

A collage of images showing how to make grilled cornish hen marinade.
  1. Mix the marinade ingredients: In a large bowl, whisk together the olive oil, lemon zest, lemon juice, garlic, thyme, paprika, salt, and pepper. Ensure your bowl is big enough to accommodate both little birds or prepare a large Ziploc bag for the marination process.
  2. Set aside marinade: Pour two tablespoons of the marinade into an airtight jar and transfer it to the refrigerator until ready to use. We will use this marinade to brush the birds after they are grilled.
  3. Marinate the hens: Place the spatchcocked cornish hens in the marinade, covering each of the chickens with the liquid. Cover the bowl with plastic wrap, transfer it to the fridge, and marinate the cornish hens for a minimum of 30 minutes and a maximum of eight hours.
  4. Remove the hens: Remove the marinated cornish hens from the refrigerator when ready to cook. 
  5. Prep the grill:
    1. To cook cornish hens on a gas grill: Preheat the grill to 350 degrees F. 
    2. To cook cornish hens on a charcoal grill: Fill a chimney starter three-quarters with charcoal and light the coals. Let the grill burn until the coals fully ignite and develop a thin layer of ash (approximately 15-20 minutes). Spread the charcoal into an even layer over the grill’s bottom, and position the cooking grill rack on top. Cover the grill and let the insides heat for about five minutes.
Person showing how to cook Cornish hens on a grill in a collage of images.
  1. Clean the grates: Use a grill brush to eliminate any remaining residue from the grill racks. Then, dip a wad of paper towel into the oil and use a pair of tongs to wipe the towels over the grill racks generously.
  2. Place hens on the grill: Shake off excess marinade before placing each cornish game hen on the grill, skin-side up. Cover the grill (if using a charcoal grill, be sure the vents are open) and cook the birds for 10 minutes.
  3. Flip the birds: Flip the chickens to their opposite side, cover the grill, and cook for 7-10 minutes or until the skin turns crispy and golden brown. Keep a close eye on the hens to avoid overcooking, and check for doneness by inserting a meat thermometer into the thickest parts of the thigh. You can remove your cornish hens when they reach 165 degrees F.
  4. Let the hens rest: When finished grilling, transfer the barbeque cornish game hens onto a plate and cover it with a loose tent of aluminum foil. Let the birds rest for 10 minutes.
  5. Brush and serve: Brush the skin of both hens with the reserved marinade, and sprinkle them with chopped fresh thyme. Serve with a side of lemon wedges.

How to Make Ahead and Store It

Learning how to cook cornish hens on the grill is a simple way to ensure effortless meal prep throughout the week. There’s no need to sacrifice a single bite of your chicken with these easy storage tips.

  • Make ahead: If you want a headstart on your BBQ cornish game hens, prepare the marinade and transfer it into a Ziploc bag. Then, add the chicken, seal tightly, and let the meat marinate in the refrigerator for up to eight hours.
  • Store: You can store your grilled game hens in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days.
  • Reheat: To reheat your cornish hens, place them in the microwave for 30-second increments until heated through. If you’d prefer to reheat your meat in the oven, bake it at 300 degrees F. for 10-15 minutes until warm.

What to Serve With Grilled Cornish Hens?

If you’re looking for a gourmet menu designed to stun your dinner guests, you’ll love my master collection of Cornish Hen Meal Sides. Below are just a few of my tastiest summer side dishes.

  • Rice and grains: If you love the light yet flavorful taste of tender rice, Cooked Wild Rice (or Instant Pot Wild Rice, for a quicker cooking option!) makes for a tender, smoky side when grilling cornish game hen. For a more earthy and seasoned option, Lemon Quinoa is light and zesty, while Bulgur Pilaf is a robust Turkish classic.
  • Salads: Nutritious yet flavorful, salads make an incomparable side for your grilled whole cornish hens. Wild Rice Salad contains an irresistible balance of sweet and savory ingredients, including dried cranberries, mild pecans, and tart grapes. My Mexican Corn Salad and Yogurt Coleslaw have a tangy mix of ultra-fresh veggies and refreshing salad dressing for a creamier option. However, any of my Summer Salads will fill your menu with light, crisp flavors.
  • Vegetable dishes: Just because you want to serve a veggie side doesn’t mean you have to sacrifice taste. My Zucchini Lasagna and Eggplant Parmesan are packed with rich Italian flavors, while Rosemary Mashed Potatoes are a fluffy, buttery, and flavorful dish that takes half an hour to prepare.
  • Pasta: No one can say no to pasta’s hearty, creamy taste when grilling cornish game hens. For bold, sumptuous flavors, you can prepare simple Garlic Butter Noodles or Vodka Pasta in just 30 minutes. Or, whip up my Caprese Pasta Salad to lend your menu a classic, fresh edge.
Grilled Cornish game hens on a bed of wild rice.

Expert Tips

Whether it’s your first time at the grill or you’re an expert doesn’t matter. This master guide will help you grill your cornish game hen so it comes out with tantalizing flavors and rich tenderness.

  • Ensure the hens are fully thawed: To ensure even grilling, you must fully thaw your cornish hens before adding them to the grill. If your hens are frozen, take them out of the freezer at least 48 hours in advance.
  • Don’t skip the spatchcocking: Though it takes extra time, spatchcocking your chicken is necessary to grill your meat evenly and in less time. Grilling cornish hens whole (i.e., non-spatchcocked) takes a much longer cooking time and may result in under or over-cooked portions of meat.
  • Preheat your grill: Preheating your grill—whether you’re using a gas or charcoal grill—will ensure that your meat cooks through and develops a smoky, crispy exterior.
  • Oil the grill grates: You must thoroughly oil your grill racks before grilling a cornish hen. Otherwise, the meat may stick to them, making it difficult to flip and serve your chicken.
  • Let the excess marinade drip: Be sure to let any extra marinade drip off your hens before placing them on the grill. Because you’re cooking with an open flame, marinade may drip into the fire, resulting in flare-ups that char the exterior of your chickens.
  • Start with the skin-side up: The best way to give your game hens succulent insides and crisp skin is by beginning the grilling process with your birds arranged skin side up. Starting this way will cause the chickens’ juices and steam to rise into the skin once flipped, turning it soggy.
  • The size of the bird and its cooking time are related: Not all cornish hens are the same size. Therefore, if your birds are larger or smaller, you may need to adjust their grilling time and test frequently with a thermometer to ensure they don’t come out under or over-cooked.
  • Use a digital thermometer: When you grill cornish hens, the best way to check doneness is to insert an instant-read thermometer into the thickest part of the thigh. Your meat should reach an internal temperature of 165 degrees F. before removing it from the grates. However, remember to keep a close eye on your hens during the grilling process, as it cooks quickly at such high temperatures.
  • Let it rest: After cooking a cornish hen on the grill, let the meat rest on a plate covered with aluminum foil for 10 minutes. This resting time will allow the meat to reabsorb and evenly distribute its juices, resulting in succulent, flavorful meat.
  • Multiply the recipe: Generally, one pound of chicken serves one person, while 1½-2 pounds serves two.  Should you need to serve a larger party, feel free to multiply the recipe, and don’t be afraid to grill your hens in batches. 

FAQs

If you have more questions about this easy recipe, don’t worry! This simple collection of FAQs will answer any question, from proper cook time to how to give your hens as much flavor as possible.

How long to marinate cornish hens?

To marinate cornish hens, let them sit fully covered in the marinade mixture for at least 30 minutes and up to eight hours.

Should cornish hens be at room temperature before cooking?

It’s best if your game hens are as close to room temperature as possible before adding them to your grill. Grilling cold or frozen hens will result in uneven cooking, with an undercooked center and a burnt exterior. To thaw frozen birds, transfer them to the fridge and let them sit for 24 to 48 hours before beginning the cooking process. If your birds are already in the fridge, I recommend letting them rest at room temperature for 10-15 minutes first.

How long to grill cornish hens?

To grill spatchcock cornish hens, you’ll need to cook them at 350 degrees F. for a total of 15-20 minutes (10 minutes skin-side up and an additional 7-10 minutes skin-side down). Your birds should register an internal temperature of 165 degrees F. in the thickest part of the thigh before removing them from the grill. However, keep a close eye on the birds while grilling, as cornish hens tend to cook quickly, and over-cooking will strip your chicken of its juices, resulting in dry, tasteless meat.

What temperature to grill cornish hens?

If using a gas grill, I recommend letting it reach 350 degrees F. before placing your marinated cornish hens on the grill.

How many people does one Cornish game hen feed?

Depending on the size of your bird, one cornish game hen may feed between 1-2 people. A good rule of thumb is that each person will need about one pound of meat per serving. Therefore, if your birds are closer to two pounds, one hen may feed two people. However, you may need one hen per person if yours are smaller.

Other Grilled Chicken Recipes You Might Also Like

If you try this Grilled Cornish Hens recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Grilled Cornish game hens on a bed of wild rice garnished with fresh herbs.
Print

Grilled Cornish Hens Recipe

These Grilled Cornish game hens are showstoppers, great for an easy but impressive summer meal. Spatchcocked for even grilling, they are marinated in a quick homemade marinade that infuses each bite with rich and zesty flavors.
Course Dinner
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Halal
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Marinading time 30 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 5 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 584kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 1½ pounds cornish hens fully thawed if using frozen
  • ½ cup olive oil
  • 2 teaspoons lemon zest
  • 3 tablespoons lemon juice from one lemon
  • 4 cloves garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon fresh thyme leaves chopped or 2 teaspoons dried – plus more as garnish
  • ½ teaspoon paprika
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 1 lemon thinly sliced – as garnish

Instructions

  • Using paper towels, dry the birds on all sides as much as you can. Doing so will help you get a strong grip on the chicken when spatchcocking.
  • Next, spatchcock the cornish hens. Place the hen breast-side down on a cutting board. Find the backbone that runs down the center of the hen. Using poultry shears, remove the backbone starting from the tail and cutting along one side of the backbone. Repeat the same process by cutting on the other side of the bone. Remove it and discard (or save it for making chicken stock later.)
  • Turn the bird around so that the breast side is up. Locate the breastbone that runs down the middle of the bird. Firmly press down with the palms of your hands until the hen lies flat. Repeat the same process with the second cornish hen. Set them aside.
  • To make the marinade, whisk together the olive oil, lemon zest, lemon juice, garlic, thyme, paprika, salt, and pepper in a large mixing bowl. I recommend using a bowl large enough that can accommodate both birds. You can use a Ziploc bag to marinade the birds, as well.
  • Transfer 2 tablespoons of the marinade into a small jar and keep it in the fridge until ready to use. We will use this to brush cornish hens after they are finished cooking on the grill.
  • Place the birds into the marinade (ensure that they are fully covered with it), cover with plastic wrap, and marinate for at least 30 minutes or for up to 8 hours in the fridge.
  • When ready to cook, remove the chicken from the fridge while you are preparing the grill. Preheat a gas grill to 350 degrees F.
  • Clean grill grates. Dip a wad of paper towel into olive oil and then generously wipe the grates.
  • Remove the cornish hens from the marinade (be sure to shake the excess marinade), and place them skin-side up on the grill. Cover and grill for 10 minutes.
  • Flip the hens, cover, and grill for 7-10 more minutes or until the skin is crispy and turns golden brown. Keep a close eye on them as they are grilling to avoid burning. Check doneness by inserting an instant read thermometer into the thickest part of the thigh. If it registers 165 degrees F, your cornish hens are cooked.
  • Transfer onto a plate and cover with aluminum foil. Let them rest for 10 minutes.
  • Brush the skin of each hen with the reserved marinade. Sprinkle with chopped fresh thyme and serve on a serving platter with lemon wedges on the side.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes two hens, with each of them being 1 ½ pounds. The nutritional information below is per serving.
  • Multiply the recipe: Generally speaking, one pound of chicken serves one person, while 1½-2 pounds serves two.  If you are serving a larger crowd, feel free to multiply the recipe.
  • The size of the bird and its cooking time are related: If your birds are larger or smaller, you may need to adjust their grilling time and check doneness using a digital thermometer.
  • Make ahead: You can prepare the marinade and transfer it into a plastic sealable bag. Then, add the chicken, seal tightly, and let the meat marinate in the refrigerator for up to eight hours.
  • Store: You can store your grilled game hens in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days.
  • Reheat: To reheat your cornish hens, place them in the microwave for 30-second increments until heated through. If you’d prefer to reheat your meat in the oven, bake it at 300 degrees F. for 10-15 minutes or until warm.

Nutrition

Calories: 584kcal | Carbohydrates: 5g | Protein: 49g | Fat: 40g | Saturated Fat: 11g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 8g | Monounsaturated Fat: 17g | Cholesterol: 286mg | Sodium: 756mg | Potassium: 744mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 462IU | Vitamin C: 23mg | Calcium: 50mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/grilled-cornish-hens/feed/ 2
Shish Tawook https://foolproofliving.com/shish-tawook/ https://foolproofliving.com/shish-tawook/#comments Thu, 25 May 2023 19:46:50 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=67581 What is Shish Tawook and Where Does It Come From? Also referred to as “chicken tawook” and “shish taouk”, Shish…]]>

What is Shish Tawook and Where Does It Come From?

Also referred to as “chicken tawook” and “shish taouk”, Shish tawook is a traditional Turkish dish made by threading marinated chicken on skewers and cooking them over a grill. Unsurprisingly, the word “shish” translates to “skewer,” while the word “tawook” means “chicken” in Turkish. Together, the name means “chicken threaded on a skewer.”

This recipe’s classic meat marinade—a mixture of yogurt, tomato paste, and spices—dates back to the Ottoman Empire, which ruled much of the Middle East from the 1300s to the 1900s. Since its inception, this recipe has been claimed by many countries in and around the Middle East, including Turkey, Lebanon, and Egypt.

Chicken tawook placed on a bed of tabbouleh served by a person from the top view.

Though popular in its countries of origin, shish tawook has made a considerable mark on American culture—becoming a popular dish in Mediterranean, Lebanese, and Middle Eastern fast food restaurants in the US. 

List of Ingredients

This shish tawook recipe comes together with two sets of ingredients:

Ingredients for chicken shish tawook from the top view.
  1. Shish tawook marinade: To make this Middle Eastern chicken marinade, you will need:
    • Greek yogurt: I like the thick creamy texture of full-fat Greek yogurt, but you can also use plain yogurt.
    • Lemon zest and freshly squeezed lemon juice
    • Olive oil
    • Fresh garlic cloves 
    • Tomato paste: This is mostly for color than flavor and can be omitted if preferred. 
    • Seasonings: You will need warm spices like ground cumin, dried oregano, paprika, and basic seasonings like kosher salt and black pepper. Optionally, you can also add in a pinch of cayenne pepper for some heat.
  2. Chicken: You can use boneless skinless chicken thighs or boneless skinless chicken breasts for this shish chicken kebab recipe. Regardless of which one you use, it is important to make sure they are cut in equal sizes.

In terms of equipment, you will need either metal or wooden skewers to thread your kabobs.

How to Make Shish Taouk?

The recipe for shish taouk makes authentic Middle Eastern cuisine easy for cooks at any level. Follow the instructions below for a juicy chicken dish that is guaranteed to impress:

A collage of images showing how to make shish tawook recipe.
  1. Prep the chicken: Remove any residual skin and fat from your chicken, then slice it into one-inch chunks. Transfer your sliced chicken cubes into a large bowl, and set it aside.
  2. Make the yogurt marinade: In a mixing bowl, mix yogurt, fresh lemon juice, lemon zest, olive oil, garlic, ground cumin, dried oregano, paprika, tomato paste, salt, and black pepper. Whisk until the ingredients thoroughly blend.
  3. Add the chicken: Pour the marinade over the chicken and toss the mixture until each piece of chicken has an even coating of marinade. Cover the bowl with plastic wrap and remove as much air as possible. Transfer the meat to the fridge and marinate the chicken for at least 4 hours or preferably overnight.
  4. Prepare the skewers: If you are using bamboo or wooden skewers, soak them in water for 30 minutes before assembling the chicken kebabs. 
Person showing how to cook lebanese chicken kabobs in a collage of images.
  1. Preheat the grill: Set the burners to medium-high, and let it preheat for 10 minutes or until it reaches 400 degrees F. Use tongs to dip a wad of paper towel into the olive oil and thoroughly wipe the grates.
  2. Assemble the skewers: Thread the meat through the skewers, tapping off any excess marinade. If you have any thin pieces, fold them before threading to ensure even cooking. Do not overcrowd the meat as you thread the skewers. Leaving a little room between each piece will help each chicken piece cook evenly.
  3. Cook: Place the chicken skewers onto the oiled grate in a single, even layer. Cover the grill and cook for 12-15 minutes, rotating the skewers every five minutes. This rotation will evenly brown your meat and give the dish its signature grill marks. Check doneness by inserting a meat thermometer (affiliate link) in a few of the chicken pieces. They are fully cooked if they reached 165 degrees F.
Person covering freshly cooked Middle eastern grilled chicken with foil.
  1. Rest and serve: Place a sheet of aluminum foil loosely over the grilled chicken skewers and let it rest for 10 minutes. Serve!

How to Make Ahead, Store, and Reheat?

Chicken shish tawook is a godsend for easy meal prep and leftover storage. Whether you make it for a weeknight meal or a summer party, you won’t let a single bite go to waste with these helpful tips:

  • Make ahead: The best part about Middle Eastern marinated chicken is that its flavor deepens the longer it sits. You can marinate your chicken for up to 24 hours before cooking. Then, assemble your chicken kabobs and grill them as written in the recipe below.
  • Storage: When done eating, let your chicken reach room temperature. Then, remove the meat from the skewers and store it in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to three days.
  • Reheating: You can reheat the leftover shish chicken kabobs using three different methods:
    • In the oven: Place your leftovers on a sheet pan and warm them in a preheated 325 degrees F. oven for 10-15 minutes.
    • On the stovetop: Heat your chicken in a skillet with a bit of oil over medium-high heat until heated through. 
    • In the microwave: For a super-quick reheating method, place your leftovers in a microwave-safe container and microwave them for 1-2 minutes—checking every 30 seconds—until warm. If your meat is too dry, add a splash of water to the container before heating.

What to Serve with Shish Tawook?

You won’t believe how many menus you can design around this Middle Eastern Grilled Chicken recipe. This collection has everything to help you create a feast in your own kitchen:

Chicken tawook sandwich served with tzatziki in a lavash bread.
  • Make it a sandwich or wrap: Nothing hits the spot better than a shish tawook sandwich. Simply remove your grilled chicken from its skewers, lightly grill a slice of pita bread or lavash, spread a sauce on top, and add your chicken. In Turkey, I’ve seen people make a chicken tawook wrap by spreading the pita with creamy hummus, then topping it with cooked chicken, sliced tomatoes, and red onions (or sumac onions for a zestier taste). Then, it is drizzled with a yogurt-based sauce such as yogurt dill sauce or tahini yogurt sauce
  • Turn it into Lebanese chicken kabobs: Want to make it as they do in Lebanese restaurants? Spread your lavash (or pita bread) with Lebanese garlic sauce, toum, and then place the shish tawook on top along with lettuce, pickles, and tomatoes. If you have never made this Lebanese recipe, this homemade toum garlic sauce recipe is my favorite one. 
  • Serve over rice or tabbouleh: Whip up a pot of simple rice for an easy weeknight fix. Or, for a more traditional pairing, serve this Middle Eastern chicken skewers recipe alongside Lebanese Rice with Vermicelli, Turkish Tabbouleh, or Tabbouleh with Quinoa with a helping of cool tzatziki or a serving of Turkish yogurt drink ayran on the side.
  • Simple salad on the side: Packed with protein and herby flavor, this chicken kebab recipe balances perfectly with a garden-fresh salad. Prepare an authentic Middle Eastern menu with a Turkish White Bean Salad or Fattoush Salad. You can also add tasty, crisp flavors to your table with my Yogurt Coleslaw or any of my other delicious summer salads.

Expert Tips

This five-star Middle Eastern meal is pretty straightforward and quite easy to make. Below are a few helpful tips to help you make the best chicken shish tawook on your first try:

  • Don’t skimp on the marination: Sufficient marination is the key to the tender, juicy chicken in this recipe. Like my Yogurt Chicken Marinade, the yogurt and lemon juice in this recipe’s marinade tenderizes the meat and infuses it with rich, tangy flavors. To ensure your chicken comes out as juicy as possible, I recommend letting it sit for at least 4 hours— up to 24 hours—before cooking.
  • Cut the chicken into equal sizes: Be sure to slice your chicken into even, one-inch chunks before threading them on the skewers. Evenly-sized chicken cubes will allow each skewer to cook at the same rate.
  • Thread loosely: Thread your tender chicken chunks loosely on their skewers to avoid crowding and uneven cooking. I also recommend leaving 1-2 inches on the ends of your skewers so you can easily remove the chicken pieces from the skewers.
  • Oil the grates: To avoid sticking and burnt meat, thoroughly oil your grill grates before cooking your shish taouk. Furthermore, once you add the chicken skewers to the grates, turn them a few times to ensure even cooking.
  • Check for doneness: The best way to check your shish tawook’s doneness is to insert a digital meat thermometer into the center of a piece of chicken. USDA recommends cooking chicken until its internal temperature reaches 165 degrees F. before serving.
  • Let the chicken rest: Once you remove the chicken skewers from the grill, let it rest under a sheet of aluminum foil for 5-10 minutes before serving.
  • Don’t have a grill?: If you don’t have access to an outdoor grill, you can use an indoor grill pan to prepare your chicken shish tawook on the stovetop. You can also make a slightly different version of this recipe in the oven using my recipe for Oven-Baked Chicken Kabobs.
  • Add vegetables to the skewers: The authentic shish tawook recipe is not made with vegetables. However, if you prefer, you can use quick-cooking vegetables such as onions, mushrooms, and green bell peppers as you thread the chicken.

FAQS

What is the difference between chicken shawarma and tawook?

The difference in shish taouk vs. shawarma lies in marination and cooking. Though both dishes originate in the Middle East, chicken shawarma doesn’t usually include yogurt in its marinade, resulting in a deeper flavor profile. Also, chicken shawarma comes from slow-cooking stacks of shawarma spiced chicken slices on a vertical rotisserie and slicing off the outer layer.

What is the difference between chicken mishwi and chicken tawook?

To identify chicken mishwi vs. tawook, you’ll want to look at the method of assembly and cooking process. Chicken mishwi refers to chicken grilled on charcoal, whereas shish tawook is made by cooking cubed chicken on skewers.

What is the difference between shish kebab and shish tawook?

Though both refer to dishes cooked on a skewer, shish kebabs can include any meat, including beef, chicken, or seafood. Shish kabobs may also have veggies, like bell pepper or onions, for extra freshness and fiber. Meanwhile, shish tawook refers to skewered kebabs made with marinated chicken.

Can shish kabobs be cooked in the oven?

Yes! To cook shish tawouk in the oven, line a sheet pan with parchment paper and arrange your marinated chicken pieces. Bake the meat for 15-20 minutes at 450 degrees F., flipping halfway through. Finish the cooking process by broiling the chicken for one minute on each side, up to two minutes in total.

How can I turn this into a chicken maroosh recipe?

Popularized by a Philadelphia-based restaurant, chicken maroosh is a version of shish tawook served on a hoagie roll rather than on pita or lavash. Top your hoagie with charred onions, tomatoes, pickles, and garlic sauce for an authentic maroosh recipe.

What are some other names used to describe this recipe in Middle Eastern restaurants?

Nowadays, people in the U.S. refer to this dish in dozens of different ways, including “sheesh tawook”, “chicken taouk”, and “shistaouk.” I’ve even heard it marketed as “Chickabob” in some Lebanese restaurants in the US.

Other Middle Eastern Recipes You Might Also Like

If you love this shish taouk recipe, I have dozens of other classic recipes for you to try. You won’t be able to resist these fan-favorite dishes’ mouthwatering Middle Eastern flavors.

If you try this Shish Tawook recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Shish tawook placed on a bed of tabbouleh and served with yogurt sauce.
Print

Shish Tawook Recipe

Experience authentic Shish Tawook, tender, juicy Middle Eastern chicken skewers grilled to perfection. Marinated in yogurt, garlic, lemon, and spices, this grilled chicken recipe is simple yet bold and flavorful.
Course Chicken Recipes, Dinner
Cuisine Middle Eastern
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Marinading Time 4 hours
Total Time 4 hours 30 minutes
Servings 9 skewers
Calories 181kcal

Ingredients

Chicken

  • 2 pounds boneless and skinless chicken thighs or chicken breasts, cut into 1-inch cubes

For The Marinade

  • ¾ cup whole milk Greek yogurt or plain yogurt
  • 1 teaspoon lemon zest
  • ¼ cup lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 3 tablespoons olive oil plus more for the grill
  • 6 garlic cloves minced
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 1 teaspoon dried oregano
  • 1 teaspoon paprika
  • 2 tablespoons tomato paste
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon pepper
  • Pinch cayenne pepper optional

Instructions

  • Prepare the chicken: Remove any residual skin or fat from the chicken; pat dry and transfer the chicken pieces to a bowl and set aside.
  • Prepare the marinade: In a mixing bowl, whisk together the yogurt, lemon zest, lemon juice, olive oil, garlic, ground cumin, dried oregano, paprika, tomato paste, salt, and pepper so that all are incorporated.
  • Pour the marinade over the chicken and mix well, ensuring all the chicken pieces are thoroughly coated. Cover it tightly with plastic wrap, removing as much air as possible. Place it in the fridge and marinate for at least 4 hours or preferably overnight.
  • If using wooden skewers, begin soaking them in water for 30 minutes prior to assembling the marinated chicken. Remove the marinating chicken from the fridge 20 minutes before grilling.
  • When ready to grill*, turn burners to medium-high and let them preheat for 10 minutes or until it reaches 400 degrees F. Using tongs, dip a wad of paper towel into the extra olive oil and then generously wipe the grates*.
  • Meanwhile, remove the chicken from the marinade and thread the chicken pieces through the skewer. Tap off any excess marinade. If you have a thin piece, fold it as you thread it so it will cook evenly. Do not pack the pieces too tight, as this can lead to uneven cooking.
  • Place the skewers on the oiled grate in a single layer. Cover and cook for approximately 12-15 minutes, rotating every 5 minutes so that you achieve a nice browning with grill marks. If you have a meat thermometer, check doneness by inserting it into one of the chicken skewers. If the internal temperature reached to 165 degrees F., your shish tawook should be cooked.
  • Remove the skewered chicken from the grill and tent with aluminum foil for at least 10 minutes before serving.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields 8-9 skewers of shish tawook with each skewer having 5 pieces of cubed chicken. The nutritional information below is per skewer.
  • Cook on the stove top*: If you do not have a grill, you can cook your skewers in a grill pan on the stove. It takes about 15-20 minutes to cook them on the stove.
  • Do not skip the oiling of the grill grates: This is an important step to ensure that the chicken releases easily (and in one piece) when cooked. If you skip this step (or do not oil them well) the chicken skewers will stick to the grates and it will be difficult to flip them.
  • Make ahead: You can marinate your chicken for up to 24 hours before cooking. When ready, assemble and cook them as directed in the recipe.
  • Storage: Bring the leftovers to room temperature. Then, remove the meat from the skewers and store it in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to three days.
  • Reheating: To heat in the oven, place your leftovers on a sheet pan and warm them in a preheated 325 degrees F. oven for 10-15 minutes. And to warm it up on the stovetop, place your chicken in a skillet (or a grill pan) with a bit of oil over medium-high heat and cook until heated through. 
  • Serving suggestions: These chicken skewers can be served with cooked grains, summer salads, or in lavash bread. I served them over a bed of tabbouleh and with a side of tzatziki.

Nutrition

Calories: 181kcal | Carbohydrates: 3g | Protein: 22g | Fat: 9g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Trans Fat: 0.02g | Cholesterol: 97mg | Sodium: 383mg | Potassium: 335mg | Fiber: 0.4g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 196IU | Vitamin C: 4mg | Calcium: 40mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/shish-tawook/feed/ 6
Chicken Kabobs in Oven https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-kabobs-in-oven/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-kabobs-in-oven/#comments Thu, 25 May 2023 19:42:02 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=67579 Baking chicken kabobs is one of the most flavorful ways to prepare juicy, seasoned chicken all year round. A favorite…]]>

Baking chicken kabobs is one of the most flavorful ways to prepare juicy, seasoned chicken all year round. A favorite protein among many, these baked chicken skewers make the perfect meal with fresh zesty marinade, succulent meat, and easy cleanup. Even better, when you give this delicious recipe a quick broil at the very end, your chicken kabobs will taste very similar to its grilled version.

If you are a fan of cooking kabobs in the oven, be sure to also check out our Oven Baked Beef Kabobs recipe.

Baked chicken kabobs served with rice and pita on a plate.

Ingredients You’ll Need to Make Baked Chicken Skewers

You’ll need two sets of simple ingredients to make oven-cooked chicken kabobs:

Ingredients for chicken shish kabob in oven from the top view.
  • Marinade: The seasoning for chicken shish kabobs is inspired by my Mediterranean
    seasoning
    . You’ll need the following:
    • Olive oil
    • Lemon zest and fresh lemon juice
    • Spices and herbs: Dried thyme, dried oregano, garlic powder, Kosher salt, and ground black pepper.
  • Chicken: You will need two pounds of boneless, skinless chicken breasts or chicken thighs sliced into one-inch chunks.
  • Vegetables: It is optional, but you can easily turn these into chicken vegetable kabobs by including veggies such as red onions, green bell peppers, and yellow peppers.

In terms of equipment, you’ll need metal, bamboo, or wooden skewers to assemble the kabobs.

Substitutions & Optional Add-Ins

  • Marinade: If you prefer a tangier, creamier taste, you can use my Greek Yogurt Chicken Marinade. Or, if you’d like to make an Asian-inspired meal, you can opt for my soy sauce-based chicken teriyaki marinade instead.
  • Vegetables: The best part of cooking chicken skewers in the oven is playing around with what fresh veggies to use. In addition to onions and peppers, I recommend using quick-cooking vegetables such as button mushrooms, baby bella mushrooms, zucchini, or cherry tomatoes. 
  • Spices: Feel free to get creative by adding your favorite spices to the marinade. Earthy and flavorful spices like ground cumin and smoked paprika pair beautifully with the rest of the marinade ingredients.
  • Fresh herbs: A sprinkle of chopped fresh parsley or dill is an easy way to give these oven-roasted chicken skewers a gourmet finish.

How to Cook Chicken Shish Kabobs in the Oven?

Baking chicken kabobs in the oven is a quick and tasty way to enjoy five-star Mediterranean fare all year round. No grill, no problem! Simply follow the instructions below:

A collage of images showing how to bake chicken kabobs in oven.
  1. Prepare the chicken kabob marinade: In a large bowl (one that is big enough to accommodate all the chicken pieces), whisk together the olive oil, lemon zest, lemon juice, dried thyme, dried oregano, garlic powder, Kosher salt, and black pepper. Set it aside.
  2. Dry and cut the chicken: Dry chicken breasts using a sheet of paper towel on both sides. First, cut them into strips and then each strip into 1-inch cubes. 
  3. Marinade: Add the cubed chicken to the bowl of marinade, and toss to ensure each piece of chicken receives an even coating. Cover the bowl of chicken with plastic wrap. Press down on the layer to remove any air, and seal the bowl tightly. Place the meat in the fridge for at least one hour or for up to 12 hours.
  4. Soak the skewers: If you are using wooden skewers, soak them in water 30 minutes before cooking.
  5. Remove the chicken: 20 minutes before assembly, take the marinated chicken out of the fridge.
  6. Preheat the oven: Set the oven to 450 degrees F., and line a baking sheet with parchment paper. Set the prepared sheet pan aside.
A collage of images showing how to make skewered chicken in oven.
  1. Assemble the kabobs: Loosely thread the pieces of chicken on each skewer, discarding any excess liquid. If desired, alternate the chicken chunks with onion and peppers. For 2 pounds of chicken, you should have 8 skewers, with each skewer having 5 pieces of cubed chicken.
  2. Place the kabobs on the sheet pan: Arrange the assembled kabobs on the parchment-lined baking sheet, ensuring not to crowd the skewers. 
  3. Bake the chicken kabobs: Place the skewered chicken in the oven and bake for 16 minutes, flipping it halfway through baking. When rotating the chicken kabobs, I recommend removing the sheet pan from the oven as it is easier (and safer) to rotate the skewers, especially if you are using wooden ones. 
  4. Broil: Switch the oven to the broil setting and cook the chicken kabobs for one minute on each side, not exceeding a total of two minutes. Check for doneness by inserting a meat thermometer (affiliate link) into the center of one of the chicken chunks. When the meat reaches an internal temperature of 165 degrees F., remove the kabobs from the oven.
  5. Rest and serve: Loosely cover the oven-roasted kabobs with a sheet of aluminum foil, and let them rest for 5-10 minutes. Once the resting process finishes, serve!

How to Make Ahead, Store, and Reheat?

Oven-baked chicken kabobs are excellent for anyone who enjoys easy meal prep. Prepare these kabobs, and simple meals will be ready throughout the week.

  • Make ahead: To transform this chicken skewer recipe into an easy 30-minute meal, prepare your chicken marinade up to two days in advance. Store the chicken and marinade in an airtight container in the fridge, and assemble your chicken kabobs when you are ready to bake them.
  • Storage: Let your baked shish kabobs reach room temperature before storing them. Then, place the skewers (or, if you prefer, you can remove the meat from the skewers) in an airtight container in the refrigerator. Your leftover kabobs will stay fresh for 2-3 days.
  • Reheat: You can reheat the leftovers in a preheated 350 degrees F. oven for 10-12 minutes or until heated through. If they look dry, you can lightly brush the chicken pieces with a teaspoon of olive oil before placing them in the oven. You can also reheat your chicken kabobs in the microwave for 1-1½ minutes (checking every 30 seconds), until they are warmed thoroughly.

What to Serve with Baked Chicken Kebabs?

When you bake chicken skewers, you’ll unlock countless delectable menus fit for a restaurant. This simple collection has everything to satisfy your table, from savory grains to crisp salads. 

  • Rice and grains: Jasmine rice is a simple classic, while other seasoned options—such as my Herbed Quinoa, Simple Wild Rice Pilaf, and Tabbouleh—perfectly capture the herby, hearty taste of a Mediterranean menu.
  • Pasta: Tender, filling, and simple, orzo is one of my favorite sides to prepare when I bake kabobs in the oven. Looking for a richer, more decadent pairing? Buttery Garlic Pasta is the ultimate crowd-pleaser for sophisticated pasta sides.
  • Yogurt Sauce: Nothing complements baked chicken shish kabobs like a creamy, tangy, and irresistibly rich dipping sauce. My authentic Tzatziki is a classic pairing, while my Dill Yogurt Sauce is a quicker alternative that you can put together in 5 minutes.
  • Salads: If you want a delicious, low-carb pairing, any of my easy quinoa salad recipes will do the trick. Or, if you’re looking for a simple green salad, my Spring Mix Salad and Caprese Pasta Salad only require a handful of pantry-ready ingredients for a garden-fresh side.
Baked chicken skewers in a sheet pan from the top view.

Expert Tips

Cooking chicken kabobs in the oven is an easy way to prepare Instagram-ready meals all week. With these simple tips, your chicken will always come out perfectly juicy and flavorful.

  • Don’t skimp on the marinade time: Thorough marination is the key to giving this baked shish kabob recipe its robust, herbaceous taste. I recommend a minimum of an hour or up to twelve hours for maximum flavor.
  • Soak the skewers: I prefer metal skewers because they heat up quickly, resulting in evenly cooked chicken pieces. However, if you are using bamboo or wooden skewers, be sure to soak them in water for at least 30 minutes before assembling your chicken kabobs to prevent them from burning while cooking.
  • Thread the skewers loosely: When assembling your chicken kabobs, thread them loosely and leave room at both ends so you have something to hold onto while eating. I also recommend shaking off any excess liquid to avoid creating a liquid bath in the baking tray. Finally, discard any extra marinade, as its contact with raw chicken will introduce unwanted bacteria to the mixture.
  • Flip halfway through the baking process: Flipping your baked kebabs will ensure they cook evenly on both sides of the meat. 
  • Finish under the broiler: Keep a close eye on your chicken kabobs while they finish under the broiler. Broilers cook very quickly, and over-cooking your chicken skewers may result in burnt or dry meat. If you’re not a fan of using a broiler, bake your chicken kabobs for an extra five minutes instead. Though, keep in mind that broiled chicken tastes very similar to its grilled version.
  • Uniform-sized chicken: It is important to cut the chicken in equal sizes to ensure even baking. If your pieces are different sizes, they’ll cook unevenly, giving you a mix of over- and under-cooked kabobs. If some portions of your chicken are thinner than others, feel free to fold them during the threading process to make them match the size of their fellow pieces.
  • Check for doneness: I recommend using a meat thermometer (affiliate link) to ensure that they are fully cooked. Poultry should reach 165 degrees F. before it’s safe to eat.
  • Do not skip the resting time: The key to juicy chicken kabobs is to let the skewers rest after removing them from the oven. Cover the baked chicken kabobs with foil for 5-10 minutes so that the meat can reabsorb its juices and ensure maximum flavor.

FAQs

Can you cook chicken kabobs in the oven?

Yes! Oven-roasting chicken skewers is the best way to cook kabobs without a grill. Not only is this process much easier than grilling, but it also gives your chicken a juicy, tender texture and an irresistibly delectable taste.

How to cut chicken breast for kabobs?

Cut your boneless chicken breast into one-inch chunks before threading them through the skewers. Uniform pieces will ensure that your skewers bake evenly.

How long to cook chicken kabobs in the oven?

I recommend baking your chicken shish kabob for 15-16 minutes at 450 degrees F., flipping it halfway through the cooking process. Then, broil your kabobs for one minute on each side to give them a crisp, golden-brown exterior.

What are the ideal temperature and bake time for cooking chicken kabobs in the oven?

The ideal temperature and time is 450 degrees F. for 15 minutes. However, with a two-minute broil, you can cook your skewers in the oven at 350 degrees F. for 35-40 minutes. Or, roast your chicken kabobs at 375 degrees F. for 30-35 minutes and finish with a two-minute broil.

How long to broil chicken skewers?

You should broil chicken kabobs for one minute on each side to ensure optimal browning. However, keep an eye on your chicken during this process to keep them from burning under the broiler’s heat.

How to make chicken kabobs without skewers?

If you don’t have any skewers on hand, you can easily prepare deconstructed chicken kabobs in the oven. First, line a sheet pan with parchment paper, add your marinaded chicken cubes and vegetables, and roast the sheet pan chicken kabobs, flipping the meat and veggies once during baking.

Other Baked Chicken Recipes You Might Like

If you try this Baked Chicken Kabobs recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Oven baked chicken kabobs on a sheet pan from the top view.
Print

Chicken Kabobs in Oven Recipe

No grill? No problem! Baking chicken kabobs in the oven is the best way to cook kabobs without a grill. With this easy recipe, you can enjoy juicy and flavorful chicken skewers all year long.
Course Dinner
Cuisine Middle Eastern
Diet Gluten Free, Halal
Prep Time 4 hours 20 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 4 hours 40 minutes
Servings 8 skewers
Calories 209kcal

Ingredients

For The Marinade

  • ¼ cup olive oil or avocado oil
  • 2 teaspoons lemon zest
  • 4 tablespoons lemon juice
  • 1 teaspoon dried thyme
  • 1 teaspoon dried oregano
  • ½ teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt plus more for seasoning
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

For the Kabobs

  • 2 lbs boneless skinless chicken breast or boneless skinless chicken thighs cut into 1-inch chunks
  • 1 red onion quartered and sliced into 1-inch thick then separated into single layers
  • 2 green bell peppers seeded and sliced into 1-inch pieces
  • 2 yellow bell peppers seeded and sliced into 1-inch pieces

Instructions

  • Make the marinade: Whisk together olive oil, lemon zest, lemon juice, dried thyme, dried oregano, garlic powder, kosher salt, and black pepper in a large bowl (one that is large enough to accommodate all the chicken.)
  • Place the cubed chicken into the bowl. Toss to make sure all of the chicken is evenly coated with the marinade.
  • Cover the bowl with plastic wrap, pressing down to remove any air, and seal tightly. Place it in the fridge for at least an hour but up to 12 hours.
  • If you use wooden or bamboo skewers, soak them in water for at least 30 minutes before cooking kabobs in the oven.
  • When ready to assemble, start by preheating the oven to 450 degrees F. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper and set it aside.
  • Loosely thread the chicken chunks on the skewer tapping off any excess marinade, and alternate with the onion and peppers. For 2 pounds of chicken, you should have 8 skewers, with each skewer having 5 pieces of cubed chicken. If your chicken is thin, you can fold it when threading on the skewer so all pieces cook evenly.
  • Place the kabobs on the parchment-lined baking sheet in a single layer. If desired, sprinkle them with ½ teaspoon kosher salt and ¼ teaspoon black pepper.
  • Bake for 16 minutes, rotating once during baking. When rotating the skewers, I recommend removing the sheet pan from the oven as it is easier (and safer) to flip the skewers, especially if you are using wooden ones.
  • At the end of 15 minutes, switch the oven to broil and broil* the chicken kabobs for 1 minute on each side (no more than 2 minutes total.) This step helps brown the chicken. Check for doneness by inserting a thermometer into one of the cubes. It should be done when it reaches 165 degrees F.
  • Remove kebabs from the oven, cover loosely with aluminum foil, and let it rest for 5 to 10 minutes. Serve.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 8 skewers, with each skewer having 5 pieces of cubed chicken. The approximate nutritional values listed below are per skewer.
  • Broiling: * Broiling chicken kabobs at the last minute help mimic the flavors of grilled chicken kabobs. However, if you prefer not to broil them, I recommend extending the cooking time in the oven to 20 minutes or until the internal temperature of the chicken reaches 165 degrees F.
  • Make ahead: To transform this baked chicken skewer recipe into an easy 30-minute meal, marinate the chicken up to two days in advance. Store it in an airtight container in the fridge and thread your skewers when you are ready to bake them.
  • Storage: Let your kabobs reach room temperature before storing them. Then, place the skewers (or, if you prefer, you can remove the meat from the skewers) in an airtight container in the refrigerator. Your leftover kabobs will stay fresh for 2-3 days.
  • Reheat: You can reheat the leftovers in a preheated 350 degrees F. oven for 10-12 minutes or until heated through. If they look dry, you can lightly brush the chicken pieces with a teaspoon of olive oil before placing them in the oven. Alternatively, you can warm them up in a grill pan until heated through.

Nutrition

Calories: 209kcal | Carbohydrates: 5g | Protein: 25g | Fat: 10g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 6g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 73mg | Sodium: 461mg | Potassium: 519mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 104IU | Vitamin C: 62mg | Calcium: 20mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-kabobs-in-oven/feed/ 12
Mediterranean Lemon Chicken https://foolproofliving.com/mediterranean-lemon-chicken/ https://foolproofliving.com/mediterranean-lemon-chicken/#comments Tue, 09 May 2023 17:05:44 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=14063 Chicken gets an upgrade in this gorgeous lemony Mediterranean chicken recipe. All you need is your favorite Dutch Oven and…]]>

Chicken gets an upgrade in this gorgeous lemony Mediterranean chicken recipe. All you need is your favorite Dutch Oven and a little under an hour. Get ready for a delicious Mediterranean-inspired feast that is also gluten-free and low-carb diet friendly.

And if you are looking for more Mediterranean-inspired chicken recipes, you might like Chicken with Bulgur, Greek Yogurt Chicken, or Chicken Pita Wraps.

Baked Mediterranean chicken with lemon is in a skillet from the top view.

Ingredients

Mediterranean baked chicken wouldn’t be complete without a simple list of ingredients. All we need is a handful of ingredients, including:

Ingredients for this recipe are placed in bowls from the top view.
  • Chicken: Any chicken would work here, including bone-in chicken thighs, bone-in chicken breasts, skinless chicken thighs, boneless skinless chicken breasts, or a mix and match of any of those listed.
  • Olive oil
  • Potatoes: Yukon gold potatoes are my favorite, but any waxy yellow or red potato would also work.
  • Garlic: Fresh garlic cloves are the best and add tons of savory flavor.
  • Chicken broth: Either pick up a box of your favorite low-sodium chicken stock from the store or use your own Homemade Chicken Broth.
  • Olives: I used Castelvatrano green olives for their buttery richness, but any green olive, Kalamata olives, or black olives would all work. Omit the olives completely if you are not a fan, or swap them out for artichoke hearts instead.
  • Lemon: Use fresh lemon juice for the best flavor, and add some fresh lemon slices during cooking so that the flavor of the lemon rind infuses into the chicken. If you really want to amp up the lemon flavor, have a few extra lemon wedges on the side for serving.
  • Thyme: Fresh thyme is best for its special citrus-piney aroma, but dried thyme can also be used.  Fresh oregano is another popular herb to serve in this lemon chicken with olives recipe. However, keep in mind that the flavor is very strong when compared to dried oregano. Use 2-3 sprigs of fresh oregano or 1 tablespoon dried oregano.
  • Seasonings: We are using basic kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper for this recipe. However, if you have some on hand, you can sprinkle the chicken with our Mediterranean Chicken Seasoning.

How to Make Mediterranean Lemon Chicken?

This easy chicken with lemon and olives recipe comes together in one skillet, making this a healthy chicken dinner you can make any night of the week. Simply:

Person showing how to season chicken thighs in a collage of photos.
  1. Season chicken: Preheat the oven to 450 degrees F. Pat dry chicken thighs (or chicken breasts)  with a sheet of paper towel. Season all over with salt and pepper.
A collage of images showing how to make this healthy lemon chicken recipe.
  1. Brown chicken: Set an oven-proof skillet over medium heat and add the olive oil. Place chicken, skin-side down, and sear until golden brown on the first side, about 4-5 minutes. Flip and continue cooking the chicken on the other side for another 3-4 minutes.
  2. Add vegetables and broth: Scatter the potatoes and garlic evenly over the chicken and pour in the chicken broth. Turn it up to medium-high heat and bring to a boil.
  3. Add olives, lemon and herbs: Once the chicken broth has come to a boil, add the olives, lemon slices and thyme.
  4. Bake: Transfer the skillet to the oven and bake for 20-25 minutes or until the chicken is cooked through. 
  5. Serve: Serve the pieces of chicken, scooping some of the sauce and lemon slices directly on top for a delicious meal.

How to Make Ahead and Store Leftovers

This Mediterranean Chicken Bake can be stored in the fridge and reheated to enjoy throughout the week. Here’s how to do it:

  • Storage: Bring your lemon chicken to room temperature. Transfer into an airtight container and store in the refrigerator for 3-4 days.
  • Reheat: Reheat individual portions in the microwave in 30-second intervals. Or, reheat in a skillet on the stove, with plenty of the chicken juices or a splash of water, until warmed through.

What to Serve It With?

This Lemon olive chicken recipe is a full meal by itself when served with a glass of white wine. However, you can easily turn it into a feast by pairing it with one of the dishes below:

Mediterranean chicken bake served in plates garnished with lemon slices.

Expert Tips

With one bite of this Mediterranean lemon chicken, you will understand why we believe that this recipe will become a staple in your weekly menu. Below are a few helpful tips to ensure that your chicken is cooked to perfection and bursting with flavor:

  • Use an ovenproof skillet: I used my Le Creuset Braiser (affiliate link), which I use for just about all of my one-pot meals. It goes from stovetop to oven in a flash. However, if you do not own an ovenproof skillet, first brown the chicken in a cast-iron skillet (or large nonstick skillet), then transfer to a small baking dish (or baking sheet) to finish cooking in the oven. 
  • Do not skip the browning of the chicken: While it might come as an extra step, searing the chicken helps build flavor and give the overall dish a deeper and more complex taste. Plus, the leftover little bits of the caramelized meat at the bottom of the pan mixed with potatoes create rich, savory flavors as they bake in the oven.
  • Make it your own: Play around with the combination of olives and/or herbs to give it your personal touch. Fresh parsley, fresh dill, fresh basil, or a combination of all three would make an excellent addition.
  • Check for doneness. The cooking time will vary based on the thickness of the chicken. Your chicken is fully cooked when the internal temperature registers 165 degrees F on an instant-read thermometer when inserted at the thickest part of the meat without touching the bone.
  • Serving Suggestion: Be sure to scoop some of the juices in the pan directly over the chicken when serving. I also garnish it with bruised olives and a few caramelized lemon slices for a visually stunning meal.

Other Weeknight Chicken Dinners You Might Also Like:

If you try this Mediterranean Lemon Chicken recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Mediterranean lemon chicken bake in a skillet from the top view.
Print

Mediterranean Lemon Chicken Recipe

This Mediterranean Lemon Chicken is the dictionary definition of a wholesome and visually appealing dinner made in one-pot. Ready in less than an hour, it is the perfect weeknight dinner or weekend feast.
Course Dinner
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 583kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 1/4 pounds bone-in skin on chicken thighs or chicken breasts
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 2/3 pound Yukon gold potatoes washed and halved (or quartered, depending on the size)
  • 6 cloves garlic minced
  • 1 cup chicken broth
  • ½ cup large pitted green olives such as Castelvatrano
  • 1 lemon sliced
  • 6-7 sprigs of fresh thyme

Instructions

  • Prep chicken: Preheat the oven to 450 degrees F. Pat dry chicken thighs with paper towels. Season well with salt and pepper on both sides.
  • Brown chicken: Heat olive oil in an oven-proof skillet set over medium heat. Sear the chicken, skin-side down, until browned, about 4-5 minutes. Flip and cook the other side for another 3-4 minutes. Do your best not to move them so much. Chicken should release once it is properly seared.
  • Add vegetables and broth: Add in the potatoes and garlic and spread them around the chicken. Pour in the chicken broth. Bring it to a boil.
  • Add the rest: Add in the olives. Distribute the slices of lemon and thyme evenly over the chicken and potatoes.
  • Bake: Transfer the skillet to the oven. Bake until chicken is fully cooked and tender, 20-25 minutes.
  • Serve: Serve immediately alongside your favorite rice, bulgur, quinoa, or salad.

Video

Notes

  • Yield: Depending on the size of your chicken thighs, this recipe yields 5-6 thighs with plenty of potatoes to serve with on the side. 
  • Do not skip the browning of the chicken: While it might come as an extra step, searing the chicken helps build flavor and give the overall dish a deeper and more complex taste. Plus, the leftover little bits of the caramelized meat at the bottom of the pan mixed with potatoes create rich, savory flavors as they bake in the oven.
  • Plating: When plating, be sure to drizzle the juices over the chicken and potatoes.
  • Storage: Bring the leftovers to room temperature before storing them. Once cooled, transfer them into an airtight container and store them in the refrigerator for 3-4 days.
  • Reheat: Reheat individual portions in the microwave in 30-second intervals. Or, reheat in a skillet on the stove, with plenty of the chicken juices or a splash of water, until warmed through.
  • This recipe is adapted from Martha Steward’s Braised Chicken with Potatoes, Olives and Lemon recipe with minor changes.

Nutrition

Calories: 583kcal | Carbohydrates: 18g | Protein: 38g | Fat: 40g | Saturated Fat: 10g | Cholesterol: 212mg | Sodium: 969mg | Potassium: 874mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 240IU | Vitamin C: 37mg | Calcium: 51mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/mediterranean-lemon-chicken/feed/ 34
Chicken with Bulgur https://foolproofliving.com/one-pot-chicken-with-cardamom-bulgur/ https://foolproofliving.com/one-pot-chicken-with-cardamom-bulgur/#comments Thu, 05 Jan 2023 21:23:52 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=2845 If you’re not accustomed to cooking with bulgur wheat (also known as burghul), this dish is a great place to…]]>

If you’re not accustomed to cooking with bulgur wheat (also known as burghul), this dish is a great place to start! Bulgur, a whole grain, is often used in Mediterranean cooking to add a nutty flavor and chewy texture to a variety of meals. To learn more about this yummy grain, look no further than my comprehensive guide, What is Bulgur Wheat? 

If you are a fan of one-pot chicken recipes, be sure to also check out our Marry Me Chicken and Chicken Stroganoff recipes.

A roasted chicken thigh with bulgur wheat on a plate with a fork from the top view.

Ingredients

We’re using Mediterranean-inspired spices, such as cumin and paprika, to season the juicy, tender chicken thighs. The rest of the dish is packed with bulgur wheat to add substance and a satisfying, chewy texture. Here’s a breakdown of what you’ll need:

Ingredients for a dish with chicken thighs and bulgur from the top view.
  • For the bulgur wheat, you can choose from various types of bulgur. I like to use medium coarse bulgur (affiliate link) but you can also use Bob’s Red Mill red bulgur (affiliate link).
  • To make the chicken bulgur recipe, you’ll need skinless, bone-in chicken thighs, olive oil, ground cumin, paprika, kosher salt, black pepper, an onion, a bell pepper, garlic, sun-dried tomatoes, bulgur wheat, chicken stock (my favorite recipe is Ina Garten’s Chicken Stock), chopped fresh parsley, and feta cheese (optional). 

Ingredient Substitutions

If you don’t have one or more of the above ingredients and you’re in a pinch, feel free to make some swaps and substitutions to accommodate what you have on hand. Here are some suggestions: 

  • Bulgur: While I love to use bulgur for the heartiness, flavor, and texture it provides, I know that it can sometimes be tricky to find at the grocery store. If your local store is out of stock and there’s no time to buy online, you can rest assured that recipes with bulgur wheat and chicken taste great with other grain substitutes. Among all the bulgur substitutes, we recommend using quinoa for this recipe, as it provides a similar texture and flavor. If you’re unfamiliar with quinoa, we have an easy guide to help you cook quinoa with confidence.
  • Seasonings: I chose to keep things simple by seasoning the meat with cumin, paprika, salt, and pepper. If these seasonings don’t appeal to your taste buds, try substituting them with Mediterranean Spice Blend, Italian seasoning, dried oregano, or dried thyme to add a pleasant, mild flavor to the dish. 
  • Sun-dried tomatoes: For this one pot bulgur dish, I recommend purchasing a jar of sun-dried tomatoes in olive oil (8 ounces), as they tend to have the best flavor. You can also purchase packaged and dehydrated sun-dried tomatoes, although I recommend soaking them in a bowl of water for 5 minutes before adding them in. Regular canned tomatoes would also work in a pinch, but be sure only to use a cup of stock if you’re adding in the canned tomatoes with their juices. 

How to Make Chicken with Bulgur

While this Mediterranean bulgur with chicken looks (and tastes) like a restaurant-worthy dish, it requires minimal effort and only one skillet! Once you sear the meat and saute the rest of the ingredients in the pan, all you have to do is pop it in the oven, sprinkle it with a little parsley, and set it on the table to enjoy. Here’s how to make it:

  1. Preheat the oven: Set your oven temperature to 400 degrees F.
A person showing how to oil and season chicken thighs from the top view.
  1. Prep the meat: Use paper towels to thoroughly dry each chicken thigh. Drizzle them with olive oil. 
  2. Mix the seasoning: Add the cumin, paprika, salt, and pepper to a small bowl and mix until combined. 
  3. Season the meat: Rub each thigh with the spice mixture. 
  4. Heat the skillet: Add the olive oil to an oven-safe skillet (affiliate link) and heat over medium-high heat until the oil shimmers. 
A person searing chicken and cooking veggies from the top view.
  1. Sear: Place the thighs in the hot pan and sear for 4-5 minutes per side until lightly golden brown. There’s no need to fully cook the chicken, as you’re aiming just to give it some color. Transfer to a plate and set aside. 
  2. Saute the onion: Add the onion and pepper to the same skillet and saute for 7-8 minutes or until the onion is translucent. 
  3. Stir in the garlic and sun-dried tomatoes: Stir in the garlic and sun-dried tomatoes and cook for an additional minute. 
A person adding bulgur wheat and chicken stock to a pot.
  1. Add the bulgur: Add the bulgur and constantly stir for 2-3 minutes as it cooks. 
  2. Add the stock: Pour in the stock and place the seared thighs back in the skillet. Let the bulgur mixture come to a boil. 
  3. Bake: Carefully place the skillet in the preheated oven and bake for 15 minutes or until the internal temperature of one of the thighs registers 165 degrees F. 
  4. Garnish and serve: Remove the skillet from the oven and top with feta cheese (if using) and chopped fresh parsley. Serve. 

How to Serve

If you’re in need of a quick weeknight dinner, you can skip the sides and serve this burghul chicken as a complete meal. The meat adds lots of protein, and the bulgur makes it ultra hearty and filling! If you have the time, I recommend whipping up my Creamy Yoghurt Dill Sauce to drizzle right on top. 

You can also pair this dish with a side salad to add a boost of nutrients. Continue with the Turkish theme by pairing it with a Turkish Bean Salad, or keep things simple and make my Spring Salad Recipe

How to Store, Freeze, Reheat, and Thaw

Once you’ve enjoyed this bulgur chicken recipe for dinner, you can store your leftovers in the fridge for an easy next-day lunch or dinner option. This dish also freezes well, so feel free to make extra to store away for busy weeks ahead. Here are a few tips:

  • Store: Bring leftovers to room temperature before placing them in an airtight container with a lid. Store in the fridge for up to 4 days. 
  • Freeze: Bring the bulgur chicken dish to room temperature and place it in an airtight, freezer-safe container. Freeze for up to a month. 
  • Reheat: Reheat leftovers in the skillet on the stove. You may need to add a little water or stock to keep it from drying out. Or, reheat it in the microwave for about a minute or two, stirring every 30 seconds or so to ensure that it is heating evenly.
  • Thaw: Thaw the leftover bulgur wheat with chicken (from frozen) overnight in the fridge. 
A chicken and grain dish topped with feta cheese from the top view.

Expert Tips

While this recipe is fairly simple and straightforward, having some helpful tips and tricks in your toolkit can help you achieve restaurant-quality results on your first try. Here’s what you need to know:

  • Saute the bulgur before adding the stock: It might be tempting to add the bulgur and chicken broth at the same time, but it’s actually important to first saute the burger before adding your liquid. Taking the time to saute the bulgur with the rest of the ingredients ensures that the grain soaks up all those yummy flavors. I also follow this method for my Turkish Bulgur Pilaf, which resembles a bulgur risotto. 
  • Sear until just browned: We’re lightly searing the thighs before allowing them to cook fully in the oven. Most bulgur recipes with chicken recommend this method as well, as it locks in moisture and flavor. Don’t skip this step, as it only takes a few minutes and will definitely pay off in terms of texture and taste.

FAQs

Do I need to pre soak bulgur?

There is no need to pre-soak your bulgur. Bulgur is a fairly thin grain that cooks quickly, so you’ll be able to achieve a fluffy, tender texture without soaking it first.

Do I need to rinse bulgur before cooking?

Rinsing bulgur before cooking isn’t necessary, but it all comes down to personal preference. If you prefer to rinse your bulgur, you can place it in a colander and rinse it with cold water.

Other One-Pot Chicken Recipes You Might Like

One-pot meals are truly life-saving when you’re in need of a yummy, no-fuss dinner that requires minimal cleanup. If you like chicken and bulgur wheat recipes like this one, you’ll also love these other single-skillet meals: 

If you try this One Pot Chicken and Bulgur recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Mediterranean Bulgur with Chicken in a skillet from the top view.
Print

Chicken with Bulgur Recipe

Chicken with Bulgur is a Mediterranean-inspired dish that features juicy chicken thighs and fluffy, tender bulgur wheat. This one-pot recipe comes together in under an hour for a quick weeknight dinner or an easy, impressive dinner party entree.
Course Main
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Halal
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 560kcal

Ingredients

  • 6 chicken thighs skinless bone in
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 1 teaspoon paprika
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 medium-size onion chopped (~1 cup)1 bell pepper, chopped
  • 2 cloves garlic minced
  • 1 jar sun-dried tomatoes 8oz. drained and roughly chopped
  • 1 ½ cups bulgur wheat
  • 1 ¾ cups chicken stock
  • ½ cup feta cheese crumbled (optional)
  • ½ cup chopped parsley

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 400 F˚.
  • Pat dry chicken thighs on all sides with paper towels. Drizzle them with olive oil.
  • Mix together cumin, paprika, salt and pepper in a small bowl until fully mixed.
  • Sprinkle chicken on all sides using the spice mixture.
  • Heat a large oven-proof skillet over medium heat until it is shimmering hot.
  • Add the now-seasoned thighs and sear for about 4 minutes on each side until they are nicely browned. We are not cooking the meat fully here, but rather just browning it. Transfer onto a plate and set aside.
  • Add the onion and pepper to the now-empty skillet and cook, scraping the chicken bits at the bottom using a wooden spoon for about 7-8 minutes or until the onion is translucent.
  • Stir in the garlic and sun-dried tomatoes and cook for one minute.
  • Add in the bulgur wheat and cook, constantly stirring, for 2-3 minutes.
  • Pour in the stock and transfer the seared chicken back into the skillet. Bring it to a boil.
  • Transfer the skillet to the preheated oven and roast for 15 minutes or until a digital thermometer inserted in one of the thighs registers 165 F˚.
  • Carefully remove from the oven and sprinkle with feta cheese (if using) and chopped parsley. Serve immediately.

Notes

  • Store: Bring leftovers to room temperature before placing them in an airtight container. Store in the fridge for up to 4 days. 
  • Freeze: Bring the dish to room temperature and place it in an airtight, freezer-safe container. Freeze for up to a month. 
  • Reheat: Reheat leftovers in the skillet on the stove. You may need to add a little water or stock to keep it from drying out. Or, reheat it in the microwave for about a minute or two, stirring every 30 seconds or so to ensure that it is heating evenly.
  • Thaw: Thaw the leftovers (from frozen) overnight in the fridge. 
  • It is optional, but you can add a fresh squeeze of lemon juice at the end for a great way to brighten the dish.

Nutrition

Calories: 560kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 38g | Fat: 41g | Saturated Fat: 11g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 8g | Monounsaturated Fat: 18g | Trans Fat: 0.2g | Cholesterol: 216mg | Sodium: 610mg | Potassium: 623mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 426IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 36mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/one-pot-chicken-with-cardamom-bulgur/feed/ 18
Cornish Hen in Air Fryer https://foolproofliving.com/cornish-hen-in-air-fryer/ https://foolproofliving.com/cornish-hen-in-air-fryer/#comments Fri, 16 Dec 2022 13:14:24 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=63149 Cooking a cornish hen in an air fryer is one of the easiest main dishes in our recipe book. Perfectly…]]>

Cooking a cornish hen in an air fryer is one of the easiest main dishes in our recipe book. Perfectly crisp and exquisitely seasoned, these mini rotisserie chickens will have you planning air-fried menus every night of the week. If you love this hassle-free protein and want more ways to use your air fryer, you’ll adore making my crispy chicken legs in the air fryer and turkey legs in the air fryer.

Usually available in the freezer section of grocery stores during the winter months, these little birds cook faster than regular chicken. Thanks to their small size, they are an ideal entree for any special occasion (including any holiday dinner) or a humble but delicious weeknight meal.

A roasted small chicken on a serving plate from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need

To make this air fryer cornish hens recipe, gather two cornish hens, onion powder, garlic powder, paprika, Kosher salt, black pepper, olive oil, and chopped fresh parsley.

Ingredients for an air fried poultry dish from the top view.

Substitutions & Other Seasonings

From garden-fresh herbs to zesty seasonings, there are dozens of ways to give this air fryer cornish hen recipe irresistible flavor. Become a five-star chef with these simple substitutions.

  • Oil: Melted butter is a decadent and easy substitute for olive oil in this air fryer hen dish.
  • Use any of your favorite seasonings: We used simple seasoning in the recipe card below. However, you can use poultry seasoning to give them a classic, peppery flavor. Or, bring out your chicken’s tender, earthy taste by sprinkling it with Italian seasoning. You can also top your chicken with lemon zest to give it a simple yet sophisticated brightness.
  • Fresh herbs: Nothing balances the succulent savoriness of air-fried cornish hen like a dusting of fresh herbs. Rosemary, thyme, and sage are my favorite additions to this recipe.

How to Thaw Cornish Hens?

To give your dish maximum tenderness, I recommend thawing cornish hens before cooking them in the air fryer. Here are two easy methods that will have your birds ready to roast in no time:

  1. Overnight in the fridge: For hassle-free thawing, transfer each frozen game bird to the refrigerator and let them naturally defrost overnight.
  2. Submerged in cold water: I recommend thawing your cornish hens in a cold water bath to speed up the thawing process. Change the water every 30 minutes to keep it at a cool temperature.

I do not recommend thawing game hens at room temperature, as this process may result in the growth of harmful bacteria.

How to Air Fry Cornish Hens?

You won’t believe how effortless it is to cook cornish hens in an air fryer. With only eight steps, these foolproof instructions will have even beginner chefs preparing mouthwatering chicken.

A person showing how to make a Cornish hen instant pot air fryer recipe.
  1. Dry the hens: Remove the game hens from the fridge and use a few sheets of paper towels to pat dry them on all sides. Let the poultry rest while preparing the rub.
  2. Mix the seasoning: In a small bowl, combine the onion powder, garlic powder, paprika, salt, and pepper.
  3. Oil the meat: Rub olive oil evenly over all sides of the cornish hens, including inside their cavities. You should use about one tablespoon of oil total for both hens.
  4. Season the birds: Sprinkle the hens with the rub mixture, evenly distributing the seasoning over all their sides and in their cavity areas.
  5. Prepare the air fryer: Preheat the air fryer to 350 degrees F.
Images showing how to cook Cornish hen in air fryer from the top view.
  1. Place cornish hens in the air fryer: Place the 2 cornish hens in the air fryer basket in a single layer with their breast sides facing down.
  2. Air fry the hens: Cook the game hens in the air fryer for 20 minutes. Then, flip the chicken and air fry them until the thickest part of the bird registers 165 degrees F. with a meat thermometer (15-17 minutes). When done cooking, the chicken’s skin should also turn golden brown and crispy.
  3. Serve: Remove the air-fried cornish game hens from the air fryer. Let the birds rest for 10 minutes, then serve.

Ideal Temperature and Cook Time

If you’ve wondered, “How long do I cook cornish hen in an air fryer?” these foolproof tips on temperature and time will give you crisp, succulent meat every time.

I recommend cooking air fryer cornish game hens at 350 degrees F. It takes about 35-37 minutes to cook two 1¼-pound hens at this temperature.

However, please be aware that how long you cook the meat depends on the size of the birds. It may take up to 40 minutes to air fry a 2-pound game hen, and you may have to cook larger birds one at a time if the entire hen doesn’t fit in the air fryer basket. I suggest you check the meat’s temperature at the 35-minute mark to avoid overcooking. 

No matter what, the thickest part of your bird should reach 165 degrees F. before serving.

How to Store Leftovers & Reheat?

Once you learn how to cook a cornish hen in the air fryer, you won’t want a single bite to go to waste. 

Storing Leftovers:

Be sure to bring cooked cornish game hens to room temperature and store them in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days.

How to Reheat Cornish Hen?

The best part about cooking cornish game hens in the air fryer is that you can easily reheat them with one of the two easy methods listed below. So, try one of the methods below and say goodbye to food waste and hello to easy meal prep!

  • In the air fryer: To reheat cornish game hens in an air fryer, preheat the fryer to 400 degrees and cook the hens for 4-5 minutes. Keep an eye on the meat to avoid overcooking, and flip the birds halfway through the reheating process.
  • In the oven: If you don’t want to reheat them in the air fryer, you can reheat them in the oven instead. Set the oven to 350 degrees F., place the chicken in a baking dish, and add a few tablespoons of water to keep the meat moist. It should take about 10 minutes in the oven for the hen to warm up.

Expert Tips

If you love juicy, crisp, and tender meat, these pro pointers will transform your kitchen into a five-star restaurant. Air frying cornish hens is a breeze with these handy suggestions.

  • Thoroughly dry the cornish chicken: Be sure to thoroughly dry the skin of your hens before putting them in the air fryer. Removing as much liquid as possible will ensure that your chickens come out with perfectly crispy skin.
  • Fully thaw the chicken: I highly recommend thoroughly thawing the cornish hens before placing them in the air fryer. Fully thawing the meat will ensure that it cooks evenly in the air fryer, giving you a succulent interior and a crisp exterior.
  • Breast side down: When you add your meat to the air fryer, position the cornish hens breast side down in the basket. The space within air fryers tends to be small, so this breast-down position will protect your chickens’ breast meat from overcooking.
  • Tie the legs: Tying the legs of your miniature chickens is an optional step. However, trussing your hens with kitchen twine will give your meal an Instagram-worthy presentation and allow easy serving.
  • Let them rest: Be sure to let the meat rest for ten minutes before serving. This resting time allows the meat to reabsorb its juices, resulting in succulent, flavorful chicken.

Side Dishes to Serve With This Recipe:

We love and cook cornish hens so much that I created several menu ideas around it and shared a post to find the best sides to serve with cornish hens. However, if you need quick inspiration, below are a few suggestions:

How to Cook Frozen Cornish Hen in Air Fryer

Though you can technically use frozen meat in this recipe, we don’t recommend cooking a frozen cornish hen in an air fryer. If you cook the meat before thawing it, the frozen hen will likely come out with undercooked insides, and the outside of the hen will be burnt. 

However, if you still want to cook them frozen, we recommend keeping a close eye on them as they air fry. To air fry a frozen cornish hen:

  1. Set your air fryer to 350 degrees F. and cook your bird for 30 minutes. At this point, the outer skin should be fully thawed. 
  2. Remove them from the air fryer and coat them with olive oil and seasoning.
  3. Put them back in the air fryer and continue to cook until the thickest part of the chicken registers 165 degrees F. when inserted with a digital thermometer.

The timing depends on the size of your birds. We recommend that you check on them every 15 minutes and rotate them to ensure even air frying.

FAQs

Even beginner chefs can cook a cornish game hen in an air fryer oven. From air fryer cornish hen cook time to cornish hen air fryer temperature, you’ll find all your answers right here.

Should cornish hens be thawed before cooking?

Yes. For the best results, I recommend thawing your mini rotisserie chickens before cooking them. Thawing will ensure your hens cook evenly and come out tender, with juicy meat and crispy skin.

How do you defrost cornish hens quickly?

The quickest way to defrost cornish game hens is to place them in a cold water bath for 3-4 hours. Be sure to change the water every half hour to maintain the bath’s cool temperature.

Can you cook a frozen cornish hen in an air fryer?

You can technically cook your frozen hens in the air fryer at 350 degrees F. for one hour (though the timing might change based on the size), oiling and seasoning them after 30 minutes of cooking. However, I don’t recommend this method, as it often results in undercooked insides and burnt chicken skin.

How long to cook two cornish hens in an air fryer?

When cooking two 1¼-pound birds at once, your cornish hen air fryer cook time will be 35-40 minutes at 350 degrees F. Be sure to flip your chickens halfway through and check their internal temperature. The thickest part of the meat should reach 165 degrees F. before it is ready to eat.

How many cornish hens per person?

Cornish hens generally range from 1-2 pounds and can feed 1-2 people. You can serve smaller chickens (between 1- and 1¼-pound cornish hens), one per person. However, if your hens are larger (closer to 2 pounds each), they’re the perfect size to split between 2 people. You can easily halve a 2-pound hen by cutting it down the middle with kitchen shears, snipping down its breast bone and along the backbone.

Other Air Fryer Recipes You Might Also Like

If you love this recipe for roasted cornish hen in an air fryer, your tastebuds will go wild for these other air fryer recipes. Fast, easy, and flavorful, these dishes will complete any menu.

If you try this recipe for Cornish Hens in the Air Fryer, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Roasted Cornish hens in an air fryer from the top view.
Print

Cornish Hen in Air Fryer Recipe

Learn how to cook Cornish Hen in an Air Fryer with this easy recipe. The air fryer is the perfect tool for cooking these little birds because it yields a crisp, golden-brown skin and a tender, juicy middle. This elegant dish is perfect to serve for a special occasion or dinner party, but it also makes for a delicious, easy weeknight meal.
Course Main Course
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Resting Time 10 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 2
Calories 975kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 cornish hens 1 to 1 ½ pounds each – fully thawed
  • 1 teaspoon onion powder
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon paprika or smoked paprika
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 tablespoon fresh parsley chopped

Instructions

  • Dry the hens: Take cornish hens out of the fridge and pat dry on all sides using a few sheets of paper towels. Let them rest while you are making the rub.
  • Mix the seasoning: Mix the onion powder, garlic powder, paprika, salt, and pepper in a small bowl.
  • Oil the meat: Rub the cornish hens with olive oil on all sides and inside the cavity.
  • Season the hens: Sprinkle with the seasoning on the skin and in the cavity area, ensuring that it is equally distributed.
  • Preheat the air fryer: Preheat the air fryer to 350 degrees F. (176 degrees C).
  • Place hens in the air fryer: Carefully remove the basket and place seasoned cornish hens breast side down in a single layer.
  • Air fry: Air fry for 20 minutes, flip, and continue to air fry until the thickest part of the bird registers 165 degrees when inserted with a thermometer for 15-17 minutes. The skin should be golden brown and crispy as well.
  • Rest and serve: Carefully remove the cornish hens from the air fryer and let them rest for 10 minutes before serving. Sprinkle with fresh parsley and serve.

Notes

  • Prep: Be sure to thoroughly dry the skin of your hens before putting them in the air fryer. Removing as much liquid as possible will ensure that your chickens come out with perfectly crispy skin.
  • Cook time: This recipe was tested with cornish hens that were about 1 ¼ to 1 ½ pounds. There is a direct correlation between the size of the bird and air frying time. If your birds are larger, I would recommend adding 5-10 minutes of additional cooking time, depending on their size.
  • Thaw: I highly recommend thoroughly thawing the cornish hens before placing them in the air fryer. Fully thawing the meat will ensure that it cooks evenly in the air fryer, giving you an evenly cooked chicken with a crisp exterior.
  • Breast side down: When you add your meat to the air fryer, position the cornish hens breast side down in the basket. This is an important step to prevent the breasts from cooking before the rest of the birds.
  • Tie the legs: Tying the legs is an optional step. However, it helps with ensuring that they hold their shape and still look good after they are air fried.
  • Resting time: Be sure to let the meat rest for ten minutes before serving. This resting time allows the meat to reabsorb its juices, resulting in a flavorful poultry meal.
  • Serving suggestions: What to serve them with? Here are a few of our favorite side dishes to serve with this recipe.
  • Store: Be sure to bring air-fried cornish hens to room temperature and store them in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days.
  • Reheat: To reheat the leftovers, you have two options:
    • In the air fryer: To reheat cornish game hens in the air fryer, preheat the fryer to 400 degrees and cook the hens for 4-5 minutes. Keep an eye on the meat to avoid overcooking, and flip the birds halfway through the reheating process.
    • In the oven: Set the oven to 350 degrees F. Place the chicken in a baking dish and add a few tablespoons of water to keep the meat moist. It should take about 10 minutes in the oven for the hen to warm up.

Nutrition

Calories: 975kcal | Carbohydrates: 3g | Protein: 78g | Fat: 70g | Saturated Fat: 19g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 13g | Monounsaturated Fat: 33g | Cholesterol: 455mg | Sodium: 1441mg | Potassium: 1131mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 0.2g | Vitamin A: 1150IU | Vitamin C: 5mg | Calcium: 63mg | Iron: 4mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/cornish-hen-in-air-fryer/feed/ 13
Crock Pot Chicken Stew https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-chicken-stew/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-chicken-stew/#comments Sun, 27 Nov 2022 16:49:23 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3272 Nothing warms the soul more on a cold winter evening than a steaming bowl of soup. I love making soup…]]>

Nothing warms the soul more on a cold winter evening than a steaming bowl of soup. I love making soup for my family because it’s easy, healthy, hearty, and delicious. If you love heartwarming meals as much as I do, you’ll also love this Crock Pot Butter Chicken, Chicken Tomatillo Soup, Healthy Chicken Wild Rice Soup, and Chicken Noodle Soup recipe.

Crockpot chicken and potatoes and carrots in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients

This easy crockpot chicken stew recipe is chock-full of colorful, nutrient-rich vegetables, flavorful herbs, and healthy protein. The best part about a slow cooker meal is that you can throw in all the ingredients and let the appliance do the work for you.

Ingredients for slow cooker creamy chicken casserole on a white marble backdrop.

To make this recipe, you’ll need 2 pounds of boneless skinless chicken thighs, kosher salt, black pepper, olive oil, onions, celery, carrots, frozen peas (I like to use frozen blanched peas), fresh garlic, Yukon Gold potatoes, fresh thyme, fresh rosemary, fresh parsley, paprika, chicken stock, and cornstarch. 

Substitutions and Optional Add-Ins

When it comes to adding additional ingredients to a stew, you really can’t go wrong. Feel free to throw in any extra vegetables or seasonings you have on hand. If you’re missing a few ingredients, you can also make substitutions (it’ll still turn out delicious). Here are a few suggestions:

  • Chicken: I love to use chicken thighs in this healthy chicken stew with vegetables because they are more juicy and flavorful than other cuts of chicken. If you can’t find chicken thighs at your local grocery store, you can easily substitute boneless skinless chicken breasts for a low-calorie chicken breast stew. You can also make a bone in a chicken stew, but make sure to remove the bones when shredding the chicken. 
  • Potatoes: I personally like Yukon Gold potatoes for their rich, buttery flavor, but fingerling potatoes or baby potatoes (also called new potatoes) are an excellent choice for a similar flavor profile. Feel free to use russet potatoes or red potatoes if these aren’t available. 
  • Seasoning: We kept it pretty simple with the chicken stew seasoning by using a few fresh herbs. Don’t sweat if you don’t have fresh herbs, as you can use their dried versions instead. If you’re swapping dried for fresh, use only about half of what the recipe calls for. To give the chicken a bit more flavor, you can season it with spices for chicken stew, such as poultry seasoning or ground cumin and coriander, or add in some Italian seasoning or bay leaves with the vegetables. 
  • Milk: The “creaminess” in this chicken vegetable stew actually comes from cornstarch, a thickening agent, but you can also add some milk for a creamy chicken stew. To add milk to this chicken stew recipe, substitute one cup of the chicken stock with milk (you’ll still need the other two cups of chicken stock). Also, if you are using milk, be sure to cook the creamy chicken soup extra “low and slow,” or else the milk may curdle. 
  • Vegetables: For an extra veggie-packed chicken crock pot stew recipe, you can add a half cup to a cup of frozen green beans or frozen corn.
  • Make it Irish: If you are a fan of Irish Chicken Stew, also add 4 slices of bacon (cut into strips) and 1 cup of sliced cabbage into the slow cooker.

How to Make Chicken Stew in Crock Pot?

This chicken crockpot stew is the perfect cure for those cold evenings that call for snuggling up on the couch rather than laboring in the kitchen. Simply throw all the ingredients in the crock pot in the morning and come home to a warm, cozy meal. Here’s how to slow cook chicken stew:

A collage of images showing how to make creamy chicken crock pot soup.
  1. Prep the chicken: Use paper towels to pat dry the chicken on all sides. Season with salt and pepper. 
  2. Sear the chicken: Add oil to a large skillet set over medium heat. Heat the oil, then add the chicken and cook on each side for about 4-5 minutes. Don’t worry about fully cooking the chicken, as we’re aiming only to brown it.
  3. Add vegetables to the slow cooker: While the chicken is browning, add the onion, celery, carrots, garlic, potatoes, thyme, rosemary, paprika, salt, and pepper to the crock pot. 
  4. Add the chicken: Place the browned chicken thighs on top of the veggies. 
A collage of photos showing how to make crockpot chicken vegetable stew.
  1. Add the chicken stock: Pour the chicken broth on top of the chicken and vegetables and stir.  
  2. Cook: Set your slow cooker to a low-heat setting and cook for 5-6 hours (or 3-4 hours of slow cooking time for a high-heat setting) or until potatoes are tender. 
  3. Shred the chicken: Thirty minutes before the stew is done, remove the chicken and shred (or cut) it into small pieces. Place chicken back in the crock pot. 
A collage of two photos showing how to add cornstarch and lemon juice into the soup.
  1. Make the slurry: Add the cornstarch to a bowl. To make the cornstarch slurry, remove 2-3 tablespoons of liquid from the stew and place it in the bowl with the cornstarch. Whisk the mixture until it forms a paste, and stir it into the stew. 
  2. Add the peas: Add the frozen peas, stir, and continue cooking for about 30 minutes in high heat setting or until thickened to your liking. Finish it off with a squeeze of lemon juice.
  3. Season and serve: Taste for seasoning and adjust if necessary. Garnish with fresh parsley and serve. 

How to Make Ahead, Store, Freeze, & Thaw?

Not only is this slow-cooked chicken stew super make-ahead friendly and easy to store, but it actually becomes more flavorful as it sits and allows the ingredients to continue to mingle together and break down. It literally gets better by the minute! See below for a few make-ahead and storage tips. 

  • Make-ahead: This healthy crockpot chicken and vegetable stew is the perfect go-to recipe for hectic schedules. To make it ahead of a busy week, simply saute the chicken the day before and store it in an airtight container in the fridge. Prep your veggies to have them ready to go in the crock pot. Either at the end of the day or the morning of, place all ingredients in the crock pot and follow the instructions above for cooking. 
  • Store: Bring leftover chicken stew with vegetables to room temperature and store in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 5 days. 
  • Freeze: To make this recipe a freezer meal, bring the leftover stew to room temperature and store it in airtight, freezer-safe containers in the freezer for up to 2-3 months. 
  • Thaw: Thaw frozen chicken potato stew overnight in the fridge. Reheat in the microwave or on the stove. 

What to Serve It With?

All this easy slow-cooker chicken stew needs is a side of warm, crusty bread for the ultimate cold-weather meal. You can also enjoy this stewed chicken with potatoes and carrots by itself for an easy, no-fuss dinner or pair it with your favorite salad for a balanced meal. Here are some recipes and pairing suggestions: 

Other Cooking Methods 

Cooking chicken stew in the crock pot is easy and convenient, but what if you don’t have one? Don’t sweat it! Here are two more methods you can follow to have this hearty stew on the table in no time. 

How to Make It on the Stove Top?

If you don’t have a countertop cooking appliance, you can easily go back to basics and cook this chicken stew on the stove top. Just follow these easy instructions:

  1. Prep the chicken: Use paper towels to pat dry the chicken on all sides. Season with salt and pepper. 
  2. Sear the chicken: Add oil to a large pot (such as a Dutch oven) set over medium heat. Heat the oil, then add the chicken and cook on each side for about 4-5 minutes. Don’t worry about fully cooking the chicken, as we’re aiming only to brown it. Remove and set aside. 
  3. Saute vegetables: Add the onion, celery, and carrots into the now-empty pot. Saute until vegetables are softened, 6-7 minutes. Add the garlic and cook for another minute or so.
  4. Add the rest: Add potatoes, thyme, rosemary, paprika, salt, and pepper to the same pot.
  5. Return the chicken to the pot and cook: Place the browned chicken thighs back in the pot with the veggies and add in the chicken stock. Bring it to a boil and let it simmer for about 30-40 minutes, making sure to stir it a few times.
  6. Prep the cornstarch: Add the cornstarch to a small bowl and set it aside. 
  7. Shred the chicken: 10 minutes before the stew is done, remove the chicken and shred (or cut) it into small pieces. Place the chicken pieces back in the pot. 
  8. Make the slurry: To make the cornstarch slurry, remove 2-3 tablespoons of liquid from the stew and place it in the bowl with the cornstarch. Whisk until it forms a paste, and stir it into the stew. 
  9. Add the peas: Add the frozen peas, stir, and continue cooking on medium-high heat for about 10 more minutes or until the stewed chicken thickens to your liking. 
  10. Season and serve: Taste for seasoning and adjust if necessary. Garnish with fresh herbs, if desired.

How to Make It in an Instant Pot?

Use your Instant Pot for an ultra-quick way to make this stew. The instructions are similar to the method above but with a few tweaks. Here’s how to do it:

  1. Saute the chicken: Set your Instant Pot to “saute” mode and brown the chicken on all sides. Remove from the pressure cooker and set it on a plate.
  2. Add the veggies: Add the onion, celery, carrots, and garlic into the now empty Instant pot insert. Cook, stirring frequently, until vegetables are softened, 4-5 minutes. Add the rest of the vegetables; potatoes, thyme, rosemary, paprika, salt, and pepper to the pot. Add in the semi-cooked chicken thighs and chicken stock. 
  3. Cover and Cook: Secure the lid and pressure release valve to sealing position. Press the cancel button to reset the cooking program, then select the Soup setting and set the cooking time for 12 minutes at high pressure.
  4. Let it release naturally: When the cooking time is complete, let the pressure release naturally.  
  5. Shred the chicken: Carefully open the lid and remove the chicken. Shred (or cut) it into small pieces. Place it back in the pot. Select the saute setting.
  6. Make the slurry: To make the cornstarch slurry, remove 2-3 tablespoons of liquid from the shredded chicken stew and place it in the bowl with the cornstarch. Whisk until it forms a paste, and stir it into the stew. 
  7. Thicken: Add the frozen peas, stir, bring it to a boil, and simmer on “saute” mode until it’s thickened to your liking. Garnish and serve.
Person mixing slow cooker stewed chicken from the top view.

Expert Tips

To get the best results on your first try, follow these simple tips that make all the difference when it comes to flavor and texture:

  • Cook on low heat: There’s a reason why they say stews should be cooked “low and slow.” This allows the meat and the veggies to break down slowly, allowing them to release all those yummy flavors. Cooking on a high heat setting also results in dry, rubbery chicken (and no one wants that). 
  • Take advantage of searing the chicken: While you don’t have to sear the chicken before adding it to your slow cooker, the searing really pays off in terms of flavor. I find that taking the time to do so also removes the gamey flavors of the chicken.
  • Sear the veggies: If you have the time, I also recommend searing your veggies before letting your chicken thigh soup cook. Again, this helps immensely in terms of flavor. 
  • Rotisserie chicken option: If you’d rather not handle raw chicken, you can use rotisserie chicken in this recipe. Simply shred the chicken and add it in 30 minutes before the stew is done (right before adding in the cornstarch slurry). 
  • Skip the cornstarch for a thinner consistency: If you prefer more of a thin, soup-like consistency rather than a thick chicken stew, you can omit the cornstarch slurry.

FAQs

Can raw chicken go in slow cooker?

Yes, it can. You don’t have to cook raw chicken before adding it to your crock pot. However, lightly searing the chicken for 4-5 minutes on each side before adding it to the pot will help the meat become more flavorful as it cooks.

How to make chicken stew thick?

Use cornstarch slurry (equal parts cornstarch and soup liquid) and mix it into the stew in the last 30 minutes. Give it a stir to make sure it is equally distributed.

Can you slow cook chicken for too long?

Cooking chicken for a long time isn’t recommended. Overcooked crock pot stewed chicken is often dry, flavorless, and rubbery, so I don’t recommend slow-cooking chicken for longer than 8 hours.

Do you have to cook meat before putting in slow cooker?

You don’t have to cook meat before putting it in your slow cooker, but lightly browning the meat beforehand intensifies its flavor.

Other Healthy Winter Soups You Might Also Like

If you love the ease and comfort of cooking up a warm meal on a cold winter’s night, then you definitely need lots of soup recipes in your recipe book. Thankfully, I have lots for you to try here on the blog that are perfect for a healthy dinner. Browse the links below for inspiration:

If you try this recipe for Chicken Stew in a Crock Pot or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A bowl of chicken crockpot stew from the top view.
Print

Crock Pot Chicken Stew Recipe

This Crock pot chicken stew recipe is packed with potatoes, carrots, and fresh herbs. It's a heartwarming, healthy, & easy dinner recipe that you will make over and over again.
Course Soup, Stew
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 6 hours
Total Time 6 hours 20 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 503kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 2 lbs boneless skinless chicken thighs or chicken breasts
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 2 tablespoon olive oil
  • 2 medium-sized onions chopped (~ 2 cups)
  • 3 stalks celery chopped (~1 ½ cups)
  • 4 carrots peeled and chopped
  • 4 cloves garlic minced
  • 4 medium size Yukon Gold potatoes peeled and cut into 1-inch cubes
  • 3 sprigs fresh thyme chopped (or 1 teaspoon dried thyme)
  • 2 sprigs fresh rosemary chopped (or 1 teaspoon dried rosemary)
  • 1 teaspoon paprika
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 3 cups chicken stock or store bought low sodium chicken stock
  • 2 tablespoons cornstarch
  • 1 cup frozen peas
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • ½ cup fresh parsley chopped

Instructions

  • Pat dry chicken with paper towels. Season with salt and pepper.
  • Heat oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Add chicken and cook for 4-5 minutes on each side. We are not fully cooking the chicken here. Rather, browning it a bit to build flavor. *
  • Meanwhile, place onion, celery, carrots, garlic, potatoes, thyme, rosemary, paprika, salt, and pepper into the crock pot.
  • Add the now-semi-cooked chicken thighs on top.
  • Pour the chicken stock and give it a stir.
  • Cook on low-heat setting for 5-6 hours or high-heat setting for 3-4 hours.
  • Place cornstarch in a small bowl and set it aside.
  • Thirty minutes before the end of cooking time, remove the chicken from the slow cooker and cut (or shred) into small pieces. Return it back to the crock pot.
  • Next, make the cornstarch slurry. Whisk cornstarch with 2-3 tablespoons of the liquid from the stew until it forms a paste. Stir it into the chicken stew.
  • Add the frozen peas, give it a big stir and continue to cook on HIGH until it is thickened to your liking. In my case, it took about 30 minutes.
  • Finish it off with lemon juice. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary. Garnish with fresh parsley and serve.

Notes

  • You can make this recipe without searing the chicken if you are short on time. However, I find that it tastes better if you take the time to sear.
  • Make-ahead: To make it ahead, simply saute the chicken the day before and store it in an airtight container in the fridge. Prep your veggies to have them ready to go in the slow cooker. Either at the end of the day or the morning of, place all ingredients in the crock pot and follow the instructions above for cooking. 
  • Store: Bring leftovers to room temperature and store them in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 5 days. 
  • Freeze: To make it a freezer meal, bring the leftover stew to room temperature and store it in airtight, freezer-safe containers in the freezer for up to 2-3 months. 
  • Thaw: Thaw frozen chicken stew overnight in the fridge. Reheat in the microwave or on the stove. 

Nutrition

Calories: 503kcal | Carbohydrates: 23g | Protein: 29g | Fat: 32g | Saturated Fat: 12g | Cholesterol: 142mg | Sodium: 192mg | Potassium: 825mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 5717IU | Vitamin C: 26mg | Calcium: 55mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-chicken-stew/feed/ 6
Chicken Bolognese https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-bolognese/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-bolognese/#comments Tue, 25 Oct 2022 20:22:42 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=61142 Amongst all the chicken dinner recipes we have on this blog, the ones with an international flair have always been…]]>

Amongst all the chicken dinner recipes we have on this blog, the ones with an international flair have always been reader favorites. My Easy Chicken Fricassee Recipe, Slow Cooker Indian Chicken Curry, Tik Tok Marry Me Chicken, and Chicken Stroganoff are a few to name. So, when I tried this Italian-inspired ground chicken bolognese recipe, I knew that it needed to be on the blog.

A serving of chicken bolognese in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients

To make chicken with bolognese sauce, gather spaghetti, olive oil, yellow onion, carrots, ground chicken, tomato paste, minced garlic, dried oregano, fresh thyme leaves, red pepper flakes, kosher salt, black pepper, diced tomatoes, chicken stock, dry white wine, and bay leaves. You may also top your pasta with fresh basil leaves and shredded Parmesan cheese.

Ingredients for pasta with a tomato-based sauce from the top view.

Substitutions and Optional Add-Ins

  • Pasta: Spaghetti is my favorite pasta for chicken bolognese, but any pasta shape would work. If short pasta is your pasta of choice, I suggest serving cavatelli with chicken bolognese. Or, if you’re a fan of wide noodles, chicken bolognese bucatini, tagliatelle or pappardelle makes a hearty meal the whole family can enjoy. You could also try gluten-free pasta, brown rice, or even quinoa pasta in this recipe. Zucchini noodles also work for a low-carb version of this classic dish.
  • Ground chicken: Though I use ground chicken in my bolognese recipe, ground turkey makes a great substitute. You can also add tenderness to your chicken spaghetti by using other chicken parts, like chicken thighs or chicken breasts. Simply sprinkle your chicken with salt and pepper, sear it in olive oil, and cube it before adding it to your bolognese.
  • Tomatoes: While most varieties of tomatoes will work in this bolognese recipe, I recommend using San Marzano tomatoes. These tomatoes tend to be sweeter, giving your pasta sauce a rich depth of flavor. While it is not traditional, you can also use a jar of your marinara sauce as a substitute for tomatoes.
  • Wine: I use white wine to make my ground chicken meat sauce. However, you can use red wine to give your recipe a robust, full-bodied flavor. You could also omit wine altogether and add a splash of apple cider vinegar to your sauce at the very end.
  • Milk: Even though the authentic bolognese recipe is made with whole milk, I don’t use any dairy in my chicken bolognese sauce. However, you may add ¾ cup of heavy cream or milk to give your dish extra creaminess. You could even use evaporated milk to make your dish, just like the iconic Katie Lee chicken bolognese. If you’d prefer to use a milk alternative, almond milk is also an option.

How to Make This Recipe?

This recipe for chicken bolognese comes together in just 40 minutes, making it the ultimate weeknight meal. Take the effort out of dinner prep with these detailed step-by-step instructions.

A person cooking pasta and making a meat sauce from the top view.
  1. Cook the pasta: Fill a large pot with water and add a decent amount of kosher salt (which is the secret for properly seasoned pasta.) Turn the heat to medium-high, add the pasta, and cook it according to the package instructions. Once your pasta is al dente, drain it, and set it aside.
  2. Saute the veggies: Add the olive oil to a large skillet (or a large Dutch oven – affiliate link), and heat it over medium-high heat. Add the chopped onions and carrots to the pan and cook, frequently stirring, until the carrots become tender (9-10 minutes).
  3. Cook the chicken: Add the ground chicken to the skillet and use a wooden spoon to break up any chunks. Cook the chicken mince until it is no longer pink.
  4. Simmer the sauce: Add the diced tomatoes, chicken stock, wine, and bay leaf to the skillet. Put on the lid, bring the mixture to a boil, and let it simmer for 10 minutes. The mixture should slightly thicken during this time.
A person adding pasta to a ground chicken meat sauce from the top view.
  1. Toss the pasta: Remove the bay leaves from the chicken bolognese sauce and add the drained pasta to the skillet. Gently toss the mixture to coat each pasta noodle in the sauce.
  2. Garnish and serve: Sprinkle your pasta with Parmesan cheese and fresh basil leaves. Taste the dish, add in any necessary seasoning, and serve.

How to Make Ahead, Store, Freeze, and Thaw?

This easy chicken bolognese is a must for simple meal prep. You’ll fall head over heels for this recipe’s minimal prep work, easy-to-freeze sauce, and tantalizingly fresh flavor. 

  • Make ahead: To make this pasta recipe ahead of time, prepare the sauce up to 2 days in advance. Then, store the sauce in an airtight container in the fridge. Wait until you’re ready to serve the dish before making the pasta. Before serving, toss the cooked pasta with the sauce and garnish it with Parmesan cheese and basil leaves.
  • Storage: You can store leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2-3 days. You can reheat it in a large skillet over medium heat. If it is too thick, feel free to add a splash of water or chicken broth.
  • Freeze: If you’re planning to freeze this pasta recipe, I recommend only freezing the sauce. Store your bolognese sauce in an airtight container in the freezer, and it will stay fresh for up to 2 months.
  • Thaw: To thaw your chicken bolognese, put it in the fridge overnight. Warm it up before serving using a saucepan over medium-low heat or the microwave.

What to Serve It With

With bold, classic flavor, this chicken bolognese recipe makes a tasty pair with dozens of easy sides. Satisfy all your cravings with this delicious list, from garden-fresh salads to flaky garlic bread.

  • Salads: Serving bolognese chicken with a crisp salad is a nutritious pairing that works all year round. Try out one of my autumn salad recipes to serve as a side salad. Or, prepare one of my spring salads or summer salad recipes for a light, colorful pair. For a 15-minute fix, my Spring Mix Salad and Creamy Cucumber Salad are fan favorites that never go out of season.
  • Vegetables: For a side that’s nutritious, savory, and warm, cooked veggies are the way to go. The rich, meaty flavor of Baked Shiitake Mushrooms pairs wonderfully with healthy chicken bolognese, and my Roasted Asparagus Recipe will bring out all the herby undertones of your pasta dish.
  • Bread: Few things pair better with rich, herby pasta than authentic Italian bread. You’ll want to sop up every last drop of your classic bolognese sauce with my Crusty Olive Bread. Or, bake a loaf of garlic bread for an irresistible side. You could even make a garlic spread from homemade Oven Roasted Garlic for extra bold flavor.
Spaghetti with a ground chicken sauce in a skillet from the top view.

FAQs

What is chicken bolognese made of?

Chicken bolognese is a classic Italian red sauce made from ground chicken, onions, carrots, tomato sauce, milk, and Italian herbs and spices.

What does “bolognese” mean in Italian?

The word “bolognese” refers to Bologna, Italy—the Italian city from which pasta bolognese originates. Therefore, “bolognese” literally translates to “of or relating to Bologna.”

What is the difference between meat sauce and bolognese?

Though made from similar ingredients, meat sauce and bolognese have radically different textures. The American meat sauce is a tomato-based sauce simmered with ground meat. By contrast, Italian bolognese is often slow-cooked with tomato sauce and milk, resulting in a thicker, creamier texture.

Other Must-Try Weeknight Pasta Recipes:

If you try this Chicken Bolognese recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.
Pasta with a ground chicken sauce in a bowl with a fork from the top view.
Print

Chicken Bolognese Recipe

This Chicken Bolognese is the perfect 40-minute recipe for an Italian weeknight dinner! The delicious, tomato-based pasta sauce is made with ground chicken, white wine, and lots of herbs and spices, and also freezes well for easy meal prep. Serve it with some bread and a side salad for a family-favorite meal.
Course Main Course – Pasta Dish
Cuisine Italian
Diet Halal
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 4
Calories 850kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound pasta I used spaghetti, but any shape of pasta would work
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1 yellow onion chopped (about a cup)
  • 2 medium carrots cut into small pieces (about a cup)
  • 1 pound ground chicken
  • 2 tablespoons tomato paste
  • 2 cloves of garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon dried oregano
  • 1 teaspoon fresh thyme leaves chopped
  • ¼ teaspoon red pepper flakes optional
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 15 oz can diced tomatoes
  • 1 cup chicken stock
  • ½ cup dry white wine* optional
  • 2 bay leaves
  • ½ cup fresh basil leaves
  • 1 cup shredded parmesan cheese optional

Instructions

  • Boil the pasta: Fill a large pot with water and sprinkle it liberally with kosher salt. Add the pasta and cook it according to the package instructions until al dente. Drain and set aside.
  • Saute the veggies: Heat olive oil in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Add onion and carrots and cook, stirring frequently, until carrots are tender, 9-10 minutes.
  • Cook the chicken: Add the chicken and cook, breaking the chunks with a wooden spoon until the meat is no longer pink.
  • Add tomato paste: Add the tomato paste and cook, stirring constantly, for about a minute.
  • Stir in the spices: Stir in the garlic, dried oregano, thyme, red pepper flakes (if using), salt, and pepper. Cook for 30 seconds to a minute.
  • Add additional ingredients: Add the diced tomatoes, chicken stock, wine (if using), and bay leaf. Put the lid on, bring it to a boil and let it simmer for about 10-15 minutes. It should be slightly thickened.
  • Add the pasta: Remove the bay leaves and add the drained pasta to the bolognese sauce. Give it a gentle toss to make sure that the pasta is coated evenly with the sauce.
  • Serve: Sprinkle it with parmesan cheese (if using) and torn fresh basil leaves. Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary before serving.

Video

Notes

  • Wine: I use white wine to make my ground chicken meat sauce. However, you can use red wine to give your recipe a robust, full-bodied flavor. You could also omit wine altogether and add a splash of apple cider vinegar to your sauce at the very end.
  • Milk: Even though the authentic bolognese recipe is made with whole milk, I don’t use any dairy in my chicken bolognese sauce. However, you may add ¾ cup of whole milk to give your dish extra creaminess. You could even use evaporated milk to make your dish, just like the iconic Katie Lee chicken bolognese. If you’d prefer to use a milk alternative, almond milk is also an option.
  • Make ahead: To make this pasta recipe ahead of time, prepare the sauce up to 2 days in advance. Then, store the sauce in an airtight container in the fridge. Wait until you’re ready to serve the dish before making the pasta. Before serving, toss the cooked pasta with the sauce, and garnish it with Parmesan cheese and basil leaves.
  • Storage: You can store leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2-3 days. You can reheat it in a large skillet over medium heat. If it is too thick, feel free to add a splash of water or chicken broth.
  • Freeze: If you’re planning to freeze this dish, I recommend only freezing the sauce. Store your chicken bolognese sauce in an airtight container in the freezer, and it will stay fresh for up to 2 months.
  • Thaw: To thaw it, put it in the fridge overnight. Warm it up before serving using a saucepan over medium-low heat or the microwave.

Nutrition

Calories: 850kcal | Carbohydrates: 103g | Protein: 46g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 8g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 121mg | Sodium: 1416mg | Potassium: 1418mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 10g | Vitamin A: 5788IU | Vitamin C: 17mg | Calcium: 328mg | Iron: 5mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-bolognese/feed/ 10
Spinach and Goat Cheese Stuffed Chicken https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-with-basil-and-herbed-goat-cheese/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-with-basil-and-herbed-goat-cheese/#comments Fri, 14 Oct 2022 01:10:35 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=2567 The star ingredient in this recipe is goat cheese, and beyond this recipe, there are so many things to do…]]>

The star ingredient in this recipe is goat cheese, and beyond this recipe, there are so many things to do with goat cheese here on the blog! Speaking of new recipes, why not add a few more yummy weeknight dinners to your list? Some of my favorites are this Quick Chicken Fricassee, Baked Chicken Parmesan, and my Chicken Teriyaki Stir Fry

Chicken breasts stuffed with goat cheese and spinach from the top view.

Recipe Ingredients

The three sets of ingredients in this goat cheese stuffed chicken work beautifully together to create perfectly juicy chicken with hints of garlic, lemon, basil, and, of course, lots of tangy goat cheese. Here’s what you’ll need:

Ingredients for chicken with a goat cheese filling from the top view.
  • To make the filling, gather goat cheese, frozen spinach, garlic powder, lemon zest, and (optional) red pepper flakes. 
  • For the chicken breast recipe, you’ll need boneless skinless chicken breasts, kosher salt, black pepper, and vegetable oil (such as olive oil or avocado oil). 
Ingredients for butter sauce from the top view.
  • To make the sauce, gather unsalted butter, a shallot, white wine (or chicken stock), lemon juice, fresh basil leaves, and balsamic glaze (optional). 

Ingredient Substitutions

Even if goat cheese isn’t quite your thing or if you don’t have all the ingredients on hand, this recipe is still a must-make! Play around with the recipe to make it your own, or follow some of my suggestions below:

  • Cheese: Goat cheese tends to be one of those cheeses that people either love or hate. If you’re not so in love, or if you don’t have any on hand, you can substitute another soft cheese like feta and cream cheese. Both would complement the recipe and still provide a similar creaminess to goat cheese chicken breast. 
  • Spinach: If there’s no frozen spinach in sight, you can also use fresh spinach for your goat cheese spinach chicken. It’s best to saute spinach in a pan first and let it come to room temperature before adding it to the goat cheese filling. 
  • Sun-dried tomatoes: If you’re looking for extra Italian flavor, soft sun-dried tomatoes would pair well with this goat cheese stuffed chicken breast. Simply add a half cup of chopped sun-dried tomatoes to the goat cheese mixture.
  • Onion: This recipe calls for a shallot, but a small onion would also work. You’ll need about a half cup of onion in place of the shallot. 
  • Wine: I love to add a dry white wine to my sauce to really amp up the flavor. However, you can also use chicken stock in its place for a non-alcoholic, yet still delicious, sauce. 

How to Make This Recipe?

While this recipe for spinach and goat cheese chicken has a few steps, you’ll be surprised at how easily it comes together. All you have to do is make the filling, stuff all that goodness into the chicken, make the sauce, and throw it in the oven. Here’s a step-by-step breakdown: 

  1. Preheat the oven: Set your oven temperature to 375 degrees F. 
A person making a spinach and goat cheese mixture and seasoning chicken breasts.
  1. Make the filling: In a medium or small bowl, combine spinach, goats cheese, garlic powder, lemon zest, and (optional) red pepper flakes. Set aside. 
  2. Prepare the chicken: Use a paper towel to pat dry the chicken breasts on each side. Season all sides with salt and pepper. 
A person filling chicken breasts with a mixture of spinach and goat cheese.
  1. Make the “pocket”: Using a sharp knife, cut a horizontal slit in the thickest part of each chicken breast, making sure not to cut all the way through. It should resemble a “pocket.” Fill each “pocket” with about 2 tablespoons of the goat cheese spinach mixture.
  2. Secure with toothpicks: Secure each chicken breast with 2-3 toothpicks to keep the filling inside while cooking.  
  3. Heat the oil: Heat the oil over medium-high heat in a large, ovenproof skillet (I used this stainless steel skillet (affiliate link)) or cast iron skillet. The oil will shimmer when it’s hot enough. 
A person searing chicken breasts in a pan with a white wine sauce.
  1. Sear the chicken: Sear each chicken breast stuffed with spinach and goat cheese for about 4-5 minutes on each side until lightly browned. Transfer them to a plate and cover loosely with foil. 
  2. Make the sauce: In the same skillet, melt the butter. Add the shallot and constantly stir for about a minute. Add the wine and let simmer for 2-3 minutes, scraping up any browned bits from the bottom of the skillet with a wooden spoon. Once the mixture has reduced by half (and thickened), add the lemon juice. 
A person baking cheesy spinach chicken breasts in the oven.
  1. Bake: Add the cooked chicken back to the skillet and transfer to the preheated oven. Bake for about 18-20 minutes, until the thickest part of the chicken registers 165 degrees F. when checked with a meat thermometer (affiliate link.)
  2. Prepare to serve: Carefully remove the toothpicks from the stuffed chicken with goat cheese and drizzle it with the sauce at the bottom of the pan. 
  3. Serve: Drizzle the chicken with balsamic glaze, if desired. Top with basil or fresh herbs of choice and serve right away. 

How to Store Leftovers and Reheat?

If you have leftovers of this goat cheese and spinach stuffed chicken, simply store them in the fridge and reheat for a quick lunch or dinner. See below for some tips:

  • Store: Store the leftovers of this stuffed chicken breast with goat cheese and spinach in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days. 
  • Reheat: To avoid drying out the chicken, reheat the dish in a low-heat oven (I recommend 300 degrees F) for about 10-15 minutes or until heated through. 

Expert Tips

Chicken can sometimes be tricky to cook, but all you need is some confidence, patience, and my expert tips! Follow these tips for foolproof results that will leave you feeling like a pro chef:

  • Resist the urge to overfill: I know it’s tempting to stuff the chicken to the brim with the delicious goat cheese mixture, but doing so causes the melty cheese to leak out and make a mess. Fill each breast with about 2-3 tablespoons of the mixture for the best results. 
  • Ensure the chicken breasts aren’t too big: A 6-8 oz chicken breast works best for this recipe to ensure even cooking. If any of the chicken breasts are particularly large or thick, you can pound them down to make them more thin. Simply place plastic wrap over the chicken and use a meat mallet or something similar to pound it to an even thickness. 
  • Trust the process: Searing the chicken stuffed with goat cheese requires patience, as you may want to flip it before it’s done searing on one side. Use a cast iron or stainless steel pan for best results, and wait for the chicken to naturally release from the pan before flipping. Aim to sear for about 4-5 minutes per side. 
  • Don’t overcrowd the pan: An overcrowded pan wouldn’t give you that nice, crisp sear you’re after, so you may need to cook the chicken in two batches depending on the size of your pan and the size of the chicken breasts.
  • Toothpicks are a must: Once you stuff the chicken with goat cheese and spinach, insert 2-3 toothpicks into each breast to prevent the filling from oozing out. This step is a must unless you want a goat cheese mess! Just remember to remove the toothpicks right before serving. 
  • Check doneness before serving: Make sure to check the doneness of your chicken with a meat thermometer (affiliate link). The internal temperature of each breast should register at least 165 degrees F. 
Chicken breast with mashed potatoes on a plate from the top view.

What Goes Well With This Dish?

This spinach-stuffed chicken breast recipe is such a versatile meal that you can pair with a variety of side dishes for date night, a family meal, or even a dinner party. Make it Italian by serving it with pasta, or add some extra nutrients in the form of a green salad or a sautéed veggie. The sky’s the limit, but here are some suggestions to get you started:

  • Serve it with a big salad: ​​We have a wide variety of Spring, Summer, and Autumn salads here on the blog, many of which would pair beautifully with this chicken breast stuffed with goat cheese for a gluten free and low carb meal. 
  • Pair it with rice or pasta: Add a whole grain, filling carbohydrate to this recipe for a well-rounded meal. Some of my favorite grain-based sides are this Wild Rice Pilaf, my Lemon Garlic Quinoa, and this Bulgur Pilaf. I also love this yummy Rice Pilaf with orzo. Or, serve your chicken with this irresistible Spinach Artichoke Pasta or Gigi Hadid’s Spicy Pasta for a true Italian dish. 
  • Add a side veggie: Turn this baked chicken with goat cheese into a cozy, comforting meal by pairing it with my Rosemary Mashed Potatoes. If you’re in the mood for something green, serve it with fresh asparagus, like my Sauteed Asparagus. These Butter Garlic String Beans are also a great healthy dish. 

Other Chicken Dinners You Might Like

Chicken is a classic, crowd-favorite protein that is super versatile. If chicken is in your regular rotation for dinner and you’re in need of some new recipes, look no further than my bank of yummy chicken recipes. Here are some favorites: 

If you try this Stuffed Chicken with Spinach and Goat Cheese recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Goat cheese stuffed chicken in a skillet with a spoon on the side.
Print

Spinach and Goat Cheese Stuffed Chicken Recipe

This Spinach and Goat Cheese Stuffed Chicken is a creamy, dressed-up version of your ordinary chicken breast. Serve this juicy, cheesy chicken dish alone or with a side salad or veggie for date night or a family dinner.
Course Chicken Recipes, Dinner
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 40 minutes
Total Time 1 hour
Servings 4 servings
Calories 302kcal

Ingredients

For the Filling:

  • 4 ounces goat cheese at room temperature
  • 4 ounces frozen spinach defrosted and drained
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • ½ teaspoon lemon zest
  • Pinch of red pepper flakes optional

For the Chicken:

  • 4 skinless boneless skinless chicken breasts 6-8 ounces each
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 2 tablespoons of vegetable oil such as olive oil or avocado oil

For The Sauce:

  • 2 tablespoons of unsalted butter
  • 1 shallot minced
  • ½ cup white wine or chicken stock
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • Handful of fresh basil leaves torn – optional
  • 1 tablespoon balsamic glaze to finish it off – optional

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 375 degrees F.
  • To make the filling, mix together the goat’s cheese, spinach, garlic powder, lemon zest, and red pepper flakes (if using) in a medium bowl until well combined. Set it aside.
  • To prepare the chicken, pat dry chicken breasts on each side using paper towels. Season with salt and pepper on all sides.
  • Carefully cut a horizontal slid in the thickest part of each chicken breast making sure to not cut through the back of the breast.
  • Fill each “pocket” with 2 tablespoons of the filling and gently press to distrubute it evenly. Secure with 2-3 toothpicks.
  • Heat vegetable oil in a 10 or 12-inch oven proof skillet or cast iron skillet, over medium-high heat until shimmering hot.
  • Sear stuffed chicken breasts until lightly browned on both sides. This takes about 4-5 minutes on each side. Transfer the now semi-cooked spinach stuffed chicken breasts onto an empty plate and cover it loosely with aluminum foil.
  • Melt the butter in the now-empty skillet. Add the shallot and cook, stirring constantly, for a minute. Pour in the wine. Using a wooden spoon, scrape up any browned bits from the bottom of the skillet. Let it simmer for 2-3 minutes or until it is reduced by half. Stir in the lemon juice.
  • Add the stuffed chicken back to the skillet. Transfer to the preheated oven and bake until a thermometer inserted in the thickest part of one of the chicken breasts registers 165 degrees Fahrenheit, 18-20 minutes.
  • When ready to serve, carefully remove the toothpicks from the chicken breasts. Drizzle them with the sauce at the bottom of the pan.
  • If preferred, finish it off with a drizzle of balsamic glaze and sprinkle with fresh basil. Serve right away.

Notes

  • Resist the urge to overfill & do not skip the toothpicks: I know it’s tempting to stuff the chicken to the brim with the goat cheese mixture, but doing so causes the melty cheese to leak out and make a mess. Fill each breast with about 2-3 tablespoons of the mixture for the best results and be sure to secure it with the toothpicks.
  • Pound chicken if needed: If your chicken breasts are on the larger side (more than 8 ounces), I would recommend gently pounding them with a meat mallet before stuffing them with the mixture.
  • Trust the process: Searing the chicken requires patience, as you may want to flip it before it’s done searing on one side. Use a cast iron or stainless steel pan for best results, and wait for the chicken to naturally release from the pan before flipping.  Remember, we are not cooking the chicken fully here. Rather, just searing it until we get a nice golden brown color on top.
  • Do not overcrowd the pan: Sear the chicken in batches to ensure that each goat cheese stuffed chicken breast has enough room to sear nicely.
  • Check doneness before serving: Make sure to check the doneness of your chicken with a meat thermometer (affiliate link). The internal temperature of each breast should register at least 165 degrees F.
  • Store: Store the leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days. 
  • Reheat: To avoid drying out the chicken, reheat the dish in a low-heat oven (I recommend 300 degrees F) for about 10-15 minutes or until heated through. 

Nutrition

Calories: 302kcal | Carbohydrates: 6g | Protein: 31g | Fat: 15g | Saturated Fat: 8g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 4g | Trans Fat: 0.2g | Cholesterol: 100mg | Sodium: 551mg | Potassium: 586mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 3827IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 91mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-with-basil-and-herbed-goat-cheese/feed/ 7
Greek Yogurt Chicken Marinade https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-chicken-marinade/ https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-chicken-marinade/#comments Mon, 01 Aug 2022 18:31:46 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=57366 Why is this Recipe Awesome? Using yogurt as a marinade is one of the tastiest tricks in a chef’s recipe…]]>

Why is this Recipe Awesome?

Using yogurt as a marinade is one of the tastiest tricks in a chef’s recipe book. With such a rich and zesty flavor, this easy chicken marinade is one of my favorite Greek Yogurt Recipes.

  • This simple yogurt marinade for chicken packs maximum flavor with minimum work. Even beginner chefs can whip up this authentic Middle Eastern meal in no time.
  • Transform this Greek yogurt chicken recipe into an easy weeknight dinner with just a few minutes of advanced prep time. So, go ahead and add it to your meal prep recipes collection.
  • Chicken marinated in Greek yogurt is one of the most versatile recipes you can make all year long. With one easy recipe, you can cook this healthy chicken on the grill, in the oven, or on the stovetop using any type of chicken you prefer.
a plate of Greek yogurt marinated chicken thighs on a plate from the top view

Ingredients

To make this Greek Yogurt Marinade, you’ll need whole milk, plain Greek yogurt, lemon zest, fresh lemon juice, and olive oil. 

ingredients for greek seasoning chicken marinade

For the seasoning, gather minced garlic, onion powder, ground cumin, dried oregano, paprika, Italian parsley, kosher salt, ground black pepper, boneless skinless chicken thighs, and vegetable oil.

More Seasoning Ideas & Substitutions

  • Chicken: Though I prepare this recipe with boneless skinless chicken thighs, you can use any type of chicken you prefer (though cooking time may vary). Whole chicken, boneless skinless chicken breasts, and bone-in chicken thighs with skin are all delicious options.
  • Yogurt: I used whole Greek yogurt to make my chicken yogurt marinade. However, any plain whole milk yogurt would work to make this authentic Greek marinade for chicken.
  • Seasoning: Want to give the Greek seasoning in my chicken marinade even more flavor? Take your marinade seasoning to the next level by adding spices like sumac, red pepper flakes, Aleppo pepper, coriander, smoked paprika, and chili powder. For earthy undertones, you can also add dried herbs, like dill, basil, and thyme.
  • Garlic: I prefer using fresh garlic in this recipe, but in a pinch, you can substitute it with a teaspoon of garlic powder.
  • Fresh herbs: If you want to infuse your Mediterranean marinade for chicken with garden-fresh flavor, fresh herbs are the way to go. Fresh oregano, fresh dill and fresh mint will also brighten every bite of this chicken dish.

How to Make Greek Marinade with Yogurt

You won’t believe how easy it is to make Greek chicken marinade with yogurt. Transform your chicken into a Middle Eastern masterpiece with a handful of simple ingredients and a whisk.

person making greek chicken with yogurt marinade
  1. Combine the marinade ingredients: Add the Greek yogurt, lemon zest, lemon juice, olive oil, garlic, onion powder, cumin, oregano, paprika, parsley, salt, and pepper to a large bowl. Whisk the ingredients together until thoroughly combined.
  2. Add the chicken: Add the chicken to the marinade, making sure to submerge all pieces in the mixture.
  3. Marinate chicken with yogurt: Leaving the chicken inside, cover the bowl with plastic wrap. Place the bowl in the fridge for 4-12 hours, so the chicken becomes coated in Greek yogurt and all the flavors have ample time to mingle.
person adding salt and pepper to marinated chicken thighs in yogurt
  1. Prepare chicken for cooking: Remove the soaked chicken from the marinade, place it on a plate, and scrape off the excess marinade. Lightly season the meat with ½ teaspoon salt and ¼ teaspoon black pepper on each side. Discard the used and excess marinade.

How to Cook Yogurt Marinated Chicken

There are countless tasty ways to cook Greek chicken marinated in yogurt. These simple instructions have everything, from Greek grilled chicken thighs to roasted chicken with Greek yogurt.

On the Grill

Preparing Greek chicken on the grill makes for a smoky, savory, and fresh meal no one can resist. Prepare your easy marinade, light up your outdoor grill, and get ready for the best-grilled chicken you’ve ever tasted.

  1. Preheat the grill: Preheat a gas grill to medium-high heat (450 degrees F.).
person making grilled chicken with Greek yogurt on the grill
  1. Prepare the grates: Clean the grill grates and brush them with a generous amount of vegetable oil.
  2. Cook the chicken: Transfer the chicken thighs marinated in yogurt to the grill grates. Grill them for 8-10 minutes—turning them once—until the thickest part of the meat reaches an internal temperature of 165 degrees F. with a meat thermometer (affiliate link).
  3. Serve: Transfer the cooked chicken to a plate, cover it with aluminum foil, and let it rest for 5-7 minutes. Serve!

In the Oven

Baking yogurt marinated chicken is one of my cookbook’s easiest and tastiest weeknight recipes. You can set it and forget it with this hands-free chicken yogurt bake recipe.

  1. Preheat the oven: Preheat the oven to 425 degrees F. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper and set it aside.
  2. Bake the chicken: Transfer the chicken thighs to the prepared sheet and bake for 18-22 minutes. When done, the thickest part of the meat should reach an internal temperature of 165 degrees F.
  3. Serve: Remove the cooked chicken from the oven and transfer it to a plate. Cover the chicken with aluminum foil and let it rest for 5 minutes. Slice and serve!

On the Stovetop

I recommend preparing yogurt-marinated chicken on the stovetop for a quick, indoor cooking method. 

  1. Prepare the skillet: Add one tablespoon of vegetable oil to a large skillet or a grill pan and heat over medium-high heat.
  2. Add the chicken: When the oil is hot, add the chicken to the skillet, making sure not to overcrowd the pieces.
  3. Cook: Cook the chicken until one side is fully cooked, then flip each piece. In total, the chicken should cook for 10-12 minutes or until the thickest part of the meat reaches 165 degrees F.
  4. Serve: Transfer the chicken thighs to a plate, and cover them with aluminum foil. Let the chicken rest for 5-10 minutes, then serve.

What to Serve it with

What I love most about this Yogurt Marinated Greek Chicken is that it pairs well with so many dishes making it ideal for a delicious chicken meal any night of the week. Below are a few suggestions to help you build a menu around it:

How to Store & Reheat

One bite of this juicy chicken, and you won’t want a single bite to go to waste. Keep your chicken tasting fresh-off-the-grill using these easy storage hacks.

  • Store: Place leftover grilled chicken in an airtight container. It will stay fresh in the refrigerator for up to two days.
  • Reheat: To reheat your chicken, heat it in the microwave until it reaches your desired temperature. You can also cook it in the oven at 300 degrees F. for 8-10 minutes.
chicken souvlaki with Greek yogurt marinade on a plate from the front view

Expert Tips

You don’t have to be a master chef to prepare this Greek Chicken Yogurt Marinade. Here are a few foolproof tips to help you succeed on your first try:

  • Use the marinade as a sauce: Equal parts versatile and flavorful, my healthy Greek chicken marinade doubles as a sauce. Just be sure to use fresh marinade—not the marinade with which you soaked raw chicken.
  • Discard leftover chicken marinade: Be sure to discard any used marinade to prevent any food-borne illnesses caused by using raw poultry.
  • Pound the chicken breasts: If you are using chicken breasts, I recommend pounding them to an even thickness before cooking. Doing so will ensure that they are cooked evenly throughout, leaving you with perfectly cooked yogurt marinated chicken breasts.
  • Brush grilled chicken with oil: If your Greek BBQ chicken dries out during the grilling process, feel free to brush it with a light layer of olive oil to restore its moisture.
  • Cooking time may vary: Depending on the thickness of your chicken, it may require more or less cooking time. To test your chicken’s doneness, the best thing to do is to use a digital thermometer, such as Thermapen One (affiliate). Simply insert the thermometer into the thickest part of the chicken. It should be safely cooked and ready to eat when it reaches 165 degrees F.
  • Let the chicken rest: To keep your Greek chicken as succulent and flavorful as possible, let them rest for a few minutes before slicing. This resting time allows the chicken to reabsorb and redistribute its juices, ensuring that every bite explodes with flavor.

FAQs

What is Greek chicken?

Greek chicken is chicken prepared using classic Greek flavors. Fresh herbs, yogurt, lemon, and olive oil are signature ingredients in Greek marinade for chicken with yogurt.

What does marinating chicken in yogurt do?

When added to a marinade, the lactic acid in yogurt gently tenderizes the meat without making it tough—something vinegar- and citrus-based marinades tend to do. As a result, marinating chicken thighs in yogurt gives them a juicy, melt-in-your-mouth texture.

How to season Greek chicken?

To season Grecian chicken, I first suggest marinating your meat in a mixture that contains both acid and fat (for example, marinating chicken in greek yogurt, olive oil, and lemon juice). Then, add common Greek seasonings like onion powder, ground cumin, dried oregano, and paprika. Finally, sprinkle your chicken with fresh herbs, such as parsley, mint and/or dill, and cook as desired.

How long to marinate chicken in yogurt?

I suggest marinating your chicken breast in greek yogurt for a minimum of four hours and a maximum of twelve hours.

Can I marinate chicken in yogurt overnight?

Yes—I even recommend it! Letting the mixture sit overnight ensures your chicken absorbs the marinade’s flavor and tenderizes properly.

Can you fry chicken marinated in yogurt?

Yes, you can fry your marinated chicken. However, I suggest scraping off any excess lemon oregano marinade and coating your chicken in an egg-and-flour mixture before frying to make your meat extra crispy.

Do you rinse off yogurt marinade?

You don’t need to wash off your Greek chicken marinade with yogurt, but I suggest scraping off any excess to make the cooking process cleaner and easier.

Other Chicken Recipes You Might Also Like:

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you try this Greek Yogurt Chicken Marinade recipe or any other recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

yogurt marinated greek chicken on a plate from the top view
Print

Greek Yogurt Chicken Marinade Recipe

This Greek Yogurt Chicken Marinade recipe is all you need for juicy, tangy, perfectly seasoned chicken with a Mediterranean flair. Whether you decide to cook this delicious chicken on the grill, in the oven, or on the stove, it's always bound to impress. Serve it alone or with a tasty side dish for a simple, satisfying, and healthy meal.
Course Chicken
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Resting Time 4 hours
Total Time 4 hours 30 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 341kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup whole milk Greek yogurt
  • 1 teaspoon lemon zest
  • 1/4 cup lemon juice
  • 3 tablespoons olive oil
  • 3 cloves garlic cloves minced
  • ½ teaspoon onion powder
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 1 teaspoon dried oregano
  • 1 teaspoon paprika
  • ½ cup fresh Italian parsley roughly chopped
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt more for seasoning at the last minute
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 ½ lb. skinless boneless chicken thighs or chicken breast* – read note
  • 2 tablespoons vegetable oil to brush grill grates

Instructions

  • Place yogurt, lemon zest, lemon juice, olive oil, garlic, onion powder, cumin, oregano, paprika, parsley, and salt and pepper in a large bowl*1. Whisk until fully combined.
  • Place chicken thighs in the bowl and make sure that they are fully submerged in the marinade.
  • Cover with plastic wrap and place in the fridge for at least 4 hours or preferably overnight for up to 12 hours.
  • When you are ready to cook, remove the chicken from the marinade onto a plate, making sure to scrape off any excess marinade. Season chicken pieces lightly with ½ teaspoon salt and ¼ teaspoon pepper on each side. Discard the marinade.

To Cook on the Grill:

  • Preheat a gas grill to medium-high heat (450 degrees F).
  • Clean grill grates and generously brush with vegetable oil.
  • Grill chicken thighs for 8-10 minutes, turning once until the internal temperature reaches 165 degrees when a thermometer is inserted in the thickest part of the meat.
  • Transfer the now cooked chicken onto a plate, cover with aluminum foil and let it rest for 5-7 minutes before serving.

To Cook in the Oven

  • Preheat the oven to 425 degrees F. Line a sheet pan with parchment paper and set it aside.
  • Place chicken thighs on the sheet and bake for 18-22 minutes or until a thermometer inserted into the meat registers 165 degrees F.
  • Remove from the oven and onto a plate. Cover with aluminum foil and let them rest for 5 minutes before slicing and/or serving.

To Cook on the Stove

  • Heat 1 tablespoon of vegetable oil in a large skillet (10 or 12-inch cast iron skillet or a skillet grill is ideal) over medium-high heat.
  • When it is simmering hot, place the chicken pieces in the skillet, making sure not to overcrowd the pan.
  • Cook, turning once until they are fully cooked, 10-12 minutes, or until a digital thermometer inserted in the center of a thigh registers 165 degrees F.
  • Remove the chicken thighs from the skillet and onto a plate; cover with aluminum foil and let it rest for 5-10 minutes before serving.

Video

Notes

  • *1 Alternatively, you can place everything in a plastic bag and seal it tightly for easy and quick clean-up.
  • *2 If using boneless skinless chicken breasts, pound them one by one to flatten them out to an even thickness. Doing so will ensure that they will cook evenly throughout.
  • Store: Place leftover grilled chicken in an airtight container. It will stay fresh in the refrigerator for up to two days.
  • Reheat: To reheat your chicken, heat it in the microwave until it reaches your desired temperature. You can also cook it in the oven at 300 degrees F. for 8-10 minutes.

Nutrition

Calories: 341kcal | Carbohydrates: 5g | Protein: 39g | Fat: 18g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 10g | Trans Fat: 0.03g | Cholesterol: 164mg | Sodium: 757mg | Potassium: 587mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 938IU | Vitamin C: 17mg | Calcium: 103mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-chicken-marinade/feed/ 15
Sesame Noodles with Chicken https://foolproofliving.com/sesame-noodles-with-chicken-and-asparagus/ https://foolproofliving.com/sesame-noodles-with-chicken-and-asparagus/#comments Tue, 07 Jun 2022 17:28:07 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3208 Even better, this sesame chicken noodles dish only uses pantry ingredients to prepare, which is also why it ranks high…]]>

Even better, this sesame chicken noodles dish only uses pantry ingredients to prepare, which is also why it ranks high amongst my favorite Asian recipes, including Sesame Chicken Salad, Thai Lemongrass Chicken, and Chicken Teriyaki Stir Fry.

sesame noodles with chicken and asparagus in a skillet with a wooden spoon on the side

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

Few Asian recipes are as flavorful, simple, or versatile as chicken with sesame noodles. You won’t believe how much there is to love about this mouthwatering meal.

  • Not only does this classic Asian comfort food come together in less than 30 minutes, but it also tastes better than takeout from your favorite Thai or Chinese restaurants.
  • There are countless ways to customize sesame noodles with chicken and asparagus using whatever ingredients you have on hand. No more last-minute runs to the grocery store!
  • You can serve sesame chicken with noodles warm or cold, making it the ultimate meal plan-friendly dinner recipe.

Ingredients You’ll Need

To make this sesame noodles recipe, you’ll need three sets of ingredients:

ingredients including asparagus, ramen noodles, and ground chicken on a marble backdrop
  1. Chicken, asparagus, and noodles: Gather sesame oil, ground chicken, asparagus, black and white sesame seeds, and ramen noodles (seasonings discarded).
creamy peanut butter sauce ingredients from top view
  1. Peanut butter sauce: For the spicy peanut chicken noodles’ sauce, you’ll need unsweetened creamy peanut butter, minced garlic, grated ginger, soy sauce (low sodium soy sauce can also be used), rice vinegar, coconut sugar, and fresh lime juice. You may also add Sriracha or sambal oelek chili paste for an extra spicy and strong flavor.
Garnishes for the asian noodles dish on a marble counter
  1. Garnishes: To garnish your Asian noodle bowls, you may use sesame seeds, chopped scallions, chopped peanuts, and fresh cilantro (optional).

Substitutions

  • Noodles: I prepare my sesame ground chicken with ramen noodles, but nearly any kind of noodles will work for this dish. For instance, you can make ground chicken with udon noodles, soba noodles, Chinese egg noodles, rice noodles, or even spaghetti for a tasty sesame chicken pasta.
  • Low-carb option: Use zucchini noodles and butternut squash noodles instead of ramen noodles for a low-carb but just as delicious option.
  • Chicken: I put the ground chicken in my peanut sesame noodles, but almost any lean chicken will do. Leftover roast chicken,  Baked Bone-In Chicken Breasts, shredded chicken from leftover rotisserie chicken, grilled boneless skinless chicken thighs, and even ground turkey make yummy substitutions.
  • Vegetables: You can add countless vegetables to your spicy peanut noodles with chicken. Great options include broccoli, edamame, bean sprouts, snow peas, snap peas, red bell pepper, and cabbage (the same veggie I use in my Chicken Broccoli Lo Mein!). However, you can also add leftover Baked Asparagus, Air Fryer Asparagus, Steamed Asparagus or Sautéed Asparagus and Mushrooms for even simpler meal prep.
  • Sugar: If you don’t have coconut sugar on hand, brown sugar and honey work just as well. Additionally, if you use sweetened peanut butter in the sauce, be sure to adjust the sweetness according to your taste buds.

How to Make

This 30-minute recipe for sesame noodles and chicken comes together in a snap for beginner and expert chefs alike. Preparing authentic Asian recipes has never been so easy.

person sautéing chicken and asparagus in a skillet
  1. Sauté the chicken: Heat the sesame oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Then, add the ground chicken to the hot oil, using a wooden spoon to break any large pieces, and cook until no longer pink (7-8 minutes). 
  2. Cook the asparagus: Add the chopped asparagus to the pan, stirring occasionally. Cook the vegetables until they are crisp-tender (4-5 minutes).
  3. Toast the sesame seeds: Place a small, empty skillet over medium heat and add the sesame seeds. Toast, frequently stirring, for 4-5 minutes, or until golden brown. Be sure not to leave the seeds unattended, as they can burn quickly.
  4. Cook noodles: While the sesame seeds toast, fill a medium saucepan with water and a tablespoon of salt. Bring the mixture to a boil. Then, add the ramen noodles (without the seasonings!) and cook according to the package directions. I boiled mine for 2 minutes. Once cooked, drain noodles while saving ¼ cup of the pasta water.
person making the sesame noodle sauce and assembling the recipe
  1. Make the peanut sauce: While the chicken cooks, combine the unsweetened creamy peanut butter, garlic, ginger, soy sauce, rice vinegar, coconut sugar (or brown sugar), lime juice, and—if desired—Sriracha. Whisk together in a measuring cup until thoroughly mixed.
  2. Assemble: Just before serving, add the cooked pasta to the skillet with the chicken and asparagus. Then, drizzle the hot sesame noodles with the peanut butter sauce and add the chopped green onions. Use kitchen tongs to toss the ingredients until the sauce evenly coats the noodles. If it gets too sticky, drizzle it with the reserved cooking water as you toss.
  3. Garnish: Divide the warm sesame peanut noodles with chicken into bowls and garnish with chopped peanuts, toasted sesame seeds, and—if desired—cilantro and wedges of lime.

What to Serve with Sesame Noodles

Spicy chicken noodles make an excellent pair with dozens of savory sides. So go ahead and try some of the vegetable dishes below to turn your Asian noodles into a healthy meal:

How to Make Ahead, Meal Prep, and Store Leftovers

Sesame chicken meal prep is what every chef-on-the-go needs. Quick and storage-friendly, this sesame noodle bowl recipe will transform your meal plans.

  • Make ahead: To make ground chicken stir fry noodles ahead of time, begin by making the peanut butter sauce first, and then prepare the garnishes. Finally, cook the chicken and asparagus. When ready to eat, cook the noodles, assemble your sesame noodle bowls, and serve.
  • Meal prep: For quick meal prep, prepare your peanut sauce, chicken and asparagus, and noodles, and store them in an airtight container with the sauce reserved on the side. Then, cut up your garnishes and store them in a separate container. Just before serving, give your noodle sauce a good shake, drizzle the sesame noodles with the sauce and if preferred, warm the spicy chicken peanut noodles and top it with the prepared garnishes.
  • Storage: To store, wait until your spicy noodles with chicken reach room temperature. Then, place your leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days. Reheat the dish in the microwave or on the stovetop when ready to eat. If you use the stovetop method, you may want to add a splash of water, chicken broth, or vegetable broth to the skillet to keep the noodles tender.
Sesame chicken noodles in a bowl garnished with peanuts and sesame seeds

Expert Tips

Anyone can whip up spicy sesame noodles with chicken and peanuts using these pro tips. Hassle-free and delicious to boot, healthy noodle bowls are a great meal for any chef to make.

  • Multitasking: Performing multiple steps at once is the key to making this Asian noodle bowl recipe as seamlessly—and quickly!—as possible. I suggest preparing your peanut sauce while sautéeing your spicy sesame chicken. It also helps to boil your ramen noodles while toasting your sesame seeds.
  • Toast the sesame seeds: Though it may seem unnecessary, taking the time to toast your sesame seeds is a game-changer when it comes to taste. Give your seeds a nice crunch and unlock all their delicious, nutty flavors with this one simple step.

FAQs:

What kind of sauce noodles go well with sesame chicken?

In my opinion, peanut butter sauce adds incomparable flavor (and extra protein!) to sesame chicken. However, curry sauce can also add great flavor to this sweet-and-spicy dish.

Can I freeze sesame noodles?

I don’t recommend freezing chicken Asian noodle recipes, as the extreme cold will ruin the texture of your noodles.

Other Take-Out Dishes Made At Home:

If you try this Sesame Noodles with Chicken recipe or any other Asian-inspired recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

This recipe is adapted with changes from New York Times’ Sesame Noodles with Chicken and Peanuts and America’s Test Kitchen’s Sesame Noodles recipes.

sesame noodles with chicken and asparagus in a bowl from top view
Print

Sesame Noodles with Chicken Recipe

Sesame noodles with chicken and asparagus for a healthy weeknight chicken recipe. Drizzled with a velvety peanut butter sauce, this Asian noodles dish is guaranteed to become a favorite in your weekly menu.
Course Main Course
Cuisine Asian Cuisine, Thai Cuisine
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 506kcal

Ingredients

Chicken & Vegetables:

  • 2 tablespoons sesame oil
  • 1 pound ground chicken or leftover chicken
  • 1 bunch asparagus* woody ends trimmed & cut into 2-inch pieces
  • ¼ cup sesame seeds black & white

For The Noodles:

  • 3 packets of ramen noodles seasonings discarded

Peanut Sauce:

  • ¼ cup unsweetened creamy peanut butter
  • 3 cloves of garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon fresh ginger peeled and grated
  • 5 tablespoons soy sauce
  • 2 tablespoons rice vinegar
  • 2 tablespoons coconut sugar or brown sugar
  • 1 tablespoon lime juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 tablespoon Sriracha optional

As Garnish:

  • 4 scallions both green and white parts sliced thinly
  • ½ cup peanuts chopped
  • ¼ cup fresh cilantro chopped
  • Wedges of lime

Instructions

  • To cook the chicken: Heat sesame oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Add in the ground chicken and cook, breaking the large pieces with a wooden spoon, for 7-8 minutes or until no longer pink.
  • Add in the asparagus and let it cook, stirring occasionally, until vegetables are crisp-tender, 4-5 minutes.
  • Toast the sesame seeds: Place sesame seeds in a small empty skillet over medium heat. Toast, stirring frequently, for 4-5 minutes or until they turn golden brown. Do not leave the site of it as they can burn easily.
  • Cook the ramen noodles: Meanwhile to cook the ramen noodles, fill a medium-sized saucepan with water and a tablespoon of salt. Bring to a boil. Add the noodles and cook for 2 minutes. Save ¼ cup of the pasta water and drain the rest.
  • Make the noodle sauce: While the chicken is cooking, make the peanut butter sauce. To do so, whisk together peanut butter, garlic, ginger, soy sauce, rice vinegar, brown sugar, lime juice, and Sriracha ( if using) in a measuring cup.
  • Assemble: Right before serving, place the ramen noodles into the skillet with chicken and asparagus. Drizzle it with the peanut butter sauce and add in the chopped scallions. Using kitchen tongs, give it a toss making sure that the noodles are evenly coated with the sauce. If it gets too sticky, drizzle it with the reserved pasta water as you toss.
  • Divide the noodles into bowls and garnish with chopped peanuts, sesame seeds, wedges of lime, and chopped fresh cilantro, if using.

Notes

  • Make ahead: To make this recipe ahead of time, make the peanut butter sauce and cook the chicken and asparagus a day in advance and store them in separate airtight containers in the fridge. When ready to eat, cook the noodles, assemble your sesame noodle bowls, and serve.
  • Meal prep: For quick meal prep, prepare your peanut sauce, chicken and asparagus, and noodles, and store them in an airtight container with the sauce reserved on the side. Then, cut up your garnishes and store them in a separate container. Just before serving, give your noodle sauce a good shake, drizzle the sesame noodles with the sauce and if preferred, warm it up in the microwave in 30-second intervals and top it with the prepared garnishes.
  • Storage: To store, wait until it reaches room temperature. Then, place your leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days. Reheat the dish in the microwave or on the stovetop when ready to eat. If you use the stovetop method, you may want to add a splash of water, chicken broth, or vegetable broth to the skillet to keep the noodles tender.
  • Want to make this sesame noodles dish even faster? Use leftover chicken!
  • I used asparagus as the vegetable in this recipe but broccoli, snap peas, peas, etc. would all work as the vegetable. 

Nutrition

Calories: 506kcal | Carbohydrates: 13g | Protein: 33g | Fat: 38g | Saturated Fat: 7g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 12g | Monounsaturated Fat: 17g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 98mg | Sodium: 1503mg | Potassium: 978mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 226IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 146mg | Iron: 4mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/sesame-noodles-with-chicken-and-asparagus/feed/ 5
Chicken Pita Wraps https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-pita-wraps/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-pita-wraps/#comments Tue, 17 May 2022 04:16:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=15945 So many of you have asked for easy weeknight dinners, like chicken fricassee or chicken Caprese sandwich. But just like…]]>

So many of you have asked for easy weeknight dinners, like chicken fricassee or chicken Caprese sandwich. But just like so much of Mediterranean cuisine, I think these healthy pita wraps take the least amount of effort yet offer the biggest amount of flavor. Not to mention they are very similar to gyro wraps with chicken but made in half the amount of time.

Hearty, bright and comforting all in one – that’s a Greek-style pita calling my name.

Greek chicken pita wraps with chickpeas rolled and placed in a container

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

There is something about Mediterranean food that is so undeniably crave-able. Because of the heavy use of fresh herbs and quality ingredients, it just makes you want to eat it over and over again. I know you will love this recipe for Greek chicken chickpea pita wrap because:

  • Easy and straightforward: If you love Greek food (and chicken gyros in particular), you will enjoy this pita wrap made with simple ingredients, including crispy chickpeas, juicy chicken, and garlicky homemade tzatziki sauce, in about 30 minutes.
  • Vibrant, beautiful, and satisfying: If the colors aren’t enough to get you to dive in, then one bite should get you there. Serve it warm or at room temperature for a satisfying meal.
  • Serving is versatile: These pita wraps can double as a light lunch or dinner, or the perfect platter to share with friends. Double or triple the recipe to bring to all your summer picnics and parties.

Ingredients

The ingredient list for this gyro wrap recipe is a mix of fresh and store-bought ingredients.

Gather together boneless, skinless chicken thighs, chickpeas, olive oil, ground coriander, ground cumin, Kosher salt, black pepper, pita wraps, tzatziki sauce, fresh arugula, and fresh dill.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view

Ingredient Substitutions and Notes

  • Use Leftover Chicken: This recipe is perfect with leftover baked bone-in chicken breasts, air-fried chicken drumsticks or with a rotisserie chicken you can pick from the store on your way from work.
  • Wraps: I like to use whole wheat pita for this recipe. However, if you have the time, you can also try my DIY Pita Bread recipe. While I love pita bread, you can also use storebought or homemade flatbread or naan bread in a pinch. Also, you can opt for a low-carb version, if desired.
  • Marinade chicken in yogurt: If you have the time to plan ahead, you can marinade chicken in my Yogurt Chicken Marinade. Marinating chicken in yogurt tenderizes the meat and produces a deliciously moist and flavorful chicken.
  • Homemade Tzatziki sauce: You can make your own tzatziki sauce or use my Greek Yogurt dressing if you want a faster condiment. And if you want to take it up a notch, try it with my Tahini Yogurt Sauce.
  • Fresh Veggies and Additional Toppings (optional): Topping with thinly sliced red onion, lightly roasted red onion, half a cup grape tomatoes, sliced cucumber, and/or crumbled feta cheese is also a great option.
  • Fresh Greens: You can substitute any salad greens or fresh herbs for arugula and dill.

How to Make a Pita Wrap

I can honestly say this chicken pita recipe will be ready to enjoy in less than 30 minutes – assembly included. Here’s how to do it:

person showing how to make pita wraps with chicken
  1. Prep equipment: Preheat the oven to 425 degrees F. Set up a baking sheet lined with parchment paper.
  2. Dry chicken and chickpeas: Use two paper towels – one to dry the chicken and the other to pat dry the chickpeas. Place them both on the baking sheet.
  3. Season: Add olive oil, coriander, cumin, salt, and pepper to the chicken and chickpeas. Using clean hands, rub the seasoning all over the surface so that they are evenly coated. Spread the chicken and chickpeas out into a single layer, ensuring there is space between them.
chicken is baked and being cut for healthy pita wraps
  1. Bake: Bake in the oven for 15 minutes, or until the chicken registers 160-165 degrees F when an instant-read thermometer is inserted into the thickest part of the thigh. Allow to rest for 10 minutes, then cut the chicken into strips.
a collage of images showing a person assembling gyros with greek chicken
  1. Assemble pita wraps: Lightly warm pita bread in the oven. Start by spreading it with a few tablespoons of tzatziki sauce. Then, divide chicken mixture (including chickpeas) and top with a handful of arugula. If desired, top with extra tzatziki sauce and fresh dill. Finish with a sprinkling of salt and pepper or a squeeze of lemon juice. Repeat the same process with the remaining pita bread.

Serving Suggestions

Nothing says Greek chicken pita wrap more than a hot summer day and more tzatziki to pass around. You can wrap them up just as I did or serve them open-faced on a plate. Some of my favorite ways to serve include:

How to Store

This Greek pita wrap recipe will keep if all the components are stored separately. An easy chicken recipe for meal prep, too. To do so, simply:

  • Chicken and chickpeas: Store in an airtight container for up to 4 days in the refrigerator.
  • Tzatziki: If homemade, store in an airtight container for up to 4 days in the fridge. If store-bought, keep unopened until ready to use.
  • Arugula: Store in an airtight container with a strip of paper towel to absorb any extra moisture.
  • Pita: Keep wrapped in plastic or the same package it came in right on your kitchen counter.
Chicken Pita Wraps rolled up in a container from the front view

Expert Tips

  • Dry the chicken and chickpeas. The extra dry surface makes them extra crispy.
  • Spread the chicken and chickpeas into one even layer. This cooks them evenly. Use two baking sheets, if necessary.
  • Toasting the pita is optional. I first turn the oven off after making the roasted chicken, then place the pita bread inside the warm oven for just a few minutes. The residual heat makes the perfect warm pitas. If you are short on time or if your pita bread is fresh, feel free to skip this step.
  • Make a salad with the leftovers. Feel free to shred the chicken, tear up the pita bread into bite-size pieces, place them on a bed of arugula or use my Simple Spring Mix Salad as a base and drizzle them with Tzatziki sauce to enjoy as a salad.

FAQs

How do you use a pita wrap?

I made these Greek chicken pita wraps just as I would with a traditional flour tortilla. In other words, without opening the pocket. That being said, you can make chicken pita pockets by first cutting off the top of the pita and gently sliding your finger through to separate the top from the bottom.

How many calories are in a Greek chicken pita?

One chicken pita wrap is 521 calories. Calories will vary depending on how much tzatziki sauce you use.

Is Greek pita healthy?

Yes! These Greek Chicken pitas are packed full of protein, healthy fats, greens, fresh herbs, and spices. It is a complete, well-rounded meal you can feel good about.

Other chicken recipes you might also like:

If you try this Chicken Pita Wraps recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

This recipe has been adapted from Healthyish: A Cookbook with Seriously Satisfying, Truly Simple, Good-For-You (but not too Good-For-You) Recipes for Real Life with some minor changes to the original recipe.

chicken pita wraps in a container from the top view
Print

Chicken Pita Wraps Recipe

These Chicken Pita Wraps is an easy weeknight meal that is made by roasting chicken with chickpeas on a sheet pan then serving it on pita bread that is smeared with homemade tzatziki sauce.
Course Dinner
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Halal
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 521kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound chicken thighs (455 gr) – boneless, skinless
  • 1 can chickpeas, drained and rinsed (15.5 oz. can)
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon ground coriander
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 4 pita bread
  • 1 cup Tzatziki Sauce
  • 1 cup fresh arugula rinsed and drained
  • Handful of fresh dill chopped (optional)

Instructions

  • Pre-heat the oven to 425 degrees. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
  • Pat-dry chicken with a sheet of paper towel. Transfer the chicken and chickpeas onto the baking sheet and make sure that they are on a single layer.
  • Drizzle them with olive oil and sprinkle them with coriander, cumin, salt and pepper.
  • Rub all sides of the chicken and chickpeas with the spices either with your clean hands or using a spatula and/or  tongs  (to flip the chicken).
  • Roast for 15 minutes or until the chicken is fully cooked (it should register between 160-165 F degrees when a thermometer is inserted in the middle of a thigh).
  • Let rest for 5 minutes. Cut chicken into strips.
  • Meanwhile, if preferred, place the pita in the oven and let it warm with the residual heat for a few minutes.
  • When ready to assemble, place a pita bread on a plate. Spread it with a few tablespoons of tzatziki sauce and top it off with chicken strips, a handful of crispy chickpeas, and arugula. If preferred, drizzle it with more Tzatziki sauce and garnish with fresh dill. Lightly sprinkle with salt and pepper.
  • Repeat the same process for the rest of the pita bread.
  • Serve.

Video

Notes

  • Chicken: You can use chicken breasts or rotisserie chicken instead of chicken thighs. 
  • Arugula & Dill: Any leafy greens and fresh herbs (i.e. fresh parsley and mint) can be used. 
  • Pita Bread: Storebought or homemade naan and flatbread can be a good substitute.
  • Store leftovers in an airtight container separately for up to 4 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 521kcal | Carbohydrates: 50g | Protein: 34g | Fat: 21g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 115mg | Sodium: 1520mg | Potassium: 517mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 192IU | Calcium: 165mg | Iron: 4mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-pita-wraps/feed/ 25
Air Fryer Chicken Legs https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-chicken-legs/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-chicken-legs/#respond Wed, 20 Apr 2022 18:55:12 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=50573 Can’t get enough of air fryer recipes? Be sure also to check out our perfectly crisp Air Fried Turkey Legs,…]]>

Can’t get enough of air fryer recipes? Be sure also to check out our perfectly crisp Air Fried Turkey Legs, Air Fryer Cornish Hens, and Air Fried Turkey Bacon recipe.

Air fried chicken legs on a plate served with sauce

What Do You Need to Make this Recipe?

For this air fryer chicken legs recipe, you’ll need chicken drumsticks, vegetable oil (olive oil or avocado oil are my favorites), paprika, garlic powder, onion powder, brown sugar (or coconut sugar), kosher salt, black pepper, and baking powder.

Ingredients for the recipe from top view

Seasoning Ideas for Drumsticks

There are countless delectable combinations to choose from when deciding how to season chicken drumsticks, from smoky and hot to herby and light.

Just a few tasty options include ground cumin, ground coriander, cayenne pepper, curry powder, Italian seasoning, dried oregano, thyme, and chili powder.

Baking Powder for Extra Crispy Drumsticks

Cooking air fryer chicken drumsticks in baking powder is the key to getting extra crispy chicken legs in the air fryer—every time! Baking powder helps dry out the chicken’s skin without breaking its proteins and assists the browning process.

Therefore, to get crispy drumsticks in the air fryer, I suggest adding some baking powder to your seasoning mixture. I learned this ‘secret ingredient/technique” from the folks over at Cook’s Illustrated when I made their Slow Baked Chicken Wings recipe.

How to Cook Chicken Drumsticks in Air Fryer

This air fryer drumstick recipe will astound you with how easy it is. Minimal preparation, little time, and very little oil are necessary to make these irresistibly crisp chicken legs.

Person preparing drum sticks for air frying them
  1. Prepare the drumsticks: Remove the raw chicken drumsticks from their packaging and set them on a plate. Use a paper towel to pat them as dry as possible, then rub each drumstick with oil. Set them aside.
Person seasoning chicken legs and cooking them in air fryer
  1. Mix the seasonings: In a large bowl or Ziploc bag, mix the paprika, garlic powder, onion powder, brown sugar, salt, black pepper, and baking powder.
  2. Season the chicken legs: Place the drumsticks in the bowl/bag of seasoning. Toss them around until each chicken leg has an even spice mixture coating.
  3. Preheat: Preheat the air fryer to 400 degrees F.
  4. Cook the drumsticks: Arrange the chicken legs in a single layer in the air fryer basket. Make sure you evenly space each drumstick and alternate their ends. Next, air fry the chicken for 10 minutes. Once the 10 minutes are up, flip and rotate the drumsticks, and cook them for another 7-9 minutes or until a meat thermometer reads 165 degrees F. when inserted into one of the chicken legs.
  5. Rest: Transfer the air fried drumsticks to a serving platter and cover them loosely with aluminum foil. Let them rest for 5 minutes before serving or cutting.

Variations

You can make air fry chicken drumsticks in dozens of delicious ways. Whether you add flavorful breading or cook them straight from the freezer, you can’t go wrong with this versatile dish.

  • Skinless Chicken Legs in Air Fryer: Do you want to cook your drumsticks without the skin? Though your chicken may not come out as crispy, this is the best way to cook chicken legs in an air fryer to eliminate extra fat and calories.
  • Air Fryer Frozen Chicken Drumsticks: Though I don’t recommend this method, you can air fry frozen drumsticks to eliminate defrosting time. Simply cook them at 400 degrees F. for 45-50 minutes or until their internal temperature reaches 165 degrees F.
  • Air Fryer Shake and Bake Chicken Drumsticks: To simplify your seasoning method, try what most people call “the shake-and-bake” method! To do so, place your drumsticks and vegetable oil into a Ziploc bag, seal it, and mix until the chicken is fully coated. Then, add the seasoning mixture to the bag, seal it again, and repeat the shaking process until each drumstick has an even layer of spice. Cook your chicken as usual.

Expert Tips

Cooking drumsticks in an air fryer is a cinch when you have these pro tips to guide you. Use my foolproof method, and you’ll get perfectly crispy, evenly cooked, and tender chicken every time.

  • Air fry in batches: To ensure proper, even cooking, make sure you don’t overcrowd your chicken legs when arranging them in the air fryer. If you have a smaller air fryer or want to make more drumsticks, I suggest cooking this air fryer chicken leg recipe in batches.
  • Remove the meat from the fridge: Take your drumsticks out of the refrigerator 30 minutes before cooking them. This step gives the meat time to loosen up and release extra moisture.
  • Pat dry: Take the time to pat dry each of your chicken legs before coating them with the oil and drumstick seasoning. Drying out your chicken legs will give them crispy skin.
  • Use a digital thermometer: When checking whether your airfryer drumsticks are done, I suggest using a digital meat thermometer. To Food Safety Guidelines, your chicken should reach 165 degrees F. before they’re safe to eat.
  • Let the drumsticks rest: After you cook your chicken drumsticks in the air fryer, loosely cover them with aluminum foil. Then, let them rest for 4-5 minutes before cutting. This resting period will result in juicy chicken drumsticks by giving the meat time to reabsorb its liquid.
  • Timing may vary depending on the brand or type of air fryer you are using. The best way to check doneness is to use a thermometer and check them halfway through the air frying process.

What to Serve it With

If you’ve ever wondered, “What can you make with chicken drumsticks?” wonder no more! These mouthwatering meal ideas will satisfy everyone at your dinner table.

fried chicken drumsticks in air fryer right after they are cooked

How to Make Ahead & Store

Make this delectable dish ahead of time for easy meal prep, or save it in the fridge for savory seconds. Once you make these air fryer fried chicken legs, you won’t let a single bite go to waste.

  • To Make Ahead: When preparing this drumstick recipe in advance, dry off your chicken legs before evenly coating them with oil and seasoning. Then, store the seasoned drumsticks in a Ziploc bag in the fridge a day before. Transfer them to a plate and let them rest for a few minutes before air frying them.
  • Storage: Bring your air fryer fried chicken drumsticks to room temperature, then store them in an airtight container in the fridge. Your chicken will stay fresh for up to 2 days. To reheat your drumsticks, place them in your air fryer at 400 degrees Fahrenheit for 4-5 minutes.

FAQs

Do you want to know how many calories are in one air fried chicken drumstick or the perfect air fryer drumstick cooking time? Find everything you need to know about this simple recipe right here.

How to cook crispy chicken legs?

To make air fryer crispy fried chicken legs, pat dry your raw drumsticks as much as possible before coating them in oil and seasoning. Furthermore, don’t overcrowd them in the air fryer basket. I also recommend coating your drumsticks with baking powder before cooking for best results.

What temp to cook drumsticks in air fryer?

When cooking chicken drumsticks in the air fryer, I recommend setting your temperature at 400 degrees F. and cooking them for 18-20 minutes. However, you can also cook your chicken for 20-22 minutes at 380 degrees F.

How long to air fry chicken legs at 400?

At 400 degrees Fahrenheit, your chicken legs should cook for 18-20 minutes.

How long to air fry chicken legs at 380?

At 380 degrees Fahrenheit, your chicken legs will take 20-22 minutes to cook fully.

How many calories in an air fryer chicken leg?

One seasoned air fried chicken drumstick is about 129 calories.

Other Chicken Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Air Fried Chicken Legs recipe or any other air fryer recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Air Fryer Chicken Legs on a plate served with tomato sauce on the side
Print

Air Fryer Chicken Legs Recipe

Cooking chicken legs (aka drumsticks) in the air fryer is easier than you think. It takes about 20 minutes and delivers the most crispy and delicious chicken. Follow the recipe for a perfectly seasoned chicken or read the notes for more seasoning ideas to make it your own.
Course Weeknight Dinner
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Resting time 5 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 5 drumsticks
Calories 129kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 5 chicken drumsticks ~ 1 1/2 pounds
  • 1 1/2 teaspoons vegetable oil (olive oil or avocado oil are my favorites)
  • 2 teaspoons paprika
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon onion powder optional
  • 1 teaspoon brown sugar (or coconut sugar)
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 3 tablespoons chopped fresh parsley optional

Instructions

  • Remove chicken legs from their packaging onto a plate and pat dry with paper towels as much as you can. Rub each drumstick with oil and set them aside.
  • In a large bowl (or in a Ziploc bag), mix together paprika, garlic powder, onion powder, brown sugar, kosher salt, black pepper, and baking powder.
  • Place the chicken legs in the bowl (or in the Ziploc bag) and make sure that they are coated with the spice mixture on all sides.
  • Preheat the air fryer to 400 degrees F.
  • When ready, arrange drumsticks in the air fryer basket, spaced evenly apart, alternating ends. Air fry for 10 minutes, flip and rotate and then air fry for another 7-9 minutes or until a meat thermometer inserted into one of the drumsticks registers 165 degrees F.
  • Transfer chicken to a serving platter, cover loosely with aluminum foil and let rest for 5 minutes before serving.

Notes

  • Seasoning Ideas: A few other tasty seasoning options include ground cumin, ground coriander, cayenne pepper, curry powder, Italian seasoning, dried oregano, thyme, and chili powder.
  • To Make Ahead: If you want to make it a day in advance, simply dry off your chicken legs before evenly coating them with oil and seasoning. Then, store the seasoned drumsticks in a Ziploc bag in the fridge. Transfer them to a plate and let them rest for a few minutes before air frying them.
  • Storage: Bring the drumsticks to room temperature, then store them in an airtight container in the fridge. It should stay fresh for up to 2 days. To reheat your drumsticks, place them in your air fryer at 400 degrees Fahrenheit for 4-5 minutes.

Nutrition

Calories: 129kcal | Carbohydrates: 2g | Protein: 14g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 70mg | Sodium: 398mg | Potassium: 200mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 299IU | Vitamin C: 6mg | Calcium: 61mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-chicken-legs/feed/ 0
Waldorf Chicken Salad https://foolproofliving.com/waldorf-chicken-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/waldorf-chicken-salad/#comments Sun, 20 Feb 2022 15:55:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=19545 If you have been a reader for a while, you know that I am a big fan of chicken salad…]]>

If you have been a reader for a while, you know that I am a big fan of chicken salad recipes like Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad, Southwest Chicken Salad, and Sesame Chicken Salad recipe.

But I like to think of this salad as a celebration of all things sweet and savory, kind of like this apple salad. When mixed with lean protein like baked bone-in chicken breasts, it becomes a good recipe you can serve in different ways.

Waldorf chicken salad in a bowl from the top view

Got some extra spring mix? Also, try the La Scala Chopped Salad and Spring Salad.

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

This classic Waldorf salad is a sensational salad recipe. I know you’ll love it because:

  • An easy recipe that’s whisked and mixed in one bowl: Both the dressing and salad contain simple ingredients that come together in one bowl, making for easy prep and clean-up.
  • Made with my lightened up dressing: The original Waldorf chicken salad recipe is made using mayo as the base of the dressing. In my version, I substituted some of the creamy mayo with greek yogurt to lighten it up.
  • Easy to make ahead: Serve it right away or make this classic American salad ahead of time for quick lunches and easy meals.

Ingredient Notes

The chicken Waldorf salad ingredients come in two parts – the dressing and the salad.

ingredients for the salad dressing
  • For the dressing, you will need mayonnaise, plain yogurt, lemon juice, salt, and black pepper.
Ingredients for the recipe from the top view
  • For the salad, gather together a chopped apple, seedless red grapes, celery, chopped walnuts, pomegranate arils, salad greens, and cooked chicken.

Ingredient Substitutions & Additions

  • Mayo: Vegan mayo (aka Vegannaise) would be a great alternative.
  • Apple: Go for green Granny Smith apples for more sour notes or red apples such as Honeycrisp, Fuji or Gala.
  • Grapes: Red and black grapes are sweet grapes, but green grapes are traditional.
  • Nuts: Crunchy walnuts are part of the original Waldorf salad recipe, but you can use any nut you have on hand such as pecans, almonds, or even pistachios.
  • Greens: Use a mix of baby greens, arugula, or spinach. Rather than mixing in the greens, feel free to serve it over a bed of greens or butter lettuce cups instead.
  • Chicken: I used baked and cubed bone-in chicken breasts, but you can use leftover rotisserie chicken or poached chicken breasts instead.
  • Pomegranate Arils (optional): Omit, if desired, or swap out for raisins, dried cranberries, or dried cherries. Red onions also offer a nice pop of color and savory flavor.
  • Red Onion: Although not traditional, you can add in a half of a thinly sliced small red onion.

How to Make

This recipe for chicken Waldorf salad comes together in three easy steps. Simply:

A collage of photos showing how to make Waldorf Chicken salad recipe
  1. Make the dressing: In a small bowl, stir together mayonnaise, yogurt and lemon juice. Add salt and pepper and whisk to combine.
  2. Toss: In a bowl mix, salad greens, diced apple, grapes, celery, walnuts, and cooked chicken. Drizzle it with the dressing and give it a gentle toss to combine.
  3. Serve: Transfer to a shallow salad bowl for serving. Enjoy!

How to Serve

I cannot tell you how many compliments I get on this salad. Some of my favorite occasions to serve include:

  • Brunch: Nothing beats a salad recipe that pairs well with Lemon Ricotta Pancakes, Brioche French toast and spinach feta frittata.
  • Outdoor Picnics: My friends go crazy for this chicken salad whenever we plan an outdoor picnic or party. Just make sure to keep it on ice or in a cooler before and after serving. Transform it into Waldorf salad wraps or sandwiches, too.
  • Holidays: Easter, Memorial Day, 4th of July, Labor Day – the options are endless with this one.

How to Make Ahead, Store, and Meal Prep:

Due to the mayo and yogurt-based dressing, this chicken Waldorf salad recipe must be kept refrigerated, on ice or in a cooler.

  • To make ahead: Make the chicken Waldorf salad dressing and cook the chicken a day in advance. Store them separately in airtight containers in the refrigerator. Prepare the rest of the ingredients on the day you are planning to serve the salad.
  • To store leftovers, the Waldorf salad recipe with chicken will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days.
  • Meal Prep: If planning to make the salad ahead of time for meal prep, I would omit the greens and walnuts and mix in for an extra crunch just before serving.
person serving chicken waldorf salad in a bowl

Expert Tips

  • A great way to use leftover chicken or store bought rotisserie chicken. If you have some cooked chicken this Chicken Waldorf recipe comes together in less than 15 minutes.
  • Taste for seasoning. You might not need any salt or less depending on how salty your mayo is and how the chicken was seasoned. If it’s too salty, a squeeze of lemon will brighten it up.
  • Keep it cool. Since the dressing contains mayo and yogurt, make sure to keep it covered in a fridge or cooler. Serve it over ice if enjoying outside.

FAQs

What is Waldorf salad dressing made of?

The dressing for Waldorf salad is made of mayonnaise and a touch of sugar, but I like to lighten it up with a combo of mayo and yogurt. A squeeze of lemon juice adds a nice, tangy bite. Feel free to add a teaspoon or two of honey, if you’d like it sweeter.

What is the meaning of Waldorf salad?

A Waldorf salad is a salad made of apples, grapes, celery, walnuts, and mayonnaise. It is typically served over a bed of lettuce for an appetizer or light meal.

Where did the Waldorf salad come from?

The original Waldorf salad recipe was first served at the Waldorf-Astoria Hotel in New York City in 1896. It was a simple combination of apples, celery, and mayonnaise.

How many calories in Waldorf Chicken Salad?

The Chicken Waldorf Salad recipe below serves 4 dinner portions and each portion is about 505 calories.

Other chicken recipes you might like:

If you try this Easy Waldorf Chicken Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Waldorf Chicken Salad in a bowl from the top view
Print

Waldorf Chicken Salad Recipe

This Waldorf Chicken Salad is my take on the classic American Chicken Salad with Grapes and Apples. It is loaded with roasted chicken, fruits, greens, and nuts; comes together in less than 30 minutes; and is a great dish to take with you to parties and picnics.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 505kcal

Ingredients

For the Dressing:

  • cup mayonnaise
  • ½ cup plain yogurt
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 1/2 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1/4 teaspoon black pepper

For The Salad:

  • 1 apple cut into small cubes (I kept the skin on)
  • 3 cups salad greens washed and spin dried
  • 1 cup seedless red grapes halved
  • 1 cup 2-3 medium size celery stalks, cut into small pieces
  • 1 cup walnuts roughly chopped
  • 2 cups cooked chicken breasts cut into bite-sized cubes

Instructions

  • Make the dressing: In a large bowl, stir together mayonnaise, yogurt, lemon juice, salt and pepper.
  • Toss: Add the diced apple, grapes, celery, walnuts, pomegranate arils (if using), salad greens, and chicken. Toss to coat with the dressing.
  • Serve: Transfer to a shallow salad bowl for serving. Enjoy!

Notes

  • As you can see in the pictures, I used fresh seedless grapes, but if you can’t get your hands on them, you can use raisins as a substitute.
  • As long as it is kept covered in the fridge, this salad is good on the next day. I usually put it in between two slices of toast and make it a Waldorf Chicken Salad Sandwich.
  • As you can see in the recipe below, my version of the dressing is a combination of mayonnaise and yogurt. I wanted to cut down on the calories by mixing mayo with yogurt, but feel free to play around with it. If you want, you can make the dressing with only mayo or only yogurt.
  • The nutrition values below are approximate values and should not be used as medical advise.

Nutrition

Calories: 505kcal | Carbohydrates: 22g | Protein: 28g | Fat: 35g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 14g | Monounsaturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 63mg | Sodium: 493mg | Potassium: 599mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 555IU | Vitamin C: 13mg | Calcium: 98mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/waldorf-chicken-salad/feed/ 11
What To Serve With Chicken Parmesan https://foolproofliving.com/what-to-serve-with-chicken-parmesan/ https://foolproofliving.com/what-to-serve-with-chicken-parmesan/#comments Tue, 25 Jan 2022 02:19:53 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=48044 So, you made my Baked Chicken Parmesan recipe and now you need something to pair it with. Well, you are…]]>

So, you made my Baked Chicken Parmesan recipe and now you need something to pair it with. Well, you are right where you should be, because below are my favorite easy sides to serve with this Italian classic for a next-level meal that is guaranteed to impress.

Baked Chicken parmesan with roasted broccoli and marinara sauce from the top view.

Pasta Dishes

A bona fide classic, nothing goes better with a cheesy, chicken parmigiana recipe than a hearty pasta side. Pasta recipes are tasty and simple, which makes them the ultimate pairing for your protein-packed main. You’ll never wonder what pasta to serve with chicken parmesan with these yummy ideas.

A simple pasta recipe to serve with chicken parmesan
  • Mushroom and Pea Pasta: Equal parts earthy and tart, this easy recipe comes together in less than half an hour. Bright lemon zest balances perfectly with the robust garlic, earthy peas, and meaty mushrooms of this delicious side dish.
  • Elote Pasta Salad: This Mexican-inspired vibrant pasta dish bursts with tangy, fresh, and spicy flavors. Savory cotija cheese, lime juice, and sweet corn come together for a simple side you’ll want to serve with all your chicken mains.
  • Vegan Mac and Cheese: If you’re looking for a soy-free, dairy-free side to pair with your healthy chicken parmesan, this classic comfort food takes the cake. When you want a plant-based recipe to pair with, this is one of the best pastas for chicken parmesan.
  • Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta: Hearty Italian ingredients—like rich homemade tomato sauce (similar to marinara sauce), briny green olives, and tender eggplant—make this pasta a fan favorite. What pasta goes with chicken parmesan better than a pasta dish that is similar to eggplant parmesan?

Vegetable Noodles

If you are wondering what kind of pasta to serve with chicken parmesan, why not try a veggie-friendly option? Low-carb, low-calorie, and low-maintenance, these vegetable noodles are the perfect sides for any weeknight chef. Using only ingredients from local grocery stores, dinner will be ready in no time.

Vegetable noodles to serve with chicken parmesan
  • Butternut Squash Noodles: Making angel hair pasta from scratch is a cinch with this delicious recipe. This tantalizing side brims with robust and nutty flavors. Who can resist toasted walnuts, black pepper, and sharp parmesan cheese?
  • Zucchini Noodles: If you’ve ever wondered, “What can I serve with chicken parmesan that won’t take forever to make?”, this low-carb, low calorie, and gluten-free dish is for you! All you need is five ingredients and twenty minutes. 

Salad Recipes

Looking for side dishes for chicken parmesan besides pasta? These garden-fresh salad recipes are just what you need. Brighten up your Italian spread with sides as refreshing as they are easy. These simple salads make some of the best baked chicken parmesan sides out there. And as a bonus, they are healthy too.

A simple green salad to serve with parmesan crusted chicken
  • Boston Lettuce Salad: You don’t need more than twenty minutes to put together this bright and zesty side. Silky butter lettuce and sweet green peas taste out of this world when tossed with my homemade lemon vinaigrette.
  • Roasted Asparagus Salad: Spicy red radish, kalamata olives, and juicy cherry tomatoes make colorful additions to this delicious vegetable side dish. Plus, with my simple Baked Asparagus Recipe, your asparagus will be crisp, tender, and utterly to-die-for.
  • Tomato Mozzarella Salad: This vibrant salad puts a garden-fresh spin on traditional Caprese flavors. Only four simple ingredients are necessary to toss with this recipe’s lemon balsamic vinaigrette, including fresh mozzarella cheese.
  • Healthy Cucumber Salad: Fresh cucumber tastes delicious when paired with the tangy greek yogurt dressing. It is creamy, delicious, and perfectly seasoned. Who can say no to the vivid green of this delectable recipe?
  • Spring Mix Salad: What is better than a delicious spring mix green salad to serve with chicken. This 15 minute salad might be the easiest side dish for chicken parm you can make while it is baking in the oven.
Tomato Salad with white beans from the top view
  • Turkish White Bean Salad: Here is a dish with just as much Mediterranean flair! It only takes 10 minutes to put together this recipe’s zesty dressing, juicy tomatoes, and creamy white beans. Plus, it is visually appealing making it a perfect pairing for any special occasion.
  • Quinoa Mediterranean Salad: This 30-minute recipe is a simple, versatile, and flavorful salad to go with chicken parmesan. Packed with red onions, feta cheese, Persian cucumbers, it is perfect if you want to serve something that has the Mediterranean flavors. Plus, if quinoa is your jam, we have many other quinoa salad recipes that you can choose from.
  • Classic Caesar Salad: When thinking about what to eat with chicken parm, this simple green romaine lettuce salad is a must! Creamy, rich, and bright, this classic Caesar salad will dazzle your tastebuds with notes of lemon juice and fresh garlic.
  • Cauliflower Broccoli Salad: Get the best smoky, crunchy, and sweet flavors with this nutritious side dish. Tossed with turkey bacon bits and roasted broccoli florets, this salad is one of my favorite sides to go with parmesan-crusted chicken.

Vegetable Side Dishes

Now, onto the veggies… These healthy sides for chicken parmesan are packed with nutrients and fiber that will keep you feeling both satisfied and fit. No one can say no to these superfood-packed side dishes that are easy and quick to make.

A green beans vegetable side dish in a skillet with a spoon on the side
  • Garlic Green Beans: Buttery, tender, and crisp green beans are one of the best sides to have with panko crusted chicken cutlets. This versatile veggie can be customized with dozens of toppings to make your Italian menu a family favorite.
  • Mexican Street Corn: It often feels like a chore to find healthy sides for chicken parm, but this tasty side makes the work disappear! Grilled corn, smoky chili powder, and tangy sour cream will bring out the best flavors in your parmesan-crusted chicken cutlets.
  • My go-to easy recipe for Eggplant Parmesan: Can’t get enough of the Italian flavors? Here is yet another delicious side dish made with similar flavors. Though this eggplant parmesan recipe is easier than its classic version as it is made by baking eggplant slices and then layering them with homemade tomato sauce and cheese.
  • Mashed Potato Casserole: If you want a potato side dish for your chicken parm, this decadent recipe is just what you need. This layered mashed potatoes recipe is silky-smooth, double-layered, and topped with mouthwatering ingredients. 
  • Eggplant Involtini: Wondering what vegetables go with chicken parmesan? Out of all the Italian side dishes, this ricotta cheese and eggplant recipe makes one of the most delicious pairings. Top this dish with extra cheese for a parmesan side dish that’s out of this world.
  • Sweet Potato Brussels Sprout Quinoa Bowl: Every bite of this vegan and gluten-free side bursts with smoky, autumnal flavor. Nutty pumpkin seeds, smoky roasted brussels sprouts, and sweet potatoes make for an enticing combination.

Whole Grain Dishes

What sides go with chicken parmesan better than warm, hearty whole grain? With these five-star recipes, you’ll never have to wonder what goes well with chicken parmesan other than pasta ever again. The whole family will adore these tasty sides. 

Wild rice pilaf garnished with fresh parsley
  • Wild Rice Pilaf: This delicious dish is vegan, gluten-free, and packed with flavorsome veggies. Plus, when you follow my guide to how to cook wild rice, your recipe will explode with flavor, whether you cook it on the stove, microwave, pressure cooker, or beyond.
  • Bulgur Pilaf: This bulgur pilaf recipe is a filling Turkish staple made with juicy tomato and tender chickpeas. My recipe for how to cook bulgur will even have you serving up this side in little time. 
  • Lemon Quinoa: You’ll want to add this zesty and well-seasoned dish to your collection of favorite quinoa recipes. No dish can beat this simple side’s fresh herbs, bold shallots, zesty lemon, and fluffy quinoa.

Appetizers to Serve it With

Making a menu isn’t just about the main event. That’s why you can’t go wrong with these delicious appetizers to go with chicken parmesan! These gourmet recipes would make good sides for your main meal and make your dinner guests ask for seconds. 

delicata squash to serve as an appetizer with chicken parm.
  • Roasted Delicata Squash: Smoky, delicately sweet, and colorful, this breathtaking appetizer will make any Instagram foodie jump for joy. 
  • Eggplant Yogurt: Eggplant Yogurt is one of the most delicious appetizers you can serve with parmesan-crusted chicken. Tangy, creamy, and garlicky, this Greek-inspired appetizer will prepare any palate for your succulent main dish.
  • Olive Bread with Olive Oil Dip: Among the best side dishes in my recipe box, this crusty bread is one of the most popular to serve with parmesan-crusted chicken. Simple yet elegant, this Italian food comes to life when paired with my sumptuous olive oil bread dip.
  • Garlic Bread: You don’t need to spend hours with this easy recipe by Smitten Kitchen. Even beginner chefs can make gourmet eats with this classic Italian dish.

I hope this roundup post answered your question of what is a good side dish for chicken parmesan. The good thing is that many of these recipes would also pair well with our other simple chicken dishes like Baked Bone-In Chicken Breast and Whole Roasted Chicken. So go ahead and start building your menu and feed your family with these delicious side dishes.

Traditional Caesar Salad in a bowl with wooden spoons on the side
Print

20+ Chicken Parmesan Sides: Classic Caesar Salad Recipe & More

Classic Caesar Salad recipe made with the traditional Caesar dressing makes the most delicious and quick side salad to serve with your chicken parmesan.
Course Salads
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 8 minutes
Total Time 18 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 357kcal

Ingredients

For the Croutons:

  • 3 thick slices bread cut into 1-inch cubes (I use multi-grain)
  • 1 garlic clove peeled and pressed through a garlic press or minced
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1/4 teaspoon salt

For the Dressing & Salad:

  • 3 tablespoons freshly squeezed lemon juice
  • 2 large egg yolks
  • 2 garlic cloves peeled and pressed through a garlic press or minced
  • 1 tablespoon anchovy paste*
  • 1/4 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
  • 1/2 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce
  • 1/2 cup extra-virgin olive oil
  • 1 1/2 ounces 3/4 cup grated Parmesan cheese – divided
  • 2 romaine lettuce hearts rinsed and dried – cut into 3/4 –inch pieces

Instructions

To make the Croutons:

  • Place bread cubes into a bowl. Add minced garlic, 1 tablespoon of olive oil, and salt. Give it a toss, squeezing gently so the bread absorbs the oil.
  • Heat the remaining 1 tablespoon olive oil in a large non-stick skillet over medium heat. Transfer seasoned bread into the skillet.
  • Cook, stirring frequently until browned and crisp, 8-10 minutes.
  • Transfer croutons to a bowl and set aside.

To make the Dressing & Assemble the Salad:

  • In a large bowl, whisk together lemon juice, egg yolks, minced garlic, anchovy paste, black pepper, and Worcestershire sauce. While continuing to whisk constantly, drizzle olive oil into the bowl in a steady stream until fully emulsified.
  • Add 1/2 cup grated Parmesan and whisk until incorporated.
  • Right before serving, add the croutons and drizzle the dressing over romaine lettuce and give it a gentle toss to coat.
  • Sprinkle it with more Parmesan cheese. Enjoy!

Video

Notes

  • Not a fan of anchovies? Use an equal amount of capers or chopped pitted kalamata olives. 
  • If you can’t get your hands on anchovy paste, use 3 anchovy fillets mashed into a paste with the side of a knife blade.
  • Not a fan of using raw egg yolks? Replace them with 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard and 1 tablespoon mayonnaise.
  • To Make Ahead:
    • Croutons: Cook as directed and cool. Store in an airtight container or plastic bag at room temperature for up to a week.
    • Creamy Caesar Dressing: Whisk and transfer to a mason jar or airtight container. Store in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • To Store Leftovers: Place in an airtight container,  store in the fridge and be sure to consume the next day.

Nutrition

Calories: 357kcal | Carbohydrates: 13g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 31g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Cholesterol: 108mg | Sodium: 585mg | Potassium: 126mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 1432IU | Vitamin C: 5mg | Calcium: 180mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/what-to-serve-with-chicken-parmesan/feed/ 4
Oven Baked Chicken Parmesan https://foolproofliving.com/oven-baked-chicken-parmesan/ https://foolproofliving.com/oven-baked-chicken-parmesan/#comments Mon, 24 Jan 2022 09:41:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=1283 I am a big fan of easy chicken recipes like chicken caprese sandwich, chicken bolognese, and baked bone-in chicken. They…]]>

I am a big fan of easy chicken recipes like chicken caprese sandwich, chicken bolognese, and baked bone-in chicken. They are lean, healthy, protein-packed, and satisfy the hunger in all of us. On those occasions when I find myself craving restaurant-style chicken parmesan, but without all the guilt and extra calories, I turn to this easy-baked chicken parm with panko.

This no-fry chicken parmesan recipe is crisp, crunchy, and cheesy—everything you want in a hearty Italian meal. Ready in about 45 minutes, it is the perfect healthy weeknight dinner that you can make for your family.

Oven Baked Chicken Parmesan topped off with tomato sauce and mozzarella on a wire rack.

Ingredients

The ingredient list for this oven fried chicken parmesan recipe is broken down into two parts – the chicken and the tomato sauce.

Ingredients placed on a marble backdrop from the top view.

For the chicken, gather together:

  • Panko breadcrumbs (aka Japanese breadcrumbs): While I think what makes this easy chicken parmesan recipe so special is the crunch factor coming from the panko breadcrumbs, you can use traditional or seasoned breadcrumbs (such as Italian breadcrumbs.) However, please be aware that it will not have that nice crispy coating after it is baked in the oven.
  • Olive oil
  • Parmesan cheese: I usually buy a block of Parmesan and grate it myself, but you can buy already grated Parmesan cheese from the store.
  • All-purpose flour
  • Kosher salt & black pepper
  • Garlic powder
  • Egg whites and water: Lightly whisked egg whites and water help coat the chicken breasts with the bread crumbs.
  • Chicken breasts
  • Shredded mozzarella cheese: Shredded mozzarella works best here, but you can swap out the mozzarella cheese for provolone, asiago, or fontina. You can also slice thin medallions of fresh mozzarella cheese to layer on top before melting.
  • Fresh basil
Marinara sauce ingredients from the top view.

When it comes to the tomato sauce, I took inspiration from my homemade tomato sauce recipe. You can follow the recipe as written or you can take a little help from the grocery store with store-bought jarred tomato or marinara sauce such as Ragu or Rao’s. If you decide to follow the recipe, you will need:

  • Canned crushed tomatoes
  • Olive oil
  • Fresh garlic cloves
  • Tomato paste
  • Red pepper flakes (optional)
  • Fresh basil

Ingredient Substitutions & Notes

  • Chicken Thighs: Multiple requests have been made to replace the chicken breasts with chicken thighs. I found that chicken breasts deliver better taste and texture, mainly because of their shape, so I wouldn’t recommend using chicken thighs for this recipe.
  • No eggs: If you prefer chicken parmesan without eggs, I recommend coating the chicken with melted butter or olive oil to help the breadcrumbs stick to it. Alternatively, for a lighter chicken parmesan, you can use a cup of milk.
  • Seasoning: Add 1-2 teaspoons of Italian seasoning for even more flavor.

How to Cut Chicken Breasts in Half?

This chicken parm recipe calls for three 6-8 ounces chicken breasts each. As a part of the ingredient prep, you need to cut chicken breasts in half. To do so, simply cut through the middle of the chicken breast horizontally (as if you were going to butterfly the chicken) while holding it firmly on the top of a cutting board. You will end up with two thinner chicken breasts.

Person cutting chicken breasts in half.

This creates chicken breast halves roughly the same size in thickness throughout. Even thickness promotes even (and faster) cooking every time.

How to Make Chicken Parmesan in Oven?

This is one of those baked homemade chicken parmesan recipes that is just as good as its original fried version. And making it can not be easier. Follow the steps below.

Person toasting breadcrumbs and brushing the wire rack with oil.
  1. Toast breadcrumbs: Place the panko bread crumbs in a large non-stick skillet with olive oil and cook until it is golden brown, stirring frequently, 9-10 minutes. Set aside to cool.
  2. Prep equipment: Preheat the oven to 450 F degrees. Cover a rimmed baking sheet with aluminum foil and place a wire rack on top. Spray it with olive oil spray or brush it with oil.
Breading station with panko crumbs, eggs, and flour from the top view.
  1. Set up the breading station: In the first shallow dish, mix flour, salt, black pepper, and garlic powder. In the second shallow dish, Place the egg whites and water and whisk until incorporated. In the third shallow dish, Stir in the Parmesan cheese with the now-cooled panko.
Person showing steps of how to make chicken parmesan with panko.
  1. Coat chicken: Pat-dry each chicken cutlet with a paper towel. Dredge the cutlets into flour (shake off the excess flour), dip chicken into the egg wash, and then lastly, coat with panko and Parmesan breadcrumbs. Press the breadcrumb mixture to coat. Place it on the wire rack. Repeat the same process for the rest of the chicken cutlets.
  2. Bake for 15-20 minutes, or the internal temperature of a chicken breast inserted with a digital thermometer reaches 165 degrees F.
Person showing how to make tomato sauce and how to layer chicken parmesan to cook it in the oven.
  1. While the chicken cooks, make the tomato sauce: Saute the olive oil, minced garlic cloves, tomato paste, and optional red pepper flakes in a large skillet over medium heat. Stir in the crushed tomatoes and season with salt and black pepper to taste. Cook, stirring occasionally, until the sauce is thickened, about 15-20 minutes. Off the heat, stir in the fresh basil.
  2. Assemble chicken parmesan: Once the chicken is cooked, remove it from the oven. Place 2 tablespoons of tomato sauce on each chicken cutlet and top it off with 2 tablespoons (or more) of mozzarella cheese. Return to the oven and broil until the cheese melts, about 5 more minutes.
  3. Serve: Sprinkle each chicken cutlet with ribbons of basil and grated cheese and serve.

How to Make Ahead, Store, and Freeze

This healthy chicken parmesan is best the day it is made. However, if you are short on time, you can make it ahead by following the steps below. Additionally, below are the steps for storing, freezing, and reheating the leftovers.

  • To Make Ahead: You can make the tomato sauce up to 4 days in advance and store in a tight-fitting jar. I would recommend working on the rest of the recipe on the day you are preparing to make it.
  • Storage Instructions: Bring breaded chicken cutlets to room temperature and place them in an airtight container. Store in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. When ready to serve, place chicken parm in an oven that is preheated to 350 F for 10-15 minutes or until it is warmed thoroughly. If you have it, you can add more cheese and tomato sauce on top.
  • Freezer: Place the boneless baked chicken breasts in a freezer-safe container with strips of parchment paper between each layer. Freeze for up to 1 month. The tomato sauce can be stored in a freezer-safe glass jar and frozen for up to 4 months. With this being said, please know that the thawed and heated panko chicken parmesan will not be as crispy as the one that is freshly baked.

What To Serve It With?

You can easily turn this baked panko chicken parmesan into a whole meal by serving it with a number of dishes. I rounded up all my favorite side dishes in a round-up post and published it under What To Eat with Chicken Parmesan, but here are a few sides to get you started:

Expert Tips

While this recipe is pretty straightforward and easy to make, I learned a few things during my recipe testing. Below are a few helpful tips to help you make the best chicken parmesan on your first try:

  • Set a wire rack over the baking sheet: Do not skip this step! Doing so ensures the hot air from the oven circulates all the way around the surface of the chicken. Be sure to brush it with oil to avoid the breaded chicken breasts sticking to the wire rack. I use and recommend this wire rack (aka cooling rack) (affiliate link).
  • Prepare your breading station before you start: For a seamless operation, it is best to have your breading station in order before you start. Once you have it ready, most of the work is already done.
  • Save the rest of the tomato sauce: The tomato sauce in the recipe below makes more than you need to top the parmesan chicken. You can use the rest as a pasta sauce.
  • Making it for a crowd? Double or triple the recipe for a healthy and homemade Italian dinner party.
  • Serving kids? To make it kid-friendly, cut the chicken breast halves into thinner strips (similar to chicken tenders) for a fun and festive meal for the whole family. I would even recommend keeping some extra sauce on the side for dipping.
Baked Parmesan Panko Chicken from close up.

FAQs

What is chicken parmesan (chicken parmigiana)?

Chicken Parmesan is a dish consisting of breaded chicken cutlets covered in tomato sauce and mozzarella, parmesan, or provolone cheese.

Is there a difference between chicken parmesan and chicken parmigiana?

No, chicken parmesan and chicken parmigiana are just different names for the same recipe. Chicken Parmesan is the American version of Italian Chicken Parmigiana – parmigiana referring to “in the style of Parma”.

Is chicken parmesan fried?

Yes, chicken parmesan is traditionally pan-fried, or even deep-fried in some restaurants today. Our non-fried chicken parmesan recipe gives it a healthy twist in the oven.

What kind of cheese goes on chicken parmesan?

Chicken parmesan can be topped with shredded mozzarella, parmesan, or provolone cheese. Some fun variations include asiago and fontina cheese as well.

Is baked breaded chicken healthy?

Yes, baked breaded chicken is healthier than pan-fried or deep-fried chicken because it relies on the oven’s heat and uses far less oil.

How to make breaded chicken crispy in oven?

Two things will help make breaded chicken crispy in the oven: First, set a wire rack over an aluminum-lined baking sheet, and second, liberally spray the tops of the chicken with cooking spray.

Should I bake chicken parmesan covered or uncovered?

Baked chicken parmesan should be cooked uncovered so that it bakes up to golden brown and crispy.

What temperature should I use to cook chicken parmesan in the oven and how long does it take?

I follow a chicken parm bake temp of 450 degrees F for fast and speedy chicken that’s baked through in 15-20 minutes. Times will vary depending on the thickness of the chicken.

Other Chicken Recipes You’ll Enjoy:

If you try this Oven Baked Chicken Parmesan recipe or any other one of our easy chicken recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you take some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Baked Chicken Parmesan recipe fresh out of the oven
Print

Oven Baked Chicken Parmesan Recipe

This delicious Oven Baked Chicken Parmesan recipe is made with panko. Unlike the traditional Parmesan Chicken recipe, this version is made without frying. Event hough it is not fried it is still super moist and flavorful.
Course Main Course
Cuisine American/Italian
Diet Halal
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 310kcal

Ingredients

For The Chicken

  • 1 1/2 cups panko breadcrumbs
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 oz. grated Parmesan cheese (approximately 1/2 cup)
  • 1/2 cup all-purpose flour
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 1/2 teaspoons garlic powder
  • 3 egg whites
  • 1 tablespoon water
  • Vegetable cooking spray
  • 3 chicken breasts boneless and skinless – sliced into cutlets – (6-8 ounces each)
  • 3/4 cup mozzarella cheese shredded
  • 1 tablespoon minced fresh basil

For The Tomato Sauce

  • 2 cans crushed tomatoes (14 oz. each)
  • 4 cloves garlic minced
  • 1 tablespoon tomato paste
  • 1 teaspoon olive oil
  • 1/8 teaspoon red pepper flakes optional
  • 1 tablespoon minced fresh basil leaves

Instructions

  • Place the panko in a large non-stick skillet with olive oil and cook until it is golden brown, stirring frequently, 9-10 minutes. Set aside and let it cool.
  • Preheat the oven to 450 F Degrees. Cover a rimmed baking sheet with aluminum foil and place a wire rack on top. Spray it with vegetable oil cooking spray.
  • Arrange 3 shallow bowls (or pie plates) side by side. First shallow dish: Mix flour, garlic powder, salt and black pepper. Second shallow dish: Place the egg whites and water and whisk until incorporated. Third shallow dish: Stir in the Parmesan cheese with, now cooled, panko.
  • Pat-dry each chicken cutlet with a paper towel.
  • First, dredge the cutlets into flour (shake off the excess flour), second, dip into the egg whites and then lastly, coat with panko and Parmesan breadcrumbs. Press the panko mixture to coat. Place it on the wire rack.
  • Lightly spray the top of each chicken with vegetable oil spray prior to placing it in the oven. Bake for 15-20 minutes or the internal temperature of a chicken breast inserted with a thermometer reaches 165 degrees F.
  • While it is baking, make the tomato sauce: Cook the oil, garlic, tomato paste, red pepper flakes in a large skillet (in medium heat), until it coats the bottom of the pan. Stir in the crushed tomatoes and season it with salt and pepper. Cook, stirring occasionally, until the sauce is thickened, about 15-20 minutes. Off the heat, stir in the basil.
  • Once the chicken is cooked, remove it from the oven. Place 2 tablespoons of the tomato sauce on each chicken cutlet and top it off with 2 tablespoons (or more) mozzarella cheese. Return it into the oven and broil until the cheese melts, for 5 more minutes.
  • To serve, sprinkle each chicken cutlet with ribbons of basil and Parmesan cheese.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This quick chicken parmesan recipe makes 6 pieces, ideal for serving 6 people. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Tomato sauce: For an even quicker dinner, you can use your favorite store-bought tomato, pasta, or marinara sauce.
  • Use the rest of the tomato sauce later: The tomato sauce makes more than you need to top off the parmesan chicken. You can use the rest as a pasta sauce.
  • To Make Ahead: You can make the tomato sauce up to 4 days in advance and store it in a tight-fitting jar. I would recommend working on the rest of the recipe on the day you are preparing to make it.
  • Storage Instructions: Bring breaded chicken cutlets to room temperature and place them in an airtight container. Store in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. When ready to serve, place chicken parm in the oven preheated to 350 F for 10-15 minutes or until it is warmed thoroughly. If you have it, you can add more cheese and tomato sauce on top.
  • Freezer: Place the boneless baked chicken breasts in a freezer-safe container with strips of parchment paper between each layer. Freeze for up to 1 month. The tomato sauce can be stored in a freezer-safe glass jar and frozen for up to 4 months. With this being said, please know that the thawed and heated panko chicken parmesan will not be as crispy as the one that is freshly baked.

Nutrition

Calories: 310kcal | Carbohydrates: 32g | Protein: 24g | Fat: 10g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 4g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 51mg | Sodium: 962mg | Potassium: 742mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 501IU | Vitamin C: 14mg | Calcium: 198mg | Iron: 3mg

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/oven-baked-chicken-parmesan/feed/ 63
Chicken Fricassee (One-Pan Recipe) https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-fricassee/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-fricassee/#comments Fri, 03 Dec 2021 10:11:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=1845 My husband loves chicken breasts so much that he asks me to make them every day. This is probably why…]]>

My husband loves chicken breasts so much that he asks me to make them every day. This is probably why I have so many easy chicken recipes on this blog.

Because of his love for chicken breasts, I’ve learned to make chicken breasts a regular in my daily cooking and built a repertoire of go-to recipes that uses them as the star ingredient. Today’s recipe, this Easy Chicken Fricassee Recipe is one of those recipes that is incredibly flavorful with a delicious creamy sauce. Not to mention, it is a one-pan meal you can make in under an hour.

Chicken Fricassee in a bowl served with peas and rice

Recipe Ingredients:

This Chicken Fricassee recipe requires two sets of ingredients; Chicken and vegetables and the fricassee sauce.

For the chicken and vegetables, you will need:

Vegetable for this recipe are laid out and photographed from the top view
  • Boneless chicken breasts but boneless or bone-in chicken thighs would also work
  • Unsalted butter and olive oil
  • Onion & garlic
  • Baby Bella or portobello mushrooms
  • Liquid: White wine and chicken stock
  • Salt & black pepper

For the fricassee sauce, you will need:

Ingredients for the sauce are photographed from the top view.
  • Sour cream
  • Egg yolk
  • Freshly ground nutmeg
  • Lemon juice
  • Tarragon (fresh or dried) or fresh thyme leaves

How to make Chicken Fricassee?

The process of making this Quick Chicken Fricassee has 4 parts.

First, before you brown the chicken, pat dry the meat with paper towels and season it well with kosher salt and black pepper.

A pot of fricassee chicken recipe is photographed from the top with green peas and bulgur pilaf on the side.

Second, heat oil and butter in a heavy large skillet. Sear the boneless skinless chicken breasts over medium heat until lightly browned, 3-4 minutes on each side.

At this stage, the chicken breasts will not be fully cooked. Once browned, remove them from the pan, cover with foil, and set them aside.

Chicken breasts are being sprinkled with salt and pepper by a woman

Third, cook the vegetables with a little bit of white wine (such as Sauvignon Blanch) in the same deep skillet, making sure to scrape the brown bits at the bottom of the pan with a wooden spoon as you cook. While you can use any vegetables, this quick chicken fricassee recipe uses mushrooms, onions, and garlic.

Once the vegetables are softened, add a tablespoon of all-purpose flour to thicken the sauce. Cook it for 30-45 seconds, stirring constantly.

Next, you add in chicken broth (I used my homemade chicken stock), return the chicken pieces back to the pot, put the lid on, bring it to a boil, turn it down to medium-low heat, and let it simmer for 10 minutes or until the chicken is cooked thoroughly. I always check the doneness of chicken breasts by using an instant meat thermometer. It is considered cooked when the internal temperature reaches 160 degrees when inserted with a digital thermometer.

If you need an instant thermometer, this is the one (affiliate link) I have been using for years. I think it is a rather inexpensive investment for a very important job.

How to make the creamy white sauce

The last part of the recipe is making the white wine cream sauce. In my opinion, this sauce is what makes this creamy chicken fricassee recipe out of this world.

To make the fricassee sauce, you whisk together sour cream with one egg yolk and temper it with some of the liquid from the simmering sauce. Here it is important that you continue to whisk as you add the hot liquid into the sour cream mixture to prevent.

Then you add the mixture back into the pot and let it simmer for 5-10 minutes or until the sauce is thickened to your liking. It should be a silky sauce with chunks of mushrooms.

Final Steps:

At this stage, this chicken mushroom fricassee is a good recipe. However, it gets a next-level recipe when you add fresh chopped tarragon, ground nutmeg, and lemon juice. In my opinion, adding these last ingredients (tarragon being the star of the show) takes this recipe from good to great.

One of my best friends is a chef. She always tells me that chicken and tarragon are made for each other. This Tarragon Chicken Fricassee is a recipe where you can see why.

The licorice-like taste of tarragon, paired with the earthy flavors of mushrooms and meaty chicken, produces an incredibly flavorful chicken dish.

That said, you can use a few sprigs of fresh thyme leaves if you can’t get your hands on tarragon.

When ready to serve, simply place a chicken breast on a bed of rice (or bulgur) pilaf and spoon a generous amount of the sauce over the chicken. If preferred, sprinkle it with more chopped fresh tarragon.

What is Chicken Fricassee – Fricassee Definition

Fricassee is a French cooking method in which meat is braised and served with a white sauce made from its own juices. (source)

While you can use any type of meat, fish, and even vegetables to make fricassee, one of the most popular recipes is chicken fricassee due to the availability and affordability of chicken.

Traditional French Fricassee became very popular in the American tables after Julia Child authored it in her book, Mastering the Art of French Cooking. In this book, it is listed as one of the original comfort food recipes made with humble ingredients. If you were to read her version of this recipe, you’d see that hers is quite lengthy and requires a lot of time to make.

My version of the hearty dish that you see here is an adaptation from America’s Test Kitchen’s website. I have been making it for years and it has been one of the main dishes that I frequent often, especially if I am entertaining.

This version, compared to Julia Child’s version, is rather quick and easy to make. The whole thing happens in a single pot, and once you have mise-en-place ready, it comes together in 30 minutes (a total of 50 minutes with prep time). To me, that is French cuisine at its best!

What Other Vegetables Can I Add To Fricassee?

While the authentic French fricassee is made with onion and mushrooms, you can use other vegetables like carrots and celery. If you decide to do so, saute them with the onion.

Additionally, you can also add a cup of blanched green peas at the last minute to give it a pop of color.

What to serve with this recipe?

Most recipes you find in books and online serve chicken fricassee with rice. While that is a great option, I served mine with bulgur pilaf. I am a huge fan of bulgur pilaf with meat dishes and cannot recommend it enough if you have never tried it.

Another great side dish to serve is my lemon quinoa or any of my Quinoa Salad Recipes. It comes together in just around 20-25 minutes and goes so well with this fricasseed chicken.

With that being said, this dish can also be served with various vegetable side dishes, steamed vegetables (like green peas, asparagus, or green beans), roasted asparagus, baked butternut squash, mashed potatoes, or a crisp green salad like my Butter Lettuce Salad.

And if all else fails, serve it with crusty bread like my No-Knead Bread or continue with the French theme and serve it with sliced Homemade Brioche Bread.

A big pot of chicken mushroom fricassee is photographed from the top

Helpful Tips:

  • Get your mise-en-place ready to save on time: This simple chicken fricassee recipe is one of those dishes that cooks rather quick once you have all your ingredients ready. Therefore, if you want to make it on a weeknight, I recommend getting all the ingredients ready a day in advance and keeping in the fridge.
  • What to do with the leftovers? As long as they are kept in an airtight container in the fridge, this chicken dish will keep fresh up to 2 days.
  • Can I freeze this dish? Yes, you can. Once it is fully cooled down to room temperature, place it in an airtight container, and keep in the freezer up to a month. Thaw overnight in the fridge 24 hours before you want to serve. Here, I recommend adding the lemon juice, nutmeg, and fresh tarragon right before serving for the freshest flavors.
  • What kind of pot do you recommend for this French chicken fricassee recipe? I used a large braiser with a lid. My favorite one is this Le Creuset 3 ½ quart round braiser (affiliate link). I cannot recommend it enough if you are someone (like me) who regularly cooks one-pot dishes with various types of meat and sauces. With that being said, a dutch oven or a similar heavy skillet with a lid with also work well for this recipe.
  • What if I don’t like mushrooms? If you do not like mushrooms, you can make this this recipe with onions, carrots, and celery instead. The flavor profile would be slightly different, but it would still be good.
  • How about chicken thigh fricassee? Quite honestly, I have never tried making this recipe with dark meat chicken (such as chicken thighs), but I don’t see it being an issue. If you decide to use chicken thighs, I would recommend following the recipe as it is written, but use 2 pounds of chicken thighs instead of breasts.
  • Heavy Cream vs. Sour Cream: Some people use heavy cream instead of sour cream to make this recipe. I personally like the tanginess that come from sour cream, but an equal amount of heavy cream can also be used. It would have a slightly different flavor profile but it would still work.

Other Weeknight Chicken Recipes You Might Like

If you try this classic French dish recipe or any other chicken recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Chicken stew with mushrooms in skillet from top view
Print

Chicken Fricassee Recipe

This Chicken Fricassee recipe is the original French comfort food. Chicken breasts cooked with earthy mushrooms in a velvety sauce and sprinkled with tarragon for perfection. Served with rice, roasted vegetables or bulgur pilaf (like I did), it is a perfect meal for any occasion.
Course Dinner
Cuisine French
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 569kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 pounds boneless chicken breasts
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 tablespoon butter
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 onion finely chopped – (about to 1 cup)
  • 1 lbs. Portobello mushrooms cleaned, trimmed, and sliced
  • 1/4 cup dry white wine such as Sauvignon blanc
  • 1 tablespoon all-purpose flour
  • 2 cloves garlic minced
  • 1 1/2 cup chicken stock – I used my homemade chicken stock recipe.

For the sauce

  • 1/3 cup sour cream
  • 1 egg yolk
  • 1/2 teaspoon freshly ground nutmeg
  • 2 teaspoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 2 teaspoons tarragon minced (If you can’t find tarragon, you can use parsley)

Instructions

  • Pat dry chicken breasts with paper towels and season them generously with 1 teaspoon salt and 1/2 teaspoon black pepper.
  • Heat butter and olive oil in a large skillet. Place chicken breasts and cook each side for 4 minutes, in medium high heat. At this point they will not be cooked thoroughly.
  • Place them on a plate, cover with aluminum foil and set aside.
  • Add the mushrooms, onions, and white wine to same skillet and cook for 8-10 minutes, stirring occasionally, until mushrooms are browned.
  • Add garlic and flour and give it a generous stir. Cook for 1 minute.
  • Add chicken broth; scrape the bottom to loosen the brown bits and cook until the broth is boiling.
  • Add the chicken and all the juices in the plate and cover it with a lid. Cook in medium heat, until the chicken registers 160 F. degrees when a thermometer is inserted in the middle. This will take 5 to 10 minutes.
  • In the meantime, whisk the egg yolk and sour cream in a small bowl.
  • Take the chicken breasts out and place it on a platter. Cover it with aluminum foil. Set aside.
  • Measure 1/2 cup of the mushroom sauce and stir it into the sour cream and egg mixture. Mix.
  • Stirring constantly, slowly pour the mixture into the skillet. Stir in the lemon juice, tarragon, and nutmeg. Let it simmer for 5 minutes.
  • Taste it for seasoning and add more, if necessary.
  • To serve, place a chicken breast on a plate and pour the sauce over it. Sprinkle it with more tarragon.

Video

Notes

  • What to do with the leftovers? As long as they are kept in an airtight container in the fridge, this chicken fricassee will keep fresh for up to 2 days.
  • Can I freeze this dish? Yes, you can. Once it is fully cooled down to room temperature, place it in an airtight container, and keep it in the freezer for up to a month. Thaw overnight in the fridge 24 hours before you want to serve. Here, I recommend adding the lemon juice, nutmeg, and fresh tarragon right before serving for the freshest flavors.

Nutrition

Calories: 569kcal | Carbohydrates: 14g | Protein: 54g | Fat: 31g | Saturated Fat: 10g | Cholesterol: 207mg | Sodium: 887mg | Potassium: 1114mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 415IU | Vitamin C: 4mg | Calcium: 83mg | Iron: 3mg

Adapted from America’s Test Kitchen‘s Quick Chicken Fricassée.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-fricassee/feed/ 34
What To Serve With Cornish Hens? https://foolproofliving.com/what-to-serve-with-cornish-hens/ https://foolproofliving.com/what-to-serve-with-cornish-hens/#comments Fri, 05 Nov 2021 01:04:45 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=46056 It doesn’t matter if you’re making Grilled Cornish Game Hens, Air Fried Cornish Hens, or Roasted Cornish Game Hens for…]]>

It doesn’t matter if you’re making Grilled Cornish Game Hens, Air Fried Cornish Hens, or Roasted Cornish Game Hens for a holiday dinner or a single serving on a weeknight. These perfectly portioned birds are a great recipe for any special occasion. 

The Best Side Dishes for Cornish Hens

Roasted Cornish hens in a large baking dish

When you’re preparing cornish game hens, the last thing you need to worry about is what to serve them with. Though any of my easy side dishes would work alongside this elegant main course, these are some of my favorite pairings. Take the guesswork out of your cornish hen dinner party menu with these mouthwatering sides.

Salad Recipes

Out of all the sides that go with cornish hens, salads are among the most delicious. Fresh, crisp, and light, these fan-favorite salad recipes balance the rich, buttery flavor of cornish hens with garden-fresh taste. Plus, these dishes can be served all year round!

Kale Harvest Salad in a large bowl
  1. Fall Kale Salad: When I’m thinking about what sides to make with cornish hens, one of my go-tos is this stunning salad. This dish has all my favorite flavors, from sweet and tangy harvest dressing to fall-fresh ingredients like kale, pecans, and dried figs.
Wild rice salad to serve with cornish hen dinner
  1. Wild Rice Salad: Orange citrus, fruity green grapes, and nutty pecans make a tantalizing blend in this wild rice recipe. One of my favorite things about this stress-free side is that it’s ready in just 15 minutes!
Quinoa Butternut Squash Salad in a large plate
  1. Quinoa Butternut Squash Salad: Out of all my quinoa salad recipes, this filling side takes comfort food to a whole new level. Tart balsamic vinaigrette gives this dish’s tender squash and mild spinach just the kick it needs.
Shredded brussels sprout salad
  1. Shredded Brussels Sprout Salad: What goes with cornish hens better than the sharp, fresh flavor of Brussels sprouts? With earthy goat cheese and lemon juice, this gourmet salad will impress all your party guests.
Apple salad in a large bowl
  1. Apple Salad: Light, crisp, and tangy to boot, this is a delicious salad to go with cornish hens. Creamy yogurt dressing, fruity raisins, and bright celery make a perfect combination in this 15-minute recipe.
Butternut squash arugula salad in a large bowl
  1. Ina Garten’s Butternut Squash Salad: Using my roasted butternut squash cubes recipe, this delicious salad mixes tart apple, sharp dijon mustard, and sweet squash for an unbeatable taste. No one can resist the genius of Ina Garten!
Green salad to go with Cornish Hens
  1. Authentic Caesar Salad: If you’d rather serve a classic green salad with your cornish hens, I can’t think of a better salad than a restaurant-quality Caesar salad.
  1. Columbia Restaurant Salad: If you prefer to serve your cornish hens with a side of a restaurant-quality salad, try this social media sensation also known as 1905 Salad. Made with iceberg lettuce, tomatoes, baked ham, cheese, and a delicious garlic vinaigrette, it comes together in only 15 minutes.

Vegetable Side Dishes

Out of all the sides that go with cornish hens, my irresistible vegetable side dishes never fail to please. Whether you want an extra-nutritious side or a simple recipe with a quick cook time, you can make a complete meal out of your favorite vegetable and my cornish hens recipe.

Baked Asparagus on a plate
  1. Baked Asparagus: Easy, delicious, and a bona fide classic, this dish is one of my favorites to serve alongside my cornish game hens recipe. Minimal effort is needed to put together the minced garlic cloves, parmesan cheese, and olive oil in this recipe. Also, if your oven is full, you can also make my Sauteed Asparagus or Air Fried Asparagus for a perfect alternative.
whole roasted carrots on a sheet pan
  1. Roasted Whole Carrots: Tangy tahini dressing, crumbled feta, and sweet carrots make an incomparable mix on this delectable side. Roasted cornish hen and vegetables never tasted better than with this popular recipe. And if you want to try a carrot side dish for your holiday menu, also check out our Honey Maple Roasted Carrots.
Sweet Potato Casserole with a portion of it taken out
  1. Sweet Potato Souffle: Nothing will complete your cornish hen menu better than yummy root vegetables. Made with whipped sweet potatoes and a pecan streusel topping, this delicious sweet potato casserole dish will warm your belly and satisfy your tastebuds.
Roasted Delicata Squash garnished with pepitas
  1. Roasted Delicata Squash: Few sides are as breathtaking as this Instagram-ready dish. The brown sugar taste of honey-roasted squash makes a delicious pairing with fiery agrodolce drizzle and nutty pepitas. A match made in heaven? I think so!
  2. Layered Potato Casserole: When choosing a menu to go with cornish hens, never forget the power of potatoes! Creamy, rich, and buttery potatoes are topped with crispy roasted leeks in this favorite side dish.
  3. Wild Mushroom Stuffing: What vegetables go with cornish hens better than sweet shallots, bright leeks, and earthy mushrooms? Give your side dish game a boost of extra flavor with this buttery brioche stuffing.
Sweet potato mash on a plate with a spoon on the side
  1. Sweet Potato Mash Recipe: When you hear “cornish game hen dinner sides,” chances are, you think of mashed potatoes. Now you can add a toothsome twist to this creamy dish by using sweet potatoes, maple syrup, and pecans.
  2. Garlic Rosemary Mashed Potatoes: I think we can all agree that garlic mashed potatoes with a touch of rosemary flavor is what chicken dinner dreams are made up of. This recipe is your regular mashed potato recipe but with the volume turned up.

Whole Grain Sides for Cornish Hens

Filling, flavorful, and brimming with spice, my foolproof collection of whole grain sides make some of the best sides for cornish hens. Pair your succulent poultry with easy recipes that are as satisfying as they are delicious.

Wild rice pilaf with spoons on the side
  1. Wild Rice Pilaf: Packed with full-bodied ingredients like onions, mushrooms, and fresh chopped parsley, this easy side dish erupts with flavor. But if you are more after a basic recipe try my foolproof Wild Rice Recipe for a simple side dish.
Lemon quinoa on a plate
  1. Seasoned Quinoa: Cooked using my beginner-friendly Quinoa Recipe and served with a few lemon slices, you can whip up this zesty quinoa side dish in less than 30 minutes. Spend less time in the kitchen and more time having fun with this party-ready side.
Wild rice stuffing in a large plate
  1. Wild Rice Dressing (or Stuffing): Made with apples, pecans, and dried cranberries, this gluten-free stuffing can be served on the side or even stuffed into the cavity of each hen. Just roast the stuffed chicken for 50-60 minutes at 375 degrees F., as described in this recipe for Stuffed Cornish Hens.
Turkish bulgur pilaf in a bowl
  1. Bulgur Wheat Pilaf: Every morsel of this vegan Turkish dish bursts with a robust, tomato bite and the earthy flavors of Bulgur Wheat. Served with fresh parsley and crisp green peppers, you can cut your cooking process in half with this simple side dish. And if you’d rather have more of a basic bulgur dish, check out my post on how to cook bulgur.
roasted acorn squash on a plate
  1. Vegan Stuffed Acorn Squash: Colorful, hearty, and bursting with autumnal flavors, this quinoa stuffing filled roasted acorn squash dish is a gluten-free option that will have you licking your lips. Your dinner guests will all agree that this is one of the best sides for cornish hens.

How to Plate a Cornish Hen?

Learning how to serve cornish hen may seem like a job for Bobby Flay, but with these pro tips, you can have a picture-worthy spread in no time! Turn your meal into a work of art with these sumptuous side ideas.

  • Placed on a bed of cooked grains and garnished with fresh herbs, your roast hens will become a perfectly portioned spread. I suggest adding a sprig of rosemary or fresh thyme to bring out the earthy flavors of this tasty combination.
  • Place hens on a plate, add a helping of vegetables on the side, and voila! Serving cornish hens has never been easier. Your guests will love this simple and nutritious presentation. 
  • Serve your hens with tangy cranberry sauce with maple syrup and a generous amount of salad for a garden-fresh taste you can’t resist. This Bojon Gourmet recipe for sugar-free cranberry sauce is one of my favorites.

FAQs

What wine to serve with Cornish hens?

Serve Cornish hens with a full-bodied Chardonnay or Pinot Noir.

Do you serve one cornish hen per person?

Yes, these small chickens are perfect when served on a bed of vegetables or grains.

Similar Recipes You Might Also Like:

While I know the title of this recipe says, what to serve with cornish hens, these side dishes are what I usually serve with my simple chicken dishes like, Whole Roasted Chicken with Potatoes, Mediterranean Lemon Chicken, and Chicken Fricassee.

Can’t get enough? Check out my post on Side Dishes To Serve with Chicken Parmesan.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/what-to-serve-with-cornish-hens/feed/ 2
Cuban Roasted Cornish Hens https://foolproofliving.com/cuban-roast-cornish-game-hens/ https://foolproofliving.com/cuban-roast-cornish-game-hens/#comments Sun, 24 Oct 2021 14:27:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=10848 Today's recipe is an elegant and perfectly-portioned Roasted Cornish Hen recipe you can make whenever you want to impress. This Cornish chicken dish is made by marinating Cornish game hens in a lime-juice-garlic-fresh oregano based marinade overnight and roasting them in the oven low and slow for almost 2 hours.]]>

Fan of cooking cornish hens? Be sure to also try our Cornish Hens on Grill and Air Frier Cornish Hen recipe.

Why should you make this cornish hen recipe?

Having lived in the Caribbean for a number of years, I knew I needed to try this Roasted Cornish Hen recipe as soon as I saw it in my friend Eva’s cookbook, Adventures in Chicken (affiliate link). And, let me tell you, this easy straightforward recipe did not disappoint. There is so much to love about it, but here are a few that comes to mind right off the bat:

  • A Creative and impresive chicken dish: It is visually impressive and perfectly portioned worthy enough as the main course of a holiday dinner (or any other special occasion or dinner party) or as a humble Sunday supper when you want to treat your family.
  • Only 15 minutes of hands-on time: While it takes about 2 hours for the cornish hens to bake, the actual preparation time is only about 15 minutes, which makes it ideal when you have a million other things you need to worry about when making dinner.
  • Roasting is the best way to cook cornish hens: You can cook these special breeds of chickens in other ways but I find that roasting is the way to go. Thinking that you might have new to cooking Cornish game hens, I thought it would be great to share some of those questions and cover them in the recipe below.
  • A great alternative to turkey during the holidays: While turkey is traditional, if you are serving a smaller crowd, this slow-roasted cornish hen recipe is ideal and a great alternative to turkey.
Roasted Cornish Hens placed on a large plate and photographed from the top view.

What is a Cornish Game Hen?

Cornish Game Hens, also referred Indian Game, is a special breed of chicken from Cornwall, England (source). Most popular in Europe, the French call it poussin. Here in America, in addition to Cornish hens, people refer to them as Rock Hens, little birds, or even Mini chickens.

A true cornish hen is a 3 to 4-week-old chicken that weighs around 18-32 ounces. As a breed, they are known to have more fat than most chickens, which is why they are so meaty, tender, and flavorful when cooked.

cornish game hens right out of the oven after they are roasted

How to prepare these small birds for roasting?

Before I talk about how to marinade and then bake the Cornish hens, I wanted to talk about how to prepare them. Whether I am cooking a regular whole chicken or cornish hens, I truss my chicken as I find that doing so helps with getting an evenly roasted cornish hen. If you are not familiar with the term “trussing” allow me to explain:

Trussing is a technique that helps poultry keep their shape and prevents certain parts of the chicken from burning during the cooking or baking process. Most people use kitchen twine to truss a chicken, but this video shows how to truss a Cornish hen uses nothing but the Cornish hen itself. I am sharing it here as it is such an easy technique that requires no additional equipment and is super easy to apply.

With this being said, this is an optional step. If you are short on time, you can simply tie the legs with butcher’s twine and call it a day.

Ingredients:

The ingredient list is inspired by Cuban cuisine, but you can adjust it with whatever you have on hand. If you follow in Eva’s footsteps, gather limes (to squeeze them), olive oil, cloves of garlic, fresh oregano leaves, onion, water, and salt and pepper.

When shopping for cornish game hens at the grocery store, look for birds that are about 1 to 1 1/4 pounds. I find that smaller birds are ideal, especially if you want to serve one per person.

Ingredients for the recipe are portioned on a white marble

Ingredient Substitutions & Variations:

  • Lemon vs Lime: You can use an equal amount of lemon juice (and lemon wedges or lemon slices) instead of limes.
  • Fresh herbs: While fresh oregano is delicious in this recipe, you can play with other fresh herbs like Italian parsley, thyme sprigs, and fresh rosemary sprigs.
  • Extra liquid: This recipe uses a cup of water as an additional liquid to use during the roasting process. If you have it, you can substitute it with chicken broth.

How To Cook This Recipe?

The roasted cornish hen recipe has 2 folds:

Make the Cornish Hen Marinade:

person showing how to make the cornish hen marinade
  1. Make the marinade: Inspired from the Cuban cuisine, this easy-to-make Cornish game hen marinade has just a few ingredients. To make it, simply whisk together olive oil, garlic cloves, fresh oregano leaves, freshly squeezed limejuice, ground cumin, and kosher salt and black pepper in a small bowl.
Images showing how to marinade cornish hens
  1. Marinade the cornish chickens: Once the marinade is ready, divide it into 2 large food storage bags (I used 1-gallon size plastic Ziploc bag) and transfer hens into the bags (2 hens per bag). Make sure that the marinade is well distributed (and going into the cavity of each hen.) Get the air out of each bag as much as possible, seal and let it marinade for 4 hours, or preferably, overnight.

How To Roast Cornish Hens

To cook cornish hens in the oven:

cornish game hen before and after it is roasted being shown in two photos
  1. Slice an onion: Place a sliced onion at the bottom of a large 6 3/4-quart dutch oven (affiliate link), an ovenproof 9X13 casserole dish or a shallow roasting pan. Pour in a cup of water (or chicken stock).
  2. Arrange the cornish hens: Remove the hens and all the marinade from the bags. Transfer them to the Dutch oven (or casserole dish) with the breast meat side up, and make sure that they are snuggly. If preferred, add in a sliced lime.
  3. Roast in the oven: To roast cornish hens, first start in a preheated 425-degree oven and bake them for 20 minutes. Then, bring down the temperature to 375 degrees and continue to cook for another 1 hour 15 minutes to 1 hour 30 minutes or until the internal temperature reaches to 180 F degrees (80 C degrees).

What should I serve with this recipe?

Need inspiration for side dishes to serve with the roasted cornish hens? Be sure to check out my post on “What To Serve with Cornish Hens?” for a list of vegetable, grain, and salad recipes to choose from.

I served my hens over some Cuban black beans and rice mixed with fresh oregano leaves. However, you can also serve them with but bulgur pilaf, wild rice pilaf, black rice pilaf, seasoned quinoa, roasted potatoes, or any other one of my easy side dishes would be just as good. Just make sure to drizzle some of the juices left from baking over the dish before serving.

Believe me, even if you serve these with a simple salad, they will disappear in no time. I promise, just the smell in your kitchen as they roast will be enough to make your dinner guests hungry.

If I am serving this recipe for a special occasion, I make sure to open up a bottle of white wine as well. I usually go for a crisp Chardonnay or Pinot Grigio.

Baked Cornish Hen placed on a bed of rice with black beans

FAQs:

How long to cook cornish hen at 425 degrees?

This roasted cornish hen recipe starts roasting hens at 425 degrees F. for 20 minutes and then reduces the heat down to 375 degrees F to continue roasting for an hour and 15 minutes. You will know that they are roasted when an instant-read thermometer reaches 180 degrees F. In total, it takes close to 2 hours to roast four 1-pound Cornish hens.

Can I use frozen Cornish game hens for this recipe?

Yes, you can, but be sure to thaw them fully in the fridge a day before using them.

  • What if my Cornish Hens are larger/heavier?
  • If you can’t get your hands on 1-pound-ish hens, you still can make this recipe. The marinade is quite a lot to take care of bigger birds up to 1 1/2 pounds to 1 3/4 pounds each. However, the roasting time might be a bit longer. You will know that they are fully roasted when a thermometer registers 180 F degrees when inserted into one of the hens.

    How to plate cornish game hens for an elegant presentation?

    As you can see in the pictures, I placed the roasted Cornish hens on a bed of black bean rice and garnished it with some fresh oregano leaves and sliced lime wedges. If you can’t find fresh oregano leaves, you can swap them with fresh thyme leaves.

    Should I cover cornish hens with aluminum foil while baking?

    You might ask whether or not you should tent it with foil. The answer is no because this recipe has enough liquid to keep the chicken moist during the long roasting process. Plus, towards the end, most of the liquid evaporates and the top of the Cornish game hens get crispy and golden brown.

    How to store leftovers?

    If you end up with leftovers (with all the juices from the pan), you can keep them in an airtight container in the fridge for the next day. When ready to serve, you can warm your hens in a pre-heated 300-degree oven for 10 minutes or until they are warmed thoroughly. I recommend spooning some of the leftover juices over the hens to make sure that they are moist while they are heating.

    Expert Tips:

    • Use fresh lime or lemon juice: While I know that it is an extra step to have to squeeze limes, I highly recommend using fresh lime (or lemon juice) for the most flavorful game birds.
    Raw Cornish Hens placed in a large dish - Learn how long does it take to cook a cornish hen
    • A word on what to use to bake cornish hens: When I first shared this roasted cornish hen recipe back in 2016, I did not have a large dutch oven so I used a casserole dish (like you see in the picture above). So, please be aware that you can use any ovenproof dish or roasting pan that would accomodate these small birds (and the marinade) to bake these in.
    • Reduce the marinade to make a basting sauce: This is an extra step, but after the roasting is complete, you can strain the liquid using a fine-mesh strainer, discard the solids, and transfer the liquid into a small saucepan. Bring it to a boil over medium heat and let it simmer until it thickens for about 5-10 minutes. Use it as a basting sauce over the baked cornish hen right before serving.

    Other recipes you might also like:

    There you have it, friends. An incredibly moist, perfectly roasted, and individually portioned Slow Roasted Cornish game hen recipe that you can make for a weekend dinner or an impressive special meal when you want to wow your guests. And if you need more inspiration, here are a few other recipes you might also like:

    [/su_note]
    roasted cornish game hens in a dutch oven top view
    Print

    Roasted Cornish Hen Recipe

    An elegant and perfectly-portioned Roasted Cornish Hen recipe you can make whenever you want to impress. This Cornish chicken dish is made by marinating Cornish game hens in a lime-juice-garlic-fresh oregano based marinade overnight and roasting them in the oven for over an hour.
    Course Main Course
    Cuisine Cuban
    Diet Gluten Free
    Prep Time 20 minutes
    Cook Time 2 hours
    Total Time 2 hours 20 minutes
    Servings 4 servings
    Calories 908kcal

    Ingredients

    For the Cornish Hen Marinade

    • 2/3 cup freshly squeezed lime juice from 8-10 juice limes – plus 1 more sliced (optional)
    • 2/3 cup extra virgin olive oil
    • 6 cloves garlic peeled and minced
    • 2 tablespoons fresh oregano leaves chopped – more as garnish
    • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
    • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
    • 1/2 teaspoon black pepper freshly ground – plus more for finishing it off
    • 4 Cornish game hens about 1 pound each, rinsed and pat-dried thoroughly with paper towels

    To Roast The Cornish Hens:

    • 1 cup water or chicken stock
    • ½ small yellow onion sliced thinly

    Instructions

    • To make the marinade: Whisk together the lime-juice, olive oil, garlic, oregano leaves, cumin, salt and pepper in a bowl.
    • Divide the marinade in between two 1-gallon resalable plastic bags. Place two hens in each bag, make sure the marinade is distributed evenly (going into the cavity of the hens) and press to get as much air as possible out of it before sealing. Repeat the same process for the other two hens. Place them in the fridge and marinade for at least 4 hours or preferably overnight.
    • To roast the Cornish hens: Pre-heat the oven to 425 degrees.
    • Arrange slices of onion at the bottom of a casserole dish or a large ducth oven. Place hens, the marinade, and water on the bed of onions. Sprinkle the hens with freshly ground black pepper. If preferred, slice a fresh lime and place it around the birds.
    • Roast for 20 minutes. Reduce the heat to 375 F degrees and roast for 1 hour 15 minutes to 1 hour 30 minutes.
    • Let them rest for 20 minutes, garnish with fresh herbs, and serve.

    Notes

    Ingredient Substitutions & Variations:
    • Lemon vs Lime: You can use an equal amount of lemon juice (and lemon wedges or lemon slices) instead of limes.
    • Fresh herbs: While fresh oregano is delicious in this recipe, you can play with other fresh herbs like Italian parsley, thyme sprigs, and fresh rosemary sprigs.
    • Extra liquid: This recipe uses a cup of water as an additional liquid to use during the roasting process. If you have it, you can substitute it with chicken broth.
    • Can I use frozen cornish game hens? Yes, you can, but be sure to thaw them fully in the fridge a day before using them.
    • To store leftovers: If you end up with leftovers (with all the juices from the pan), you can keep them in an airtight container in the fridge for the next day. When ready to serve, you can warm your hens in a pre-heated 300-degree oven for 10 minutes or until they are warmed thoroughly. I recommend spooning some of the leftover juices over the hens to make sure that they are moist while they are heating.
     

    Nutrition

    Calories: 908kcal | Carbohydrates: 2g | Protein: 77g | Fat: 63g | Saturated Fat: 18g | Cholesterol: 455mg | Sodium: 860mg | Potassium: 1091mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 486IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 57mg | Iron: 4mg

    This recipe is adapted (with minor changes) from Eva Kosmas Flores’s cookbook Adventures in Chicken.

    This recipe was originally published in October 2016, but updated with new photos and more helpful information in October 2020.

    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/cuban-roast-cornish-game-hens/feed/ 49
    Instant Pot White Bean Chicken Chili https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-white-bean-chicken-chili/ https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-white-bean-chicken-chili/#comments Mon, 18 Oct 2021 05:30:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=40003 Chili is one of those hearty, comforting meals that hit the spot every time and it is great for the…]]>

    Chili is one of those hearty, comforting meals that hit the spot every time and it is great for the whole family. I have an array of chili recipes in my recipe book, including Easy Chicken Chili, Three Bean Turkey Chili, and Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup (I call this soup, but it is more like chili). But today’s recipe, Instant Pot White Chicken Chili, takes inspiration from Healthy White Chicken Chili.

    It has the same delicate qualities of a white chili (i.e. no tomato paste and just the right amount of chili powder to keep that stark white color), but it comes together quickly and easily in the electric pressure cooker. Be sure to give it a try if you are in need of a chili recipe made with minimal ingredients and minimal effort.

    Instant Pot white bean chicken chili in a bowl with toppings.

    Why You Should Make This Recipe

    The true beauty of this instant pot white chicken chili recipe is the time and effort-saving ability of pressure cooker recipes. If you have never made chili in the Instant Pot before, prepare to be amazed.

    I love it because it’s:

    1. Super quick to put together and the Instant Pot provides a hands-off cooking method with only 20 minutes of active cook time.
    2. It’s a healthy, homemade and easy meal that features clean and good-for-you ingredients – no heavy cream or cream cheese required!
    3. Heartwarming and filling, to keep you full and satisfied.
    4. A wonderful make-ahead meal as leftovers last for days and it freezes well, too.
    5. Made with freezer & pantry staples like beans, spices, and corn, it is a great pantry recipe

    Key Ingredients

    The ingredient list for this pressure cooker white chicken chili recipe comes in two parts:

    Ingredients for the chili on a white backdrop
    • For the chili: Gather olive oil, spices (ground coriander, ground cumin, and chili powder), jalapeno, garlic, Cannellini beans, lean chicken breasts, corn, and chicken stock.
    Topping ingredients from the top
    • White Chili Toppings: You can use any toppings you like. I am using a ripe avocado slices, cilantro, tortilla strips or chips, corn, shredded Cheddar cheese, lime wedges, green onion, and sour cream.

    Substitution Ideas:

    • Chicken: I used boneless and skinless chicken breasts but an equal amount of chicken thighs could also be used.
    • Green peppers: I opted for jalapenos but any green peppers, i.e canned peppers, bell peppers, etc. would also work.
    • Beans: I used canned Cannellini beans but any white beans, Navy Beans or Great Northern Beans, would work.
    • Corn: Fresh, frozen or canned would all work.
    • Cilantro: Not a fan of cilantro? Omit it or use parsley instead.

    How to Make

    Let’s take a look at how to get this creamy white bean chili from your Instant Pot to your table in no time. Here are the steps:

    Person showing the steps of making white chicken chili in Instant pot
    1. Saute vegetables and spices: Select the saute setting on your pressure cooker. Add in the oil, onion, green pepper, ground cumin, ground coriander, and chili powder. Saute for 2-3 minutes while stirring constantly until everything is mixed.
    2. Add in garlic and saute for another 30 seconds or so.
    Person pouring chicken stock in the pressure cooker and setting it to cook
    1. Add in the rest of the ingredients: Add in the beans, chicken, corn, chicken broth, and salt and pepper. Give it a stir. Press cancel (to cancel the saute function.)
    2. Pressure cook the white bean chicken chili: Secure the lid and set the steam release valve to the sealing position. Select the manual setting and set the cooking time to 20 minutes at high pressure. It will take about 10 minutes for the Instant Pot to come to pressure.
    Person shredding chicken and putting it back in the instant pot
    1. Release the pressure: When the cooking cycle is complete, let the pressure naturally release for 8-10 minutes, then move the steam release valve to the venting position to release any remaining pressure. When the floating valve drops, carefully remove the lid. 
    2. Shred the chicken: Remove the chicken from the chili into a plate and shred it using two forks. Put the shredded chicken back in and give it a stir.

    Pro Tip: Shredding the chicken with two forks is much easier while the chicken is still warm. Don’t have two forks lying around? Place the chicken in a stand mixer with the paddle attachment and mix on medium until shredded. Here is a helpful tutorial showing you how to shred chicken in a mixer.

    1. Garnish & Serve: Add in the cilantro (if using) and give it a good stir. Ladle into bowls. Top it off with your favorite toppings, i.e. avocado, sliced jalapenos, cheese, tortilla chips and cilantro. Finish it off with a dollop of sour cream (if using) and a squeeze of lime juice. Ladle into bowls and serve.

    How Long Does it Take To Cook

    Believe it or not, but this instant pot white chicken chili can be prepped and ready to serve in 45 minutes. I set the Instant Pot to Manual and set the cooking time to 20 minutes. The added time accounts for the time it takes for the Instant Pot to come to pressure, as well as release.

    Variations

    • Cream Cheese Chicken Chili: Make it a touch creamier by stirring in one 8-oz package of cream cheese (cut into 6 pieces) at the end of cooking. Be sure to add it at the very end to prevent cream cheese from curdling.
    • Spicy Chicken Chili: Keep the jalapenos’ seeds and ribs intact for a spicy kick. Alternatively, add ½ teaspoon cayenne pepper along with the chili powder.
    • Instant Pot Chicken Chili with Frozen Chicken: Didn’t have time to remove the chicken breasts from the freezer? Simply add 4 minutes to the cooking time. If the chicken breasts are frozen together, the gentle heat from the pressure cooker should be enough to release the chicken breasts away from each other.
    Two bowls of White chicken chili made in instant pot from the top

    How to Store and Freeze

    What I love most about this Creamy White Chicken Chili recipe is that it stores well and like it is with most soup/chili recipes, it tastes better on the next day.

    • Leftover Storage: The white chili will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days.
    • Freeze: For longer storage, cool to room temperature, place in a freezer-safe airtight container or plastic storage bag (see tip below!) and freeze for up to 3 months.

    Freezer Storage Tip: Looking to get even more storage space out of your freezer? Place the chili in a plastic freezer bag (or two!), seal tight, and place in one (or two) quarter baking sheets. Freeze for 1 hour, then remove from the baking sheet(s), label, date and place back in the freezer. Freezing the chili in the baking sheet ensures it molds to the shape of the baking sheet, ensuring flat, even, stackable freezer food.

    • Thawing Instructions: To thaw, set in the refrigerator overnight or place in a large bowl of cool water for 20-30 minutes (super easy if you’ve used a freezer bag!).

    Other Chicken Recipes You Might Like:

    If you are a fan of easy pressure cooker recipes made with chicken, be sure to try my friend Veronika’s Instant Pot Chicken Wings recipe. It is one of my favorite instant pot recipes that I have been making on repeat. Plus, below I am sharing a few chicken recipes you might also like:

    [/su_note]
    Instant Pot White Bean Chicken Chili in a bowl garnished with toppings
    Print

    Instant Pot White Bean Chicken Chili Recipe

    Recipe for White Chicken Chili made in the instant pot. A heartwarming chicken chili recipe made with white beans and chicken breasts in a pressure cooker. It is made without the use of cream cheese yet still creamy and delicious. Make a batch, serve some right away, and freeze the rest for later.
    Course Soup
    Cuisine Mexican Cuisine
    Prep Time 10 minutes
    Cook Time 20 minutes
    Extra Pressure Building/Releasing Time 20 minutes
    Total Time 50 minutes
    Servings 4 servings
    Calories 513kcal

    Ingredients

    For The Chili:

    • 1 tablespoon olive oil
    • 1 large onion chopped (1 cup)
    • 2 jalapeno peppers seeded and cut into small pieces (Green Bell pepper would also work)
    • 1 tablespoon ground cumin
    • 1 teaspoon ground coriander
    • 1 teaspoon chili powder
    • 2 cloves of garlic
    • 2 cans Cannellini beans (15 oz), drained and rinsed – Navy or Great Northern Bean would also work
    • 2 large chicken breasts boneless and skinless ~ 1 1/2 lbs.
    • 1 cup whole corn kernels plus more as garnish
    • 1 ½ cups of chicken stock
    • 1 ½ teaspoons kosher salt
    • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
    • ¼ cup of fresh cilantro chopped – optional

    For the Toppings:

    • 1 ripe avocado as topping – optional
    • ¼ cup shredded cheese Cheddar or crumbled queso fresco
    • Handful of tortilla chips
    • Sour cream optional

    Instructions

    • Saute vegetables and spices: Select the saute setting on your pressure cooker. Add in the oil, onion, green pepper, ground cumin, ground coriander, and chili powder. Sautee for 2-3 minutes while stirring constantly until everything is mixed.
    • Add in garlic and saute for another 30 seconds or so.
    • Add in the rest of the ingredients: Add in the beans, chicken, corn, chicken stock, and salt and pepper. Give it a stir. Cancel the saute function.
    • Pressure cook the white bean chicken chili: Secure the lid and set the steam release valve to the sealing position. Select the manual setting and set the cooking time to 20 minutes at high pressure. It will take about 10 minutes for the Instant Pot to come to pressure.
    • Release the pressure: When the cooking cycle is complete, let the pressure naturally release for 8-10 minutes, then move the steam release valve to the venting position to release any remaining pressure. When the floating valve drops, carefully remove the lid.
    • Shred the chicken: Remove the chicken from the chili into a plate and shred it using two forks. Put it back in and give it a stir.
    • Stir in the cilantro, if using. Ladle into bowls. Top it off with your favorite toppings, i.e. avocado, sliced jalapenos, cheese, tortilla chips and cilantro. Finish it off with a dollop of sour cream (if using) and Serve.

    Notes

    • Leftover Storage: The white chili will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days.
    • Freeze: For longer storage, cool to room temperature, place in a freezer-safe airtight container or plastic storage bag (see tip below!) and freeze for up to 3 months.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 513kcal | Carbohydrates: 54g | Protein: 43g | Fat: 18g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 81mg | Sodium: 1665mg | Potassium: 961mg | Fiber: 16g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 571IU | Vitamin C: 20mg | Calcium: 214mg | Iron: 7mg
    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-white-bean-chicken-chili/feed/ 8
    Easy Chicken Teriyaki Stir Fry https://foolproofliving.com/quick-chicken-stir-fry-with-roasted-broccoli/ https://foolproofliving.com/quick-chicken-stir-fry-with-roasted-broccoli/#comments Mon, 20 Sep 2021 12:27:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=8559 Why Should You Make This Recipe? This Teriyaki Chicken Stir Fry recipe combines the mouthwatering flavors of fresh ginger, savory…]]>

    Why Should You Make This Recipe?

    This Teriyaki Chicken Stir Fry recipe combines the mouthwatering flavors of fresh ginger, savory garlic, and sweet honey for one of my most flavorful weeknight dinner recipes. Whether you’re a chef on a budget or on the hunt for new recipes, this low-calorie chicken stir fry is just for you.

    • It comes together in just 30 minutes, making it an easy weeknight meal for busy chefs.
    • Unlike stir fry recipes that use bottled sauce, my low-fat stir fry sauce for chicken only uses healthy, low-calorie ingredients. Plus, you can make this delicious sauce gluten-free with one simple substitution!
    • Just like my recipes for rich Chicken Lo Mein, Sesame Chicken Noodles, and lean Lemongrass Chicken, you decide exactly what goes in this homemade Asian dish. From gluten-free ingredients to a variety of fresh veggies, the choice is yours.
    Asian Chicken Stir Fry in a bowl with chopsticks on the side

    Ingredients

    This quick chicken teriyaki stir fry recipe comes together in a snap, and you don’t even need specialty grocery stores! Only pantry-ready, healthy ingredients are used in this delectable dish.

    Chicken Stir fry sauce ingredients on a marble backdrop
    • Teriyaki Stir Fry Sauce Ingredients: To make chicken stir fry sauce, gather soy sauce, chicken stock, rice vinegar, sesame oil, honey, grated ginger, minced garlic, and cornstarch (or arrowroot starch.) 
    Ingredients for the recipe are on a marble backdrop
    • Chicken Stir Fry Ingredients: For the stir fry, you’ll need broccoli florets, vegetable oil, salt, black pepper, and boneless chicken breasts. If you have it, you can chop up a small bell pepper to incorprate more vegetables to your stir fry but it is optional.
    • Optional Garnish: Top this stir-fry recipe with scallions (aka green onion stalks), cilantro, sesame seeds, red pepper flakes, and chopped peanuts for extra flavor.
    • To Serve: To complete this meal, serve it with 4 cups of cooked rice (my favorite is Brown Jasmine Rice) or quinoa.

    Ingredient Notes:

    • Chicken Thigh Stir Fry: I used chicken breasts to make this easy chicken stir fry as light as possible, but you can also make this dish using 1½ lbs. of boneless chicken thighs.
    • Gluten-Free Chicken Stir Fry: To make this simple homemade teriyaki sauce recipe gluten-free, all you have to do is use tamari instead of soy sauce.

    How To Make Teriyaki Sauce?

    The recipe starts with my go-to easy teriyaki sauce and it is so easy to make.

    1. Make the teriyaki stir fry sauce: In a medium bowl, whisk together soy sauce, chicken stock, rice vinegar, sesame oil, honey, ginger, and garlic. Add the cornstarch at the end and give it a vigorous whisk.
    person making teriyaki sauce

    How to Make This Recipe?

    You won’t believe how simple it is to make it when you follow this five-star recipe! Take the stress out of weeknight meals with a tasty Asian meal the whole family will love.

    Person roasting broccoli showing with 2 images
    1. Bake the broccoli: Preheat the oven to 425 degrees F., line a baking sheet with parchment paper, and top the sheet with a single layer of broccoli florets. Drizzle the florets with olive oil, salt, and pepper, then toss the broccoli to ensure an even coating. Bake for 14-15 minutes, or until golden brown. Set aside.
    Person sauteing chicken with and without sauce showing it in two images
    1. Sauté the chicken: Heat oil in a large wok or cast iron skillet over medium-high heat. When the oil is hot, add the chicken and sauté for 5-6 minutes, remembering to stir frequently.
    2. Add the sauce: Stir the sauce once more before adding it to the wok or skillet. Then, bring the mixture to a boil and simmer it for 3-5 minutes, or until it thickens and becomes glossy. Remove the chicken once it is fully cooked.
    3. Assemble and serve: Add equal amounts of white rice or quinoa, stir fry veggies, and cooked chicken into each bowl. If desired, garnish each bowl with scallions, cilantro, sesame seeds, and/or chopped peanuts. Then, serve!
    Chicken Stir fry with vegetables in a bowl with chopsticks on the side

    How to Store, Freeze & Thaw?

    Never worry about meal prep again with this tantalizing Asian dish. This sautéed chicken teriyaki recipe can be made ahead of time and served on the go—perfect for any busy weeknight!

    • Storage: Leftovers for this Asian chicken stir fry will stay fresh in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days.
    • Freezing: To freeze this dish, first bring it to room temperature. Then, place it in an airtight container or in a freezer bag with as much air removed as possible. The stir fry will stay fresh in the freezer for up to 2 months. However, I don’t recommend freezing broccoli, as it won’t maintain its fresh, crisp texture.
    • To thaw: When you’re ready to eat your frozen stir fry, put it in the fridge overnight, then warm it on the stovetop.

    What Goes With Chicken Teriyaki?

    This recipe for chicken teriyaki stir fry with vegetables is as versatile as it is easy. Serve it with a variety of appetizing side dishes, from fluffy white rice to crunchy vegetables.

    FAQs

    You don’t have to be a great cook to become an expert in Asian cuisine! Find answers to all your questions about chicken stir fry with teriyaki sauce in one easy place.

    Is chicken stir fry healthy?

    This version is! The best thing about my version is that it only uses homemade, all-natural ingredients. Plus, you can always add different vegetables to get the most garden-fresh nutrition.

    How much teriyaki sauce for stir fry?

    I use 1 cup of teriyaki sauce for every 1½ pounds of chicken.

    How to cook chicken teriyaki in a wok?

    You can easily turn your stir fry into an authentic teriyaki chicken wok recipe. Just use a wok and remember to stir frequently.

    Can I make chicken teriyaki stir fry with frozen vegetables?

    Yes! Cut your meal prep for stir fry in half by using frozen vegetables. Just be sure to add them in after you add in the chicken.

    Other Chicken Dinners You Might Like:

    [/su_note]

    If you try this recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

    Teriyaki Chicken Stir Fry recipe in a bowl from close up
    Print

    Teriyaki Chicken Stir Fry Recipe

    This Teriyaki Chicken Stir Fry Recipe is an easy, healthy, and 30 minute weeknight dinner recipe that is guaranteed to impress. Served with roasted broccoli, it is better than take out!
    Course Weeknight Dinner
    Cuisine Asian Cuisine
    Prep Time 10 minutes
    Cook Time 20 minutes
    Total Time 30 minutes
    Servings 4 servings
    Calories 645kcal

    Ingredients

    For the Teriyaki Stir-Fry Sauce

    • cup soy sauce
    • ½ cup chicken stock
    • 1 tablespoon rice vinegar
    • 1 teaspoon sesame oil
    • 2 tablespoons honey
    • 2 teaspoon grated ginger
    • 3 cloves of garlic minced
    • 2 teaspoon cornstarch

    For the Chicken Stir Fry:

    • 3 heads of broccoli rinsed and cut into small florets
    • 4 tablespoons vegetable oil divided
    • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
    • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
    • 1 ½ lbs boneless chicken breasts cut into cubes (alternatively, you can use chicken thighs)

    As Garnish:

    • 2-3 scallions thinly sliced
    • 2 tablespoons fresh cilantro chopped
    • 1 teaspoon sesame seeds optional
    • Handful of peanuts chopped optional

    To Serve with:

    Instructions

    • To make the teriyaki stir fry sauce: Mix soy sauce, chicken stock, rice vinegar, sesame oil, honey, ginger, garlic and cornstarch in a bowl and whisk until fully combined. Alternatively, you can put it in a jar and give it a vigorous shake.
    • Pre-heat the oven to 425 degrees. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper. Add broccoli florets to the baking sheet.
    • Drizzle them with 2-tablepoons olive oil and sprinkle them lightly with salt and pepper. Using your clean hands (or 2 spoons), gently toss them to make sure that each floret is coated with oil.
    • Let it roast for 14-15 minutes or they turn golden brown. Set aside.
    • Meanwhile, place a wok (or a 10-inch cast iron skillet) on medium high heat. Add in the remaining 2 tablespoons of oil.
    • When the pan and oil are sizzling hot, add in the chicken and sauté for 5-6 minutes, stirring frequently.
    • Give the stir-fry sauce a quick stir/shake and pour it into the pan.
    • Bring the mixture to a boil and let it simmer for 3-5 minutes. You will see it will start to thicken and become glossy.
    • Once the chicken is fully cooked through, remove it from the heat.
    • Place a cup of cooked jasmine rice or quinoa, 4-5 roasted broccoli florets, and stir-fry chicken in each bowl.
    • Garnish them with chopped scallions, cilantro, sesame seeds, and if preferred, chopped peanuts.
    • Serve immediately.

    Notes

    • The nutritional values below are only for the chicken stir fry and do not include the calories/values coming from the rice/quinoa.
    • Chicken Thighs/Breasts: You can use chicken thighs and breasts interchangeably in this recipe.
    • Gluten-free version: Swap tamari with soy sauce to make the teriyaki sauce gluten-free.
    • Storage: Leftovers for this Asian chicken stir fry will stay fresh in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days.
    • Freezing: To freeze this dish, first bring it to room temperature. Then, place it in an airtight container or in a freezer bag with as much air removed as possible. The stir fry will stay fresh in the freezer for up to 2 months. However, I don’t recommend freezing broccoli, as it won’t maintain its fresh, crisp texture.
    • To thaw: When you’re ready to eat your frozen stir fry, put it in the fridge overnight, then warm it on the stovetop.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 645kcal | Carbohydrates: 44g | Protein: 52g | Fat: 33g | Saturated Fat: 16g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 9g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 110mg | Sodium: 1673mg | Potassium: 1928mg | Fiber: 12g | Sugar: 17g | Vitamin A: 3057IU | Vitamin C: 409mg | Calcium: 253mg | Iron: 5mg

    Adapted (with minor changes) from Emilie Raffa’s: The Clever Cookbook.


    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/quick-chicken-stir-fry-with-roasted-broccoli/feed/ 4
    Healthy Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad – 4 WAYS! https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-chicken-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-chicken-salad/#comments Thu, 29 Jul 2021 09:21:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=24967 Today, I come to you with a Healthy Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad Recipe that celebrates the deliciousness of plain yogurt…]]>

    Today, I come to you with a Healthy Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad Recipe that celebrates the deliciousness of plain yogurt and uses it in place of mayonnaise. The beauty of this recipe is that it comes together in about 30 minutes and is just as delicious as the mayo-laden classic chicken salad that you eat in every potluck. With just a few creative ingredient swaps, all of which are probably already in your fridge/pantry, you can make the best chicken salad without using a drop of mayo.

    Plus, below you will find my four favorite ways of serving it so that it will never get boring and will deserve a permanent place in your weekly meal prep all year round. Packed with fresh produce and tossed in a healthy Greek yogurt dressing scented with garlic, lemon juice, and fresh dill, every bite is bursting with flavor. And this high protein, low calorie, and low carb salad is so versatile, you’ll find yourself making it over and over again.

    Greek Yogurt Chicken salad with apples, grapes, and avocados photographed from the top view

    Ingredients:

    To make this chicken salad with yogurt you will need three sets of ingredients:

    1. The dressing: Grab plain regular yogurt, garlic, lemon juice, olive oil, fresh dill, and salt and pepper.
    2. Salad Ingredients: Get together cooked chicken, crunchy celery, green onions, red onion, sliced almonds, and red grapes.
    3. Optional Add ins: You can pretty much add in whatever you have on hand but my favorite add ins are ripe avocado, cucumber, radishes and chives.
    Ingredients: scallions, red onion, almonds, apples, grapes, celery, chicken and yogurt dressing are photographed on top view.

    Ingredient Notes & Substitutions:

    • Chicken: You can cook chicken right before making the salad or use leftover rotisserie chicken (more on this below) for a 30-minute recipe.
    • Yogurt: I like to use full-fat Greek yogurt in this recipe but for more of a Skinny Chicken Salad with Greek yogurt, simply use fat-free or non-fat yogurt instead of whole milk.
    • Fresh herbs: I use a combination of fresh dill and fresh chives but you can use fresh parsley or even fresh mint if you like.
    • Not a fan of grapes? If you prefer your yogurt chicken salad without grapes, simply omit using them.
    • Want to make a chicken salad with no fruit? Replace the apple and grapes with an equal amount of diced fennel and cucumber for a bright, crisp flavor.
    • For a sweeter, fruitier salad, use Honeycrisp or Gala apples. For a tart, crisp chicken salad, use Granny Smith apples instead.
    • Make a shredded chicken salad recipe with Greek yogurt by replacing the cubed chicken with an equal amount of shredded chicken. Just note – it will be softer in texture.

    How To Make Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad (Without Mayonnaise)

    This simple salad recipe comes together in 3 folds.

    1. Make the dressing: Prepare the Greek yogurt dressing by whisking together the plain Greek yogurt, garlic, lemon juice, olive oil, salt, and pepper in a small bowl. Add in the fresh dill, give it a good stir, and set it aside.
      Want to see how I make it? Check out my post on how to make Greek yogurt salad dressing.
    Mayo free Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad photographed from the top view before it is drizzled with the greek yogurt salad dressing.
    1. Gather the salad ingredients: Place the prepared chicken, scallions, red onion, celery, apples, grapes, and almonds in a large bowl.
    Salad is being drizzling with the dressing
    1. Assemble: Drizzle the ingredients with the Greek yogurt dressing and give it a gentle toss. I used the whole cup of the dressing, but you can use less of it if you want.

      Taste for seasoning, adjust to your liking, and serve as a salad, sandwich, lettuce wrap, or in a jar (more on that later!).

    Step By Step Video of How To Make This Healthy & Light Chicken Salad:

    Different Variations

    Make It With Seasonal Ingredients:

    The beauty of this chicken fruit salad is that it is so versatile. I used apples and grapes mixed with sliced almonds as I took some inspiration from my Waldorf Chicken Salad. But feel free to use fresh, seasonal ingredients so you can make this recipe any time of year.

    For the Spring/Summer months, use fresh blueberries and diced strawberries instead of apples and grapes. For the Fall/Winter months, use dried cranberries or raisins instead of grapes and replace the sliced almonds with more robust nuts such as walnuts or pecans.

    PRO TIP: To bring out the flavor in the sliced almonds (or whatever nut you’re using), lightly toast them in a dry skillet over medium-low heat, stirring occasionally, until light golden brown and fragrant (no more than 5-7 minutes). Cool completely before tossing with the remaining ingredients.

    Make Chicken Salad With Leftover Chicken

    Like most chicken salad recipes, using leftover chicken makes this come together quick and easy. Luckily, I have a local market that makes some of the best rotisserie chicken in the area. It’s a great way to make this a rotisserie chicken salad with Greek yogurt in under 30 minutes

    When I have time, I usually roast 2 or 3 split chicken breasts and use them in this salad. I like breast meat because it is easy to flavor and low in calorie compared to other parts of chicken. If you need a foolproof recipe, be sure to try my Oven-Baked Bone-In Chicken Breast recipe.

    With that being said, you can use an equal amount of roasted chicken thighs as well.

    PRO TIP: For this recipe, I purchase about 3 large rotisserie chicken breasts, since one breast will give you roughly 1 cup of cubed chicken. If you don’t mind a mix of light and dark meat in your salad, 1 whole rotisserie chicken will yield about 5-6 cups cubed chicken. You can either double the recipe or use the other half for another use.

    How to Serve? – 4 Creative Ways To Serve It

    Now comes the fun part. This chicken salad with Greek yogurt and grapes can be served in a few different ways. Below are a few to get you started.

    As A Part Of Your Meal Prep

    Salad placed in meal prep bowls

    Portion the chicken salad into 4-5 reusable meal prep containers for a super fast grab-and-go meal. When I make the meal prep version, I really enjoy transforming it into a complete salad.

    To do this, add the cubed avocado, sliced cucumbers, and radishes, and a sprinkling of fresh chives, put the lid on, and store in the fridge to enjoy throughout the week.

    BONUS: If your chives are in season, don’t forget the fresh chives flowers. They pack tons of fresh onion flavor and add a pop of color to your chicken salad.

    Healthy Chicken Salad Sandwich

    Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad Sandwich photographed in a woman's hands.

    Take two slices of bread, drizzle a few tablespoons of the yogurt dressing on each piece of bread, scoop your chicken salad onto one half (about a ½ cup), top with sliced avocado, place the other piece of bread on top, cut in half, and enjoy!

    Keto Chicken Salad With Greek Yogurt

    Keto Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad served on lettuce as a lettuce wrap served with yogurt dressing on the side

    For a light chicken salad that is keto-friendly and low carb, place the prepared salad in buttery Boston lettuce cups. Gently wash and dry your Boston lettuce cups and lay out flat on your counter. Place a large spoonful of the salad (about a ¼ cup) into each lettuce cup and drizzle with the remaining dressing.

    Salad In A Jar With Greek Yogurt Dressing On The Side

    Salad in A Jar is being drizzled with the Dressing

    In a mason jar, place a bed of chopped Boston lettuce in the bottom. Then top with the salad, drizzle with the remaining Greek yogurt dressing, and place another handful of chopped Boston lettuce on top. Repeat it until you are finished with all the chicken salad.Seal and store in the fridge for the week.

    When ready to eat, place it in a bowl and give it a good stir.

    How To Store:

    Store leftovers in an airtight container for up to 5 days. As it sits in the fridge, it may dry out a little bit. Feel free to add in a tablespoon of yogurt to the leftovers for a creamy chicken salad before serving.

    FAQs

    Can You Substitute Greek Yogurt For Mayo?

    Yes, you can. Using plain, full-fat Greek yogurt and mixing it with fresh ingredients like fresh garlic, olive oil and lemon juice helps imitate the tangy flavor of mayo giving this chicken salad with yogurt a healthier and protein-packed twist.

    How To Make Yogurt Taste Like Mayonnaise?

    After a lot of trial and error, I found the best way to make Greek yogurt taste like mayo is to add fresh lemon juice and minced garlic. These two ingredients provide an added burst of savory flavor, getting it as close to mayo as we can.

    Another great example of using this yogurt dressing in a recipe is my Greek Yogurt Coleslaw dressing recipe. Again, by mixing lemon juice and garlic with yogurt I was able to omit using mayonnaise.

    How Long Does Chicken Salad Last In The Fridge?

    The chicken salad recipe with greek yogurt and dill will last in the fridge for 3-5 days if stored properly in an airtight container.

    Can You Freeze Chicken Salad? Is It Safe?

    I do not recommend freezing chicken salad as Greek yogurt has the tendency to separate in the freezer. Plus, there is the added risk of bacteria build-up if kept out on the counter for longer than 2 hours. 
    Therefore, in my opinion, I think it’s best to enjoy this chicken salad the week it is made. As I mentioned earlier, as long as it is kept in an airtight container, it should keep fresh up to 5 days in the fridge.

    How Many Calories in Homemade Chicken Salad with Greek Yogurt?

    There are only 419 calories in Greek yogurt chicken salad. This is a light, low-calorie recipe since 1 cup of Greek yogurt only has 200 calories versus 1 cup of mayo, which has a whopping 1,500 calories!

    Here Are A Few More Healthy Chicken Salad Recipes

    It wasn’t until my trip with Stonyfield Yogurt to organic farms in Northern Vermont when my eyes really opened. On my trip, I was introduced to the organic process of dairy farming. I was so inspired by the farmers and quality of ingredients, I had to come up with a super healthy recipe where Organic Greek Yogurt was the star. That’s where this healthy chicken salad with Greek yogurt came in.

    Below are a few other healthy chicken salads that you might also like:

    Yogurt chicken salad recipe served in a bowl by a person
    Print

    Healthy Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad Recipe

    Whether you serve it as a sandwich, for meal prep, in a jar, or just by itself, this healthy and easy to make Greek Yogurt chicken salad is perfect for any time of the year. Made with rotisserie chicken, apples, grapes, celery, and sliced almonds, it is guaranteed to please everyone in your family.
    Course Salad
    Cuisine American
    Diet Gluten Free
    Prep Time 20 minutes
    Total Time 20 minutes
    Servings 4 servings
    Calories 351kcal

    Ingredients

    For The Dressing:

    • 1 cup Greek Yogurt
    • 2 cloves garlic minced
    • 4 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
    • 2 tablespoons olive oil
    • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
    • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
    • ¼ cup chopped fresh dill optional or parsley

    For The Salad:

    • 3 cups cooked chicken cut into small cubes
    • 3 scallions thinly sliced
    • ¼ cup red onion chopped
    • 2 stalks of celery sliced
    • ½ cup cubed apples
    • ½ cup red grapes halved if they are large
    • cup sliced almonds preferably roasted

    Optional Add-ins:

    • 1 small avocado cubed
    • ½ cup thinly sliced cucumber
    • ¼ cup thinly sliced radishes
    • 3 tablespoons chives with flowers if they are in season

    Instructions

    • To make the dressing: Whisk together yogurt, garlic, lemon juice, olive oil, salt and pepper in a bowl. Add in the fresh dill, if using. Set it aside.
    • To make the salad: Place chicken, scallions, red onion, celery, apples, grapes, and almond into a bowl. If you are adding the additional toppings feel free to do that now.
    • Drizzle it with the dressing. Give it a gentle toss. Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary.
    • Serve.

    Video

    Notes

    • A Note on the Calorie Information Below: The nutrition values listed below do not include any of the additional toppings listed in the recipe.
    • What if I want to cook my own chicken? You can also roast 2 or 3 split chicken breasts and use them in this salad. If you need a foolproof recipe, be sure to try my Oven-Baked Bone-In Chicken Breast recipe.
    • How Long Does Chicken Salad Last In The Fridge? It should last in the fridge for 3-5 days if stored properly in an airtight container.
    • Can You Freeze Chicken Salad? Is It Safe?This is an interesting challenge and one I am still testing out in my kitchen. I have read a number of articles that say you can freeze chicken salad and still keep its integrity. However, after doing some research and actually freezing some in my own freezer, I know that Greek yogurt has the tendency to separate in the freezer. Plus, there is the added risk of bacteria build-up if kept out on the counter for longer than 2 hours. Therefore, in my opinion, I think it’s best to enjoy this chicken salad the week it is made.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 351kcal | Carbohydrates: 13g | Protein: 34g | Fat: 18g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 10g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 81mg | Sodium: 688mg | Potassium: 556mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 504IU | Vitamin C: 16mg | Calcium: 118mg | Iron: 2mg

    This recipe was originally published in June 2019. It has been updated with minor edits and no changes to the original recipe in July 2021.

    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-chicken-salad/feed/ 25
    Chicken Caprese Sandwich https://foolproofliving.com/open-face-chicken-caprese-sandwich/ https://foolproofliving.com/open-face-chicken-caprese-sandwich/#comments Thu, 24 Jun 2021 05:08:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=8773 There was a cool restaurant my husband and I would go to in Philadelphia that made an amazing Caprese chicken…]]>

    There was a cool restaurant my husband and I would go to in Philadelphia that made an amazing Caprese chicken sandwich. And when I popped into Starbucks one day, I noticed a chicken Caprese sandwich in the glass bakery display that was offered in one of two ways – panini-style or ciabatta.

    This got me inspired. I am a huge fan of the classic Caprese Salad and Caprese recipes like Caprese Pesto Pasta Salad, Burrata Caprese, and Pizza Caprese.

    Three grilled chicken caprese sandwiches topped off with basil in a sheet pan

    Why I love this recipe:

    • Packed with summer flavors: It’s the perfect trifecta of textures and flavors. Summer fresh tomatoes delicately seasoned in a quick balsamic drizzle, vibrant fresh basil, soft and creamy mozzarella.
    • Great way to use leftover chicken: If you have leftover chicken (like my bone-in chicken breasts)in the fridge and you can just purchase a loaf of fresh bread and create this tomato mozzarella chicken sandwich at home.
    • Easily customizable: The beauty of a homemade chicken Caprese sandwich is the endless number of customizations. With a simple swap of ingredients or cooking techniques, you can have an easy chicken sandwich that suits your needs.
    • Quick & Easy to make: No matter which direction you choose, this summer-inspired sandwich is ready in under 30 minutes! Fresh and homemade at its finest.

    Ingredients

    This open-faced chicken Caprese sandwich recipe is made with just a few simple ingredients including tomatoes, kosher salt, black pepper, lemon juice, balsamic vinegar, bread, mayo, chicken breasts (leftover or grilled), fresh basil leaves, and fresh mozzarella.

    salad ingredients for the recipe are laid out
    • Tomatoes: Fresh juicy tomatoes are in their peak season during the summer months (late July – August). If I am making this sandwich over the summer, I like to seek out juicy red tomatoes at the farmers market.
      However, with modern food sourcing, tomatoes are easily available at the supermarket all year long. That’s when I go for Campari tomatoes. These are about medium-size, always pleasantly plump and available throughout the year. The number of tomatoes you’ll need depends on the size of the slices of bread so adjust it accordingly.
    • Bread: This is more about personal preference more than anything else. I loved serving it on sliced whole wheat bread, but it is particularly enjoyable on ciabatta rolls (sliced in half), sourdough or even rosemary focaccia.
    • Mayo: Although the mayo is optional, I highly recommend it. The mayo adds an extra dose of tangy flavor and truly rounds out the fresh mozzarella chicken sandwich. Vegan, Avocado Oil or Regular Mayo all work wonderfully.
    • Chicken Breasts: You will need two breasts for four sandwiches. Since I am a lover of easy chicken recipes, I always have some sort of leftover chicken in the fridge. I used the bone-in chicken breasts I baked the day before and simply sliced them into 1-inch strips. We will discuss grilled chicken in a bit. You can use chicken thighs instead of chicken breasts as well.
    • Fresh Basil: Basil is another ingredient at its peak during the summer. My husband and I grow basil in the backyard as soon as the warm weather begins, but during the cold winter months, I purchase fresh basil from the grocery store. If you’re lucky, purchase the potted basil plants, place them in a container and keep it on your windowsill or kitchen counter, then water them every few days to keep them growing.
    • Fresh Mozzarella: Delicious, creamy, soft fresh mozzarella is the good stuff and beats any pre-shredded or block variety. The fresh cheese comes in ball form or sliced. Look for it in the cheese section of your grocery store.

    PRO TIP: Do not store basil in the refrigerator as basil does much better at room temperature. The cold temperature can turn the leaves black. To get the most life out of your basil, trim the stems, place it in a tall glass or plastic container with an inch of freshwater, cover with a plastic bag, and store it on your kitchen counter. Simply change out the water every couple of days. The basil should last for at least one week, if not longer.

    Sandwich ingredients are laid out on a marble backdrop (mozzarella, tomatoes, basil, bread, and chicken)

    Do I have to grill the chicken?

    If you prefer grilled chicken, you can certainly grill the chicken on an outdoor or indoor grill, depending on the time of year. I love serving this sandwich as soon as the weather warms up. It is a great recipe for your Memorial Day cookout menu.

    During the summer months, I love using the grilled chicken method because the grill does all the work for me. I can grill the chicken, leave it to rest while I prep the remaining ingredients, then assemble and pop it on the grill for just a few minutes until the cheese is melted. 

    Grilling the bread on the grill or grill pan gives these open-faced sandwiches a great contrast with a crunchy texture. Plus, it gives me a reason to not turn on my oven.

    How to make:

    This balsamic chicken mozzarella sandwich can be made in one of two ways – with leftover chicken or grilled chicken.

    With Leftover Chicken

    1. Preheat the oven and season the tomatoes. Set your oven to 350 degrees F. Slice the tomatoes into ½ inch slices (serrated knife preferred), layout on a large plate (or a bowl), sprinkle all over with the salt and pepper, then drizzle with lemon juice, olive oil, and balsamic vinegar.
    2. Assemble the sandwiches. Lay the slices of bread out on a baking sheet, then spread with mayo. Top with slices of tomato, sliced chicken, a few fresh basil leaves and 2-3 slices of fresh mozzarella cheese.
    3. Bake! Place in the oven and bake for 10 minutes, or until the cheese is melted. (Additionally, broil it for 1-2 minutes to crisp the cheese). Garnish with a few more fresh basil leaves and serve. Optionally, if you have some, drizzle it with balsamic glaze and sprinkle it with Maldon sea salt.
    Steps showing how to make tomato mozzarella sandwich with chicken (6 photos)

    With Grilled Chicken

    To make Grilled Chicken Caprese Sandwich:

    1. Preheat the grill. Light a grill to high heat or preheat an indoor grill pan to medium-high heat.
    2. Season and cook the chicken. Pat the chicken breasts dry with paper towels, then drizzle the chicken breasts with olive oil and season with salt and pepper. Add the chicken to the grill or grill pan and cook for 5-6 minutes on each side, or until the temperature registers 165 degrees F on an instant-read thermometer when placed in the thickest part of the breast without touching the bone.
    3. Rest the chicken and prep the tomato salad. Transfer the chicken to a plate, tent with aluminum foil, and rest for 5-10 minutes. Toast the bread, if preferred, while you prep the tomato salad.
    4. Slice the chicken and assemble the sandwiches. Slice the chicken into 1-inch thick slices. Spread each slice of bread with mayo, then top with seasoned tomatoes, sliced chicken, fresh basil leaves and 3-4 slices of fresh mozzarella.
    5. Grill! Place the open-faced sandwiches back on the grill and grill for 3-4 minutes or until the cheese is melted. (Alternatively, you can simply enjoy it without grilling at the end but melted mozzarella cheese on top makes it delicious.) Garnish with a few more fresh basil leaves, and enjoy.

    PRO TIP: A serrated knife really comes in handy with this recipe. Both tomatoes and bread benefit from the knife’s ‘teeth’, which help cut through the tomato’s skin and the bread’s crust. Bread knives or even a steak knife can also do the job.

    Balsamic Chicken Sandwich topped off with basil

    Can I make it ahead?

    If you want to prep ahead, feel free to grill (or bake) the chicken ahead of time – just as I did with my leftover chicken. Then all that’s left to do on the day you are going to serve is assemble the sandwiches and pop it in the oven to melt the cheese. 

    For that very reason, this Caprese sandwich with chicken is one of my favorite 15-minute weeknight dinners that I make during the warmer months.

    Variations:

    Part of the reason I love this sandwich so much is because of the endless number of variations. Simply swap out one or two ingredients and you have a completely new meal. Some of my favorites include:

    • Swap mayo with pesto: I was inspired by Carrabba’s caprese sandwich with chicken and substituted the mayo for the same amount of pesto vinaigrette. It really highlights the basil flavor.
    • Mix pesto & mayo: Two of my favorite condiments in one. Simply combine 2 Tablespoons each pesto and mayo, then spread as directed.
    • Use marinated chicken: If you have time to plan a little bit in advance, you can use my Greek Yogurt Chicken Marinade to make even more flavorful chicken. I usually use this recipe during the summer months when we have the grill on.
    • Use ciabatta instead of whole wheat: The Starbucks chicken caprese is made with ciabatta bread, so I like to change up the bread whenever I get a chance. You will need one large loaf (cut in half, then sliced down the middle lengthwise) or 2 rolls (sliced in half lengthwise) to make 4 open-faced sandwiches.
      Alternatively, if you are using ciabatta bread, you can press it in a panini press and turn it into a warm Caprese chicken panini.
    • Use sourdough bread: Use 4 thick slices (about ½-1 inch) of sourdough bread to make the sandwiches
    • With Rosemary Focaccia: The subtle hint of rosemary drives home that herby flavor. You will only need half of a whole focaccia loaf. Simply cut the whole loaf into quarters, then cut two squares in half lengthwise to get 4 pieces. Reserve the remaining bread for your favorite sandwich recipes.
    • Make it with buffalo mozzarella: Buffalo mozzarella is made from buffalo milk rather than cow’s milk. If you are feeling extra fancy, buffalo mozzarella provides another layer of flavor and creamier texture. Look for it in specialty Italian markets.
    Sandwiches placed on a plate

    What To Serve it With / What Goes with Caprese?

    This easy Italian-inspired chicken tomato basil sandwich goes well with a simple green salad like Boston Lettuce Salad or Cold Asparagus Salad or any of your favorite salad recipes.

    Carrabba’s serves it with cucumber tomato mozzarella salad which is a nice highlight to summer fresh tomatoes. But a simple healthy cucumber salad or a simple side salad recipe are great options.

    On those warm summer nights when the weather is just right, I love to enjoy it with a crisp glass of white wine.

    Chicken Caprese Sandwich on a plate
    Print

    Chicken Caprese Sandwich Recipe

    Chicken Caprese Sandwich is layered with chicken, tomatoes, basil, and mozzarella. Serve it open-faced or as a sandwich with leftover or grilled chicken for an easy and quick sandwich that you can make for your family.
    Course Sandwiches
    Cuisine Italian
    Prep Time 15 minutes
    Cook Time 10 minutes
    Total Time 25 minutes
    Servings 4 sandwiches
    Calories 997kcal

    Ingredients

    For The Caprese Salad:

    • 6-8 medium-sized tomatoes preferably Campari tomatoes
    • 1 tablespoon lemon juice
    • 1 teaspoon balsamic vinegar
    • 1 tablespoon olive oil
    • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
    • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

    For The Sandwich:

    • 4 slices of bread or ciabatta loaves
    • 4 tablespoons vegan mayonnaise or regular mayo optional
    • 4 cooked chicken breasts sliced into strips *or you can grill the chicken (recipe below)
    • ¼ cup fresh basil leaves torn
    • 6 oz. fresh mozzarella 2-3 slices of cheese per each slice of bread

    If you are grilling the chicken:

    • 4 bone-in chicken breasts 14 – 15 oz. each
    • 8 teaspoons olive oil
    • 1 ½ teaspoon kosher salt
    • ½ teaspoon black pepper freshly ground

    Instructions

    To Make It In The Oven:

    • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F.
    • Slice tomatoes in ½ inch thick slices. Lay them out on a large plate. 
    • Season with salt and pepper. Drizzle with lemon juice and balsamic vinegar.
    • Lay the slices of bread on a baking sheet. Spread each slice with one tablespoon of mayo.
    • Top it off with slices of tomatoes, a few leaves of fresh basil, sliced chicken, and 3-4 slices of fresh mozzarella.  
    • Bake for 10 minutes or until the cheese is melted. 
    • Garnish with fresh basil and serve.

    To Make It On The Grill

    • Light a grill set to high or prepare a grill pan on the stove and heat to medium-high heat.
    • Drizzle chicken breasts with olive oil and season with salt and pepper.
    • Add the chicken to the grill or grill pan. Cook 5-6 minutes on each side or until it registers 165 degrees F when a thermometer inserted into the thickest part of the breast.
    • Transfer the chicken on to a plate, cover with aluminum foil, and let it sit for 5-10 minutes. Slice in 1-inch thick slices. Set aside.
    • Meanwhile, toast the bread on the grill (if preferred).
    • Slice tomatoes in ½ inch thick slices. Lay them out on a large plate. Season with salt and pepper. Drizzle with lemon juice and balsamic vinegar.
    • Spread each slice of bread with one tablespoon of mayo.
    • Top it off with slices of tomatoes, sliced chicken, a few leaves of fresh basil, and 3-4 slices of fresh mozzarella.  
    • If preferred, put it back on the grill and grill until the cheese is melted, 3-4 minutes.
    • Garnish with fresh basil and serve.

    Notes

    Variations:
    What I love the most about this sandwich recipe is that it can be made in several different ways. Here are a few ideas:
    • Swap mayo with pesto: I was inspired by Carrabba’s caprese sandwich with chicken and substituted the mayo for the same amount of pesto. It really highlights the basil flavor.
    • Mix pesto & mayo: Two of my favorite condiments in one. Simply combine 2 Tablespoons each pesto and mayo, then spread as directed
    • Use ciabatta instead of whole wheat: The Starbucks chicken caprese is made with ciabatta bread, so I like to change up the bread whenever I get a chance. You will need one large loaf (cut in half, then sliced down the middle lengthwise) or 2 rolls (sliced in half lengthwise) to make 4 open-faced sandwiches.Alternatively, if you are using ciabatta bread, you can press it in a panini press and turn it into a warm caprese chicken panini.
    • Use sourdough bread: Use 4 thick slices (about ½-1 inch) sourdough bread to make the sandwiches
    • With Rosemary Focaccia: The subtle hint of rosemary drives home that herby flavor. You will only need half of a whole focaccia loaf. Simply cut the whole loaf into quarters, then cut two squares in half lengthwise to get 4 pieces. Reserve the remaining bread for your favorite sandwich recipes.
    • Make it with buffalo mozzarella: Buffalo mozzarella is made from buffalo milk rather than cow’s milk. If you are feeling extra fancy, buffalo mozzarella provides another layer of flavor and creamier texture. Look for it in specialty Italian markets.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 997kcal | Carbohydrates: 18g | Protein: 104g | Fat: 54g | Saturated Fat: 15g | Cholesterol: 296mg | Sodium: 2188mg | Potassium: 982mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 765IU | Vitamin C: 5mg | Calcium: 304mg | Iron: 4mg

    This post was originally published in March 2016. It has been updated with new photos and information with a few minor changes to the recipe in June 2021.

    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/open-face-chicken-caprese-sandwich/feed/ 15
    Ina Garten’s Chicken Stock https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-chicken-stock/ https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-chicken-stock/#comments Tue, 11 May 2021 23:01:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=441 The first time I saw Ina Garten make chicken stock, I was happily surprised because it was exactly how my…]]>

    The first time I saw Ina Garten make chicken stock, I was happily surprised because it was exactly how my mom made it. Watching her on that day, I could feel the smell of chicken simmering on the stove for hours.

    I think we can all agree that homemade chicken stock is superior to any brand you buy at the grocery store. Packed with fresh ingredients (like vegetables and herbs) and whole chicken, it provides a nice balance of flavor. Plus, you can make it work with whatever vegetables you have on hand. 

    Chicken stock in a plastic container at the front with a person in the background

    I love to use it as the base for Hearty Chicken and Vegetable Soup, Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup, Chicken Wild Rice Soup, and so much more!

    Why You Should Make This Recipe

    I like to think of homemade stock as liquid gold. I love it because it’s:

    1. Taste and quality are far better than anything you will buy in a box.
    2. Easy to prepare and can simmer on the stove while you’re meal prepping for the week.
    3. A two-for-one recipe since you can use the leftover chicken and save the scraps, too!
    4. It can be made with whatever vegetables (or scraps) you have on hand. Take the below recipe for chicken stock as a place to start and adjust it according to what you have in your fridge. More on that below.

    Ingredient Notes + Substitutions:

    The ingredient list includes medium carrots, celery stalks (with leaves), parsnips (optional), large yellow onions, a whole head of garlic, kosher salt, fresh thyme, fresh parsley, fresh dill, whole peppercorns, roasting chickens, and cold water.

    Ingredients are placed in bowls on a marble backdrop

    Below are a few helpful notes, including a few substitutions:

    • Whole Chicken vs. Chicken Pieces: In her recipe, Ina Garten uses three 5-pound roasting chickens (aka whole chickens) and cooks them in a 16 to 20-quart stockpot (such as this Le Creuset Stock Pot (affiliate link)). If you do not own a stock pot that big, use the largest pot you own. If you do so, use one large (or two smaller) roasting chickens instead. You can also use 7-10 pieces of chicken parts if you prefer.
    • Chicken to water ratio: Ina uses 7 quarts of water for three whole chickens. If your stock pot is smaller, I recommend covering the chicken and veggies with water by at least 1-2 inches.
    • Do I have to peel vegetables when making chicken stock? No need to peel anything. Like my mom, Ina washes all the veggies under cold tap water, cuts them into large pieces, and adds them to the stockpot. The peels are good for the stock and leave many good things behind, like more flavor, color, and vitamins.
    • Spices & Seasoning: Ina uses a combination of black and white peppercorns in terms of spices. She also suggests seasoning the liquid well with 2 tablespoons of Diamond kosher salt (affiliate link).
    • Vegetables: While Ina uses carrots, celery, onions, parsnips, and garlic, you can use other vegetables as well. If I have them on hand, I also like to add mushrooms, leeks, shallots, red onion, and one or two bay leaves.

    How to Make Chicken Stock from Scratch?

    Barefoot Contessa’s chicken stock recipe takes about four hours to make. I like to make it on days when I will be hanging about the house or getting my meal prep together for the week. Simply:

    Showing how to make homemade chicken stock with step by step photos
    1. Place all ingredients in a large pot. (I used a Dutch oven but if you do not have one, use the biggest one you have on hand).
    2. Add water and bring it to a boil.
    Chicken stock simmering in a large pot
    1. Turn it down to medium-low heat and simmer it uncovered for 4 hours. Remove the surface fat with a spoon as necessary.
    Person straining stock over a bowl with a ladle
    1. Strain the entire contents of the pot in batches through a fine-mesh strainer. 
    2. Pack the liquid in airtight containers and refrigerate for a week or freeze up to 4 months.

    Helpful Tips On Straining:

    Admittedly, the straining part is my least favorite part of making my own chicken stock. If you feel the same way, here are a few ways to make it easier:

    1. Use a large glass bowl (or a measuring bowl) with an easy pour spout: This makes it so much easier to pour the hot chicken stock into containers later on.
    2. Put your ladle to use: Remember, the whole thing is still very hot, so it is easier to use a ladle to move the contents of the pot into the container fitted with the strainer.
    3. Be sure to leave room for expansion in the freezer: As you pour the chicken stock into the airtight containers (I like these 1 quart deli containers), be sure to leave an inch of space at the top for expansion in the freezer. 

    How to Store & Freeze

    • Storage Instructions: Let the chicken stock cool down and then place in the fridge. They will last for 5-7 days in the refrigerator.
    • Freezing Instructions: I let them sit in the refrigerator overnight before moving them into the freezer. Once frozen, they should be good for up to 6 months.
    • Thawing Instructions: To thaw, place the frozen chicken stock in the fridge the night before. If short on time, the chicken stock can also be thawed in a large bowl of cool water on the kitchen counter.

    What to do with the solids/leftovers?

    In her recipe, Barefoot Contessa suggests discarding the solids, including the chicken and vegetables. This is the part where I disagree with her.

    I can’t get myself to throw away all that cooked chicken and vegetables. Having worked in hotel kitchens in my previous life, I follow in the footsteps of some of the restaurant chefs I worked with and re-use them.

    Leftover vegetables and shredded chicken in freezer bags

    The leftover chicken carcass and vegetables are perfectly okay to use once more to make even more stock when needed. To do so, simply:

    1. Remove the cooked chicken meat from the bones, shred it into small pieces, freeze or use it in any one of the following recipes (keep reading!).
    2. Take the cooked chicken bones and leftover veggies, place them in a large plastic freezer bag, label, date and freeze for up to 3 months.
    3. When ready to use, no need to thaw! Use frozen and make it a part of your next batch of chicken stock. I usually combine it with more raw chicken and veggies to make it super rich and tasty.

    5 Ways To Use Chicken Stock In Recipes:

    1. Use it as a base in homemade soups (like my Lemon Chicken Soup with Orzo and Chicken Noodle Soup with Potatoes) and stews (like my Crock Pot Chicken Stew). Or in any recipe that calls for liquid (as I used in my Chicken Stroganoff recipe)
    2. Cook grains like wild rice and quinoa in chicken stock (instead of water) to make them even more flavorful.
    3. Keep it on hand to use as braising liquid when cooking vegetables and meats.
    4. Substitute chicken stock in place of wine if you prefer not to use alcohol in your cooking.
    5. Combine it with milk to make bechamel sauce (or roux).
    Chicken stock in freezer friendly containers cooling down on the counter

    Recipe Ideas:

    Now that you are left with some delicious chicken stock and some shredded chicken, here are some chicken recipe ideas to use them in:

    Tips for Success:

    • Season well. Ina uses two tablespoons of Diamond Crystal Kosher Salt (affiliate link) to bring out the chicken, vegetable, and herb flavor. I also like to give it a taste once it is cooked. It should taste properly seasoned. If not, stir in ½ teaspoon more and taste again. 
    • Cool to room temperature first. Strain and pour into individual containers, slightly cover and cool for a few hours or until it is no longer warm. Chill the stock overnight in the fridge before placing it in the freezer on the next day.
    • Scrape off the fat, if desired. As it is simmering on the stovetop, you might notice a layer of fat at the top of your chicken stock. If you prefer to get rid of the fat, use a spoon to scrape it off.

    FAQs

    What is the difference between chicken stock and chicken broth?

    Chicken stock is made from the meat and the bones, whereas chicken broth is made from the meat (no bones). Because the bones release gelatin and more flavor during cooking, the chicken stock tends to have a richer flavor.

    How long to boil chicken stock?

    Chicken stock should be simmered, partially covered, on the stovetop for 4 hours.

    Save This Recipe
    Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

    Equipment Used:

    While you don’t need any special equipment to make Ina Garten’s chicken broth, here are a few equipment suggestions that might make your life easier. Please be advised that these are affiliate links:

    This recipe has been adapted from Ina Garten’s, Modern Comfort Cookbook (affiliate link).

    Homemade chicken stock in containers
    Print

    Ina Garten’s Chicken Stock Recipe

    Like it is in many kitchens in America, Ina Garten's chicken stock recipe is a classic in my kitchen too. This recipe is foolproof and made with every day ingredients. I think having homemade chicken broth in your fridge is the easiest way to elevate any dish. Try it, it won't disappoint.
    Course How To
    Cuisine American
    Diet Gluten Free
    Prep Time 15 minutes
    Cook Time 4 hours
    Cooling time 2 hours
    Total Time 6 hours 15 minutes
    Servings 6 quarts
    Calories 951kcal

    Ingredients

    • 3 whole chickens* (4-5 pound each)
    • 3 large yellow onions unpeeled and quartered
    • 6 carrots unpeeled and cut in thirds
    • 4 celery stalks with leaves cut in thirds
    • 4 parsnips unpeeled and cut in thirds (optional)
    • 20 fresh parsley sprigs
    • 15 fresh thyme sprigs
    • 20 fresh dill sprigs
    • 1 head garlic unpeeled and cut in half crosswise
    • 2 tablespoons kosher salt
    • 2 teaspoons whole black peppercorns

    Instructions

    • Place the chickens, onion, carrots, celery, parsnip (if using), fresh herbs, garlic, salt and peppercorns in a large 16 to 20 quart stockpot*. Add 7 quarts water.
    • Bring it to a boil over medium-high hear. Lower the heat to medium-low and let it simmer (uncovered) for 4 hours.
    • Strain in batches using a colander.
    • Pour into 1-quart airtight containers. Let them cool down on the kitchen counter for 1-2 hours. Place in the fridge or freeze on the next day.

    Video

    Notes

    • What if I do not have a large stockpot like hers? If you do not have a 16-20 quart stockpot, use the largest one you have. If you do so, you can use 1 large or 2 small whole chickens instead. If you do not have a whole chicken, I would recommend using 7-10 chicken pieces instead.
    • What to do with the leftover cooked chicken, chicken bones and vegetables? In her original recipe, Ina Garten suggests discarding them. I prefer to remove the chicken and bones, use shredded chicken in recipes and bones for the next time I make chicken stock. I place them in freezer bags and freeze them in the fridge until I am ready to use them.
    • Storage Instructions: Let the chicken stock cool down and then place in the fridge. They will last for 5-7 days in the refrigerator.
    • Freezing Instructions: I let them sit in the refrigerator overnight before moving them into the freezer. Once frozen, they should be good for up to 6 months.
    • Thawing Instructions: To thaw, place the frozen chicken stock in the fridge the night before. If short on time, the chicken stock can also be thawed in a large bowl of cool water on the kitchen counter.
    • Scrape off the fat, if desired. As it is simmering on the stovetop, you might notice a layer of fat at the top of your chicken stock. If you prefer to get rid of the fat, use a spoon to scrape it off.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 951kcal | Carbohydrates: 31g | Protein: 74g | Fat: 58g | Saturated Fat: 17g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 286mg | Sodium: 2651mg | Potassium: 1443mg | Fiber: 9g | Sugar: 10g | Vitamin A: 11145IU | Vitamin C: 40mg | Calcium: 136mg | Iron: 5mg

    This homemade chicken stock recipe was originally published on May 2013. It has been updated with new photos, information, and recipe in on May 2021.

    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-chicken-stock/feed/ 22
    Asian Sesame Chicken Salad Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/almond-and-sesame-asian-chicken-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-and-sesame-asian-chicken-salad/#comments Sat, 08 May 2021 13:10:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3671 As many of you may know, I am a huge fan of salad recipes for dinner. Fresh, crunchy, colorful, creative…]]>

    As many of you may know, I am a huge fan of salad recipes for dinner. Fresh, crunchy, colorful, creative – they are delicious. And I must say, this Asian chicken salad recipe (similar to those served at Panera and Chick-Fil-A) is a great way to pack a ton of fresh vegetables in your diet.

    Much like my Creamy Avocado Chicken Salad, Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad and Waldorf Chicken Salad recipes, this Asian-style chicken salad is packed with vibrant, crunchy ingredients. And has become one of my favorite chicken recipes so far.

    A big bowl of Asian Sesame Chicken Salad garnished with tangerines and cilantro

    More than anything, I think this warm sesame chicken salad is a great meal-worthy dinner salad recipe you can make on a Tuesday night.

    But I haven’t even gotten to the best part – the Asian sesame ginger salad dressing! This delicious dressing is the reason my husband and I loved this salad.

    The Asian-style sauce is flavored with almond butter, which is then topped off with sliced crunchy almonds. If you are not a fan of almond butter, feel free to substitute it with peanut butter and chopped peanuts – but more on that later.

    Ingredients

    The simple ingredients for this Asian sesame chicken salad recipe comes in three parts – the chicken, the homemade almond sesame dressing and the salad.

    Ingredients: Cabbage, romaine, edamame, almonds, cilantro

    For the chicken, you will need chicken breasts (I used Bone-in chicken breasts), vegetable oil (grapeseed or olive oil will work), kosher salt, and black pepper.

    For the Asian sesame dressing recipe, gather together unsweetened almond butter, honey, rice vinegar, soy sauce, toasted sesame oil, garlic, fresh ginger, chile pepper sauce (my favorite is Sriracha) and coarse sea salt.

    And for the salad, get ready to shred green and red cabbage (aka purple cabbage), carrots, romaine lettuce (or curly salad greens), edamame beans, sesame seeds, sliced almonds, and fresh cilantro.

    Ingredients for the salad including the salad dressing is laid out

    A Few Helpful Notes About The Ingredients

    • Chicken: This is a great recipe to use leftover or store-bought rotisserie chicken if you don’t have time to roast your own. Or you can even try this super flavorful Baked Chicken Thighs.
    • Cabbage: This is a heartier version of the popular Panera Asian Chicken Salad as it contains cabbage, both green and red, in addition to the romaine. Don’t be tempted to use more cabbage than the recipe states (which I usually do) as you won’t have enough sauce to coat the greens.
    • Pan roast sliced almonds: If you have a few extra minutes, toast the sliced almonds in an empty skillet over medium heat for 3-4 minutes while stirring constantly. Doing so brings out their nutty flavor and take this easy salad recipe to a whole new level.

    PRO TIP: As is the case with my No-Mayo Coleslaw (and most cabbage salads), it is imperative that the cabbage is as thinly sliced as possible so the Asian sesame vinaigrette will wilt the vegetable. If the cabbage is cut too thick, it will not be able to soak in all those wonderful flavors.

    • Additional Sweetness/Citrus: Following in the footsteps of the Panera Bread version, I topped it off with a few slices of tangerines (a type of Mandarin oranges). However, you can use sliced orange as well. The fresh citrus fruit adds beautiful color and a pop of fresh flavor.
    • With or Without Almond Butter: The Asian sesame chicken salad dressing I used here includes 3 tablespoons of almond butter (peanut butter would also work). I find that almond butter makes it heartier with its earthy flavors. However, if you are going after a copycat Panera Asian chicken salad recipe, you can use 3 tablespoons of olive oil instead.

    How To Make Asian Sesame Chicken Salad

    This Oriental chicken salad recipe can be prepped and ready in a few easy steps. Simply:

    Asian Sesame Chicken Salad recipe in a large bowl with the dressing on the side
    1. Roast the chicken: Start with roasting a couple of bone-in chicken breasts in the oven. Pat the skinless chicken breasts dry with paper towels and place on a baking sheet. Brush both sides of the chicken with vegetable oil and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Roast in a 425-degree oven for 30-35 minutes, or until the thickest part of the chicken registers 165 degrees on an instant-read thermometer. Let chicken rest for 5 minutes before slicing.
    2. Mix the dressing: In a small mixing bowl (or mason jar), whisk together the almond butter, honey, rice vinegar, soy sauce, toasted sesame oil, garlic, ginger, Sriracha and sea salt. Allow it to sit for 10 minutes.
    3. Toss the shredded vegetables and cooked chicken: In a large bowl, pour in half the dressing, then add the green and red cabbage, carrots, romaine, and sliced chicken breast strips. Gently stir to equally distribute, then pour the remaining dressing on top and toss to combine. Allow to sit for 5-10 minutes for the cabbage to wilt and flavors to combine.
    4. Garnish and Serve. Stir in the edamame, then sprinkle with sesame seeds, sliced almonds, chopped cilantro, and tangerine slices. Enjoy!

    Variations

    Even though I love this Asian sesame salad as is, a few fun twists and variations include:

    • With Peanut Butter: Replace the almond butter with unsalted and unsweetened creamy peanut butter. Need more peanut flavor? Use roasted peanuts instead of sliced almonds.
    • With Wonton Strips: Replace the roasted sliced almonds with an equal amount of crispy wonton strips. A little more indulgent, but incredibly delicious!
    • Without Edamame: The edamame beans take this Asian salad to a whole new level, but they are optional. Feel free to omit them if you don’t have any on hand.
    • Whole30: To compliment a Whole30 diet, simply omit the edamame beans and honey, replace the soy sauce with gluten-free coconut aminos, replace the rice vinegar in the salad dressing with fresh citrus juice (lemon, lime, orange or tangerine will all work) and use your favorite Whole30 approved (no added sugar) chili sauce.
    The salad is being drizzled with the dressing from the front view

    Make-Ahead, Storage & Storage Instructions:

    To Make Ahead: If this Asian chicken salad is a part of your meal prepping or want to make it ahead, you can:

    • Make the sesame salad up to a week in advance and keep it in a jar (tightly sealed) in the fridge.
    • Slice the cabbage and shred the carrot as a part of your meal preparation. Keep them in airtight containers.
    • Roast the chicken a day before, slice and store in airtight containers.
    • Prep the rest of the ingredients right before you are ready to assemble it

    Storage: What I love the most about this Sesame Asian Salad is that the leftovers make the best lunch/dinner the next day. Simply place the leftovers in an airtight container and keep it in the fridge for up to 2 days.

    To Meal Prep: Prep every component of the recipe separately. Store them in separate airtight containers and assemble right before serving.

    Got Some Extra Cabbage? Try These Recipes:

    If you liked this cabbage packed Chinese chicken salad and/or have some extra cabbage left on hand, here are a few more recipes you can try:

    A bowl of Asian Sesame Chicken Salad is being placed on a table
    Print

    Asian Sesame Chicken Salad Recipe

    This Asian Sesame Chicken Salad Recipe is a great way to secretly pack your family’s diet with a ton of vegetables. Drizzled with quick almond sesame dressing this Asian-flavored chicken salad is a scrumptious meal worthy dish you will make over and over again.
    Course Salad
    Cuisine Asian
    Prep Time 20 minutes
    Cook Time 35 minutes
    Total Time 55 minutes
    Servings 4 servings
    Calories 524kcal

    Ingredients

    For the chicken:

    • 2 bone-in chicken breasts (12-13 oz each)
    • 4 teaspoons vegetable oil
    • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
    • ½ teaspoon black pepper freshly ground

    For the salad dressing:

    • 3 tablespoons natural almond or peanut butter, (unsweetened/unsalted)
    • 2 tablespoons honey
    • 1/4 cup rice vinegar
    • 2 tablespoons soy sauce
    • 2 teaspoons toasted sesame oil
    • 1 clove of garlic minced
    • 1 tablespoon fresh ginger grated
    • 1 teaspoon chili pepper sauce I used Sriracha – optional
    • 1/4 teaspoon coarse sea salt

    For the salad:

    • 4 cups green cabbage, shredded (1/2 head)
    • 2 cups red cabbage, shredded (1/4 head)
    • 1 medium-size carrot (½ cup, shredded)
    • 2 cups romaine lettuce or curly salad greens, shredded (1 medium head)
    • 1 cup edamame beans shelled
    • 1 tablespoon sesame seeds
    • 3 tablespoons sliced almonds
    • 3 tangerines peeled and sliced
    • 3 tablespoons fresh cilantro chopped

    Instructions

    • To Roast The Chicken: Pre-heat the oven to 425 F Degrees. Pat-dry the chicken breasts with paper towels. Place them on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper.
    • Brush both sides of each chicken breast with the 2 teaspoons of oil and sprinkle evenly with salt and pepper. Bake in the oven for 35-45 min or until a thermometer inserted in the center registers 165 F degrees. Take it out of the oven, cover with aluminum foil, and let it sit for 10 minutes before slicing.
    • Slice chicken into small bite-size cubes, place it in a bowl and set aside.
    • To make the dressing: Place almond butter and honey in a mixing bowl. Whisk in the rice vinegar, soy sauce, sesame oil, ginger, garlic, Sriracha, and sea salt. Allow it to marinade on the kitchen counter for 10 minutes.
    • To make the salad: Pour half of the dressing at the bottom of a large bowl. Add in green cabbage, red cabbage, shredded carrot, and romaine lettuce in the bowl. Toss to coat. Add the sliced chicken. Pour in the rest of the dressing over and toss to combine. Allow the salad to sit on the kitchen counter for 5-10 minutes for all the flavors to combine.
    • Stir in the edamame. Garnish with sesame seeds, sliced almonds, tangerine slices and fresh cilantro. Serve.

    Video

    Notes

    Variations

    • With Peanut Butter: Replace the almond butter with unsalted and unsweetened creamy peanut butter. Need more peanut flavor? Use roasted peanuts instead of sliced almonds.
    • With Wonton Strips: Replace the roasted sliced almonds with an equal amount of wonton strips. A little more indulgent, but incredibly delicious!
    • Without Edamame: The edamame beans take this Asian salad to a whole new level, but they are optional. Feel free to omit them if you don’t have any on hand.
    • Whole30: To compliment a Whole30 diet, simply omit the edamame beans and honey, replace the soy sauce with gluten-free coconut aminos, replace the rice vinegar in the salad dressing with fresh citrus juice (lemon, lime, orange or tangerine will all work) and use your favorite Whole30 approved (no added sugar) chili sauce.

    Make-Ahead Instructions:

    If this Asian chicken salad is a part of your meal prepping, you can:
    • Make the sesame salad up to a week in advance and keep it in a jar (tightly sealed) in the fridge.
    • Slice the cabbage and shred the carrot as a part of your meal preparation. Keep them in airtight containers.
    • Roast the chicken a day before, slice and store in airtight containers.
    • Prep the rest of the ingredients right before you are ready to assemble it.

    Storage Instructions:

    Place the leftovers in an airtight container and keep it in the fridge for up to 2 days.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 524kcal | Carbohydrates: 37g | Protein: 32g | Fat: 30g | Saturated Fat: 7g | Cholesterol: 58mg | Sodium: 1356mg | Potassium: 1008mg | Fiber: 10g | Sugar: 23g | Vitamin A: 5704IU | Vitamin C: 74mg | Calcium: 210mg | Iron: 4mg

    This post was originally posted in August 2014. It has been updated with new information and minimal edits to the original recipe in June 2020.

    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/almond-and-sesame-asian-chicken-salad/feed/ 24
    Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup https://foolproofliving.com/crockpot-chicken-tomatillo-soup/ https://foolproofliving.com/crockpot-chicken-tomatillo-soup/#comments Wed, 17 Mar 2021 07:18:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=14952 It is no secret that chicken soup recipes are the way to go when you need to warm yourself from…]]>

    It is no secret that chicken soup recipes are the way to go when you need to warm yourself from inside out. I think you feel the same way as well because recipes like my Chicken Wild Rice Soup, Chicken and Vegetable Soup, White Bean Chicken Chili, and Crock Pot Chicken Stew are among the most popular recipes on my blog. 

    Today, I am adding one more recipe to the collection with this Tomatillo Chicken Soup made in a slow cooker. If you are a fan of Mexican recipes, especially tomatillos, give this easy soup recipe a try.

    Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup Recipe served in a bowl with toppings

    I Love This Recipe Because:

    • Made with less than 10 ingredients. Simply put it all in the slow cooker and let it do the cooking for you.
    • Requires no more than 15 minutes of hands-on time
    • Packed with Mexican flavors coming from tomatillos, tortillas, and jalapenos
    • It can be customized with any of your favorite toppings.

    Ingredients You Will Need:

    Ingredients for the soup
    • Chicken: I used boneless chicken thighs, but chicken breasts would also work. 
    • Tomatillos: Pick ones that are bright green and not too soft. Remove the outer husk and rinse well. It will be sticky, and that is totally fine.
    • Jalapenos & Garlic: If you are not a fan of spiciness, remove the seeds. If not, just slice it thinly.
    • Chicken Stock: I make my own chicken stock, but store-bought would also work. If you buy it from the store, I recommend picking up a low sodium stock so that you can adjust the seasoning easily.
    • Toppings: I used fresh cilantro, avocados, and fresh lime but feel free to use other toppings like sour cream, tortilla chips, and even crumbled queso fresco.

    How To Make:

    If you have never made soup with tomatillos before, let this Mexican tomatillo soup be the one to get you started. Here are the steps:

    person seasoning chicken on a cutting board
    1. Season the chicken: Season chicken thighs with salt and pepper on both sides.
    Person cutting tomatillos to make chicken soup
    1. Prep tomatillos: Remove the husk, give them a quick rinse, and cut them in quarters.
    Ingredients for chicken tomatillo soup placed in a slow cooker
    1. Assemble: Place tomatillos, jalapenos, garlic, chicken, and chicken stock. Give it a stir.
    person placing chicken stock in the mixture and mixing it with a fork.
    1. Cook: Put the lid on and set it to cook on low for 7-8 hours or on high for 5-6 hours or until the chicken is cooked through.
    Cooked Chicken tomatillo soup before it is blended
    1. Blend: Once cooked, transfer the chicken from the stew and shred it on a plate. Using an immersion blender, blend the tomatillo soup until the vegetables are roughly pureed. 
    Person blending the cooked soup and adding cilantro to flavor the soup
    1. Add in cilantro: Put the shredded chicken back into the crockpot and stir in the cilantro and lime juice.
    2. Assemble & Serve: Ladle into bowls and top it off with sliced avocados, tortilla chips, and jalapenos.

    A Quick Word on Blending:

    When the cooking time is completed, you will realize that there is quite a bit of liquid in the crockpot. That is normal. 

    That is also why we are using an immersion blender to puree the vegetables. However, the amount of blending you do is up to you. I personally like my chicken tomatillo soup more on the chunky side, so I only blend it until the tomatillos are broken into big chunks but not fully pureed.

    If you are a fan of more of a pureed soup, then feel free to blend longer.

    Do not own an immersion blender? You can use a food processor or an upright blender as well. I highly recommend blending in small batches and using the pulse feature for safety reasons.

    How To Cook Tomatillos For Soup

    In this recipe, tomatillos cook slow and low in the crockpot with the rest of the ingredients. However, if you want to take things up a notch and have some extra time, you can turn this into a roasted tomatillo soup by roasting the tomatillos on the grill or using a grill pan on the stovetop. 

    Simply heat your grill (or grill pan) and roast them for a few minutes on each side or until they are lightly charred before adding them into the crockpot.

    Slow Cooker Chicken tomatillo stew garnished with avocados, cilantro and jalapenos

    How To Store & Freeze:

    Bring leftovers to room temperature, place in an airtight container, and store in the fridge for up to 3 days or freeze for up to a month. 

    If you freeze, thaw the soup overnight in the fridge and warm it up on the stovetop right before serving.

    I do not recommend storing and freezing the soup with the toppings. Instead, add them to the soup right before serving.

    Stove Top Cooking Instructions:

    If you’d rather make this on the stovetop. Simply put everything in a dutch oven, bring it to a boil, and let it simmer on the stove until the chicken is cooked through and tomatillos are softened, somewhere around 30-40 minutes. 

    Shred the chicken, blend the rest of the soup until it reaches the desired consistency, put the chicken back in, bring it to one final boil, and serve with your favorite toppings.

    Other Chicken Soup Recipes You Might Also Like:

    If you try this Chicken Tomatillo Soup recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

    Crockpot Chicken Tomatilla Soup Recipe. Place all the recipes in your slow cooker and have a bowl of hearty soup ready in 8 hours.
    Print

    Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup Recipe

    A easy to make crockpot chicken tomatillo soup recipe that will take you no more than 15 minutes to prep. If you are looking for a way to up your chicken soup game, this delicious slow cooker chicken soup recipe is the way to go.
    Course Soup
    Cuisine Mexican
    Prep Time 15 minutes
    Cook Time 8 hours
    Total Time 8 hours 15 minutes
    Servings 6 servings
    Calories 319kcal

    Ingredients

    • 2 pounds boneless skinless chicken thighs, trimmed (910gr) Chicken breasts can also be used
    • 1 1/4 teaspoons kosher salt
    • 1/2 teaspoon black pepper
    • 1 1/2 pounds tomatillos, husked, rinsed and cut in quarters (680 gr)
    • 2 jalapeno peppers chopped
    • 3 cloves of garlic peeled and chopped
    • 3 cups homemade chicken stock (720 ml) or store-bought chicken stock would also work
    • 1 cup fresh cilantro chopped
    • 2 tablespoon lime juice and more as garnish
    • 1 ripe avocado cubed as garnish

    Instructions

    • To prep the chicken: Throughly dry the chicken thighs using paper towels. Season both sides with salt and pepper. Let them sit on the counter as you prep the rest of the ingredients.
    • Place the tomatillos, jalapeno peppers, garlic, and chicken stock in the bowl of your crockpot.
    • Transfer the chicken into the bowl.
    • Set it to low heat setting to cook for 7-8 hours or on high for 5-6 hours.
    • When cooked, using a slotted spoon, transfer the chicken to a bowl. Shred it in leaving it in large chunks and set aside.
    • Add in the cilantro into the slow cooker. Using an immersion blender, puree the tomatillo mixture until smooth.
    • Return shredded chicken into the bowl.
    • Stir in the lime juice. Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary.
    • Garnish with slices of jalapeno pepper and avocado.

    Notes

    • We love spicy food so I left the seeds of one of the jalapenos intact and added it into the soup. However, if you are not a fan of hot spicy foods, feel free to leave the seeds out.
    • To store & freeze: Bring leftovers to room temperature, place in an airtight container, and store in the fridge for up to 3 days or freeze for up to a month.
      If you freeze, thaw the soup overnight in the fridge and warm it up on the stovetop right before serving.
    • Want to cook this on the Stovetop? If you’d rather make this on the stovetop. Simply put everything in a dutch oven, bring it to a boil, and let it simmer on the stove until the chicken is cooked through and tomatillos are softened, somewhere around 30-40 minutes. Shred the chicken, blend the rest of the soup until it reaches the desired consistency, put the chicken back in, bring it to one final boil, and serve with your favorite toppings.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 319kcal | Carbohydrates: 15g | Protein: 34g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 147mg | Sodium: 796mg | Potassium: 1002mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 452IU | Vitamin C: 25mg | Calcium: 36mg | Iron: 2mg

    This recipe is adapted from Slow Cook Modern: 200 Recipes for the Way We Eat Today (affiliate link) with minor changes.

    This recipe was originally published in September 2017. It has been updated with new photos and more helpful information in March 2021.

    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/crockpot-chicken-tomatillo-soup/feed/ 21
    Chicken Lo Mein (30-Minute Recipe) https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-lo-mein/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-lo-mein/#comments Sun, 28 Feb 2021 12:15:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=20511 Ready to up your stir-frying game? If so, you need this easy and better than take out Homemade Chicken Lo Mein Recipe. It is veggie-packed and ready in 30 minutes! This Asian favorite take out food is a quick and easy chicken dinner perfect for any night of the week. ]]>

    We all have our go-to favorite Chinese takeout recipes. This Chicken Lo Mein recipe packed with vegetables and creamy Asian-style noodles is mine. Packed with veggies and quick and easy-to-make lo mein noodle sauce, it comes together in about 30 minutes in one skillet.

    And if you are a fan of weeknight Asian dinner recipes, be sure to also check out my Sesame Chicken Salad, Teriyaki Chicken Stir Fry recipe as well.

    Chicken Lo Mein Recipe photographed in a large pot from the top

    Ingredients:

    This homemade lo mein noodle recipe has 3 sets of ingredients:

    1. Quick Lo Mein Sauce: Made by mixing soy sauce, hoisin sauce, sesame oil, and honey.
    2. Chicken Marinade: Made by marinating pieces of chicken thighs in a sauce made by mixing soy sauce, fresh garlic and fresh chicken.
    3. Chinese Style Egg Noodles: While the authentic recipe is made with chow mein or lo mein noodles, you can use any noodles you have on hand. We will cover this in detail more below.
    4. Vegetables: Shredded cabbage and broccoli
    Two bowls of Homemade Chicken Lo Mein photographed from the top

    The Noodles: What Kind of Noodles Should I Use?

    Truth be told, if you are not a stickler for the authentic chicken lo mein recipe, you can use any noodles you have on hand (including spaghetti and linguini). However, if you want to make the “real” thing, then go with Asian-style egg noodles like lo mein, chow mein, and ramen noodles.

    You can find different kinds of egg noodles in the Asian section of your supermarket. They come in various thickness levels. I find that the best noodles for lo mein are the super-thin egg noodles (almost like Angel hair pasta) as they cook quicker than most other ones.

    If you want you can order the noodles that I used here (affiliate link).

    If you can get your hands on it, you can use fresh egg noodles as well.

    With all this being said, as I mentioned earlier, any noodles you can get your hands on would work for this Chinese chicken noodles recipe.

    Substitutions:

    • Chicken: I used thighs as I find them more flavorful. However, you can also use chicken breast in this recipe.
    • Toppings: I topped my lo mein with scallions, sesame seeds, and fresh cilantro. However, you can also use snow peas, snap peas, and red peppers. I also like to serve it with lightly sauteed baby bok choy if I have some on hand.
    • Cabbage: I used green cabbage but Napa cabbage can also be used
    • Soy Sauce: Light soy sauce can also be used
    Sauce Ingredients are photographed from the top view

    How To Make It Like Chinese Restaurants

    This Chinese lo mein recipe has 4 folds.

    1. Make the magical sauce
    2. Marinate the Chicken
    3. Cook the Vegetables and Noodles
    4. Assemble it all together

    I know it sounds like too many steps, but once you have the ingredients out, it comes together in no time. Let’s look into every step one by one:

    How To Make The Sauce

    If you ask me, the best part of this easy chicken lo mein recipe is the sauce. It has all the characteristics of Chinese flavors and comes together in 2 minutes.

    Lo Mein Noodle Sauce Ingredients:

    If you are someone who cooks Asian meals regularly, you probably already have all the ingredients already in your fridge. If not, you can easily find them in the Asian section of your supermarket.

    To make the lo mein sauce, simply mix all the ingredients below in a mason jar or a bowl.

    • Soy sauce
    • Honey (or brown sugar)
    • Hoisin sauce
    • Sesame Oil

    Give it a good shake and set it aside. You’ll use it at the very end.

    Ingredients are laid out and photographed from the top

    Marinate The Chicken

    In terms of the chicken, I used boneless and skinless chicken thighs. Simply cut them into small cubes and mix them with some fresh ginger, garlic, and soy sauce. I usually do this at first so that it will have a chance to marinate for a few minutes as I am working on the rest of the ingredients.

    A bowl of restaurant style homemade Chines chicken noodle bowl

    If you are wondering how to cook noodles for this stir fry dish, I am going to have to refer you to the package instructions as it depends on the kind you are using. The one I used cooked in less than 5 minutes.

    To cook the chicken lo mein, heat vegetable oil in a large skillet or large wok over medium-high heat. Add in onion and bell pepper. Cook, stirring frequently, for 4-5 minutes. Add in the chicken and cook until it starts to brown for 4-5 minutes.

    Stir in the green cabbage, cooked noodles, and broccoli, and stir in the prepared sauce. Cook for 2-3 minutes while gently tossing everything around using tongs.

    Easy Chinese Chicken Lo mein dish garnished with lime and cilantro photographed from the front view.

    Vegetables and The Assembly

    The best part of this easy chicken recipe is that it is so versatile, especially when it comes to vegetables. In terms of vegetables, I used cabbage, broccoli, onion, and bell peppers. However, you can use whatever vegetable you have on hand. Other veggies like carrots, bean sprouts, and even mushrooms would also work.

    As you can see in the recipe card video below, I precooked the broccoli for a few minutes with the noodles so that they will be soft when mixed in with the rest of the vegetables. If you are using a similar vegetable, feel free to use the same method.

    The rest of the recipe is pretty straightforward. If you need a visual of how I made it be sure to watch the quick how-to video I made in the recipe card.

    What to do with leftovers?

    • Storage: I doubt that you will have leftovers, but if you do they make the best lunch on the next day. Simply place your chicken and broccoli lo mein in an airtight container and keep it in the fridge for up to 2 days.
    • Freezing: I tried freezing some of this dish and it ended up being okay. However, I can’t say the same thing about the way it looked after it was thawed. It looked mushy. Unless you have to, I do not recommend freezing this dish.

    A Few Helpful Tips:

    Having been cooking this dish for years, I have wanted to provide you with a few tips for the best Chicken Lo Mein recipe:

    • The Toppings: I topped my noodles with green onions, sesame seeds, and some chopped cilantro. You could certainly serve this dish without the toppings, but if you are like me, live for the toppings, go for it.
    • To make this even quicker make the sauce in advance and store it in the fridge upto 3 days.
    • Most chicken lo mein recipes use corn starch to thicken the sauce but the lo mein sauce I made here is thick enough so you do not need to use cornstarch.

    There you have it. If you were wondering how to make lo mein like Chinese restaurants, now you know. Next time you crave Chinese food, give this recipe a try. Making this hearty one-pot meal at home is much healthier than its restaurant version, and with this recipe, it is now easier too.

    FAQs

    What is Chicken Lo Mein?

    Lo mein stands for the Chinese dish made with egg noodles. It is usually served with some sort of meat (like shrimp, chicken, beef, or pork) and vegetables. It can also be served with only vegetables.
    Some people also refer to it as Chinese noodles with chicken and vegetables. Simply put, chicken is marinated in a ginger-garlic sauce and then mixed with cooked noodles and a quick lo mein sauce made by mixing classic Chinese ingredients like sesame oil, hoisin, and soy sauce. Some recipes also use oyster sauce, but my version of the Chicken Lo Mein recipe is made without oyster sauce.

    What is the difference between lo mein and chow mein?

    According to this site, essentially they are both egg noodles made from wheat. Which one you use is actually a personal preference as lo mein egg noodles uses soft noodles while chow mein uses crispy fried noodles. I made this recipe with both types of noodles and it was good both times.

  • How Many Calories in Chicken Lo Mein?
  • While calorie count depends on the noodles and vegetables you use, this dish serves four people and each serving is 462 calories.
  • Do I really need a wok to make this dish?
  • No, you do not. But whichever pan you use, the trick is to make sure that the pan is not overcrowded and all the meat and veggies have enough space to cook thoroughly.

    What can I substitute for lo mein noodles?

    If you can’t get your hands on lo mein noodles, you can use linguine or spaghetti noodles as they can hold up better to the lo mein sauce. If you go with rice noodles I recommend using a thicker variety rather than the thin ones.

    You Might Also Like:

    Similar Weeknight Dinners You Might Like:

    Like Cabbage? Here Are A Few More Recipes Made with Cabbage:

    If you try this Chicken Lo Mein recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

    Recipe for Chicken Lo Mein
    Print

    Chicken Lo Mein Recipe

    Ready to up your stir frying game? If so, you need this easy and better than take out Chicken Lo Mein Recipe. It is veggie packed and ready in 30 minutes!
    Course Main Dish
    Cuisine Asian
    Prep Time 10 minutes
    Cook Time 20 minutes
    Total Time 30 minutes
    Servings 4 servings
    Calories 462kcal

    Ingredients

    For Sauce

    • 3 tablespoons of soy sauce
    • 2 tablespoons hoisin sauce
    • 1 tablespoon rice wine vinegar
    • 1 teaspoon sesame oil
    • 1 tablespoon honey

    For Chicken

    • 1 1/2 pounds chicken thighs or breasts, cut into small cubes or strips
    • 2 tablespoons soy sauce
    • 1 teaspoon fresh ginger minced
    • 3 cloves of garlic minced

    For Veggies and Noodles:

    • 6 oz. egg noodles chow-mein, lo-mein, or any other Asian style noodles
    • 1 large head of broccoli approximately 2 cups – broken into pieces
    • 2 tablespoons vegetable sesame, olive, or canola oil
    • 1 medium sized onion sliced thinly
    • 1 bell pepper cut into small pieces
    • 1 ½ cups cabbage sliced thinly

    As Garnish:

    • ¼ cup scallions chopped
    • 1 tablespoon sesame seeds
    • 2 tablespoons fresh cilantro chopped (optional)
    • sliced lime optional

    Instructions

    • To make the sauce: Place all ingredients in a small bowl and give it a whisk. Set aside.
    • To prep the chicken: Place chicken thighs, soy sauce, ginger, and garlic into a bowl. Give it a mix. Cover it with stretch film and set aside while you are prepping the veggies.
    • To cook the noodles: Cook the noodles based on the packaging instructions. 2 minutes before the noodles are fully cooked add in the broccoli florets. Rinse and set aside.
    • To cook the chicken lo mein: Heat vegetable oil in a large skillet or wok over medium-high heat. Add in onion and bell pepper. Cook, stirring frequently, for 4-5 minutes. Add in the chicken and cook until it starts to brown 4-5 minutes.
    • Stir in the cabbage, cooked noodles and broccoli, and stir in the prepared sauce. Cook for 2-3 minutes while gently tossing everything around using tongs.
    • Garnish with scallions, sesame seeds and cilantro if using. 
    • Serve with a wedge of lime.

    Video

    Notes

    Notes:
    • What to do with the leftovers: I doubt that you will have leftovers, but if you do they make the best lunch on the next day. Simply place your chicken lo mein in an airtight container and keep it in the fridge up to 2 days.
    • Freezing Chicken Lo Mein: I tried freezing some of this dish and it ended up being okay. However, I can’t say the same thing about the way it looked after it was thawed. It looked mushy. Unless you have to, I do not recommend freezing this dish.
    • The Toppings: I topped my noodles with scallions, sesame seeds, and some chopped cilantro. You could certainly serve this dish without the toppings, but if you are like me, live for the toppings, go for it.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 462kcal | Carbohydrates: 28g | Protein: 32g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 7g | Cholesterol: 142mg | Sodium: 1560mg | Potassium: 1023mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 2468IU | Vitamin C: 188mg | Calcium: 114mg | Iron: 3mg
    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-lo-mein/feed/ 24
    Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup Recipe (Pressure Cooker Method) https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-chicken-wild-rice-soup/ https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-chicken-wild-rice-soup/#comments Sun, 21 Feb 2021 17:01:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=26892 For years, I made my lightened-up Creamy Chicken and Wild Rice Soup on the stovetop. While that recipe is still…]]>

    For years, I made my lightened-up Creamy Chicken and Wild Rice Soup on the stovetop. While that recipe is still one of my all-time winter soups, with the ease of Instant pot, you can make it with less advance preparation and in a shorter amount of time.

    Unlike its stovetop version, in my version of Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup (or as my husband calls it, “Instapot” Chicken Wild Rice Soup), you do not need to soak wild rice or use rotisserie chicken. Instead, you literally put all the ingredients in your pressure cooker and let it do its magic in about 45-50 minutes from start to finish.

    Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup placed in a bowl and garnished with fresh thyme and parsley photographed from the front view from a close up distance

    In my book, a healthy chicken and wild rice soup made with only a few ingredients and with only 10-15 minutes hands-on time is a weeknight dinner winner.

    Sounds good? Let’s break it all down.

    Ingredients:

    To make this pressure cooker chicken and wild rice soup recipe, you will need two sets of ingredients:

    Ingredients for pressure cooker chicken wild rice soup laid out on a table and photographed from the top view.

    Ingredients for the soup:

    • Mirepoix (aka the magical combo of onions, carrots, and celery): Chop one medium-size onion, 2-3 carrots, and 2-3 stalks of celery. You need about 3 cups of mirepoix for this recipe.
    • Flavoring Agents: In terms of flavoring agents, I used 5 cloves of minced garlic and fresh thyme. I also sprinkled it with some fresh parsley at the end.
    • Mushrooms: You need a package of (usually sold in 8 oz. packages) white button or baby Bella mushrooms. 
    • Wild Rice: I used Lundberg’s organic wild rice (affiliate link), but you can also use any good quality Minnesota wild rice you can get your hands on. I do not recommend using quick-cooking wild rice or wild rice blends for this recipe as the time of cooking might be different.
    • Chicken Thighs: I used a pound of chicken thighs as we love dark meat, but if you want a leaner cut of chicken, you can substitute chicken thighs with chicken breasts.
    • Chicken Broth & Water: I used 4 cups of my homemade chicken stock and 2 cups of water as liquid.
    All the ingredients for pressure cooker chicken and wild rice soup is placed in the bowl of an instant pot and photographed from the top view.

    Ingredients for the roux:

    The “creamy” part of this instant pot wild rice soup recipe comes from a homemade roux. If you are not familiar, you can make a roux by first cooking butter with flour and then whisking in some milk and some liquid from the soup until it turns into a thick and creamy mixture.

    It is mostly used for thicking soups and stews.

    Most recipes you will find for a similar creamy wild rice and mushroom soup recipe uses the traditional method made with a stick of butter. While I think butter is one of the most delicious foods out there, in my lightened up version here, I chose to skip using butter as I believe combining flour, milk, and a cup of the soup liquid was all I need to make this soup deliciously creamy.

    Roux ingredients photographed from the top view
    A woman is photographed as she is shredding chicken

    So to make my lightened up roux, you will need:

    • All-Purpose Flour: You will need ½ cup all-purpose flour. If you are following a gluten-free diet, you can use gluten-free flour such as this one (affiliate link).
    • Whole Milk: One cup of whole milk. You can use skim milk, but I think whole fat milk makes it more creamy.
    • Liquid from the Soup: Ladle a cup of the soup once it is cooked to mix into the roux.

    Are you a big fan of wild rice? If so, check out my favorite ways to cook it:

    How to make Chicken Wild Rice Soup in an Instant Pot

    To make this instant pot chicken and wild rice soup recipe you need to:

    1. Place all the soup ingredients in your pressure cooker: Literally, place all the soup ingredients in the bowl of your instant pot, secure the lid, set it to sealing position. Select manual and cook at high pressure for 35 minutes. Once it is completed, let it naturally release for 10 minutes and release the rest by turning on the quick release knob. 
    2. Remove the chicken: Transfer the now-cooked chicken thighs from the pot onto a plate. Shred the chicken and return it back into the instant pot.
    3. Make the “lightened-up roux”: In a bowl, whisk flour and milk together. Stir in a ladle of the liquid from the soup. Whisk until the mixture is smooth.
    4. Finish cooking the soup: Turn the soup function on and pour the roux into the pressure cooker. Stirring regularly, bring it to a boil and let it cook for 5-7 minutes or until it is thickened to your liking.
      *At this point, I recommend not leaving the sight of the soup as it thickens pretty quickly and, if you are not keeping a close eye on it, the bottom of the soup could quickly burn.*
    5. Garnish and serve: Taste for seasoning and add-in if necessary. Ladle into bowls and garnish with fresh thyme or parsley. Serve!
    All ingredients are placed in an instant pot and photographed from the front view as chicken stock is being poured into it.

    A Few Helpful Notes For The Best Wild Rice Mushroom Soup Recipe

    • Can I freeze this soup? Yes, this wild rice soup freezes well. To do so, simply bring it to room temperature and place it in an airtight container before you put it in your freezer. Be sure to thaw in the fridge overnight a day before you plan to serve it. If it is too thick, you might need to add in a little water while warming it on the stovetop.
    • Can I use leftover cooked chicken? If you want to use leftover cooked chicken, I recommend adding the chicken at the same time you add in the roux. Or you can skip the instant pot and make my rotisserie chicken wild rice soup on the stovetop to use your leftover chicken.
    • Can I make turn this dish into a vegetarian instant pot wild rice soup? You sure can. Double the amount of mushrooms (Use 16 oz. instead of 8 oz.) and use vegetable stock instead of chicken stock.
    • What if I don’t like mushrooms? If you are serving this soup to picky eaters, who don’t like mushrooms (like my husband), simply omit using them.
    Chicken Wild Rice Soup made in an instant pot placed in a bowl and photographed from the top view.

    Other Healthy Chicken Soup Recipes You Might Like:

    Other Wild Rice Recipes You Might Like:

    Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup served with bread
    Print

    Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup Recipe

    Deliciously creamy, heartwarming, lightened-up Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup recipe made from scratch with wholesome ingredients in less than an hour. Simply put everything in your pressure cooker and let it do its magic for a healthy weeknight dinner.
    Course Soup
    Cuisine American
    Diet Halal
    Prep Time 10 minutes
    Cook Time 55 minutes
    Total Time 1 hour 5 minutes
    Servings 6 servings
    Calories 355kcal

    Ingredients

    For The Soup:

    • 1 large onion chopped
    • 3 carrots peeled and chopped (approximately 1 cup)
    • 3 stalks of celery chopped (approximately 1 cup)
    • 5 cloves of garlic minced
    • 8 oz. of mushrooms wiped and sliced
    • 1 cup uncooked wild rice rinsed
    • 1 lbs. skinless chicken thighs (or breasts)
    • 4 cups of chicken stock
    • 2 cups of water
    • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
    • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
    • ½ teaspoon fresh thyme

    For The Roux:

    • ½ cup all-purpose flour*
    • 1 cup whole milk

    As Garnish:

    • ½ cups of chopped fresh parsley

    Instructions

    • Place onion, carrots, celery, garlic, mushrooms, wild rice, chicken thighs, chicken stock, water, salt, and pepper in your instant pot (or pressure cooker).
    • Secure the lid and select manual and set to cook on high for 35 minutes. Let it natural release for 10 minutes and quick release the rest.
    • Carefully open the lid and remove the chicken thighs onto a plate. Shred them using two forks and put them back in the instant pot. 
    • Place the flour into a medium bowl. Whisk in the milk. Ladle a cup of hot liquid from the pot into the bowl while whisking it constantly to break all the flour bits until no lumps left. Pour the mixture back into the instant pot.
    • Turn on the soup setting on and bring the soup to a boil. Let it boil for 5 minutes, but be sure to give it a stir a few times during the process.
    • Give it a taste for seasoning and add in if necessary.
    • Stir in the parsley, ladle into bowls, and serve.

    Video

    Notes

    • Amount of flour: The soup thickened with 1/2 cup flour and a cup of milk make this recipe a thick, almost stew-like soup. If you prefer more of a lighter soup consistency, you can use 1/4 cup flour and 1/2 cup milk to thicken the soup.
    • Can I freeze this soup? Yes, this wild rice soup freezes well. To do so, simply bring it to room temperature and place it in an airtight container before you put it in your freezer. Be sure to thaw in the fridge overnight a day before you plan to serve it. If it is too thick, you might need to add in a little water while warming it on the stovetop.
    • Can I use leftover cooked chicken? If you want to use leftover cooked chicken, I recommend adding the chicken at the same time you add in the roux. Or you can skip the instant pot and make my rotisserie chicken wild rice soup on the stovetop to use your leftover chicken.
    • Can I make turn this dish into a vegetarian instant pot wild rice soup? You sure can. Double the amount of mushrooms (Use 16 oz. instead of 8 oz.) and use vegetable stock instead of chicken stock.
    • What if I don’t like mushrooms? If you are serving this soup to picky eaters, who don’t like mushrooms (like my husband), simply omit using them.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 355kcal | Carbohydrates: 43g | Protein: 27g | Fat: 8g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Cholesterol: 83mg | Sodium: 1002mg | Potassium: 742mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 5610IU | Vitamin C: 11mg | Calcium: 91mg | Iron: 3mg
    A ladle full of soup photographed from the front view
    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-chicken-wild-rice-soup/feed/ 26
    Chicken Vegetable Soup https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-vegetable-soup/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-vegetable-soup/#comments Wed, 17 Feb 2021 15:41:22 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=39086 Last year, I was on a beef and vegetable soup kick, and you guys didn’t mind! My Beef Vegetable Soup…]]>

    Last year, I was on a beef and vegetable soup kick, and you guys didn’t mind! My Beef Vegetable Soup recipe and my Slow Cooker Vegetable Beef Soup recipes were two of your all-time favorites.

    So, this year it was a no-brainer to make a similar version with chicken. I mean, I think we can all agree that there are few things more comforting in this world than a bowl of hot, hearty, and homemade chicken vegetable soup from scratch

    Chicken Vegetable Soup in a pot with a wooden spoon on the side

    Packed with all of your favorite veggies and homemade, stick-to-your-bones chicken broth, this vegetable chicken soup just warms you from the inside out, fills you up, and makes your home smell divine.

    The soup itself is built on a base of homemade chicken stock, which takes this recipe to a new level. However, you can use your favorite store-bought chicken stock as well. 

    In addition to tasting delicious, this gluten-free and dairy-free chicken broth soup with veggies is good for you. Make a big batch, serve some and freeze the rest for later. If you agree, let’s break it down.

    Ingredients

    If you look at the chicken and veggie soup recipe written below, you might think there are a lot of ingredients. However, don’t let that stop you because this soup is endlessly customizable with easy substitutions, which I will talk more about below.

    Meanwhile, here is a breakdown of ingredients in 3 categories:

    Chicken – What Kind of Chicken To Use?

    In terms of chicken, I used boneless, skinless chicken thighs.

    Person seasoning meat with salt, pepper, and paprika

    I like to use thighs because they yield so much chicken flavor that’s perfect for a soup like this, but if you prefer leaner, white meat, skinless chicken breasts will work too.

    Vegetables – What Vegetables Do You Put in Chicken Soup?

    If you’re asking yourself, “What veggies are good in chicken soup?” I have a simple answer for you, nearly every vegetable!

    More than anything, I think you will agree that making this chicken vegetable soup recipe is a great way to clean out your produce drawer and use whatever’s in season. 

    Vegetables for chicken veggie soup from the top view

    Since we are in the middle of winter, I used hearty veggies like onions, carrots, garlic, celery, bell pepper, diced tomatoes, Yukon gold potatoes, and fresh green beans. 

    In the end, I also added fast-cooking veggies like corn, kale, and frozen blanched peas to make it even more veggie-packed. 

    Vegetables that will be added at the last minute to the soup

    What other vegetables can I use? 

    The beauty of this chicken soup with mixed vegetables comes from the fact that you can easily swap ingredients. Don’t have kale; use spinach. No green beans; use broccoli or cauliflower.

    For example, if you want to introduce seasonal flavors, parsnips, butternut squash, or sweet potatoes would be great additions in the fall.

    The Liquid 

    In terms of liquid, I used a combination of chicken broth, water, and tomato sauce.

    The liquid portion of the recipe ingredients water, chicken stock and tomato sauce

    When it comes to broth-based soups like this, I prefer using a combination of water, tomato and broth, mainly because I make my own broth. However, you can use all chicken broth and omit water as well.

    Seasoning Ideas

    What sets my recipe apart from other more basic chicken and vegetable soup recipes is that I got some help from everyday spices. 

    Seasoning for the chicken:

    I used a combination of paprika, salt, and pepper to flavor the chicken, which helps build a baseline of flavor before sauteeing the veggies and ensures the chicken is flavorful all on its own. 

    If you are into smoky flavors, you can also use smoked paprika to make this vegetable chicken recipe. 

    Spices to add to the soup:

    For the soup, I seasoned the veggies with some ground cumin. It pairs well with the paprika used on the meat and gives the soup a warm flavor that works beautifully with the vegetables and stock.

    Suppose you have it and love the taste; you can also add in a tablespoon of Italian seasoning, which is basically a combination of oregano, basil, thyme, rosemary, parsley garlic powder. With that being said, you can use fresh herbs as well.

    How To Make Chicken Vegetable Soup?

    The process for making my homemade chicken and vegetable soup has five parts:

    1. Prepare the Chicken: Dry the chicken with paper towels and season with kosher salt, black pepper, and paprika.
    2. Sear the chicken: Heat a tablespoon of olive oil over medium heat. Sear chicken for 3 minutes on each side. Transfer them onto a plate. At this point, they will be browned and not fully cooked. Do not wash the pot! This is the first step in the flavor foundation of your soup.
    3. Add the hearty veggies: Heat vegetable oil in the now-empty — but well-seasoned — pot over medium heat. Add the onion, carrots, celery, bell pepper, and ground cumin. Cook for 8-9 minutes or until vegetables are softened, frequently stirring to prevent burning. Then, add the minced garlic and cook for 30 seconds, until fragrant. Next, add the potatoes, green beans, canned tomatoes (with their juices), tomato sauce, chicken stock, water, and reserved semi-cooked chicken thighs (with their juices and drippings on the plate). Give everything a good stir and scrape the bottom of the pan to loosen any bits at the bottom of your pot. 
    4. Bring it to a boil & let it simmer: Secure the lid, and bring it to a boil. Once boiling, turn the heat down to medium-low, and simmer for 15-17 minutes, until chicken thighs are fully cooked, and vegetables are tender.
    5. Shred Your Chicken: Remove the whole, cooked chicken thighs from the pot and place them onto a plate. Shred them using two forks, and add them back to the soup.
    6. Add Remaining Veggies: Stir in the peas, corn, and kale leaves. Bring it to one final boil, and let it simmer for 4-5 more minutes to cook these last additions.
    7. Serve: Remove the bay leaf. If preferred, drizzle it with a squeeze of lemon juice. Ladle it into bowls, and serve with your favorite crust bread. Enjoy!

    How Do You Know When To Add Potatoes?

    To ensure your cubed potatoes are cooked through, add them early on in the soup-making process when you add the rest of your veggies (except the peas, corn, and kale). They are the starchiest vegetable and will require the most cooking time. Once they’re fork-tender, they’re done!

    How To Make It in a Crock Pot?

    Like most soups, this stovetop version can easily be turned into a crock pot chicken vegetable soup recipe with a few tweaks to the recipe instructions:

    1. Sear the Meat: Dry the chicken thighs as much as possible, and season with salt, pepper, and paprika. Heat 1 tablespoon of oil in a cast-iron skillet over medium-high heat. Once the oil is shimmering hot, add as many chicken thighs as possible without crowding the pan, and cook until nicely browned on all sides, about 3-4 minutes on each side. Transfer the seared meat to a plate and continue cooking in batches, if necessary. 
    2. Place All Ingredients (Except Peas, Carrots, and Kale) in the Slow Cooker: Place the onions, carrots, celery, garlic, potatoes, tomatoes (with juice), tomato sauce, green beans, seared whole chicken thighs, broth, salt, pepper, bay leaf, and cumin in your slow cooker’s insert, and give it a stir. Cook on LOW for 6-8 hours or on HIGH for 4-5 hours.
    3. Shred Chicken and Add Remaining Veggies: During the last 30 minutes of cooking, remove your chicken thighs and shred them using two forks (or you can cut them into bite-sized pieces.) Then, add the meat, peas, carrots, and kale to your soup and cook for an additional 5-10 minutes until the kale is tender but not falling apart.
    4. Taste and Serve: Give it a taste, and add more seasoning if necessary. Ladle into bowls, garnish with fresh parsley, serve, and enjoy!

    A Quick Note on Slow Cooker Chicken Vegetable Soup: The step where we brown the chicken is optional. While I think the extra browning step adds an additional flavor to the overall dish, you can skip it and add the raw chicken into the slow cooker with the veggies and follow the recipe as written. 

    Chicken and Vegetable Soup recipe placed in a bowl with bread on the side from the top view

    What To Serve It With?

    • A Loaf of Crusty Bread (Or French Baguette): If you have the time, I highly recommend baking your own crusty bread like my No-Knead Bread. There’s nothing better than dunking a chunk of homemade bread into homemade soup!
    • Savory Cornbread Muffins: These are so good that I typically keep a batch of them in the freezer during the winter months to serve with soups and chilis. Flavored with scallions and cheddar cheese, these go well with anything, but especially brothy dishes!
    • A Simple Salad: If you want an extra serving of veggies with your soup, a simple salad like my Spring Mix Salad, Brussels Sprout Kale Salad or my Fall Harvest Salad would be delicious!
    • Wild Rice: While wild rice is delicious all on its own, it also works wonderfully with soups, especially chicken soups. Its nutty, earthy flavors would pair well with the veggies in this chicken tomato soup, as well as the cumin and paprika. Just cook it ahead of time, portion it into bowls, and ladle the hot soup on top. And if you need help, check out my foolproof guide to how to cook wild rice on the stovetop and Instant Pot Wild rice recipe.
    • Your Favorite Crackers: Oyster crackers, Saltines, or even tortilla chips would be a delicious, salty, crispy treat to enjoy with this soup.

    Variations:

    I love this hearty chicken vegetable soup recipe because it’s completely adaptable to fit your taste buds and what you’re craving. Here are some ideas on variations to try:

    • Stewed Chicken In Crock Pot: If you prefer this soup to have more of a thick chicken stew consistency, try our slow cooker version.
    • Chicken Vegetable Noodle Soup: If you want to change it up, use your favorite pasta instead of potatoes, similar to how I do it in my Chicken Soup with Orzo Pasta recipe. Simply add them to the cooking liquid in the last 10 minutes and cook it to your liking.
    • Low-Calorie Chicken Soup: If you want to make it low-calorie, feel free to use chicken breasts instead.
    • Chicken Soup with Frozen Vegetables: While I prefer to use fresh vegetables that are in season (except for frozen peas), for the best texture and flavor, if it’s more convenient to use all frozen veggies, go for it! If you decide to go the frozen vegetable route, omit the fresh carrots, green beans, and frozen peas and just purchase a 24-oz bag of frozen mixed vegetables instead and add them during the last 30 minutes of cooking to avoid overcooking them. 
    • Quick Chicken Vegetable Soup Recipe: If you are short on time, you can use leftover or rotisserie chicken. Doing so allows you to skip the sauteeing step and save at least 15 minutes. 
    • Spicy Chicken Vegetable Soup: If you’re a fan of heat and spice, consider adding some diced jalapenos, red pepper flakes, and/or cayenne pepper to this soup. Great for opening your sinuses!

    How To Store, Freeze & Reheat

    This chicken tomato vegetable soup can be frozen for up to 3 months. Allow the soup to cool completely and come to room temperature before freezing, then follow these steps:

    • To Store: Ladle leftover soup into an airtight container or plastic bag and keep in the fridge for up to three days.
    • To Freeze: Ladle cooled soup into individual airtight, freezer-safe containers or plastic bags, and freeze for up to three months. Pop one out of the freezer to defrost in the fridge overnight.
    • To Reheat: Allow frozen soup to thaw in the fridge overnight before reheating. Then, place chilled soup in a saucepan over medium-low heat until just boiling and warmed through. The goal is to warm, not cook again. Ladle into bowls and enjoy!
    Slow cooker version of the recipe in a bowl

    FAQs

    Can I cook the chicken frozen?

    I would recommend thawing the chicken before adding it to the soup for this recipe.

    Can I use bone-in chicken?

    Yes, you can. Be sure to remove the bones when you are shredding the chicken after it is cooked.

    Can I use leftover rotisserie chicken?

    Yes, you can. Using leftover rotisserie chicken would help save time when making this chicken soup. Simply shred leftover chicken and add it at the same time you are adding the tomatoes.

    How can I thicken my soup?

    You have a few options. First, let the soup simmer longer so it can reduce and get thicker. Second, you can make a cornstarch slurry by mixing a few tablespoons of cornstarch with the cooking liquid in a small bowl and then stirring the mixture into the soup.

    Other Healthy Chicken Soup Recipes You Might Like

    If you are a fan of homemade chicken vegetable soup recipes from scratch, you might also like the ones below that I think are perfect for cold winter evenings:

    If you try this Vegetable Chicken Soup recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

    Save This Recipe
    Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.
    Chicken Vegetable Soup recipe placed in a bowl with bread on the side
    Print

    Chicken Vegetable Soup Recipe

    This chicken vegetable soup recipe is an easy and healthy one pot dinner that you can make in less than an hour. It is packed with hearty vegetables & shredded chicken in a tomato-flavored broth. Packed with veggies and easy to customize with what you have in the fridge.
    Course Soup
    Cuisine American
    Prep Time 15 minutes
    Cook Time 40 minutes
    Total Time 55 minutes
    Servings 6 servings
    Calories 446kcal

    Ingredients

    For The Chicken:

    • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
    • ½ teaspoon black pepper
    • 1 teaspoon paprika
    • 1 ½ pounds boneless skinless chicken thighs or breasts
    • 1 tablespoons vegetable oil

    For The Soup:

    • 1 tablespoon vegetable oil
    • 1 medium size onion chopped
    • 2 stalks of carrots cut in small pieces (~½ cup)
    • 2 stalks celery cut in small pieces (~½ cup)
    • 1 small bell pepper cut into chunks (~¼ cup)
    • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
    • 2 cloves garlic minced
    • 2 medium sized Yukon gold potatoes cut into 1 inch cubes
    • 1 cup green beans ends removed cut into 1-2 inch pieces
    • 1 28 oz can of diced tomatoes
    • 1 14 oz can of tomato sauce
    • 4 cups chicken stock
    • 2 cups water
    • 1 cup green peas
    • 1 cup corn fresh, frozen and canned would all work
    • 2 cups kale leaves ribs removed

    Instructions

    • Prepare the chicken: Mix together salt, pepper, and paprika in a bowl. Pat dry chicken thighs using paper towels. Season chicken on both sides.
    • Sear the chicken: In a large heavy bottom pot (like a Dutch oven), heat 1 tablespoons of oil over medium heat. Sear chicken thighs, 3-minutes on each side. Transfer them onto a plate. At this point, they will not be fully cooked, which is fine. Do not wash the pot.
    • Sautee veggies: Heat vegetable oil in the now-empty pot over medium heat. Add in onion, carrots, celery, bell pepper, and ground cumin. Cook, stirring frequently, 8-9 minutes or until vegetables are softened.
    • Stir in the garlic and cook for 30 seconds.
    • Add in the rest of the veggies & cook: Add in potatoes, green beans, tomatoes (with their juices), tomato sauce, chicken stock, water and reserved semi-cooked chicken thighs (with their juices). Give it a large stir. Put the lid on and bring it to a boil. Once it comes to a boil, turn the heat down to medium-low and let it simmer for 15-17 minutes or until chicken thighs are fully cooked (when a thermometer inserted in the thickest part of the chicken it should at least register 165 degrees F or 74 degrees C).
    • Remove chicken from the pot onto a plate. Shred using two forks and put it back into the pot.
    • Stir in the peas, corn and kale leaves. Bring it to a one final boil and let it simmer for 4-5 more minutes.
    • Ladle into bowls and serve.

    Video

    Notes

    Ingredient substitutions: This recipe is very versatile. If you are missing a few ingredients, you can either omit them or use other vegetables. Don’t have kale? Use spinach. Don’t have green beans? Use broccoli or cauliflower.
    This chicken vegetable soup can be frozen for up to 3 months. Allow the soup to cool completely and come to room temperature before freezing, then follow these steps:
    • To Store: Ladle leftovers into an airtight container or plastic bag and keep in the fridge for up to three days.
    • To Freeze: Ladle cooled soup into individual airtight, freezer-safe containers or plastic bags, and freeze for up to three months. Pop one out of the freezer to defrost in the fridge overnight.
    • To Reheat: Allow frozen soup to thaw in the fridge overnight before reheating. Then, place chilled soup in a saucepan over medium-low heat until just boiling and warmed through. The goal is to warm, not cook again. Ladle into bowls and enjoy!

    Nutrition

    Calories: 446kcal | Carbohydrates: 35g | Protein: 25g | Fat: 24g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 99mg | Sodium: 824mg | Potassium: 1116mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 10g | Vitamin A: 6352IU | Vitamin C: 68mg | Calcium: 108mg | Iron: 3mg
    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-vegetable-soup/feed/ 2
    Healthy White Chicken Chili https://foolproofliving.com/healthy-white-chicken-chili/ https://foolproofliving.com/healthy-white-chicken-chili/#comments Wed, 03 Feb 2021 07:06:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=22719 This post has been sponsored by Swanson®. All thoughts and opinions are my own. I am not going to lie,…]]>

    This post has been sponsored by Swanson®. All thoughts and opinions are my own.

    I am not going to lie, I did not grow up eating chili. The Turkish cuisine equivalent of chili was beef stew. That is what we ate in the thick of winter when we couldn’t put on any more layers to feel warm. But after living in the US for almost 10 years now, I find so much comfort in chili recipes and this Healthy White Chicken Chili recipe is one that I make often.

    Healthy White Chicken Chili recipe placed in a bowl and garnished with avocado and cilantro.

    My mother used to call it “warming yourself inside out.” Eating a big bowl of her beef stew was the only way to beat the cold winters of my childhood.

    Fast forward to today, 19 years of living in the US and being married to an American man, and I am now finding comfort in various chili recipes during the coldest days of winters.

    Though once again, I am realizing that eating a big bowl of this healthy white chicken chili is the only way to handle this -2 F degree weather. So, if you are in the same boat, let’s warm ourselves inside out, like my mother used to say, and make a big pot of chili.

    two bowls of healthy and delicious white chicken chili photographed from the top view

    I love this Easy White Chicken Chili recipe because

    1. It is made with rotisserie chicken, canned beans, and Swanson® Chicken Broth: America’s #1 broth and trusted for 70 years. In other words, you can easily grab everything from the supermarket on your way back home from work.
    2. The whole recipe comes together in less than 45 minutes, and it easily feeds a family of 4.
    3. It freezes well. If you are a small family like us, you can easily freeze the leftovers and serve them later.
    4. It can also be made in a pressure cooker if that is what you prefer. If you need a good recipe for it, be sure to check out my Instant Pot White Bean Chicken chili recipe.

    What is white chili?

    Before I continue to explain how I make this easy white bean chicken chili recipe, I want to go back to the basics and explain the difference between regular chicken chili (like I made in this Easy Chicken Chili Recipe) and white chicken chili.

    The traditional chili recipe is usually made with ground beef mixed in with chili powder (made from roasting chili peppers and grinding them), ground cumin and ground coriander, jalapeno pepper, tomato paste, crushed tomatoes, and various cooked beans like black beans and red kidney beans, depending on what you have on hand. Obviously, the end result is a thick chili that is dark red.

    On the other hand, white chili (some also call it white bean chili) is made with ground coriander, ground cumin, white beans (either Navy or Cannellini beans), mild green chiles, corn, and chicken (or turkey and pork). Since there are no tomatoes or chili powder, it ends up being a white chili.

    Though, I have to say, as you will see in the white chicken chili recipe below, I added a teaspoon of chili powder as I love its taste. And since it is much less compared to the regular chili recipe (as opposed to ¼ cup), it doesn’t change the color of the overall dish.

    Ingredients for healthy white chili recipe

    How to make?

    When it comes to making this low fat white chicken chili, you have a few options. I made the recipe on the stove top as I wanted this to be a quick and easy weeknight chili recipe.
    However, I will outline a few other methods below:

    Stove top method

    First method is the stove top method. Like I mentioned earlier, I wanted this recipe to be one that you can make on a Tuesday night.

    To do so, I picked a small rotisserie chicken, a can of green peppers, some canned Cannellini beans, and Swanson® ’s chicken stock from the store.

    I love Swanson® products, not only because they taste good but also because they are made without the use of artificial flavors or preservatives.

    I also love that they have a wide collection of broths and stocks that you can pick from. I opted for their unsalted chicken stock as I wanted to adjust the seasoning myself, but you can pick whichever works for you and your recipe.

    The process of making this healthy white chicken chili recipe has 2 parts.

    1. Cook the aromatics & add in the rest of the ingredients: Cook a chopped onion along with spices, green peppers, and garlic. Then add in the beans, shredded chicken, corn, and chicken stock.
    2. Let it simmer: Bring it to a boil and let it simmer for 20-25 minutes. After a good 20-25 minutes of simmering on the stove top, you end up with a healthy and delicious pot of white chicken chili.
    healthy chicken chili recipe ingredients

    Crockpot Method

    If you have more time, then you can easily make it in your slow cooker. Though, for this method, I recommend using uncooked chicken and letting the crockpot (and time) do its magic.

    To make healthy crockpot chicken chili, you add in onion, spices, green chiles, garlic, corn, beans and chicken stock in your slow cooker. Then, nestle the chicken (I recommend using 1 ¼ pounds of chicken thighs) into the mixture.

    Put the lid on and cook for 4-6 hours on low or 3-4 hours on high heat setting. Once it is cooked, all you have to do is to fish out the cooked chicken, shred it, and add them back into the mixture.

    Some people use an immersion blender to blend some of the mixture (half of the chili mixture) to make it thicker. While it is an extra step, it does a really good job of making your white chili thicker with chunks of shredded chicken with every bite.

    This Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup I shared a while back is a great example of using this technique.

    However, please know that you would totally be fine if you skip this step.

    A bowl of healthy white chili photographed from the front view.

    Low calorie white chicken chili

    Okay, this one is not quite a “method” per se. However, I wanted to include it just in case you are calorie conscious and prefer a skinny white chicken chili instead.

    While I am a big fan of dark chicken meat, by using chicken breasts or chicken tenders, you can easily cut down on calories.

    If you are using rotisserie chicken (like I did), you can just shred the chicken breasts and add them into the chili.

    If you are using the crockpot method, then you can swap chicken thighs with chicken breasts.

    A big pot of healthy chicken chili recipe photographed from the front

    What to serve with white chicken chili?

    When it comes to serving chili, I usually go for a lot of toppings. Chopped red onion, cubed avocados, fresh cilantro, pickled jalapeños, Mexican (or cheddar) cheese, tortilla chips, and a dollop of sour cream are a few that comes to mind.

    However, this is the part that you can get as creative as you like and add in whatever you have on hand.

    Additionally, if I have time to make it, I serve my chili with Homemade Cornbread Muffins or my Cast-Iron Jalapeno and Scallion Cornbread.

    A Few tips for the best healthy chicken chili recipe

    • Freezing Instructions: Like I mentioned earlier, this white chicken chili recipe freezes well. To do so, simply let it come to room temperature, place it in an airtight container, and freeze up to 2 months. A day before serving, let it thaw in the fridge.
    • Love your chili spicy? If you are a lover of spicy chicken chili, you can use sliced jalapeños (with the seeds intact) instead of canned green chiles and add hot pickled jalapeños on your toppings list. Though some of those are really hot so be careful.
    • Can I use ground chicken or ground turkey? Absolutely. I have swapped rotisserie (or leftover) chicken with ground chicken many times in the past and it worked perfectly. The good thing is that ground chicken (or turkey) cooks fast, so it wouldn’t take much longer for you to be able to put your chili on the table.
    • Is Chicken Chili healthy? While I think this white bean chicken chili is a healthy dish, I can see myself getting in trouble with toppings. If you are trying to watch your waistline or simply trying to eat healthy, I recommend avoiding tortilla chips, cheese, and sour cream as toppings.

    Whether you are looking for a chili recipe you can make on a Tuesday night or feeling under the weather during these cold days of winter, I hope this chicken chili recipe will come handy.

    Other chili recipes you might also like

    Other chicken recipes you might also like

    healthy white chicken chili in two bowls side by side
    Print

    Healthy White Chicken Chili Recipe

    Made with rotisserie chicken and canned beans, this Healthy White Chicken Chili Recipe is a one-pot dish that is ready in less than 45 minutes. Whether you serve it to a crowd or make a big batch to freeze for later, it is a great crowd pleaser to keep you and your family warm during the cooler months of the year.
    Course Dinner
    Cuisine Mexican
    Prep Time 10 minutes
    Cook Time 30 minutes
    Total Time 40 minutes
    Servings 6 servings (6 cups)
    Calories 372kcal

    Ingredients

    For The Chili:

    • 1 tablespoon olive oil
    • 1 large onion chopped
    • 1 tablespoon ground cumin
    • 1 teaspoon ground coriander
    • 1 teaspoon chili powder
    • 1 can of green peppers or 1 large jalapeno pepper seeded and chopped
    • 2 cloves of garlic
    • 2 15-oz. cans of Cannellini beans, drained and rinsed
    • 1 small rotisserie chicken deboned and shredded (approximately 4 cups)
    • 1 cup whole corn kernels plus more as garnish
    • 4 cups Swanson® unsalted chicken stock
    • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
    • 1/4 tsp ground black pepper
    • ¼ cup fresh cilantro chopped

    As Garnish (Optional)

    • 1 ripe avocado cut into small pieces
    • 1 jalapeno sliced
    • 4 tablespoons of sour cream

    Instructions

    • Heat oil in a heavy bottom pot (with a lid) on medium-high heat. Add in the onion, ground cumin, ground coriander, and chili powder. Cook, stirring frequently, until onion is translucent—4-6 minutes.
    • Stir in the green peppers and garlic. Sautee for 30 seconds.
    • Add in the white beans, shredded chicken, corn, Swanson® chicken stock, salt and pepper. Give it a stir.
    • Put the lid on and bring it to a boil. Then, turn the heat down to medium and let it simmer for 15-20 minutes or until it is slightly thickened.
    • Add in the chopped cilantro and give it a stir.
    • When ready to serve, divide it amongst 4 bowls and garnish with cubed avocado and sliced jalapeños if preferred.

    Video

    Notes

    To make healthy crockpot chicken chili:
    1. Add in onion, spices, green chiles, garlic, corn, beans and chicken stock in your slow cooker. Then, nestle the chicken (I recommend using 1 ¼ pounds of chicken thighs) into the mixture.
    2. Put the lid on and cook for 4-6 hours on low or 3-4 hours on high heat setting. Once it is cooked, all you have to do is to fish out the cooked chicken, shred it, and add them back into the mixture.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 372kcal | Carbohydrates: 17g | Protein: 34g | Fat: 20g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Cholesterol: 105mg | Sodium: 594mg | Potassium: 449mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 373IU | Vitamin C: 12mg | Calcium: 35mg | Iron: 1mg

    This healthy white chicken chili recipe was originally published in March of 2019. It has been updated in February 2021 with more helpful information and no changes to the originally published recipe.

    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/healthy-white-chicken-chili/feed/ 24
    Chicken Rice Pilaf with Fresh Herbs (Turkish Style) https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-pilaf-recipe/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-pilaf-recipe/#comments Mon, 21 Dec 2020 05:53:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=5305 Today’s recipe, Chicken Rice Pilaf, comes from my mother’s cookbook that I inherited after her passing. This easy pilaf recipe…]]>

    Today’s recipe, Chicken Rice Pilaf, comes from my mother’s cookbook that I inherited after her passing. This easy pilaf recipe was an elevated version of her Vermicelli Rice that she would make during the holiday season. It is the newest addition to my collection of easy Turkish recipes.

    Nowadays, I make it every time I make chicken stock and/or have leftover shredded chicken that I want to use. With that being said, I wrote the recipe below in a way that shows you how to prepare and cook chicken from scratch just in case you do not have leftover chicken on hand.

    Chicken and Rice Pilaf garnished with fresh herbs on an oval plate with a spoon on the side.

    I serve this dish as an entree, but it could also be served as a side dish with chicken recipes

    What Is Rice Pilaf, and how is it different from rice?

    If you do a quick search online, you will see that the term “pilaf” has many names depending on the cuisine it is featured in. In Turkey, we call it pilav, whereas, in other countries, it has been referred to as plov, pilau, and pilaf. They are essentially the same thing, white (mostly long-grain or jasmine rice) cooked with aromatics.

    The difference between “rice” and “rice pilaf” is the technique that is used for cooking them. Rice is cooked by first boiling water and then adding rice in it without any additional flavorings. Whereas, rice pilaf is cooked by first sautéing rice with aromatics like butter, spices, onion, garlic, etc., and then cooking it in water/broth. 

    In the Mediterranean and Middle Eastern cuisines, rice pilaf is usually cooked by sauteing orzo or vermicelli noodles with butter before adding in the rice.

    Chicken Thighs and Rice Pilaf in a dutch oven from the top view.

    What Kind of Rice Do You Use In This Recipe?

    The type of rice I used in this recipe is long-grain white rice. To me, long-grain white rice provides me with a similar taste to my mom’s chicken pilaf recipe.

    Ingredients:

    This easy chicken pilaf recipe has two sets of ingredients. The first set is for the chicken and the second set is for the rice pilaf.

    For The Chicken:

    Ingredients for chicken plov laid out on a marble counter

    As I mentioned earlier, I usually make this chicken pilaf when I have leftover store-bought rotisserie chicken or if I have some leftover from making chicken stock. Feel free to skip cooking the chicken (and the chicken ingredients) if you are using leftover chicken as well.

    If not, gather bone-in chicken thighs, onion, garlic, lemon juice, and water. 

    For The Rice Pilaf:

    To cook the chicken rice pilaf, you will need butter, orzo, long-grain white rice, allspice, ground cinnamon, pine nuts, and water (or chicken stock).

    Greek chicken and rice ingredients from the top view.

    You will also need dried currants, scallions, fresh dill, and fresh herbs to flavor and garnish this chicken rice pilaf recipe. 

    Substitutions for Ingredients:

    • Chicken: I used chicken thighs, but you can also use chicken breast or drumsticks. I prefer using a bone-in chicken to provide more flavor, but any chicken you have on hand would work in this recipe.
      I usually remove the skin, but it is a personal preference, and either way would work.
    • Dried Currants: If you cannot find dried currants, you can also use dried golden raisins.
    • Orzo: You can substitute orzo with vermicelli noodles.
    • Pine nuts: You can use sliced or slivered almonds in place of pine nuts.

    Step By Step Instructions – How To Make It:

    The recipe for this stove-top rice pilaf has three folds. 

    The first step is cooking the chicken, the second is cooking the rice pilaf with aromatics, and the final step is garnishing it with fresh herbs, currants, and scallions.

    How To Prepare Chicken?

    Start with cooking chicken thighs with the aromatics. To do so:

    Showing how to cook the chicken
    1. Prep the chicken: Place chicken thighs, onion, garlic, lemon juice, 1-teaspoon salt, and water in a saucepan with a lid over medium heat.
    2. Bring it to a boil & let it simmer: Once it comes to a boil, lower the heat and let it simmer until the chicken is cooked through, skimming off any foam collected on the top. This should take about 20-25 minutes.
    Person shredding the chicken with two forks
    1. Shred the chicken: Reserve a cup of the liquid to use to cook the rice. Using two forks, shred the chicken into small bite-sized pieces. Set aside. Discard the rest of the liquid, bones, and cooked vegetables.

    Soak Currants:

    To me, what makes this chicken rice pilaf so special is the addition of currants. The sweetness of dried currants mixed with pine nuts and fresh herbs transforms this otherwise boring rice pilaf recipe into an incredibly flavorful one. Soaking the currants in hot water allows them to plump up. 

    Person soaking dried currants

    All you have to do is to place them in a bowl and pour over some boiling water and let them sit while you are cooking the chicken and rice.

    How to make rice pilaf on the stove?

    Start working on cooking the rice pilaf as your chicken is cooking. To cook rice pilaf on the stove, simply:

    Person showing how to make rice pilaf with orzo
    1. Saute orzo with unsalted butter: Heat butter in a Dutch oven (or any other heavy bottom pot with a lid) over medium heat. Add orzo and cook, stirring constantly until it is browned. This will take about 5-7 minutes, and your kitchen will smell amazing. Don’t be alarmed if your orzo looks like it is burned a little bit. That is fine. 
    2. Add the rest of the flavoring agents & rice: Stir in allspice, cinnamon, pine nuts, and white rice. Sautee, stirring constantly for 6-7 minutes. Make sure that the rice is thoroughly mixed in the rest of the ingredients. Season with salt and pepper.
    3. Pour in the liquid: Add 1 cup of the reserved liquid (from cooking the chicken) and 2 ⅓ cups of boiling water over the rice. Give it a stir. Put the lid on, bring it to a boil, turn down the heat to low, cover tightly with the lid, and simmer for 20 minutes or until all the water is absorbed.

    Garnish & Let It Rest:

    Once the pilaf is cooked, remove the lid and top it off with the shredded chicken, drained currants, fresh chopped parsley, dill, and scallions.

    Easy rice pilaf with chicken in a dutch oven from the top view.

    Put the lid back on and let it rest for 15 minutes. The steam in the cooked rice will warm up the chicken. 

    How To Serve?

    After it is rested, give it a gentle toss and make sure the fresh herbs and chicken are mixed in with the rice pilaf. 

    I usually serve this chicken pilaf recipe as a centerpiece in a large oval serving or casserole dish. With all the sweet and savory ingredients, it makes the most delicious looking holiday dish. While it is optional, I also recommend seasoning it with a generous amount of freshly ground black pepper at the very end. That is exactly how my mom served this Turkish pilaf with chicken recipe.

    Alternatively, you can serve it with vegetable sides such as Butter Garlic Green Beans, Instant Pot Carrots, or Roasted Sweet Potatoes.

    Variations:

    • Baked Chicken and Rice Pilaf: Alternatively, you can use this rice pilaf to stuff a whole chicken (like you would do with turkey) and cook it in the oven. If you prefer to do that, skip cooking the chicken separately and cook the pilaf as it is written in the recipe. Fill the cavity of your chicken with the cooked pilaf and roast it in the oven. When ready to serve, garnish with the fresh herbs and scallions.
    • Chicken Rice Pilaf Casserole: If you follow the recipe below, you will see that I took advantage of the steam in the pot and warmed the chicken on top of the cooked rice. Alternatively, you can place the cooked rice in a casserole dish, top it off with the shredded chicken, and warm it up in a 300 degrees F oven for 15-20 minutes.

    How To Store Leftovers? & How To Freeze?

    Leftovers kept in an airtight container in the fridge should keep fresh up to 3 days. When reheating, you might have to add some water into the rice.

    I have never been successful with freezing rice. Although you can technically freeze this dish, it becomes so mushy that I would not recommend it.

    Other Chicken Recipes You Might Also Like:

    There you have it, friends, an easy healthy rice pilaf recipe that is (to me) the best way to use leftover chicken. If you are adventurous in the kitchen and want to try chicken recipes from all over the world, here are a few other recipes you might also like:

    Chicken Rice Pilaf Recipe in a dutch oven
    Print

    Chicken Rice Pilaf Recipe

    This Chicken Rice Pilaf recipe is an easy to make one pot recipe that is flavored with currants, all spice and pine nuts. While in the recipe below, I cook my chicken from scratch, It is also a great way to use leftover chicken for a filling and flavorful meal.
    Course Main Course
    Cuisine Mediterranean
    Prep Time 20 minutes
    Cook Time 40 minutes
    Total Time 1 hour
    Servings 6 servings
    Calories 567kcal

    Ingredients

    To Cook The Chicken:

    • 1 1/2 pounds bone-in chicken thighs washed skins removed
    • 1 large or 2 small onions, cut into 4 pieces
    • 2 cloves of garlic cut into smaller pieces
    • 2 tablespoons of lemon juice freshly squeezed
    • 8 cups of water

    For The Currants:

    • 1/4 cup dried currants
    • 1 cup water

    For The Rice:

    • 2 tablespoons unsalted butter
    • 1/4 cup orzo
    • 1 1/2 teaspoons all spice
    • 1/2 teaspoon ground cinnamon
    • 1/2 cup pine nuts
    • 1 1/2 cup long-grain rice rinsed thoroughly
    • 2 1/3 cup water boiling hot

    As Garnish:

    • 1/2 cup fresh dill roughly chopped
    • 1/2 cup fresh parsley roughly chopped
    • 2 stalks of scallions (green parts only) – chopped
    • 1 tsp kosher salt
    • 1/2 tsp ground black pepper

    Instructions

    Cook the chicken and make a quick chicken stock:

    • Place chicken thighs, onion, garlic, lemon juice, 1-teaspoon salt, and water in a large pot. Bring it to a boil, and then gently simmer (in medium-low heat) until the chicken is cooked through, skimming and discarding the foam from the top as you go, 25-30 minutes.
    • Transfer the chicken thighs to a plate, and allow them to cool for 10 minutes. Using two forks shred them into smaller and thinner strips. Cover with aluminum foil and set aside. Discard the bones. Reserve 1 cup of the liquid that the chicken was cooked in.

    Soak Currants:

    • Place currants in a small bowl and pour boiling water over it. Set aside.

    Cook the rice:

    • Heat the butter in a large pan. Add orzo, and cook, stirring constantly, until brown. It will look like it is (almost) burning. This will take 5-7 minutes.
    • Add the allspice, cinnamon, pine nuts, and rice. Cook in medium heat, stirring constantly for 6-7 minutes, making sure that the rice is thoroughly mixed with orzo and spices.
    • Add 1 cup of the reserved liquid and 2 1/3 cups of boiling water, 1-teaspoon salt and 1/2 teaspoon black pepper. Give it a stir. Bring it to a boil, turn down the heat to low, cover tightly with the lid, and simmer for 20 minutes or until all the water is absorbed.

    Garnish and rest:

    • Remove from the heat. Open the lid, place the shredded chicken on top of the rice. Drain the currants and scatter it on top of the chicken.
    • Top it off with the fresh herbs and scallions on top of the chicken and currants. Put the lid back on and let it rest (steam) for 15 minutes.
    • Give it a gentle mix making sure that the shredded chicken pieces are equally distributed within the dish. Place it in a serving or casserole dish,
    • When ready to serve, season it with freshly grounded black pepper.

    Notes

    • The amount of water and time to cook the rice may differ based on the brand you use. Check for the cooking directions on the package for the right amount of water and time to cook the rice.
    • I used 1 cup of the liquid that the chicken was cooked in to enhance the chicken flavor and subtracted that 1 cup from the total amount of water I needed to cook the rice.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 567kcal | Carbohydrates: 57g | Protein: 23g | Fat: 28g | Saturated Fat: 7g | Cholesterol: 104mg | Sodium: 497mg | Potassium: 702mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 1219IU | Vitamin C: 21mg | Calcium: 87mg | Iron: 3mg
    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-pilaf-recipe/feed/ 7
    Slow Cooker Butter Chicken https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-butter-chicken/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-butter-chicken/#comments Tue, 08 Sep 2020 04:41:06 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=15369 If you are someone who finds comfort in flavorful and heartwarming curry dishes, today’s recipe, Slow Cooker Indian Chicken Curry,…]]>

    If you are someone who finds comfort in flavorful and heartwarming curry dishes, today’s recipe, Slow Cooker Indian Chicken Curry, is for you. In addition to being easy to make with just 15-minutes of hands-on time, it is made lighter (compared to the traditional butter chicken recipe) with less butter and no heavy cream (I used coconut milk instead).

    And if you are a fan of crock pot chicken recipes, be sure to also check out our Tomatillo Soup with Chicken and Slow Cooker Chicken Stew.

    Crockpot Butter Chicken recipe placed in a bowl over basmati rice and naan.

    If you are a fan of easy chicken recipes and prefer the convenience of put-everything-and-forget-about-it crockpot dishes, you need this recipe in your life. I might be biased, but having been making it for years, I am confident that this is the best crockpot butter chicken recipe on the internet. With just the right amount of spices, it is kid-friendly as well.

    Ingredients

    If you think traditional Indian food requires a bunch of hard-to-get ingredients and complicated techniques, think again! All of the spices for this crockpot butter chicken recipe are pantry staples and can be found at major grocery stores or online. You will need:

    ingredients for Slow Cooker Indian Chicken

    Simply gather together coconut milk, Greek yogurt, tomato paste, red curry paste, onion, garlic, jalapeno, ginger, garam masala, paprika, ground turmeric, unsalted butter, salt, pepper, and boneless skinless chicken breasts.

    For the finishing touch, you will need cornstarch, lime juice (or lemon juice), fresh cilantro, and sliced almonds.

    A few helpful tips for ingredients:

    • Coconut Milk: You will need a whole 14-oz can of full-fat coconut milk. This creates a lusciously creamy sauce without heavy cream.
    • Greek Yogurt: This is the second component to the creamy portion of this dish and my secret to making this Slow Cooker Butter Chicken recipe healthy. Whole milk yogurt will give you the richest results. Plus, a boost of protein and tang!
    • Red Curry Paste: Red curry paste is a mash of red chilies, coriander, shrimp paste, lemongrass, garlic, shallots, and galangal (a Thai version of ginger). This is the most widely available curry paste and adds a world of flavor to this crockpot Indian chicken. Look for it in the global section of grocery stores.
    • Garam Masala: A wildly popular, mild, and warm Indian spice blend found throughout many authentic Indian dishes. Store-bought blends are easily available, but I like to make my own for the best flavor. See the recipe below for how to make garam masala at home.
    • Chicken: I used chicken breasts but you can also use boneless skinless chicken thighs. Cut into 1-inch bite-sized pieces.

    PRO TIP: Don’t have garam masala in your spice cabinet? I use my friend Two Sleevers homemade garam masala recipe. Place the following in a spice grinder (affiliate link) and grind to a fine powder:

    • 2 Tablespoons coriander seeds
    • 1 teaspoon cumin seeds
    • ½ teaspoon whole cloves
    • ½ teaspoon cardamom seeds
    • 2 bay leaves
    • 3 dried red chiles
    • 2-inch piece cinnamon

    This recipe will make more than you need, but you can always use garam masala in other recipes like Cauliflower Curry, or Easy Chicken Curry.

    Don’t have time to make your own? If so, this is the brand (affiliate) that I like and use.

    How to cook butter chicken in a slow cooker?

    The best part of this Indian style Crockpot butter chicken is that you literally put all the ingredients in your slow cooker and forget about it for the next 6-7 hours.

    I usually prepare everything before I go to bed and wake up to the most amazing smell in the world. All I need to do the next day is simmer basmati rice and warm naan in the oven for an Indian-inspired dinner of your dreams.

    Here is what you need to do to make it:

    Crockpot indian chicken ingredients in the bowl of a slow cooker
    A woman is adding butter into the slow cooker indian chicken
    1. Add creamy and aromatic ingredients to the slow cooker. Place coconut milk, Greek yogurt, tomato paste, red curry paste, onion, garlic, jalapeno pepper, ginger, garam masala, paprika, turmeric, butter, salt, and pepper into your slow cooker. Give it a good mix.
    2. Add the cubed chicken. Stir to coat.
    easy butter chicken recipe with coconut milk ingredients in the bowl of a slow ccoker
    A woman is mixing all the ingredients before starting the cooking process
    1. Slow Cook: Set the slow cooker on LOW for 6-7 hours or HIGH for 3-4 hours. If you can, feel free to stir it a few times during the cooking. However, it is okay if you can’t.

    How to Make the Sauce

    Once the cooking time is over, you will realize that you are left with quite a bit of liquid. I usually serve the chicken in a bowl over basmati rice and ladle the juices over it.

    However, if preferred, you can thicken this Indian curry right before serving.

    To thicken the sauce:

    1. Mix 2 tablespoons of cornstarch with 1/4 cup of the liquid from the butter chicken until it dissolves. 
    2. Pour it back into the slow cooker. Give it a stir and let it rest for 5 minutes.

    How to serve:

    Right before serving, stir in the lime juice. Garnish with cilantro and almonds.

    Indian Butter Chicken after it is cooker in the bowl of slow cooker

    In my opinion, the greatest way to serve this healthy slow-cooker Indian butter chicken is with fluffy white basmati rice and warm naan bread. However, you can also serve it on a bed of cooked quinoa, wild rice, bulgur wheat, brown jasmine rice, cauliflower rice, or even black rice.

    The starchy dish of your choosing soaks up all the juicy goodness of the butter chicken, and the naan bread acts as a utensil to sop up the rest of the spiced masala sauce!

    How to store leftovers and make-ahead instructions?

    • Storage: This easy crockpot butter chicken recipe will keep really well stored in an airtight container for up to 3 days in the refrigerator.
    • Make Ahead: The flavors actually get better after a day or two, which makes it a wonderful make-ahead recipe, too.
    • Freeze: If you prefer to freeze the leftovers, simply bring them to room temperature and store them in an airtight container for up to 3 months. Thaw them in the fridge overnight.
    • Reheat: When ready to enjoy, reheat in a saucepan over medium heat or individually in 30-second increments in the microwave until warmed through.

    Recipe Variations

    • With Vegetables: Add 2 cups frozen green peas or cauliflower florets when you add the cornstarch slurry.
    • Vegan: Use coconut yogurt, vegan butter, vegan red curry paste (Thai Kitchen is a great brand) and sub out the chicken for 2 heads of cauliflower cut into florets. Feel free to add 1 (14.5 oz) can of drained and rinsed chickpeas for added protein.
    • Add in a small head of cauliflower: If you want to sneak in some vegetables, add in a small head of cauliflower. Simply, cut it into small florets and add it in the bowl at the beginning with the chicken.
    • To make it Paleo, Whole30 and Keto: Use coconut milk yogurt and ghee instead of butter.
    Slow Cooker Butter Chicken placed in a bowl over basmati rice with naan bread on the side.

    FAQs

    Can I use chicken thighs instead of chicken breasts?

    You sure can. However, I find that bone-in chicken thighs (and dark meat in general) produced a more flavorful end product.

    Can I cook this in high heat setting (quicker)?

    I usually cook all my meat dishes in a low-heat setting as I think it produces a more soft and tender end product, but if you are short on time you can also cook this Indian chicken dish in a high-heat setting for 3-4 hours.

    Need a new slow cooker?

    In the past, several people asked me about my favorite slow cooker so I thought I quickly share my favorite one with you and tell you why.

    I use Crock-Pot Large 8 Quart Programmable Slow Cooker with Auto Warm Setting (affiliate link) and I am very pleased with it. First of all, it is easy to clean, reliable, and fairly affordable.

    Secondly, I love that you can easily program it. For example, if I were to set it up at night for 6 hours of cooking, but wake up 8 hours later, I can set it to “warm” setting for it to keep my food warm in the last 2 hours. That way if I wanted to serve it right away, I do not have to reheat it.

    Other Crockpot Recipes You Might Like:

    If you are like this Easy Crockpot Butter Chicken recipe and like slow cooker recipes in general, here are a few other crockpot recipes I recommend trying:

    This recipe is adapted from Half Baked Harvest’s and New York Times’ Slow Cooker Butter Chicken recipe with changes.

    Crock pot butter chicken in a bowl served over rice.
    Print

    Slow Cooker Butter Chicken Recipe

    This Slow Cooker Butter Chicken is an put-everything-and-forget-about-it kind of Indian crock pot dish for busy people, who love to eat good food. Soft and buttery chicken breasts cooked in slow cooker for 6 hours for perfection. Serve it by itself, or do what I did, and serve it with naan bread and white rice.
    Course Main Course
    Cuisine Indian
    Diet Gluten Free
    Prep Time 15 minutes
    Cook Time 6 hours
    Total Time 6 hours 15 minutes
    Servings 6 servings
    Calories 517kcal

    Ingredients

    For the Slow Cooker Butter Chicken:

    • 1 can full-fat coconut milk 14-ounce
    • ¾ cup whole milk Greek yogurt
    • 1 can tomato paste 6-ounce
    • 2 teaspoons red curry paste
    • 1 small onion finely chopped
    • 4 garlic cloves minced
    • 1 jalapeno pepper seeded and chopped
    • 1 ½ tablespoons grated fresh ginger
    • 2 tablespoons garam masala
    • 1 teaspoon paprika
    • ½ teaspoon ground turmeric
    • 2 tablespoons unsalted butter cut into small pieces
    • 1 ½ teaspoon kosher salt
    • ½ teaspoon black pepper
    • 3 pounds skinless and boneless chicken breast pat dried and cut into 1-inch small cubes

    For The Butter Chicken Sauce & Garnish:

    • 2 tablespoons corn starch
    • 2 tablespoons lime juice freshly squeezed
    • 2 tablespoons fresh cilantro roughly chopped
    • 2 tablespoons sliced almonds

    To Serve with (Optional)

    • Naan bread
    • Cooked White rice

    Instructions

    • Place coconut milk, Greek yogurt, tomato paste, red curry paste, onion, garlic, jalapeno pepper, ginger, garam marsala, paprika, turmeric, butter, salt and pepper into your slow cooker. Give it a mix.
    • Add the chicken and stir to coat.
    • Cook in low-heat setting for 6-7 hours* or in high setting for 3-4 hours. If you can, feel free to stir it a few times during the cooking. However, it is okay if you can’t.
    • After it is cooked, if you prefer the dish to be thicker, you can thicken the sauce by mixing the corn starch in a bowl with 1/4 cup of the liquid from the butter chicken until it dissolves. Then pour it into the slow cooker. Give it a stir and let it rest for 5 minutes.
    • Right before serving, stir in the lime juice.
    • Serve with naan bread and white rice and garnish with cilantro and almonds.

    Video

    Notes

    • The nutrition values below do not include the calories coming from the bread and rice.
    • Mine was cooked at the end of 6 hours.
    • If you are short on time you can cook this in high-heat setting for 3-4 hours.

    Nutrition

    Serving: 1g | Calories: 517kcal | Carbohydrates: 15g | Protein: 55g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 16g | Cholesterol: 156mg | Sodium: 1088mg | Potassium: 1371mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 939IU | Vitamin C: 17mg | Calcium: 80mg | Iron: 4mg
    ]]>
    https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-butter-chicken/feed/ 23